GIFT OF 
 Felix Piagel 
 
 AMI 
 
FELIX FLUGBL 
 
 A 
 
 Grammatical Dictionary 
 
 of •■•,,■' ■:);■■ 
 the English Language;. :■ 
 
 (^rammatif^e^ 2Bortert)u^ 
 
 ber 
 
 ettglif^ett ^pta^t^ 
 
 5)cutf(^ctt in^ (Sngtifc?§c* 
 SiJac^ ben fecjlcn Clucttcn unb mit Sctegen au^ altcren unb neucren ©lafftfern. 
 
 ©on 
 
 Scorer am mobevncn ©efammt = ®^mnaflum ju Sei|)jig. 
 
 1853, 
 

 Herrn 
 
 D« ERNST J. HAUSCHILD, 
 
 Director des modernen Gesammt- Gymnasium 
 
 zu Leipzig. 
 
C^^^y^.S^ 
 
i) X VO X t. 
 
 ^auptfdd^ltd^ wtU oorti'egenbeg SSSerfd^en etn J^anbbud^tem ^um 
 Stac^fd^lagen fetn, aU§ett bereit, bem gragenben bet oorfommenben 
 ©(^wtengfeiten etne le{d)t suganglfci^e ^(uffldrung ju geben* ©eg^alb bte 
 ol|)t)abett[c^e 2(norbnung be§ ©anjen , hk aud^ ben grammattfd^ mtnber 
 ©efd^utten befdi)igt, ju ftnben, wag er fui^t. @g ftnb bie einjelnen 2Cuf- 
 fd^e ebenfomel bunbi'ge 5!Konograpf)te'n ber efnjetnen ©egenjldnbe; jeber 
 foU feine SSorlage tmmer gleid^ nad^ alien ©eiten l)in beleuc^ten, wag bie 
 gewbl)nlic^e ©pra(^lel)re nid^t ti)nt, tt)rer notl)tt)enbigen ^Cnlage nod^ 
 aud^ nid^t t^un barf* 3nbef treten aud^ biefe gefonberten 2fuffd^e burd^ 
 ii)u wed^felfettigen S5ejtel)ungen fel)r oielfad^ in ben genaueflen tnneren 
 3ufammenl)ang unb bilben fo grb^ere fDftemattfdlie 3lbl)anblun9en, fbnnen 
 bemnad^ red)t fdglic^ aud^ bem nod^ nid^t eben wdt Dorgebrungenen, 
 felbftftrebenben ©prad^fd^uler em bequemeg ^itUl jur gortbilbung wer^ 
 ben* Unb j|eber£el)rer wtrb ben etnen ober ben anberen 2Crti!el pr^runb^ 
 lage fetner erlduternben S3e[pred^ung maiden, t^n [elbft juc Uebertragung 
 ing @ngltf(^e benu^en unb fo bie lebenbige Uebung mit ber S5elel)rung 
 »ereinen fbnnen* SSJlan uberfet)e bann nur !einen ber gemeinfamen gdben, 
 wel^e ha^ etne ^apitel bem anberen anreil)en» $Dleijt l)aben wir — fd^on 
 um 2B{eberl)olungen ^u meiben — burc^ SSerweife auf anbere 3lrti!el beg 
 SSu^eg in biefem SSetrejf 2Cnleitung gegeben* 2Sem baran liegt, eine 
 @prad^eigent)eit nad^ ii)xm oerfd)iebenfren 9?i^tungen p oerfolgen , ben 
 nbtl)igen ©efammtuberblic! uber irgenb eine (Srfd^einung ju gewinnen, 
 ber laffe eg fic^ nic^t irren, wenn unfere ja^lreic^en (SitaU ii)n (nad^ &bt^i) 
 „{)erauf , l)erab unb quer unb frumm" fuf)ren ] fie foUen ii)n wenigfteng 
 nid^t „an ber 9^afe :^erum'' ful)ren* — ^ie Srjielung cineg oUgemeineren 
 ©tanbpunfteg war fortn)dl)renb unfer t>ornel)mfteg SSeftreben , bk SSer^ 
 gleid^ung mit anberen (Sprad^en — bag ©rquidlidtifte an ber ganjen 
 @prad^lel)re — begt)alb oon fetbjt geboten. 
 
 701558 
 
VI 
 
 SBarum wit: aUt fo oft 2Cet)nlic^!etten unb aSerwanbtfd^often im 
 ©eutfc^en felbft auf Soften ber ftrengen ©orrectf)eit , m ben ©talecten 
 ober tn ber oecaltcten ©prad^e gefud^t, warum wtr namentd'c^ fo 
 f)dufi9 aSibetfleUen angejogen? SDarauf entgegne wieberum eine ©d^nft? 
 fteUe : „Sa6 tft bod^ SSetn oon metnen SSetnen unb ^leifc^ oon meinem 
 gletfc^e!'' (So wenfgfteng i()at fc^on mand^ec <Sd^uler gebad^t unb ge? 
 fagt, wenn t^m ttwa^ SSefrembenbeg , woI)t gar oon bem 8ef)rbu^e atS 
 beifpteUog, unnaf)bar 9Sorgefuf)rteg unb fd^on begi)atb fd^wer (Srgretfs 
 Itd^eS aUhalb tiav jur 2fnfd^auung fam, fobalb er nuc eine entfernte 
 2Ce^nlid^!eit in ber oertrauten 50lutterfprad^e entbed^te. 3n biefer SiMs 
 ftd^t 'i)at \>k untergeorbnetfte SiJiunbart oft met)r praftifd^e 95ebeutung, 
 aU bk regetred^tefte ©d^utfprad^e* 
 
 ^ur bie gegebenen Siegeln felbffc finb ung meift bie beften 2(utoritdten 
 ma^gebenb gebtieben* 3n ben wenigen gdUen , wo voiv oon biefen abju? 
 weid^en ung gebrungen fai)en, f)aben wir ftetS burd^ reid^ere S5elege 
 unferer 2(nfid^t bie nbtijige Unterftu^ung ju gebcn gefud^t. ©ie§ war Us 
 fonberg ba ber gall, wo bie ©rammatifer, ale alljuftarre ^^uter, bai 
 fd^ulmeifterten , wa^ Ui hm anerfannteften ©d^riftftellern Idngffc in aVis 
 gemeinen (Sebraud^ gefommen* SSSeit entfernt, jebe Caune beg ©enie'S 
 al6 gflic^tfd^nur fiir ben <Sprac^gebraud^ l)in junel)men , mbgen wir aud^ 
 umgefe^rt nid^t forbern , ba^ ber (Sd^riftjteller nur fo fd^reiben biirfe, mt 
 e© bie ©rammati! U^tt ©old^eg SSerlangen wvirbe ju einer abgefd^madt= 
 ten Ortl)oborie ful)ren , bk gerabeju jeber gortbilbung beS ©prad^geifteS 
 bm 2Beg ah^d:)nitU* — SOJan glaube inbef nid^t, ba^ wir bk /,grauc 
 Sl)eorie'' nod) „gefd^wdrjt'' t)aUn, urn beS Seben§ aSaum in befto 
 luftigerem ©run barjuftellen ! Est modus in rebus — . 
 
 Sag J^auptfdd^lid^fte aber , wa^ in aSetreff ber Otegeln ju tt)un crs 
 fibrigte/ war eine beftimmtere, fc^drfere gaffung, bie bem 
 Cernenben !lar bartl)ue , voa^ er gegentiber i:)ahii* Unb fo gab e6 nod^ fo 
 SJlandieg gu tl)un , waS unfere 2(rbeit uber ein blof eg (Sammelwer! wof)l 
 gu ert)eben bered^tigt fein bfirfte» ®inb bod^ felbft in ben mobernen 
 @prad^lef)ren TCnfldnge an ben 5Keibingerfd^en S^teceptfti)! : „3n gdllen, 
 
 wk folgenbe (!) unb dl)nlid^en (! !) ift eg JRcget " noc^ nid)t »ers 
 
 gejfen unb t)erfun!en» SQBoju bient aber eine ©rammati!, b* f). eine 2Cbs 
 ftraction, wenn ber (Sd^uler felbft erft abftral)iren foil, wo eg bem 
 fief)renben gar ju mul)felig gewefen? Unb ba^ wir SOland^eg bieten , wag 
 !cine ©rammati! beruf)rt, wirb fic^ auc^ nirf)t alljufelten jeigen» 
 
VII 
 
 ©ereci^ten 2Cnfpriid^en gered^t ju werben , ijabe td^ mtc^ unauggefe^t 
 bejlrebt Ueber2CUe§, waS nod^ gu wunfc^en bleibt, oerlonge id^ red^t 
 fef)r, bte belef)renbe (Sttmme ber <Sad^!unbtgen gu t>ernet)men* Stur bttte 
 td^, nid^t ju uberfe{)en, baf etn 2Ber! btefer 2Cn(a9e fur bte mg^ii- 
 [die ©prac^e nod^ nic^t ej:i|ttrt, td^ atfo i)infid^tltd^ be§ ^laneg fetne 
 SSorarbetten oorfanb* Sebod^ letjtete mix ta^ in etnem grbf eren 9Kafs 
 ftabe angetegte franjofifd^e Dictionnaire Grammatical be§ ^errn Dr. 
 ^aufd^tlb t)ter wefenttic^en SSeiftanb* 
 
 ^i6;)t Derfagen !ann td^ mir e§ fd^lte^U(^, ben geef)i:ten ©bnnern 
 unb greunben, bte tntd^ tn ntet'nem ^atmog aud^ bet btefer 2Crbeit fo 
 ttJo^lwoUenb mt't SRat^ uitb Zi)at unterft6|t, ben l)erjlt(^ften San! 
 i^temtt augjufpred^en* 
 
 Setpgtg, ben 20* (September 1852* 
 
^a^ bem <Sl;fleme oon VOovcenittv unb -iTlugel. 
 
 A: 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 7. a = 
 
 3: 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 5. 
 6. 
 
 : 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 5. 
 
 c J. 33. shade. 
 
 9Ji. jtt). axua s = shad, 
 
 a (e In l^er) = s share. 
 
 a 5 s far. 
 
 a m. 31. ». a s = example. 
 
 3Ji. jh). a u. o s ; law. 
 
 bumijfea c . . s = liar. 
 
 I s 5 mere. 
 
 c s s merit. 
 
 a 5 5 there. 
 
 fuijeS o . . . . r 5 her. 
 
 i' 5 s event. 
 
 at s perverse. 
 
 CI 5 5 pine. 
 
 t :: = pin. 
 
 marine. 
 
 Sir. 
 
 Virginia. 
 
 I 
 
 e ...... . 
 
 e ober i . . . 
 
 : 1. 5 = 5 J. 93. note. 
 
 2. o = o m. 2(. ». a = s not. 
 
 3. o = u : « move. 
 
 4. o = SW. JVC. ou. a, 
 
 ^ = a . . . s s nor. 
 
 5. o = o m. 9t. ». o s 5 done. 
 
 6. o :^ e obec o . . . s s actor, 
 
 obtest. 
 
 U : 1. u = tu 5 s tube. 
 
 2. u = (S 5 5 tub. 
 
 3. u = ii = ; M\. 
 
 4. u = u 5 5 rule. 
 
 5. tt = 8 . . s = fur. 
 
 6. u = e s s curvet. 
 
 Y:l. y = i 5 5 dry. 
 
 2. y = i 5 s syllable. 
 
 3. y = 'i s ; myrrh. 
 
 4. y = i 5 s very. 
 
 NB. ,,an. jiD." Bebcutet: bic Wlittt itt5ifcl)en; — „m. 2t. to." = mit 5lnffang «on. 
 ®enauere8 [c^c man im Suc^e felb^ untcr ben einjetnen 33ocatfn. 
 
 ■/^ 
 
 ^bkiir^ungitt. 
 
 a. p. = active participle, 
 adj. = adjective, 
 adv. = adverb, 
 a. i. O. = an if)vem Orte. 
 a. f. O. = an feinem Orte. 
 @. = (Snbc (eineS 2Ivtifel«). 
 i. D. = im 2)eutfcf)en. 
 i. ®. to. = im (Sinne toon. 
 Stat. = Stallenifc^. 
 Ut. = Sateinifc^. 
 
 p. p. = passive participle. 
 
 prep. = preposition. 
 
 f. = fie^e ; f. b. = fie^e biefc3. 
 
 f. to. a. = fo»t«I ale» 
 
 subst. = substantive. 
 
 v. a. = verb active. 
 
 v. n. = verb neuter. 
 
 v. r. = verb reflective. 
 
 tt). i. 3). = Vtoie im 3)eutfcfeen. 
 
 ». m. f. = tvtl^ti man fe^e. 
 
A. 
 
 1. A. 2)er erfle 33uctjfta6e unb ber crfte 
 iSocal beg 5(f))^abfte« ; er l^ei^t a (e). 
 'Ku 8f)jr a (t) c. 1. a = c (inJI^ce): 
 shade. 2. a= a, mit *2lnf(ang «o» e, 
 (aifilttelfaut jtuifc^en a unb a) : shad — ja 
 nicfct t»ie shed gii fprcd^en ! .3. a ijor r 
 tvie langcS d (cergt. &} : hare (ganj n.ne 
 ^ e r, iiicfit tute ^ebx cber Ǥcer). 4. a = a : 
 fUr, father. 5. 5 = jetted a, ajtittclton 
 jmifcfecn a unb a : dance, example. 6". a 
 = a/o, b. 1^. buin)3fc« a ntit ^InHang 
 »on o (mieOJotev j^attiBatec im Dia(ecte; 
 
 »ergl» *2lf»o , J^ornea) : — -water (f. 5). 
 7. a, l^aU'pumm, njte unfer e in m a d) e n, 
 md^en, JJutfdjer; fo in t onto fen 
 ®i(Oen, ttjte e, j, o, n, y, f. b. : — liar, 
 rival, village, orange. — 3)ie fieben l§du= 
 figen Saute be« a finb alfo : etn lungeS unb 
 etu l^nlbflummcg c (a, a) , ein (angcS unb 
 ein furjea a (a, a), ein lange^ unb ein 
 fuvjeS d (a , a) unb ein unrcincg a (a). 
 8: ©tumm ifi a j. 95. in parliament, 
 carriage, marriage, victuals (= vitls). 
 9. 5lugnapmgn)etfe flingt a njie 6 : what, 
 quality (ber furje Saut son a), ocer 
 ruie c: any. 10. 5)te 3»fammen = 
 f e ^ u n g e n won a nut aiiteicn 85cca(cn 
 [. a. i. O. 
 
 2. A, c,i^ ^artifel im <Sinne einer ^rds 
 Vofition unb Conjunction. 1. ©3 mag au8 
 ivgcnb einer $idtioritton, jimdrfjft ttief; 
 leicftt au« at , vevfurjt fein , unb fle^t fiir 
 at, in, on, upon, to. 9i i (t) t mtt bem un= 
 bejlimmtcn 2lrtifct , fonbern mit ber ^du? 
 ftgen (auS uraltem 2)eutfc^ fiammenben) 
 93orfifbe a — ifl eg » e r h) a n b t (tuic in 
 ajar, among [= cih ber iDJenge], afar, a- 
 float, away [= abttjeg^, ivie:] abroad, 
 abord, afield, anew, aground, ahull, 
 ahead, alike; ado ifl auS to do^entfianben ; 
 f. nod) Above unb tergl. Adjective, B, 4. 
 2. giur im minber ebelen (Stijle unb — 
 S. 9t(trcdit, grnmrnnt. Sfficrtcrt, 
 
 [einer beguemcn iliirje l^alSer — in ber 
 ^J^ocfte anrb cB gebrauclH: he went a 
 begging, a fishing, a hunting (= Unb 
 ber J?nabc ging ju j;agen). 3n iBer= 
 t'inbungen ft)te: 1 was a walking, we 
 were a writing, Heibt e3 6effer n?cg , f. 
 Periphrase, XVII, B, 3; aU correct gilt 
 cS aber j. J8. in: he fell a laughing, unb 
 — aiS ^vdvofttion — in : He is a-bed 
 still, he fell a-sleep ( ober asleep). 
 
 3. 2lu§erbem fteljt a fur o/(o'): it is four 
 a clock (familiar), unb fogar fiir have: 
 I would a gone; in biefen Sdllen JDO^l 
 nur burd) f(iicf)tigc 3[u§fj?rad)e serborben 
 unb nid)t nadijua^men. <B. Abuse. 
 
 3. A, an, ber unbeflimmte 5trttfer, nic6t 
 3al^(UHnt (f. one, fottjic hundred unb 
 thousand). — J. Qlu « fj) r a cf) c : ©es 
 njol^nlid) wic a; twirb eS fcetont, toie a. 
 B. 55ormcUe«. I. @8 tejeid)net nuc 
 bie ^in'^eit, nid)t aber ba3 ®efc^(cd)t ober 
 ben gad : a man , ein 9)tann , e i n e tt 
 9JJann ; a woman, a thing. 11. U n t c r= 
 f cf) ieb jnjifc^cn a unb an. 1. 93 or (Sons 
 fonanten f^el^t a, »or SSccalen an : a ring, 
 an eye, an ugly animal, a Ming, a year 
 (f. W unb Y). 2. SJor eiuem ftum men 
 h ^i^t an, n^eit bag SGBort mit bem ndd)= 
 ficn iBocal aufautet; »or etnem (auten 
 h — luirfltdjem Sonfonanten — ftcl^t a : 
 an hour, an honest man ; a hill, a helping 
 verb. 3. !Da (angeS u, eu unb ew 
 a(g Sonfonanten gotten, fo fit^t vor il^nen 
 a; natiirtidi and), wenn nod) ein liums 
 m e ? li »or u flcl^t: a iinion, a humorist, 
 a European, a ewe , aber an umbrella. 
 
 4. (Jnblid) ftcl^t a nod) »or one, tvtU bie8 
 ttjie wiin auggef^.'^rocfeen tt»irb : many a one ; 
 a one-horse cart. (§8 ifl n i ci^ t etnja bem 
 a Bor 93ocaIen ein n an g ef e^t, um ben 
 ^iatuS JU feeben , fonbern ber Slrtifet i^ie§ 
 urfttrungticfi iiberall an, unb ba8 n 
 
 1 
 
 /^ ,.^>. ^o . . 
 
 
 
2 
 
 A, an. 
 
 fit eg ficfi i)pr Sonfonantm ab, berSBf; 
 
 in ujiIgarcvf^Drac^e, .ufli* tuic^n \tm 
 granj^fcijcp cct.l^ C. ©ebvau* beS 
 9lrtif et ?.a; 5)|e^9(i-ttf e/ ctVe^ >«'>«« '^X^xaio e 
 foUeit iirbrtt t^ifo^ftf freii^ i.;]^»eln 
 einjefneg SDtiifl atnief(t)(offen , felbfiftanbtg 
 au8 feiitcr ®atttmg l^eraug^ebcn. 3)tc« 
 itnb 5nict)t« lueitcr t^ut benn aucfc bcv «nb«= 
 fiimmte , wai^venb ber befiimmte nirfjt im 
 JlUijemeinen ]^crau«f)efit, fonbern eiii gc; 
 n>iffee, I'cpimmteg S)ing bcjeirfjiiet. 
 (Wan fiefet , bie Diamen follten beffec §ets 
 ^en: bei- bepimmenbe unb ber nic^t b«= 
 jlinun c n b e 2lrtifct.) 3n ber Slnttjenbung 
 beg 5lrtife(3 a finben mef;rere 2{btvei? 
 cl) u n g e n »om beutfi^en ©cbranctie ftatt. 
 I. JDfi- unbcftimnite 5lrtifet wirb 
 gebvau(i>t: «. ttjo n)tr ben be = 
 ftimmten jn fc^cn )?ftegen; 1. 
 2Benn man bie 3eit angibt, ivie oft 
 ficij etivaS iuieberl^olt , cber ttjenn man ein 
 SDi a g , ® e n? i (f) t , eine 51 n 5 a f; t bes 
 jetrtinct, fiir iveldK ein gcnjiffer *Prei8 
 gift ; in te^terem Bade fte^t (inbep minbev 
 gut) mandnnal and) f^e, vd. i. 3). : The 
 surgeon visits me twice a day (par jour). 
 A pin fl day's a groat « year. I pay them 
 six dollars a week. One shilling a pound 
 (rt pair). JDagegen and) : five shillings 
 the yard. @. nod): Accusative, B, II, 
 1 nnb 2 unb Latinism, E. 2. 93oi- mnn= 
 i^en concreten ®nbftanti»en: he 
 h&A.afever, ahead-ache. Qlcl^nlid) : er 
 l^otte fid) ein en ©djnuf'fen, §og fid) ein 
 gicber jn; eg njirc gteid)fam ein ffies 
 cielleS Uebet l^erauSgel^oben. b. 2Bo 
 h)ir gar feinen 3Utife( fe^cn : 1. 93oi- 
 obftract en aC or t evn : You do all in 
 a great hurry. This argument was of 
 a great force. 93ergl. II, 1. SBir brans 
 d)cn l^ier felten ein. 2. @benfa(l8 cor 
 3lbfiracten im Jll^eitunggfinne, 
 hjie cinige, etnjag: I liked it for a 
 time. (33ergl. Cela n'a qu' un temps.) 
 Have a care. We had still a regard for 
 Mr. Burchell. — ®o entfianb lai 2(b»erb 
 awhile = einigc 3eit. 3. »Bei *.2lngabe 
 beg @ t a n b e « , @ e n? e r b e g , ber 32 a ; 
 tion 3emanbe«: He is an Englishman, 
 a bookseller. ("Da^cr auc^ bet gamilien= 
 namen ; He is c Russell, i». i. <D.) Sti^mx 
 
 aber biefeS ?{5r.abicat nur eincm (5in = 
 S e I n e n jufommen , fo fte&t a nid)t, Vteit 
 nun fein^erauS^cben an« ber @at= 
 timg fiattftnbet. @o unterfd)eibe : i\apo-- 
 lejjn was cm Emperor (n>ie anbere itaifer 
 aud)) , unb: Napoleon was Emperor of 
 France. 93erg(. Titles, 2, unb Accusa- 
 tive, B, I, 2. 4. ^ad) 7nany — (^oetifd) 
 fiel^t and) i. 2). e i n nad) m and)): Many 
 a long day. Many a learned man pe- 
 rished with hunger. Many a bolder man 
 than I would tremble at it. I told him 
 many and many a time — (mand) liebe8 
 aWal). For many a year , down many a 
 quiet street , through many an open 
 window, shall float that old familiar 
 cry — „01d Clo' ! (= clothes.) 5. 3)a 
 no i3or S m » a r a t i » e n fiir 7iot fiel^t 
 (f. No. 4), fo fofgt a babiiitcr, njci^rcnb 
 nad) unferm f e in nie ein 3IrtifeI fte^t ; fo 
 nad) no more, no less, no longer u. f. f^ 
 No less a personage than Mr. Wardle's 
 mother himself. He is no longer a school- 
 master. No such ^eipt aber fetn fol^ 
 (^cr; no jle^t in feincr gen.u>r;nlid)en JBe-- 
 beutnng unb l^at ba^er feinen 2Utifel nad) 
 fid) : There is no such liberty. Soft man 
 ii freilid) anf in ,,n i d) t ein f I d) e v," 
 fo n)eid)t bie g »om ©ng(ifd)en <xh ; ebenfo 
 fann aber an* im @nglifd)en 710 1 . .a ffir 
 no fiei^en : He is not such a fool. I shall 
 never find stich another. 6. Sinen ci* 
 gentl^iimli(^en ®ebraud) con a f. untcr 
 Of, 2, b. 
 
 II. SDer unbefiiramte 3lrtifel bteibt 
 tt) e g , h) d 1^ r e n b )u i r i i^ n f e ^ e n : 
 1. 9}ad) such, »oenn barauf ein 21 b fi v a t; 
 t n m ober tin (£ t f f n a m e folgt ; such 
 trouble; such wine (= folc^er aBein, ein 
 fold)er aCein, fold) ein 2Bein). 5)ie? ^ebt 
 bie oben (I, b, 1) gegcbene 9{egel fiir biefen 
 "^aW auf. 2. 9iad) what in ber Srage, 
 rodbreiib ti im 51 n 6 r n f e a nad) fid) l;at 
 (faft ganj n>ie bei : )o e I d)) : What boy is 
 this? What a man! i23ert1c^t fid) bie 
 (Jinl;eit »on felbft, fo fann and) im -iluS; 
 rnfe a, ba3 3 e i d) e n ber @iiir;eit , twegs 
 fallen: What misery! What nonsense! 
 3. JBeginnt ever ober never einen Sa^ 
 (Inversion) , fo jici^t ba« Subject g es 
 n) ij ^ n n d) obne a, loenn ii nid>t ein 31 b= 
 jectic cor fid) pat ober Winter bem 
 
Aa 
 
 Abbreviation. 
 
 33cr6 ftel^t: Never brother loved his 
 sister better! (^Sergl. jamais itnb f. noc^ 
 ben le^ten ©a^ unter to Fight.) 3l6ei- : 
 Never was stich a noise about a trifle. 
 4. 3t» ifc()cn jmei >§ait^U»B6rtern, 
 bie nui- einen SBegriff augniacfcen, 
 ivie cin jufammeiigcfegteS liBovt: He was 
 advanced to the dignity of Duke (jur 
 aCnirbc e i n c g JPIerjogg = «&ergog«tt.nirbe). 
 He procured the degree of M. D. — 5, 
 aScr Part, f. b» 
 
 III. iDer ®eBraurf> be8 (5in = 
 l^eitlartifeU a » or b en *P htra = 
 (en feio itnb wawy frfKint ein 2Cib€r= 
 fpnid) gu fein , erf/art fi(6 attcv barauS, 
 ba§ man 6ei /ew an « small number, bei 
 7rtrtwy an a great number 9 e b a c^ t nnb 
 bcmgemdfj confiruirt ^at (constructio ad 
 sensum). (S. iibrigcn^ few unb many a. 
 i. O. nnb »cigt. bie nnter Plural , A, VI. 
 curfitt gebrucften SGBoiter a. i. O. There 
 were a good (= vast, great) many people 
 there. A few books, words, questions. 
 @. ben jtveiten ®a^ unter Which , A, 2. 
 D. aCBieber^otung be8 2Irtifel3 a. 
 
 1. 3n bcr ateget traudjt er nicljt tuies 
 berl^olt ju werben, njenn er aud) ju 
 me^rcren @ubflanti»en ge^ort: a little 
 boy and girl. $Da8 ift natiirlicf), ba bie 
 cine gorm ju alien ®efd)Ie(f)tern ^^a^t. 
 
 2. 93ei(angen aber bie •Sauvtnjorter »eri 
 ftfciebcne S' or men {a nnb an) vov 
 fief) , fo mu§ man i^n »vteber^o(en : a 
 camel and an ape. <B. ben Ic^ten ©a| 
 nnter Indicative, B, 2, 2(bjetti»e fcfeeinen 
 biefen @inf(H^ nidit tmmer jn ^aben : fo 
 jtvav : a new and an unexpected difficulty 
 arose (Maxwell), aSer bagegen avL(fy -, a 
 sudden and unexpected event (Bulwer). 
 
 3. aSerf^e&t man nnter eincm nur ein = 
 m a I gcfe^ten ©ubftantio m e ^ r e r e !Dinge 
 feiiier 2lrt, fo njivb bcr 2h-tife( (a nnb the) 
 rt>ieberbplt. @. Plural, B, 6 unb One, B, 
 2. We bought a brown and a black coat 
 {= a brown coat and a black one). !l)a= 
 l^er aucfj : I have a five-guinea-piece 
 and a Iwo-guinea-piece , u. b. gt., n>o 
 baS ^nbpantic boi>i)elt f^ef^t. E. ®tc(= 
 lung tton a, fofern fie »om JDentfcfeen 
 abn)eirf)t. 1. ®tef;tiis, so, too, how, 
 however »or einem 51 b j e c t i » , fo tritt 
 ber 5lrtitel a Winter biefe3 ;^ so great a 
 
 fool; so remarkable a people; too 
 powerful an influence ; how considerable 
 a loss. So noble aji action deserved not 
 such a vile return. SSergl. One, (5. SSci 
 Sutler tritt ber 3Irttfet ofter^ Winter bag 
 9lb«erb ttici, n)enn e8 vor] einem 3lbs 
 jectii"* fie^t: »iel ein fauler ^otj 
 (aBetg^eit ©af. 14, 1; sergL il. SWacc* 
 16, 7.) 2. ebenfo tritt a Winter feben 
 6omV»arati» , ber no »or firf) l^at (f. oben 
 C, I, b, 5) : I have no greater a pleasure. 
 
 3. ®ett)i3^n(tc^ auci) bei half., f. b. 
 
 4, 2lurf> bei ben abjectioifi^en ^JJronomen 
 siich unb many, unb bet what (f. oben 
 C, II, 2); ^ier fann im !Dcutfcl)en bies 
 felbe aCortfoIge ftatt^aben, n)cnn man 
 nber^au^Jt ben 9lrti(el nacfc m a n ct) fe|t 
 (f. C, I, b, 4): What a beautiful day ! 
 Such a friend. F. 21 u 8 1 a f f u n g son 
 a f. Ellipse, B, I, 1 nnb 6. 3u biefer 
 gaiijen Se^re »om nnbeftimmten Qlrtifet 
 »ergt. The ; aii^ercem Personal, E., 1, (5. 
 
 Aa lautet 1. meift = a : to baa ; Ma'am ; 
 2. fettner = u: aam ; 3. in l^ebraifdjen 
 2C6rtcrn flingt e3 , n?enn eg betont ifi = 
 a : Aaron ; fonfi 4. = a : Isaac. 
 
 Abbreviation, 2{bfurjung. I. SCBirfs 
 ltct)e33evfurjungeinegaDorteg in @cf) rift 
 nnb 2lugf)jr ad) e, meifl burd) ben 
 2li)ofiro:p^ bejeidjnct. 2)ie gen>or;nn(tflen 
 gciUe finb : 
 
 almost fiatt almost. 
 
 a'nt, a'uU ,, and it, am not, art 
 not, arc not, is not, 
 and if it. 
 
 'hove „ above. 
 
 can't ,, cannot. 
 
 cou'd ,, could. 
 
 d'ye ,, do ye, do you. 
 
 e'er ,, ever. 
 
 'era „ them. 
 
 cu'my 
 
 11 
 
 enemy. 
 
 'gainst 
 
 •.1 
 
 against. 
 
 gl'me 
 
 i> 
 
 give me. 
 
 he'd 
 
 n 
 
 he had, he would. 
 
 he'll 
 
 11 
 
 he will. 
 
 I'd 
 
 ,1 
 
 I had, I would. 
 
 I'll 
 
 11 
 
 I will. 
 
 I'm 
 
 11 
 
 I am. 
 
 I've 
 
 11 
 
 I have. 
 
 it's 
 
 11 
 
 it is. 
 
 let's 
 
 
 let us. 
 
4 Abide 
 
 o' ftvitt of, on. 
 
 'scaped „ escaped. 
 
 shan't „ shall not. 
 
 stead ,, instead. 
 
 I' „ to. 
 
 th' „ the. 
 
 tho' „ though. 
 
 thou'dst „ thou hadst, wouldst. 
 
 'till „ untill. 
 
 'tis ,, it is. 
 
 'tvvixt „ betwixt. 
 
 you're ,, you are. 
 
 II. Sllj 6 V e V i a t u r c n einc8 SBortcS in 
 ter@c^rift; ntjer i>olt|tanbtgatig= 
 juf^ji-erfun. 1. 3)tefc finb fe^r jal^{= 
 rei(f> unb ivcrbeti aucf) in Stcinfc^riften imb 
 im 2)vu(fc fo attgemein gcbrau^t, me 
 imfer u. bgt., [., ^gt, , u. a. m. , u. f. vo. 
 @D : He was incog: here. He procured 
 the degree of M. D. — Capt. Marryat, 
 R. N. G. C. B., has arrived at New York. 
 @ct6fi bect'iniit: according to Admiral 
 Bluster, K. C. B.'s notion. The P. and 
 0. S. N. C.'s Admiral (i. e. the Penin- 
 sular and Oriental Steam Navigation 
 Company's). 2. a){an(t)C fo((t)e S356i1er 
 toevbennie attSgef c() vieben : fo Mr., 
 Mrs. , id cinige hjcvben [ogar auct) fo »er= 
 fiirjt a u g g c [)j V d) e n , trie man fie 
 fd)vei6t; fo lieji man W)oi;t: he is an M. 
 D. aii ob gcfdjvieben ftanbc: he is an 
 emdi ; ba^er finbet fid) bee @a^ *.„•.♦ not 
 to mention learned M. D's." @o awdii M. 
 P. 3n3eitungen, njo man mit bcm 
 JRaume geijt, tapt man oft and) nodj ben 
 ^unft Winter ben .Riirjungen n^eg , na= 
 menttid) in Qlnnonccn mit bev morbevifcl^cn, 
 fleincn ®d)rtft. 3. 3m UeBrigen f. man 
 ben 5infang jebcg cinjelnen 33ud)fta6cn in 
 einem quten aBinterbudje, nnb unfere 
 2(rtifef Apostrophe, Apocope, Apheresis, 
 Contraction, Elision. 
 
 To Abide entfvrid)t einem bentfdjcn 
 51 b B e r t in ber 33ci-tnnbung : I cannot a- 
 bide to (do it) = ic^ fann nidjt umi^ in, 
 tvie I cannot but. . .. 
 
 Ablative. 2)ci8 SBer^artni^ biefeS Ia= 
 teinifd^en SafuS bejeid^nen befonbci-8 from, 
 of, by, f. b. 
 
 About : 1. to be about mit einem 3 m 
 finiti» ifl fafl ganj gleid) mit to be 
 going (f. b.) : They were about to light 
 
 Absolute. 
 
 (= in eo esse ut — ). 2. Solgt ntec cin 
 6ject, fo Bebeutet e3: mit (SfosaS U- 
 ffftdftigt fein: ff/iat are you about? I am 
 about a great piece of work. 
 
 AboTC, 5rb»ert», junjeilcn aU SIbjecttto 
 = oJJig : My above statement. The above 
 discourse (letter, defiance) ; tS ifl eigents 
 lid) einc Bufammeufe^ung auS ab unb 
 b e n (»erg(. bie a^auifel ^) ; ba^cr f^e^t 
 e3 aud) aU 5lbtterbiak ^inter bem <£ut)= 
 ftantit) : the powers «6ore, bie l^immlis 
 fc^en aJiad)te, f. Adverbial. ®o and): 
 like One above = wie ein xiBerirbifcfceS 
 aSBefen. 3a, bieS 5( b j e c 1 1 » above ttjirb 
 nnn and) fufefiantitjifc^ gefe^t: Since 
 writing the above = OBigeS, baS 
 Dbigc gcfdirteben. SCBdrc eg l^iec ein 
 fubftanti»if(^e8 2lb»erb , fo fonnte c8 nur 
 bebeuten : bag O b e n, ber o b e r c ^J t a ^. 
 
 Absolute. I. 9lbfot«tc (fetbft = 
 ft ci n b i g c) SB ij r t e r fmb fotd)e, bie an unb 
 fiir fid) einen roHfidnbigen ©inn geben, 
 o^nc einer ergdnijenbcn 35eftimmung ju be- 
 bucfen. 3)aS ®cgent§eil ifi relative. @o 
 gibt e3 befonberS 1. ^tbfolutc unb rt= 
 iat i»c 5lbjectiDe: good, tired, dead 
 fmb abfotut; worth , averse finb re(ati», 
 fie beburfen bee Qlngabc, to i e t> i e I bie (Sa? 
 (^e toert^, to em 3cmanb ab gcneigt 
 ifi: It is worth tAree g%iineas. He is not 
 averse to eating and dunking. 9Jian= 
 d)e5 Qtbjcctio fvinn balb abfolut, balb res 
 latio fte^en: He was a covetous man. He 
 was covetous of praise. @, Adjective, 
 G, 5* 2. 2lbfoluteunb relative 2lb»er = 
 bie 11. Weil, yearly, here fmb abfoint, 
 toa^renb ba6 abwcrbialifdie sennight eincg 
 ergdnienben 3nfa^eg bebarf: yesterday 
 sennight, to-morrow sennight. 3. 9){ins 
 ber toid)tig ifi ber Unterfc&ieb gtoifd)eu abs 
 fotnten imb relati«cn <Subjlanti»cn 
 (Twelve are a dozen, — a dozen of 
 peJis) nnb 35erben (to speak, to eat, 
 to breathe — abci to breathe fl/?er^^;ea/M, 
 to meddle ivith a person, an affair). 
 
 H. 21 b f 1 u t e (u n a b 1^ d n g i g e) 93 e= 
 ft i m m n n g c n im 2I((gcmeincn ftnb foldK, 
 bie jtoar mit bem SBorte, tooju fie ge= 
 ^oven , burd) eine ^Jrd^^ofttion, cine (Son: 
 {unction , ein $artici)3 ober bergt. » e r = 
 bunben toe r ben ti3nnten, jebo(!^ 
 ]^ n e cin fjj((^e« 93 i nb e m i 1 1 e t ftel^en. 
 
Abstract - 
 
 <So ftnben fidj : 1. afcfoliite fiib ftan; 
 t i » i [ c^ e 33 e fl im m u n vT e n : He must 
 conic cap in hand to me (anilatt tvith, 
 cber having, his cap in hand). I now 
 stood , a calm spectator of the flames 
 (= as ober being a spectator). They Avill 
 die beggars. Charles I. lived and died 
 a hypocrite. — This year you shail not 
 go to France. 9)gl. noc& Accusative B, I, 
 2 unb 11. fotcie Nominative, 2, aud) As. 
 2. 2ll)fotitte 3nfinitit5C, fctc tuir 
 oft bur* urn j« mit bcm <B<x%t «ertnnben 
 miiffen. To confess a trulh, this man's 
 mind seems filled lo his station. To 
 cojiclude, I will make the following re- 
 mark. (&oIrf)c Siifinitioc bifben gteidjfam 
 eineii ©a^ im (Sa^e. (Sbenfo 3. bie ab= 
 fotuten $ artictt>ien, ivetdK tt)iv 
 meifi mit ben @ o n j u n c t i o n e n : alg, 
 ba, narfjbem, ttjeil unc bevijf. auflijfen. 
 ®ie jlei^en wle bie tatcinifc^en ablaiivi ab- 
 soluii, jebocf) ol^iie bevcn 58cf(^rans 
 futigen. a. 2lcti»c: One day, the 
 eldest of the boys having ventured 
 across the threshold, two cupboards ,. . 
 attracted the child's curiosity. The 
 master agreeing, the slave was eman- 
 cipated. The hostess />e?*i.s/i«g' in her 
 first assertion, he was preparing lo 
 leave the room. Properly ."T^ea/nwg- they 
 had but one character. They, literally 
 speaking , fell all the miseries of waul. 
 Having got it copied fair, it was placed 
 over the chimney-piece. 9ielatifie 
 ^ a r t i c i ).n e n finb bagegen fotcfte, luetc^e 
 einen 9tb»er6iat5 cbec 2lbj|ectit> = 
 fa^ euti^alten , unb an \i)x ©ntject t>cr: 
 mittelji cine^ r elati»eu i^ t on o menS 
 obcr ber c&cn gcnannten Sonj;unc = 
 t ion en angefnii^ft ivecben fonnten: 
 A villa abounding with every comfort 
 (= that abounds ober abounded). Some 
 persons saw these images glitteriiigy/'xih 
 gold (= which glittered). We had a 
 lulor, joining good manners to true 
 learning. He passed cheerfully on, 
 taking heed to his footsteps. This is a 
 liistory-piece of Mucins Scacvola, burn- 
 ing his right hand. Having finished his 
 letters, he went to his country-house. 
 ISol understanding what he said , I 
 asked... We are struck by the pro- 
 
 — Abuse. 5 
 
 digious number of stones, not only iemg- 
 printed from , but which are piled iu 
 every corner — o e v f ii r j t e r unb » o I = 
 fer aie(ati»fa§ ncben einanber, iole im 
 Sranjofifdjen. SSergt. Participle, A, I, 
 2. b. 5lbfo(ute ^afft»e 51}articiiiien 
 finb choaS feftener : ThissaiW, he retired. 
 Or, one dream passed, we slide into a 
 new. This accomplished, he look leave 
 (= bie3 abgemac^t). This scheme thus 
 blotv7i up, I had some thoughts of fairly 
 shipping back to England. The seed 
 having been carefully sown, we now 
 reap a golden harvest. The ceremony. . . 
 having been gone through , we find the 
 machinery is . . . 3)a8 (Subject cineS fo 
 tierfiirjten ®a§e8 mup manc^mal <\\\i bcm 
 ^nfammeni^ange crgdn^t merben , ba man 
 nirfjt fietg bie dngj^fi^fic ©cnauigfeit bcs 
 obarf)tet: ,, Keep the *fon6'« in the]house," 
 I say; „or, being removed, send me . . . 
 a good deliverance" = n?enn fie ^inau«= 
 gefc^afft ttierbcn ... 9i c t a 1 1 w , fiel^en fie 
 bagegcn: A person, not already fl/>/»rii;erf 
 of il — . A liberty.... never before 
 known — . By a power to Ihee unknown 
 Ihou canst never be alone. ©. Parti- 
 ciple, B, 2 unb 3. 
 
 Abstract, Abstraction, ©in c o n^ 
 c refer Scgriff ifi ein 6 i n j e ( begriff, 
 ein SBort, njclrfje^ ein einjcIncS, gefous 
 bcrteS iTing bcbeutet, bag man mit bett 
 ©innen iva^rne^men fann. @o : tine 
 JJiofe, (Sid)t, StUe, ein 2()?felbaum, ein 
 (Srbbeerbufcf). 3)a3 ®egentr;elt ifi ein 
 2lbftractum, ber SSegriff, ben man er= 
 ^d(t, tt)enn man tton'einer ganjcn ©attung 
 ba6 a b n i m m t (abfira^irt) ,[ um^ alien 
 (Sinjetnen gemeinf cfc.'aftl.id) ift. <Bo 
 fmb alU tiori^ingcnannten concrcten JDinge 
 ^fUnjen, unb bieS ift alfo bag 216= 
 jiractum baju. Abstract ideas fmb i- 33. 
 nod) animal, mankind, virtue, feeling, 
 science, courage, honour. tiTcrUnters 
 fd>ieb jn)ifd)en Soncreten unb 2lbflracten 
 madit fidi bei bem ®ebraud)e;bcr 2(rtifet, 
 beg $lnra(, bc8 One u. f. w. geltenb. 
 
 Abuse , ber unrid)tige ©ebrand) eineS 
 5lugbru(fe«, meifi burd) bag ^crfommcn 
 entfd)utbigt. ®o : I should a fled (f. 2. 
 A, 3). It is me {hi?n), »erg{. Reflective 
 I, A, 3 unb Declension. JDIe » u t g d r e n 
 
Accent. 
 
 2{ii«brurfe : This is Peler his book (= ba8 
 ift ^ctern fein JBucf; *) , I seed unb bergt. 
 ®. no* Incorrecl. 
 Accent. I. 3)£i- ^ottaccent , bie 
 
 aSetonung ber rid^tigen @i(be eineS SBors 
 teg. 2Ba^renb im Sranj6rifcf?eii ftttS bie 
 ©nbfilbe eineS SBorteS ben Sion ^at, finbet 
 im @itglifcl)en bieftlfce a)ianuicl)faltigfeit 
 beg 2lccente6 flatt, trie im 2)eutfdKn. ® e- 
 [ c^ r i e 6 e n e 51 c c e n t c , ifie fie im ®iie= 
 d}{fc()en, 3talienifcf)eii u. f. tw. eingefu^vt 
 njDvben, gi6t c8 tiirf)t; balder if^ eg oft 
 f{^tt)ierig, bie rict)ttge JBetonung ju finbcn. 
 3n 2B6iteit»iic(jevn liat man , «m ben Sen 
 nenben jurecfct juttjeifen, aUerbingg auct) 
 5tccente angenommen ; atletn im getuo^n; 
 lichen JDntrfe hjerben fie nirf)t ang£tuen= 
 bet. 2Bii- bejeirtjncn im Bolgenbcn ben fee^ 
 tonten 93ocat buret? f c 1 1 e r e n 2)rucf , um 
 bie 22}6rter nict)t ju jerreipen. 
 
 J. ^lUflcmcincS. 1. gur at(e 2B6r-- 
 tei- b eutf ^ en llifprungeg gift bag bcutfdje 
 ® efe§, ba§ bie @ t a m m f i t & e b e n 2; o n 
 l^at , o^ne Siucfrif^t auf 9301-= ober 9^i(f)s 
 filOen. @o »on bcm^tamme bare : abare 
 unb bareness ; fo ^at ber iS t a m m ben 
 %on in: behold, unwell, along, mis- 
 taken, return, fullness, beggerliness, 
 behaviour, affirmatively, becomingly, 
 acorn {wo oru gleid) ber9iiaci)fi(be =er if^). 
 2)ag <5ngtifdK ^d(t prcnger, a(g bag 
 3)eutfrf)e felbfi, an biefem beutfctKU @runb; 
 fa§e feft ; fo entpef;en benn fogar ?lbnjei- 
 d)ungen »on ber beutfd)en Sctonung , na; 
 mentli^ ba , wo unfev 2lccent an] bem 
 ©egenfa^c berul^t; j. *-8. n n gtiicflict) 
 a(g ®egeutl;ei( »on glucflid) ; ^uglifd) 
 abev unhappy «jie happy; eOenfo well 
 unb unwell, unnjoI;t; mistake, ajJip: 
 griff. aCBid man jebort) im ®a$e bnrd) 
 ben Sefe accent (f. H.) biefen ®egeufatj 
 j^enoorfjeben, fo Betont man im (Snglifiten 
 w. u 3). , eg n^eicftt bann atfo ber cngfifcfjc 
 Sefeacceut toom btopcn aBortaccentc ab : — 
 ^ler (Srjl^erjog ^eipt the archduke; im 
 ®egenfa^e reiirbe man aBer fagen : He is 
 uol a Duke, but an Arciiduke. 5tngi 
 nal;mc t»on ber ®runbregc(: @i-nige 
 JiJorfe^morter ne^men ben *^ c c e n t 
 auf fid) , ftatt i^n bem @tamme ju taffen, 
 
 namentlic^ : after, some, fore ober for 
 (= »or, n idj t atter for = v^ers) , mand^= 
 mat ancfj mis — : fo somewhat, some- 
 thing, aflerwise, forehead, foremen- 
 tioned, forwardness, mischievous, mis- 
 creant; bagegen forgot , forgiven, mis- 
 print, misfortune. 2. Dag aGiberf).Mei 
 ber bentfd)cn 33etonnng ifl bie franjijs 
 fifd)c, wdA)t, o^ne ben <gtamm ju 
 berucffidjtigen , bie le^te®ilbc accen= 
 tuirt : ba^er facade, brigade, nefeen bem 
 beutfc^en comrade ; balloon, degree (ne= 
 hen bem arabifc^en coffee). 3. 2Borter 
 aug ben a f t e n (g)3rad)cn fcewa^ren 
 oft ben u r f V r ii n g U (^ e n 5lccent : casti- 
 gation, variation, valour; bie meifien 
 finb inbep voUftcinbtg eingebiirgcrt nnb 
 Ijaben einen bem engtifd?en aJJunbe be= 
 quemeren, fliidjtigeren Slccent angenoms 
 men: vocal, adverb, substantive, na- 
 tural. Psychology, to manducate. 4. SSei 
 ber 21 b I e i^t n n g eincg aUorteg «on einem 
 aubcren ci n[b e r t fid) oft ber '2lccent mit ber 
 Ouantitat : decimate, declinator »on to 
 decline; »on to advert: to advertise 
 ober to advertise, advertiser unb ad- 
 vertiser, advertisement unb adverljse- 
 ment; Europe, European; Italy, 
 Italian, le^tere W, i. 3). 
 
 Z?. Scfonbcrc Jlcgein nad) ber <B i U 
 b e n i a H ter UCorter (Pummeg e n i d) t 
 afg (Eilbe geredmet), 1. I'JSei jh)eifil= 
 bigen 2BorterH { DissylLibles ). 3u 
 >§au^^t;, @igenfct>aftg>, Umftanbg; unb ben 
 uKii^en 3a^(n>ortcrn ifl gewo^nlid) bie 
 erfte <Silbe>er @ tamm, bie jiveite bie 
 (Snbuug ; in anbercn SQGortcrn (3eit5, iCev= 
 :^artni^= unb Sinbcnjortern) aber ifl mei; 
 jieng bie jnjeitic ®i(be ber @tamm, 
 bie erf!c nur 'eine iisorfilbc. 3)er>5aujjt5 
 reget gemvi§ f}Cit alfo a) in ©ubftantiven, 
 2lbjecti»en', 3lbt)erbicn nnb 9inmera(en bie 
 e r fi e, b) in anberen 2Boi tern bie j »u e i t c 
 ©ilbe ben 3;on. JBcifpiefe ju a) favour, 
 nation, creature, ready, helpless, many; 
 nobly, yearly, very ; twenty, hundred, 
 thousand. 3u b) to arise, to befall, to 
 confess ,Vo engrave, to f9rbid, to re- 
 build, to withhold ( a^n(id> aud) to 
 partake f^att to lake part; take ifl ber 
 
 Qimn a(;nn4)cii UcbcrftuO f. !}5farm 33, 12. 
 
Accent. 
 
 ®tamm) ; before, within, throughoiil ; 
 because, besides, c. 3fi nun ein SBort 
 fottjo^t ®ubfianti» atg93ert>, oberQlbjectb 
 nnb 3Serb , fo unterfcl)eibet man bie bcibcn 
 a3ebf utungen mei)l biivd) 23 e r f c^ t e b e n; 
 l^eit be8 2lcccnt8: bag ©ubfiantio (ober 
 2tbjectb) jiel^t ben Sion nac^ »orn (au* 
 tvenn er bafcci »om ©tamme njcgtritt), ba8 
 93erb njirft il^n nad) |iinten. (go : ibe 
 augment imb to augment, the accent unb 
 to accent, the contract unb to contract, 
 absent itnb to absent (i^crgf. untcn, B, 
 2, c). 35ei-[e(6e Unterfd)icb bc3 5tccentc8 
 finbct auct) bet anberen ganj gfelcfe ge= 
 frfjriebeneu SlJcrtern con scrfc^icbcnet 33e= 
 bcutung ftatt : the desert, bie 2Bufie, 
 unb the desert , iaS *-8erbienfi ; August 
 (ber aJionat) unb august, er^abcu (ba^ev 
 bet 9iame Augustus; umgcfe^rt im 3). : 
 9Iugufl unb 2[uguft; vergf. au(f> im 
 granjofiff^en bie ©cfjeibung in Aout unb 
 Augusle unb im 3taticnifct)en in Agosto 
 unb Augusto) ; to conjure , ®ei|^cr be- 
 fd)\uDren, unb to conjure, Scmanben 
 tbittenb) befd)w6ren. 5l«^uli(^ : notable, 
 n>ic&tig, unb notable , emrig. (93iet fot= 
 c^cr Unterfcbiebe gibt ei im gateinifdjen 
 unbStalienifdicn.) !Dicfe(Sd)eibung]^at je= 
 bod) nidH immer fiatt; oftergl^at: d. ein 
 @ub jtan tio ben 5tcccnt be« 93ei-b 
 be^atten, »cn bem e8 cntflanb : the 
 desire bon to desire ; ober umgcfel^rt : 
 e. ein 93crb l^at fid) nac^ bem 51 cc ent 
 be? v§ au>?two I teS gerid)tct, luoson 
 eSfic^bifbete: to inleresl con the interest. 
 3)ie3 erffavt fic^ eben au8 bcv ^auj^tregcf, 
 unb bag gefi^atten ber Scgriffe ©tarn m-, 
 a}or= unb 9^a(^filbe erfpart un6 ^iev 
 imb im Sofgcnben minbejleng ein !l)u^enb 
 SJlcgetn anbcrer ©rammatifer, jreld)e n ur 
 ba-3 Sormefle im 2lugc ^aben. 2. »8ci 
 breifitbigen SBortern (Trisylla- 
 bles). D^m SBeitereS ergibt ftd) auS ber 
 ®runbreget ber 5lccent »on almighty, 
 demission , excursive , destructive, 
 endeavour, disappear. 3(uFeibem njirb : 
 a. oft bie er fie i^ilbe betont, fei e8 aud) 
 einc iBorfitbe: absolute, congruent, 
 opposite. If. 3)ic aJiittclfifbc ^at ben 
 3;on in 2G6rtern mitbcn fremben @nbungcn 
 ado unb ator (f. untcn 3, b) : strappado, 
 tornado, spectator, dictator. 5(u3= 
 
 nal^mcn: orator, senator u.f.tv, c. Sfoav 
 f)at nad) ber ^au^jtregel bie I e ^ t e ®i(be 
 ben *ikcent, njenn jn? e i 93 o r filben ba»or 
 fiel^en : to disappear, tore-enforce, to 
 recompose ; altein l^ier mad)en bie "Sots 
 fe^wortcr counter-^ inter-, over-', super- 
 unb under- mancfte *2iu«na^men. 
 aBiil^renb in to counterchange , to inter- 
 fere, to overflow, to supersede, to 
 understand bie 9teget beobaditet ifi, fte^t 
 bod) in to counteract, interview, to in- 
 terpret, superfine ber 5[ccent an unrc* 
 ge(md§iger ©telle. Unb man benu^t auc^ 
 biefc llnregefmcipigfeit befieng jur Unters 
 fc^eibung beS (ginneS (n^ie oben B, 1, c): 
 to countercheck — the countercheck ; to 
 interdict — the interdict; to overflow 
 — the overflow ; to underwork — the 
 underwork; fo audj bei 93ielfilbigcn: to 
 counterbalance — the counterbalance. 
 d) granjofifd&er 31ccent jeigt fid) in : 
 magazine, cavalier, fricassee, canonade 
 (tjgl.ado unteri). 3. >8ei » ielftlb i gen 
 2D6rtern (Polysyllables), b.]^,fc(d)en, bie 
 mei^ralgbrei ©tiben i^aben. 2luf bem 
 ® t a m m e liegt ber Sion in : countersur- 
 prise, animadverting, despoiical, com- 
 municative , seminary, a. 2luperbem 
 oft auf ber 2) r ittle§ ten : notoriety, 
 victoriously (5tccent ber 9JJutterfprac^e). 
 b. 2tuf ber i8 r t e 1 1 e n in ben (Snbungen 
 ado unb ator (f. oben 2, b) : bastinado, 
 emendalor. c. 2luf ber 93 i e r t ( e $ t e n, be= 
 fonbevS nienn bieg eine ber fat. 93 or filben 
 if}; ac, ad, com, con, e, ex, de, di, dis, 
 in, per, pre , re , sub ; allein mit ici^U 
 reid)en 3lugnat;men, tt?o ber 5lccent auf 
 bem ©tamme ober auf ber im S at e i= 
 nifd)en betonten <B\[ht bletbt: ac- 
 cessory, accessorily, aber accomplished ; 
 adjutory, aber additional ; commentary 
 unb comfortableness neben commodity; 
 decorative neben deficiency ; subse- 
 quently iteben subhastation \\. f. f. d. 
 @tel;t ber 5lccent auf ber fun ft en @ilbe 
 »cm (5nbe, \v\t in subsultorily, pere- 
 grinator, laboratory (comfortableness), 
 fo pnbet ftd) nad) bem @^nbe ju ein ^tes 
 ben accent, b. \^. ein ganj »on fetbfl 
 eintretenber , fitrjcrer 9tul;etunft fur 
 bie Stimme ; fo ifi j. S3, in peregrinator 
 bagalang, unb in subsultorily nijti^igt 
 
8 Account — 
 
 bie !Doi?)^tercoiifonanj It frfjon 511 einigcm 
 93crmetfen aiif bem jweiten «. ©. iibii= 
 geu3 ncd& Etymology. 
 
 If. iTev St c b e a c c £ 11 1 (Emphasis) obcr, 
 in i)ol)tve\n <Sinne, ber r e b n e r i f cb e 5lc; 
 cent (oratorical accent), bie ttjoi^lbemeffene 
 iBertl^eihtng beg ^onfaheg bei bem ^ov= 
 trage eine« ®anjen. 3)en Stccent ber ge- 
 ivD^nti(t>en 9itbe, beS einfac{)en @ti^(e8 be: 
 ftimmt ber @inn (sergt. oben A, 1) ; ben 
 9iebneraccent lel^rt bie 9t^etorif. 9ieben 
 i^m ifi beim 93oitragc eineS ® e b i d? t e 8 
 noct) 
 
 HI. ber 95ergaccent obcr ber \)vD' 
 f D b i f ^ e Stccent ju bcacf)ten , b. 1^. man 
 »evmifcf)e nictn ben ^fang beg ayfetrum — 
 (affe eg aber cbenfottjcnig att^ufel^r »dv= 
 tDalten* ^andimal , ttoijitglid) bei df= 
 teren JDicfctern, «erbrdngt ber a3eigac= 
 cent ben gcm6^ntt(f>en 2Bortacccnt. @o: 
 „I never gave them condign puuishmenl" 
 — wdl^renb man gen^o§n(irf> condign an8; 
 frricfet. 
 
 IV. S)er Station a laccent ift bie 
 ridUigc 2(nft>enbnng beg fBoxU unb 9^cbc= 
 accented im 3JIunbe ber ©ebitbetcn eineg 
 SSolfeS. @egen i^n »erpo|5t me^r obcr 
 minber 
 
 V. ber $r£t»in jinlaccent, bie 
 2lugfprac^c unb ber ^ion , bie gdrbnng ber 
 9{ebe , hjie fte in cincr cinjetncn @egenb 
 ©ebraud) fmb. ®. Dialect. 3icv biefem 
 l^iite fid? ber 2(ugtdnocr; nod) me^r aber 
 ba»or, feinen ^eimifcfjen 9iational= 
 obcr gar feinen ^Jrotiinj = ^itccent in etne 
 fvembe ©prac^e l;innber ju tragcn , fonft 
 ^c\t cr then 
 
 VI. ben an g (dnb if d) en Slccent, 
 b. ^. frcnibe2Borte in beutfd)em@en)anbe. 
 
 to Account: ol)ne 5Pvdi?ofition , »uo 
 loir fiir fc^un : //''/m/ we justly accounted 
 01/7' chief blessings were not without 
 alloy. @. Accusative, B, f, 2. 
 
 Accusative. j4 . SormeHeg. 1. 
 aSci igubfiantioen ift er bem Olominatiw 
 fllcic^, n)ie im 5ranj6fifd)en nnb toic aud) 
 in anbercn ®))rad)en oft: the man, ber 
 SDienfd) nnb ben aWcnfdjcn ; the wife, the 
 child. Ueber ben Unterfcfcicb bcibcr f. 
 unten C, 1. — 2. (^benfo bei $ronomcn, 
 t'ie meijlcn v«fi?uUd»en imt who ciuggc= 
 
 - Accusative. 
 
 nommen. Take M?*. ^A^>%a/ have you? 
 ®. no(^ Personal, Who, Declension. 
 B. ©cbrand). I. 2tb^dng;ig. 1. 2l(g 
 (Safugbcg Objectg nad> alien acti»en 
 3}erben. 9iun ift aber oft cin ^-iJcrb im 
 (Snglifdjen actiw , n>d^renb eg i. 2). 9ieu= 
 trum ifl : ba^er fte^t ber 2lccnfati» oft fiir 
 unfcrn 2)ati», unfcrn (Senitio obcr au^ 
 fiir cine iprdj^ofition. a. giir unfern 
 3)ati» fte^t cr urn fo ^dnftgcr, alg \<x 
 2)atio unb 5lccufati» im ©nglifd^en einc 
 gemcinfdiaftlidje ?5orm , ben O b j e c t i 
 I;aben (f. b. unb Dative), (go nad) to 
 afford, to affront, to aid, to ail, to allow, 
 to assist, to become, to brave, to bring, 
 to congratulale, to contradict, to curse, 
 to defy, to deny, to displease, to do, to 
 equal, to escape, to felicitate, to Hatter, 
 to follow, to gainsay, to give, to grant, 
 to help, to hurt, to imitate, to lend, to 
 light, to match, to meet, to menace, to 
 obey, to offer, to order, to owe, to pardon, 
 to permit, to please, to precede, to 
 refuse, to repugn, to resemble, to resist, 
 to rival, to serve, to thank, to threaten, 
 to waylay, to write u. ». a. 3. S3* J 
 Those who have preceded us (juie im 
 Sranjof.)- These speeches gainsay one 
 anotker. It is a thing we cannot help. 
 We must obey his commands. I pardon 
 liim wilh all my heart, lie pleases 
 every body. He rivalled me. He shall 
 not escape my revenge. 1 cannot help 
 this man (oevgt. 5l5f.36, 7). He braves all 
 his enemies. She resisted this arrange- 
 ment. He loved and served God. 3nbe§ 
 jle^t ijftcrg and) to babei: And to thee 
 shall night deny all the quiet of her sky. 
 (3n«erfion). ®. to Answer. 3)a bie m e i* 
 ft e n SSerbg \o ben btopen Objcctio ^ n e /o 
 fe^en fonnen (jcbod) niit ben untcr 
 Dative, 1—4 angcgcbencn @infd)rdn; 
 fun gen), fo iwevbcn ioir foldK 5lbnjei« 
 d)nngen yom !Dentfd)cn nid)t cinjeln auf= 
 jd^len. Uebrigeug ftimmt unfere Sons 
 ftruction oft mit ber englifd^cn itbercin, fo= 
 balb wir ein anbereg, algbagndd?flltegcnbe 
 33erb ne^nicn: fo unterflii^en fiir to 
 aid, to assist, to help; begliidnjuns 
 f c^ e n fiir to congratulate u, to felicitate ; 
 b e f d) d b i g e n , » e r t c fe e n ()tatt Joe^es 
 t^un) fiir to hurt u. a. 2Bid}tigcr al3 
 
Accusative. 9 
 
 a slave of bis alleadanls. He owned 
 himself a fool. Commodus slylcd him- 
 self the Romau Hercules (= se qualifier 
 de). I count (ober repute) him an honest 
 man, id) l^alte i^n fiir, — betracl)te i^n 
 al g einen brat»cn iDiann. They made him 
 emperor. -Diefelben SScrben l^nben naturs 
 (tci) ctncn bo^)ie{ten9iominati» Sci 
 Tic^ , fotatb ber (2a§ t'affio unrb : He 
 was proclaimed king. She is reputed a 
 virtuous woman. He named ine his suc- 
 cessor'. I was named general. He was 
 elected member of parliament. SCeitece 
 i8fif)?iele f. untet ben fdjraci gebnicften 
 bee obiqcn 93erben u. wergl. Nominative, 
 1, w. Adjective, B, 4; aucfe Absolute, II, 
 1, unb bag @nbe »on 91r. 5 &ier. 3. 5)ei- 
 2Iccufati» (ober Of>iectit>) fic^t auc^ nat^ 
 alien *Ur d^ uf i t ion en, f. b., B. a3er= 
 mittelfl einer Sufamnunjie^ung !anu nun 
 cin nnb berfelbe Slccufatio g I e i cf) j e i t i g 
 al« O b j e c t eineg 93 c,r h \\. al8 9t c g i = 
 men einer 5]3rdVofition ftc&en , "mai 
 im iTeutfcfnn ganj ttnmcg(id) ifl. ®o : I 
 loved,\A\i^\\eA at { = xiix[nA)U) , AnA pitied 
 him = I loved him, lau{?hed at him, 
 and pitied him. I am ashamed of the dress 
 which I have so long wo7'n and been 
 satisfied ?vith. Her own spirit enabled 
 her to regain., and even add still more 
 to, her power and consideration among 
 the tribe. {^t\ Marryat, Scott u. 21. fe^r 
 ^dufig.) After having kissed and gazed 
 at her for some time, he turned to me — . 
 (Smollet.) Mr. Pickwick felt at no lime 
 so much disposed to enjoy, and make 
 the most of, the passing^ moment. 
 Those we don't know we do not love or 
 care for, be they father or mother. 
 SSergl. bag Seitenflftrf l^ierju: Passive, 
 B, 2. — 4. ©nblict) fie^t bet 2lccufatio ber 
 Verfcnlic^en 5]3rDucmcu Ha(^ berSnters 
 jection /o, weil biefe eigentlic^ ein niter 
 3m}jerativ ifi = fiel^e (r>erg(. behold n. 
 look, bie man aurt) ju ben Snterjectionen 
 \^W, "nfe ba3 franjoftfite me voici, le 
 voila »on voir) : lo him ! (55enfo fiel^t 
 ber 3Iccufati» me — aber nur btefer — 
 narf) oh! nnb ah! — ah me! (= o me 
 
 btefer ©ebrau^ an fic^, iji baS barau8 
 golgenbe: ti trcvben nun ndmli^ alle 
 S3 e r b 8, tueldje fo tvanjttio fiel^en , a u & 
 t» affile gcbrauc&t: It cannot be helped 
 (bent ifl ni(^t abjul^clfen). I will be 
 obeyed (= je veux elre obei). He was 
 pardoned. You were opposed by me. 
 The fit of her fever was preceded by a 
 great lassitude (= fut precede). He was 
 well served, u. f. f. @. Passive, B. — 
 b. 3m ©ngtifcfien mit 31 ccuf atitt n. tm 
 Deutfc^en mit ® en tti» fte^en: to expect 
 one, Semanbeg :^arren = i^n ernjavtcn ; 
 to remember nnb to enjoy, f. b. n. tiergl. 
 Reflective, II, B, 1, (5. ; to seize a thing, 
 firt) eineg !Dingeg bemddjtigen = ti ergrei- 
 fen ; I pity him, ti jammert mic^ feiner 
 = irfi bebauere ii&n* c. iDer 3lccufati» 
 ftel^t, wo iuir eine ^rdvofition bran; 
 d)en : fo bei to demand., to enter., to 
 smell, to speak, a\i6) to fight ; f, biefe. 
 2)ag ©egent^eil f.unt, Preposition,C, 2, — 
 2. ©in bovtietter 2lcc«fati», ol^ne 
 toerbinbenbe ^^rdjiofition, ^efjt 
 nac^ ben SSerben: Semanben fur (StrvaS 
 l^atten, i^n jn (SttvaS crfldren, 
 mad) en u. f. yo. {wit im ^rcinjof. unb 
 i5ta(ien.). •&tcr fie^en i. 5). gewo^nftd) bie 
 ^rdv^ofiticnen aiS, fiir, ju, au8genom= 
 men bei n e n n c n (man nannte i i^ n einen 
 ^ e I b e n ; and) : „er mac^t \xr\S ©rben 
 in feincm <Bcial", Sutler* SSergl. 2. 3T?of. 
 7, 1) ; im @ng(ifd)en fle^t nur felten as 
 otitvfor, f. b. bb babet ber 51 r t i f e t fic^e 
 ober nicfet, rid)tet firf^ na6) ber di(Qel nntcr 
 J, an, C, I, b, 3. ©olcfee 93erben fmb : 
 to account, to appoint, to behold, to 
 call, to count, to create, to crown, to 
 declare, to deem, to elect, lo enroll, to 
 enter, lo fancy, lo find, to feel, to hold, 
 to leave., to make, to name, to proclaim, 
 to profess, lo pronounce, lo qualify, to 
 reckon, to remember, to render, to see 
 to show, to speak, to style, to think; 
 J. 33. You will find him a very honest 
 man. He thinks himself the person 
 aimed at in this libel. Deem it not a' 
 crime for her lo weep. He professes! 
 himself a manhater. I pronounce any! 
 
 "j?.™* ^^^'l?"" ^^^^.r.^"''';^. *^ fP'^"'' '^^l™'*^''""' ^*^* "' ' ^ llngliicflidjen.) 
 
 . _ ^j^^ Accusative wilh the In- 
 finitive. 2)ag aB efen biefer im 3)eut= 
 
 contrary. He qualifies hipiself capt 
 of the ship. His timidity rendered him 
 
10 
 
 Accusative. 
 
 fcf)cn unb Sratijoftfcften feltencr, im ©ngtis 
 fc^eii ahiv minbeftenS eSenfo l^duftg , n(g 
 tm Satctn cjebraud^tcn Sonfinictton befte&t 
 iu??oIgenbein: 5)a5 Subject eiiieS vtS; 
 l^dngigen ®a^cg tuirb famint feiuein 
 ySerb jam Object be3 '§au^tfa|e« ge= 
 jnadjt; e8 tiitt a(fo in ben 2lccufati» 
 unb bag 93erb in ben 3 n f i n i t i v, njobei 
 bag 33inbett)ort „ba^" natiirltcB tweg; 
 fdUt. ©tatt a. 93. ju fagen : id) 1^ o v t c, 
 ba§ er fang, fagt man fiivaer: icfi ^orte 
 il^n fingen; fo anftatt I heard that 
 he sung = 1 heard him sitig. (§i ifi eine 
 3ufamnicnjie!^ung jvueier @d|c in eincn, 
 c6 barf atfo and) feinSomma bajttn= 
 fc^en tietcn. 2)t«fe SSerfitrjung finbct vers 
 gitgticft nacf) ben JBcrben ^ati, trelcfec cin 
 SBa^rnel^men, Denfen, 93erfiel&en, SUiffen, 
 ©lauben, 3«gcben, 93eftdtigen, obet ein 
 «§Dffen, ^Jitvd^ten, 2DimfdKn, ©itauben, 
 93efel^(en, JBewirfen ober bg(. augbriirfen 5 
 a(fo nadj: to advise, to affirm, to alloto, 
 to appoint, to apprehend, to assent, to 
 behold, to believe, to bid, to cause, to 
 command, to conceive, to conclude, to 
 conTess, to demonstrate, to deny, to 
 desire, to determine, to expect, to feel, 
 to find, to have, to hear, to help, lo hold, 
 to imagine , to know, to make, lo ob- 
 serve, to order, to perceive, to permit, 
 to presume, to recognize, to remember, 
 to require, to see, lo show, to suffer, 
 lo suspect, to think, lo understand, to 
 wish u. a. — S e i f )3 i e t e : I knew him 
 to be friendly = id) tvujjte, bap er — . I 
 desire him to come in (id) n)iinfd)e, ba§ 
 cr ^erein!omme ober : id) laffe i ^ n 6 e r= 
 e i n f m m e n). They thought me lo be 
 a fool (t)crg(. fiutber: biiiifc bid) nid)t 
 tveife fein : <B)?v. @al. 3, 7. n. ^tob 31, 
 21 : id) fat;e m i d) a)}ad)t f; a b e n , ju ^tU 
 fen. aSergt. aud)'3{id)ter 11, 20.). I did 
 not suppose him to be capable of il. I 
 expect him to copy all these letters. I 
 wish the people of this country to know 
 that they may rely upon me. I made 
 her out to be a large lugger. I con- 
 ceive this expression lo be wrong. 
 Stud) ol^ne to, fowie and) im 2). ju 
 mand)ma( (fritter ijfter, a(8 jt^t) n)eg= 
 bleibt; f. bic eben cttirte Sibelftede. I bid 
 her stay,'\ici ^iefi f ie b ab ( e ib en. I will 
 
 not have him ivrite to her; f. Infini- 
 tive, A, 4, b. 3)a8 ©nglifdje gel^t nun 
 aber aud) nod) eincn @d)ritt meiter in ben 
 Sonfequenjen biefer ©onftruction : eg fe^t 
 — fobalbbev@a^ ^jaf f ittifd) umgcbre^t 
 nnrb — ben 9iominativ mit bent 
 3nf initio, g(eid)fam ben umgefel^r= 
 ten 5(ccuf. mit bem Snftn. (f. Passive, B, 
 1). ®o : They permitted me to return 
 home — voirb faffitt : / was permitted to 
 return home. We found this debt to be 
 continually increasing — tuirb im ^afs 
 fio : This debt was found to be conti- 
 nually increasing. ®o : No man is re- 
 quired to betray his own secrets. Never 
 was /^e /fl7«j7y of Wakefield known to 
 turn the traveller out of doors. His 
 good nature was seen to increase — . 
 He was found to be a person of very 
 bad character. SBeitere ^eif^iefe f. untec 
 Passive, B unb nnter ben in ber obigcn 
 ?ifte burd) Surftttfd)rtft augge)|eid)neten 
 *JScrben, u.toergl. ju mcf;rern berfetben In- 
 finitive, A, 4, b ; f. aud) Reflective, I, B, 
 3. UebrigeiiS liepe ftd) in biefer Son* 
 ftruction and) eine ©rfldnmg fiir ben 
 bo^iijetten 9?ominatt» ober 3(ccufati» 
 (f. obcn, 2) u. fur ben ®ebvaud) ber 3lb= 
 jectice ober 5l5artici^ien afg iBcrbaltirdbis 
 cate (f. Participle, A, I, 2, a u. B, 4; 
 Adjective, B, 4) ftnben ; man bitrfte nur 
 ^0 ^e er gdn jen (n?efd)e8 aud) mand)mat 
 tt)irf(id) fte^t) : You will find him to be 
 .-a very honest man. She is reputed to be 
 a virtuous woman. They found him to 
 be guilty. 33ergl. Conjunction, 4, @. 
 
 II. 31 b f 1 u t c r ® e b r a u d) b e « 31 c 5 
 cufat iv*. 1. 31(8 aScflimmung ber 3eit, 
 ujann, ivie oft ober n.iie lange 
 @tnja8 gef^iefjt ober toxt lange e8 l^er 
 ifl. Last lueek he was here. f. J, an, C, 
 
 1, a, 1. 3)od) fonnen and) bic 5prd)3ofitios 
 nen rt^, in, on babci fiefjcn : once in a 
 week; on the following morning; he 
 went abroad at this very moment. 
 Captain Oakum was dead some months. 
 f. nod) For, 1, or, (J u. Kilipse, 0. — 
 
 2. 3tl8 3lngabc ber ©ntfernung, 
 ® r 6 f e , b e e 3)J a p e « , @ e )u i d} t e «, 
 3iBert|)eg, 3[ttcri!, alfo auf bie 5ra= 
 gen: »ie )ueit, )uie grop, uue Ijodi , wk 
 tief, ivie (ang, umc breit, nue fd^toer, tok 
 
Accusative. 
 
 11 
 
 t^cuer, ttlc art? 3Kcifi «?. i. !D. After I 
 had got some paces of the door, my wife 
 called me back. I sell this stuff a gui- 
 nea a yard; a6er an*: You may buy it 
 for a penny. @. Adjective, C, 5, «. ^, 
 ««, C, I, a, 1 u. b, 2. giaci) SomparatU 
 i^en fte^t and) /.ly = urn : he was a head 
 taller ober taller by a head, ©eltcner 
 cicnt ber abfohiteStccufatiio juJBeieic^nutig 
 
 ciner (Sicjenf c^ aft: The gore 
 
 dyed the grass a deep dark red (mit 
 einem bunfelii Stotl^). 3. 5Iu(l) way it. 
 tvise fte^en fo afg abfolute 93efttmmung€n 
 ber5ltt n. aBetfe: f^hich way shall 1 
 thank you? This no ivise concerns 
 you; fo entfianben bte Stb^erb^ noway, 
 nowise. 3[bcr and) : you shall have it 
 in no wise (= lat. nullo mode), — in 
 any wise, — in this way. 
 
 C. ©tcttung beS Slccufatiio. 
 1. (5c fie^t Winter bem JCerb; babur* 
 eficn u n t e r f d) t i b e t er fid) »om 9i o s 
 m in a tic, ber »or bem SSerb fte^t : 
 The father loves the son. 2Da8 alfo in 
 anbern ®trad)en bie btof e 5 o r m beg 
 aBorteS ancjibt, ba3 6ejcid)net bie cncjtifc^e 
 Dur* bie @ t e U n n g : eg tvirb jeber 
 @tcUe im ®a^e ein 9tangtuert6, eine 
 Iogtfdje2)igntt at Beigetegt. 2)abnrd) 
 rcirb aud) bie Sffioitftellung ftrenger. 3m 
 5)eutf*en(Sateinifd?en,®ried)tfc^enu.f.W).) 
 fann id) benSa§: „2)cr 93ater tiefet 
 benSo^n" me^rfad) umflellen : 1. ben 
 <Bo^\\ liebt bei- *Bater; 2. (tuenn) ber 93a= 
 ter ben ®o^n Vxtht-^ 3. (wenn) ben (go^n 
 ber 3Sater liebt; 4. (eg) lie6t ber iSater 
 ben ©c^n ; 5. (getvi^) XitH ben @c^n ber 
 aiater — je nad> bem jebeSmaligen ^va 
 fammcn^ange. iDrefje id) ben englifdjen 
 !Sa| um : The son loves ^/^cyrt/Aer, fo 
 ^et§t bieS : ber @oi^n liebt ben U^ater, 
 totxi nun the son an ber ©telle beg <£ubi 
 jectg, the father an ber beg Obiecteg ttc^t. 
 (So (\w&) in alien r o ni a n i f d) e n ©Jjra= 
 d)en.) 9Jnn tiermeine man a6er nidjt, bap 
 bie Safugformen nu^r 58eftimmt = 
 :^eit u. 3)enttid)f eit ent^ieltcn, a(g 
 bie Safugilcllen. 3m ®egent^eile I — 
 u. fein englifc^eg ^inb hjiirbe burd) einen 
 bo^>pelten 2lccufatio bei bem 3nftTiitit) 
 {Romanos te vincere posse) getaufc^t 
 werben fonuen. JEag Satein abev fliid)tet 
 
 ^ier ebenitegenUn^ulanglid)! eit fei= 
 ner (Safng f o r m e n ing 5Paf jTl» 1 Unb wenn* 
 gtei* 91 om in at ii\ !Datit) u. siccus 
 fati\) ununtevfd)ieben bteiben , i|i bag 
 (5nglifd»e bod) entf d) teb en befiimms 
 ter, a(g bag Satetnifd)e. — 2lud) in anecs 
 ren (g^jradjen fann nid)t immcr feiie Um= 
 fe§ung ftattfinben, fobafb, n^ic im Sngtis 
 fd)en , Dlominatio itnb 2lcciifatio g(eid)er 
 Borm finb (fo im Dentfd)cn bei Semininum 
 u. 9ieutrum beg Singular u. im plural 
 aller ®efd)led)ter, fo bei bem 91eiitrum 
 ber alten (£t'rad)cn), §. S. bie 9Jlutter 
 liebt bie 5^od)ter. ®efd)ie^t eg bennocfe, 
 fo liegt bie aJ26gIid)feit beg iBerftanbniffeg 
 nid)t in ber r^orm, fonbern im 3ufam = 
 m e n ^ a n g e teg ©anjen : j. 58. bie 3)? aug 
 frag bieJ^a^e, aber bie9iatte fra§ fie nicfct. 
 aCo aber ber 3ufamnicn&ang fein9Jii§i 
 tjerftanbnip juldpt, ba fann au* im 
 @nglifd)en ber 21 c c n f a t i » w o r bag 
 *-K e r b tteten, obfd)on bieg nid)t oft in ber 
 gett«6^nli*en 9Jcbe, fonbern me^r in ge= 
 n.'d^lterem Stt)le — bann aber fel^r l^dns 
 fig unb man^mal freier, alg felbfi i. 5). 
 — gefd)ie]^t : j/rms and the man I sing. 
 A sigh or tear perhaps she'll give. 
 The high road we were soon obliged to 
 leave. Employment, income^ have they 
 none. Our second child, a girl, I in- 
 tended to call after her aunt Grissel. 
 <B. no* Inversion unb to Do, B, H, 2. — 
 
 2. @g gibt aber eine 3lugna^mc tjon 
 biefer gropen u. beoeutfamen 9ieget : ber 
 Objectio ber^auptworter trttt 
 m e i fl r b a g 53 c r b , f o b a I b e r § u 
 €inemrelatii?en®eniti\)ge^6rt: 
 The gentleman whose house we have 
 seen — ■n. i. ^., granjof. aber, mit 
 ftrengerer Sonfequenj : Le monsieur dont 
 nous avons vu la maison ! A person 
 whose memory I do not like. @g fan n 
 aber bie gemo^ntid)e ©teUung aud) 
 ^icr b e i b e ^ a 1 1 e n weiben, nnter ber 
 ^ebingnng, baf; ber ®enittt) mit of gebils 
 bet ift, biefeg aber n a d) ft e ^ t : The sect 
 which ill ihy adversity thou didst em- 
 brace the tenets of — . 3m @ngl. ^at 
 bag 9telati» bie Oberbanb be^altcn : f. b. 
 folgenbe 9ir. nub f gl. nod) Which, A, 2, — 
 
 3. fTer 2lccufatio ber fragenbeu unb 
 ber r ii d b e i ii g t i * c n Surworter jle^t. 
 
12 
 
 Active 
 
 tt)ie in anberen ®pra(f)cu , vox bem 
 aSerb : ff^/iom do you call? SSom (Siib= 
 ftantit) bcgkitet : JVhichYway shall I 
 lake? The lady, iuhom,\ic have in- 
 viled. @. nod) Inlerrogalive, C, II. — 
 4. 3n ben i^iif ammencjefe^ ten 3ei; 
 ten eineS 33ciS tritt ber 5(ccufatifi ni^t 
 1^ Inter bag ^ Uf8 tjevb, fonbcrn l^inter 
 bag $ a V tic it* ober ben Sufi nit it? 
 (benn won biefen ift ct abfjangig) : I shall 
 see him] he has had ^o?^/" ioo/f. ©inc 
 fcfjeinbarc 2lu8nal;me f. unter to Have, 
 A, 1—4. Jtommen j n? e i 33eib8 jufam= 
 men, fo i^at man iwo^t ju evn^agen, »on 
 iwetc^em ocn fccibenber^lccnfatiw ab^dngig 
 fei, bamit man i^n nid)t I;intev bag un; 
 rcc()te fc^e ; j, ^. 3c^ fal^ t&n faUen = I 
 saw him fall, nict)t I saw fall him. (go : 
 Don Rodrigo had heard me niciilion him 
 — jcbev an [einer @tef(e I — 5. S: v e f f e n 
 2) atitt «. *ilccufati« (jtvei Db jccttwe) 
 J tt f a m m en, fo fe^t man be n gad % u ; 
 te^t, ben man am nad)briiiflid)ften i^ers 
 woil^eben luiU ; bcnn am @nbe tvitt ber 
 gcmidjtigere, gel;attcne 3;on ber ©timme 
 won felbp ein. Give my brother these 
 books^ not ihese piclures. 5lber : Give 
 these books to my brother, nol to my 
 sister. T,he servant gave me the letter, 
 ber!Dicner gab mit ben SSrief, le domcsti- 
 que me donnait la lettre: — aber: The 
 servant gave the letter to me, mix gab 
 ber 3)iener ben a3rief, c'est a moi que le 
 domestique donnait la lettre. ^at einer 
 ber beiben (Safug einen ^ietativfa^^bei firt), 
 fo tritt er fammt biefcm 1^ i n t e r ben an= 
 beren : We gave the man the letter we 
 had found. We gave the letter to the 
 man who was there. Ob bann to beim 
 a)ati» fiel^en muffe, f. Dative, 1—4. 
 
 Active, l^anbelnb, t^dttg. y/. 3m 51(1- 
 gemeinen werfte^t man unter einem Active 
 Verb (ober Verb Active) ein fotc^eS, beffen 
 ^anbUmg auf ein Dbject fid? erftvecft, 
 i. 2). geivi?f;nlicf) nuct) tranfitio ge= 
 nannt: to forget one, to keep a thing, 
 to envy one, to send, to slay. 3)cr ®e= 
 genfa^ ift bann ba« Neuter Verb \\. ba8 
 Reflective Verb; f. b. B. 3m engercn 
 @inne i^eifit Active State (ober Active 
 Voice) eineg SSerb biejenige gorm, irclrfje 
 fagt, ba^ man fclbftt^dtig ifl, cine 
 
 - Adjective. 
 
 >&anblung feibfl augiibt, nid)t fie er; 
 I e i b e t : I love, I call. 3n biefcm ®inne 
 finb aucf) bte Verbs Neuter u. bie Re- 
 flective Verbs acti», n. bag ©egentl&eil ift 
 nun the Passive Slate, f. b. 3n bemfet= 
 ben @inne ftel^t active in ben folgcnben 
 5lugbriicfen. C. (5in a cti v er 3nf ini; 
 tie beg 5)eutfd)en mu§ im Gnglifdjen 
 buid) ciuen p a f f i » e n erfe^t njevben, fo= 
 balb er t) a f f i « a u f 5 u I ij f c u ift , j. 33. 
 eg ift uid)t ju finb en = eg fann uid)t 
 g e f u n b e n lu e r b e n , alfo : it is nol to 
 be found. — It is much to be feared. This 
 gate is not to be passed through. It is 
 not to be conceived. I ordered the table 
 to be removed. He is not to be blamed., 
 aber aurf> alg ^lugnai^me: he is not to 
 blame; cbenfo auct) : Post-horses were 
 not easy to get. It is a point very diffi- 
 cult to know. Houses to let. 93ergt. 
 to Be, B, 3 u. There is, 3. — 1). 35ag 
 active 5Jartici}? f. unter Participle, 
 A. — ii". 2( c t i » e r Cy e n i t i t>. iBcbeutet 
 ein ©ubftanttw eine -^anblung, fo gibt ber 
 babeifte^enbe ®cnitiw cntmcbcr 1. bie 1^ an= 
 b e I n b e ober 2. bie I e i b e n b e $ e r f n 
 an. ©rfteren «?aUg ift er acttt>, im le^teren 
 jjafftw (man fonnte and) fagen : ©enitio 
 beg ©ubjectg u. ©cnitio beg Ob; 
 jectg); 3. 33. Code's love, ®otteg Siebe, 
 b. 1^. God loves, the loving God, actitt = 
 bie Siebc, bie ®ott i^ at. 5(ber : the love 
 of God, tie ©ottegliebe, bie Siebe ju ®ott, 
 b. ^. God is loved. SBie fd)Dn btcg i^ei; 
 fvnet jeigt, fo bcnu^t man bie bol^^telte 
 ®enitiBform in werfd^iebenem @inne: ben 
 5J3offeffi» atg acticen ©euitiv, o/aig ).mfft; 
 »en, jfbod) auc6 alg acti»en, §. 39. She 
 was touched with the love of her 
 daughter. 
 
 Adjective, eigenfd)aftg= ober 236= 
 fd)affenl^citgn)ort. J. 5 r m e t I e «. 
 K 91 r ten ber Slbjectiwe. 1. (Sinfac^c 
 5lbiectiwe : good , bad , big, old , true, 
 sick, fat. <B. nod) Substantive, C. — 
 2. 2i b g e r e i t e t e (f. Derivation, A, 2) : 
 
 a. mit 3} r fitben : unhappy, concrete, 
 discontent, complete, forlorn, perfect; 
 
 b. mit 9la(fefttben: woollen, careful, 
 careless, lovely, reddish, passive, Shake- 
 spearian ; fo aud) bie nuv im ®urerta; 
 tio gebraud)ten, njie foremost, undermost, 
 
Adjective. 
 
 13 
 
 innermost ; c. mit 3? o r s u. 91 a d) fi(6cit 
 jugtei(^ : perfidious, misbehaved , for- 
 geirul. 3. 3 M f a m m e n 3 e f « ^ t e t 
 milkwhile, allwise; f. Composition, A, 
 IL — 4. aJert»atabjecti»c ober 9iJar= 
 t tcii?i atabjcctitoe, b. ^. acttue ober 
 »afflt>e $artici))ien, bte at« ^Ibjcctitte gc= 
 ftrauc&t irerben : loving, (iefcent, Uthxeidi, 
 jdrttid^ ; a surprising nobleness ; an 
 experienced statesman. ©. Participle, 
 
 A, FI, u. B, 5. — II. iCerdnberungen 
 bet 2tbifctt»e 1. nact> ® c f * I e ct) t, ?5 a 1 1 
 u. 3 a ^ I gibt c8 n i d> t : a good boy, ein 
 guter .Rnabc u. einen giiten J?iiaben ; a 
 good woman ; good beer ; good children ; 
 these cherries are good (a(fo ifi good = 
 guter, gutc, gute§, gutett, gutem, = bon, 
 bonne, bons, bonnes). <S. noct) unten 
 
 B, 6, b. — 2, <Die cinjige aCantctung bcr 
 @tgenfc^aft8n)6rter t|1 i^re ©tetgerung 
 nad) beutfc^er 9trt: rich, richer, 
 richest; f» Comparison, A, I. — -ff. ® e = 
 braurf) bc« Slbjectitt. fflSie i. 2). 
 fle^t ba3 2{b}ecttt» 1. al8 <]3rdbtcat {OSefiim; 
 mung) bcS -^au^ t w ovteS unb jn>ar 
 
 a. unmittetbar Ui bcmfcfben (bann 
 nennt man e8 nuA) 2tttribut): an ex- 
 cellent man ; joy indescribable^ ober 
 
 b. burd) to be bamit cerbunben: This 
 man is honest; our joy was indescrib- 
 able. 3)al^er anc^ ba, luo /o 6£? ju cr; 
 gdngen ift: Come as soon as possible 
 (= as it is p.). Jj}gr. unten, 4. — 2. 2lt« 
 21 )) ^3 c f i t i n (f* b.) : Frederick the 
 Great. And they were canopied by the 
 blue sky, so cloudless, clear and purely 
 beautiful. 3um %^i\i »om SJeutfdjen 
 abireic^enb ift 5o(genbe8 : 3. 9JJand5e ^Ibs 
 j[ecti»c fonnen n i d) t nnmittelbar hn bem 
 ^au^ttucrtc (ntd)t aU SIttribut, f. 1, a), 
 fonberu nut nadj to be j!e^en (al8 $rdbi= 
 cat) : fo bie mit ber jprdporition a jufam= 
 mengefe^ten, mctdK etgentlid) abcerbiati; 
 fc^e Olcbengarten finb: asleep (= a sleep, 
 tm <©d)fafe), adrift {= a drift, im %xtU 
 Ben), adry, alone (= alone, tm ©tnjels 
 nen, i lui seul, franjof.), afraid, aghast, 
 alike, alive, aware, awake, akin, amiss, 
 athirst, afloat, ashamed; fo and) ba8 re= 
 latise worth (f. unten C, 5, u. Absolute, 
 1, 1) unb pursuant, gleicfe bem beutfdjen 
 gemdf , ivel*cd aud) nic^t »or feinem 
 
 .§auv»tn?orte fiel^t (man fagt n3c]^(: „bte8 
 ^erfa^ren ifl ben ®e|'e§cn gemd^"; 
 aber nid)t: ein gemd^eS SSerfa^ren). 
 (So : The man ivas not afraid of death, 
 aber ntd)t: an afraid man. My foot is 
 asleep; this horse is worth fifteen 
 pounds. 9iuc fetten — Wo e« nid)t gut 
 ju umgel^en trar — ftnbet man fie beim 
 ©ubjlantiw, unb jtoar Winter bemfetben : 
 Imagination works belter upon sleeping 
 men, than men awake (e([iptifd) fur men 
 who are awake). 3c fd)tt)ierigcr biefc 
 5lbject:tie fic^ mit bem ©ubfiantltj t>erbin= 
 ben, um fo teicj^ter fic^en fie, ttJte ciele, 
 4. aiS 3J r d b i c a t an(b antereri^ers 
 ben, al3 to be, namcntlidj foId)ec Verbs 
 active unb neuier, wclc^c fagen, ba^ man 
 in einem ^ut^anbc ift, ober i^inein 
 fommt, ober 3emanben in benfelbcn 
 oerfe^t ober i^n bariu gtaubt: alfo 
 nac^ to seem, to appear ; to become, to 
 go, to grow, to get, to show, to make, 
 to render; to esteem, to find, to reckon, 
 to see , to think u. f. w. 2Bir bebiirfen 
 babei meifl bev »erbtnbenben ^Jrd^ofitios 
 nen fiir, al8; ba8 (Snglifc^c ntd)t; e« 
 Idpt fid) aber oft to be baju ergdnjen. 
 JBergl. oben, 2, unb Conjunction, 4, (5. 
 Can a father leave his son alone? He 
 answered my question half asleep, and 
 half awake (w. t. 5).). They found him 
 guilty. His pulse beats /i/g"//. He goes 
 high in the inslep. I 7vish you all 
 happy. He stood firm to his text. His 
 watch cost him dear (tergt. cher). This 
 candle burns faint and dim. This will 
 render him more cautious in future. He 
 carried his employment clear. The 
 people stands clear. His assurance 
 proved false. SBeitere 33eifvie(e f. untcc 
 ben in obiger Sifle curfw gebrurften 33crs 
 ben, u. ttergt. Accusative, IJ, I, 2 u. 5, @., 
 au(^ Apposition, 1, 2. — 5. aCcnn baiJ 
 Stcjectto aU rctneg ^ilbuerb fte^e, f. 
 Adverb, A, II, b. — 6, iDiinber ^dufig ali 
 i, Z). fie^en Slcjectire aU @ubflan = 
 t i 10 e. a. 3m (Singular fiel^en fie nur 
 al9 abfiracte, nid)t als concrete 
 @ubftanti»e, j. 93. the noble, b a 8 @ble; 
 that pure white; the great and the 
 sublime, b a 8 ©rope unb b a 8 ©t^abene; 
 f. bn8 ,,worse" im (efeten ©n^c unter 
 
14 
 
 Adjective. 
 
 There is, 1. — Heroes have cerlainly 
 more of mortal than divhie about iheni. 
 ®o befonfcci-5 m6:i bie Slbjectbe »on 33c(i 
 fernamcn, trenn fte bie @ )) r a di e fcejeic^s 
 nen: He spoke English. French was 
 the language of chivalry and justice. 
 <Sie fiel^en m i t itnb o 1^ it e the, nber ni(i)t 
 mit a, bcim bieS toereinjelt (f^jecialirirt, 
 iiibi»lbuanftrt), ivatjveub ein 2l6ftractum 
 tieiatlgenieincrt (gencralifirt). Unfev „ein 
 9tei£t)er, ein ©elel^rtev, ein SCBeifer" l&ei^t 
 bemnad) nirbt a rich, a learned, a wise, 
 foiibcrn a rich man., a learned man, a 
 wise man. 91ur bie (S»fl«"frt)viften ber 
 ®ott\jt\t traucftt man aU 9iamen 
 eineS c oner etc nSBefeng : the Almighty, 
 the Alhvise. Ue&er bie acti»en $artici^jien 
 f. a. i. D. b. 3m qs f u r a I fte^en 2lb5 
 jcctttte u. )fCi\'\\-ot $avticivien l^aufiqcr fub= 
 ftanticifcfe, aber aud) nur mit bem 2lrtifel 
 the, imb nel^men babei f e i n s an : the 
 .learned, bie (Sefe^rten, the wise, bie 
 SQBetfen. A select circle of the chosen 
 of All-Muggleton. The greatest part of 
 the rich look down with disdain upon 
 the poor. We live to deem the happiest 
 are the slain. (Ste^t the nid)t babct, fo 
 mup bag baju gei^orige ^ a u)? t m o r t ju 
 bem (S^igenfc^aftgworte treten Ouie obcn, 
 wnter a.) : many rich men, inele 9{eid)e, 
 all learned men, atte®e(el^iten. c. 9tad) 
 bcrfclben Stegct rid)ten fid) bie 5lbiecti»e, 
 Juetdje 91 a t i n e u bebcuten: the French, 
 bie Svaiijofcn, the Dutch, bie ^oUcinbcr, 
 the English, the Irish ; man biaudjt fie 
 mil- bann at« @nbftantit>e mit 9lrtifel, 
 n^enn man bie ® ef ammt^e it bc8 (gan= 
 jen) as c 1 f e 8 bejeid)nen iuid : The 
 English have many ships. The Scots 
 may be characterized as industrious, 
 frugal, prudent, hardy, and brave. The 
 Irish are as brave as the French. SBebeu* 
 ten fie nur einige @ i n j e I n e, fo fie^en fie 
 audi alg ©ubftantive, aber cl^ne 5lrtifet: 
 The upper part of the town is inhabited 
 by French. S3ou e i n c r iCcifon feeipt e8 
 bagegen : An English7«««, a Scotchman, 
 a Frenchman; ebenfo aud) ijcn mef>re = 
 r e n (b e ft i m m t e n) @ i n § e I n e n : many 
 Irishmen, those Dutchmen u. f. to. d. 
 ® d) e i n b a r e 21 u 8 n a 1^ m e n entftel^en 
 tei ben 5lbj:ectiren , bie j u f ci H i g 
 
 g ( e i d) e S c r m mit einem © u b ft a n = 
 t'x-a l^aben, nnb ba^er aii •§au>^tn)ortcr 
 gefe|t ju fein fdieinen. 2)a^in ge^oren 
 nid)t nur bie 9}of!er=«nb ®ecteni 
 namen (ivie an Italian, the Italians; a 
 German, many Germans; a Presbyterian, 
 the Presbyterians) nnb bie @ i n j e t n e n : 
 the ancients ; the moderns ; a noble — 
 the nobles ; a black ; a native (of Lon- 
 don), the natives : fonbern e. noc^ t5 i e I e 
 anbere, in ben ®rammatifeu n i d) t 
 aufgefii^rte , burd) ben ©ebraufb ju er^ 
 lernenbe. @o ^ei^t brave ta^fer, abet 
 the brave ber ^Pral&Ier unb bie Spra'^terei ; 
 abstract I;ci§t abftract, the abstract bag 
 5tbftractnm ; coralline , foraUenarttg, 
 the coralline, bag JtoraUennjooS ; in- 
 cendiary, morbbrennerifd), the incen- 
 diary, ber QJJorbbrenner; offensive, an= 
 greifenb, the offensive, ber 5lngriff. — 7. 
 aBann gu einem SIbjectiv) one ttitt , f. 
 unter One, B u. C. @. iibrigenS no^ 
 Figure, (§. 
 
 C. @teltungbe0 5(bjectito8.a3cn 
 ber altgemeinen 3t e g e f , bag 5lbjectiio 
 » r fein ©nbftantio ju fe^en, gibt eg 
 mel^rere 2lugna^men. 1. Jtommen jnjet, 
 brei , bier (Sigenfd?aftgn>6rter bei einem 
 ^auV'tworte jufammen, fo ftel^en fie i^m 
 gettjol^ntic^er nad), atg SiCX'. a woman 
 modest, sensible and virtuous; a parlour 
 trim and neat ; the long l^st mansion ; f. 
 bie (efeten jn^ei @afee unter Asyndeton. — 
 2. 5lnc^ ein Qlbjectit, bag ein ( a n g e g 
 !}lb»erb ©or fid) &ctt, tritt gem ]^in = 
 ter: a girl unaffectedly modest., a song 
 heroically bold. — 3, ©benfo, trenn so 
 X)cx bem 31 b j e c t i » nad^briicftid) b e = 
 tont n)irb: a king so powerful. A 
 button is an article so small as to be a 
 very name for nothingness (x^ergt. J, an, 
 E, 1). @o namentlid), njenn anperbem 
 nod) 710 ttor bem ©ubftantiio flel^t. Uebri= 
 gcng f. nod) Enough. — 4. ® r a m m a t \= 
 ifdj e 'Jlugbrucfe treten t^eilg ttor, t^eilg 
 n a ^ : pronoun relative, pronoun per- 
 sonal, pronoun possessive, aber demon- 
 strative pronoun ; verb neuter u. neuter 
 verb; verb impersonal, aber auxiliary 
 verb ; imperative mood , compound 
 words. — 5 J)i c I a t i V e 9ltjectire u. $ar= 
 tici):'ien (f Absolute, I, 1 nnb 11, 3) ftel^en 
 
Adjective - 
 
 fammt i^rem SSeifa^e n a ct) : A villa, or 
 bungalow, abounding with every com- 
 fort compatible xoith the climate of this 
 latitude. The fevers particular to hot 
 climates. <Bo fietS broad, deep, high, 
 large, long, wide, irenn ba3 CDhip (Accu- 
 sative, B, II, 2) fcabei ongegeben ip: a 
 room twenty feet long ; a wall ten feet 
 high; aurt) : a child three years old. 
 iBergt. 1. 9)Jacc. 2, 67 ; 6, SOJ 9, 42» — 
 6. 3(u8 vl^etorifctjcu ober tioeti = 
 fcfeen ©riinbeii fann njie i. !D. jcbeS 
 ?Ibiecti« »on fcincm $(a^e tveg unb cnts 
 n?cbcr l^intcr fcin ^auptwort obec — aU 
 $rcibicat bei to be — auc^ an bic @pt^e 
 beg ©a^eg »crfc^t iverben. <Ointer fetJ 
 nem ®ubftanttce ^At tS bann ben »oUen 
 SBert^ eineS ganjen r et at i» en @a§eg : 
 Words of kindness unrequited, and 
 Avarnings despised, and promises broken 
 thronged upon his recollection. Some 
 new hope or legend old, or song heroic- 
 ally bold (9icime8 vuegen). And a 
 maiden hung over him with aid un- 
 availi?ig {= mit ^i(fe od) I tjergeblid)). 
 Sacred is liberty to a free people ! Easy 
 was the carriage, sioift were the steeds. 
 Large was he in person, black of hair, 
 whiskerless of countenance, stern of 
 mien. To prave my honesty, I inform 
 the whole world that honest I have 
 never been. ©. nod) Inversion, Em- 
 phasis, 1, Reileralion. 
 
 D. 3)te ^rdjjofitionen na(^ re; 
 (ati»en 2tbjectioen befttmmen fid) 
 gn)ar jum %\)tii burd) benSiim beg'Jlbjectitt, 
 jebod) finben fielfa^e, nidU burd) 9iegc(n 
 jubePimmenbeSd)attirungenim^ebraud)C 
 ber $rat)ofitioncn ftatt. Suv bie einjelnen 
 gade muffen \mx ba^cr auf ein guteS SBor? 
 terbuc^ x)ern)etfen unb fiinnen nur fclgenbe 
 aUgemeine ® runbiuge auffleUcn : 1 . 
 Of fie^t nad) »tc(cn, tretdie bic geiftige 
 ® 1 1 m m u n g , baS 3? e r ^ a 1 1 e n Seman; 
 beS ju ©ttra^ augbriirfen ; i, 3). fte^t bann 
 meift ber ®enitt», won obcr uber, oft 
 aber au^ anbere 33ei-^dltniBn)6rter : fo 
 nad) ashamed, aware, conscious, dubious, 
 sure, tired, worthy unb — »omiDentfd)en 
 abn)eidienb — nad) afraid, ambitious, 
 careful, fond, jealous, prodigal, proud, 
 vain , void u. ». a. 2. To bvaud)t man 
 
 Adverb. 
 
 15 
 
 bei benen, bie eine 9^ e i g u n g, eine 9t i ici- 
 tung, cine Un tcr orbnnng , einen 
 3S 1 1 ^ c i ( obcr 91 a tfe t !^ e i f fiir Semans 
 ben angeben : balder nad) affable, opposite, 
 polite, inferiour, obedient, favourable, 
 hurtful, pernicious, »vo i. 3). getttijl^nli^ 
 bcr Datio , ju, fur obcr gegcu fte^t. 
 5lujierbem oud) nac^ close, accessary, 
 contiguous (aud) einc2lrt tton 9i i ^ tung) 
 u. 0. ©gt. Dative, 1 u. 2. — 3. 3ur 33c= 
 jeid)ming be§ ®runbe« obcr bcr *jlns 
 gemeffen^eit ftt^t for, j. 33. nad) 
 famous, remarkable imb renowned, nad) 
 proper, fit, good, aiic^ nad) difficult. 
 
 4. In flc^t na(^ ben 2lbjcctit>cn, ioelctje ans 
 gebcn, >oie fid) Semanb in cinem 3 us 
 jianbe ober bei etner >>^ an b tung sers 
 ^dtt; fo nad) sincere, skilful, steady, 
 zealous, versed, precise, and) nac^ for- 
 tunate, successful unb ben Bcrtuanbten. 
 
 5. giu ben Segriff bcr fl r e n n u n g tritt, 
 wie getool^nlid) , froin ein : nacft far, 
 separable, absent, free, secure, evident 
 unb dOnlidben. 6. @ine SScrbinbung 
 cnblid) briidt with au8 (= mit, an) : ba^ 
 |)cr nad) affected, rich, acquainted, satis- 
 fied, content, usual u. bgl. ; aud) ; I feel 
 wroth with them. 7. a)iand)e (5igen= 
 fd)aftgtD6rter l^abcn »erfd)iebene 33ers 
 l^ciltnipmorter nac^ ftd) : fo folgt a«f 
 averse to u.from, na&i ready to \x,for: 
 Ready for battle; ready to teach ; averse 
 from peace; my friend is averse to 
 writing letters, ©clbfl in e i n e m @o§e 
 finben fid) jttci tterfdjiebenc^rd^orttionen : 
 The child did not seem to be more re- 
 served towards her than to others. 
 
 Adverb, Umflanbgwort. J. ^ors 
 meUcd.' I. 21 r ten beg 3tb»er6. 
 
 I. II rfpriingli d)e 2lboerb8 fiub here, 
 home, then, now, well, very, not, yes 
 u. a. 2. 3 ufammengefc^ te: some- 
 times, to-day, hereafter, everywhere, 
 windward , homewards. 3» 21 b g c I e i ; 
 tetc: justly, hourly; f. b. Sotflenbe. 
 
 II. 58 i I bung ber abgeleitcten 2lb= 
 Bcrbicn. a. 3m Deutfcfccn braudtt man 
 bic 2lbjcctit3e and) a(« 2lbtterbicn ; im ©ngs 
 (ifcfcen fe^t man meifl fur bag 2lbvcr6 bie 
 <Silbe ly an bag 9(bjectio (ober fjjarticij)) : 
 wise, treife : wisely, ftieife obcr njeigli^ ; 
 touching: touchingly; learned: learnedly; 
 
16 Adverb 
 
 Shakespearian : Shakospearianly. (So late 
 bilbet mail fott)o:^l bie ^^Itverbg bcv 31 rt 
 unb 2C e i f e, a(6 aud) bie ber 3 e i t uub beg 
 DvteS: (e|teve t|eit8 «on 5lbiectben, 
 t^i'iU »DU 3a^(= itnb ^ainjtttiortcni : for- 
 mer : formerly ; first : firstly ; year : 
 yearly. Slefe ©nbuiuj li/ tft aii6 li'/te 
 Devfihgt, trie ttnfer =nrf) aiig qteirt): 
 baiter cicnb i g I i c&, erfcarm i g U cf) j^att 
 e(enb(i(t>, erbcinnlid); ftcfjigtic^, cefiiglid) 
 (5Pf. 80, 16 u. 18) bci Sutler, ju beffeu 
 3eit liber^nut-it bie 2lb»erbialform auf 
 =z tiA) gcbrdudjlic^er, als ^eut war (fo : 
 bi'u-fiigti(^ fl. burftig, l^eiligUd), tviirbigs 
 lid>, ftctig(id), gncibiglic!^, enjiglid) ii.f.tt).) ; 
 »ergl. baS 2lbjccti» kinglike, ^oiiig gleic^ 
 ne^en kingly, foniglic^ ; godlike u. godly 
 u* a. 93ei biefcv Sitbung gebietet cibet ber 
 aBo^Uaut nodi folgeiibe ?16 m e i d^un^r 
 gen: 1. SDie ©nbung le nad) einem Sons 
 fonanten tenuanbctt fuf) uur in ly (nic&t 
 in lely) : noble : nobly. ®o nuc^ »on 
 fertile : feriily. 2. 5)ie ©nbnng ue »ev; 
 Itcrt bag e »ov bcm ly : true - truly. @o 
 auc^ whole - wholly (wergf. 1), 3. 5(b= 
 jectitje auf // tuerfeu ein 1 aO: full- fully 
 (Patt fullly), 4. (§in y nad) einem (5on = 
 fonanten mirb tiovbeni /e j« t: bloody- 
 bloodily ; in ©infitOteru fann tS and) bets 
 tel^altcn ivevben : dry -dryly ober drily 
 [day-dayly ober daily, ^icr alfo and) 
 nacft bem SSocat locrnjanbeTt]. 5. 2)ie 21b; 
 i c c t i ti e a u f /y bilben faft nie ein 2lbt»crti 
 burc^ 2(nfc§ung won /y: alfo I'lon heaven- 
 ly, friendly, fatherly n i d) t heavenlily, 
 friendlily, fatherlily ; jebod) finbct ftd) 
 cleanlily, lovelily. ©nglifdje @d)rift; 
 fleUer braudien 6ftcr3 bicfe Slbjectisc 
 felbfl atg 51 b » c r b i e n : He loved her/a- 
 therly. They lived friendly together. 
 35 er ©d)ulev ift aber fein aJieiftev ! 2)al^er 
 bebiene cr fid) lieber eincr vcrmeibenben 
 Umfd)retbung: j. 93. er forgte fo tidters 
 t i d) fiir un8 = he look so fatherly a 
 care of us; fiatt he spoke friendly = 
 he spoke in a friendly manner ober 
 /o/?e; they lived in a very homely 
 manner, b. Slbcr anc^ im ©nglifdjen iter; 
 ben »iele2lbjecti»e, nanicutUd) beut; 
 fd)en llrftjrungg, a(t gem ein aud) al« 
 21 b » e r b i e n gebraudit : fo daily, double, 
 enough, fain, fair, full, further, ill, last, 
 
 like, little, monthly, near, only, 
 pretty, round, scarce, yearly — all, much 
 
 u. f. n?.; f. b. 5)ictionar^ «. toergt. tinfern 
 2atifer Ambiguity, I, 4. 2}?and)e berfer= 
 ben l^oben jebod) nod) befonbere^lbwerbien, 
 biebann xot^i aud) eine etiraS anbcrc93e= 
 beutung §aben. ©o gibt eg doubly, fainly, 
 fully, lastly, lately, prettily u. f. f.; aber 
 nid)t fainly, illy, furtherly, littly. @g 
 fkteiben fid) bem@inne nad) j. 58. bie 3(bt>er; 
 bien: even, trtrflid) — evenly, gleidjforj 
 mig ; just, gerabe, eben — justly, gcred)t ; 
 very, fel^r — verily, gen)i§; forward, »or; 
 tDdrtg — forwardly, i^oreitig. 33g(. biefelbe 
 ®t)a(tung im (^vanjofifcften \it\ hauf, hau- 
 tement j has, bassement u« a. c. Uebcr= 
 i^auv>t ifl l^ierbei bev @ t> r a c& g e b v a u d) 
 fel^r JU bea^ten ; nid)t conjebem 3(b= 
 jectiw biibet man ein 3(btterb, oft jiel^t man 
 eine a b » e r b i a (i f d) e U m f c^ r e i b u n g 
 »or: f» Adverbial ; fo \)f\i future fein 3tbs 
 ticrb; man fngtbafitr in future ober for the 
 future, funftigl^in. 93gt. a,5. — 3ufam- 
 mcnfc§nngen braud)t man j. J8. fiir 
 nnfcr » o r g e jl e r n, ii b c r m o r g e n, >w e= 
 n i g ft e n g = lhe day before yesterday; the 
 day after to-morrow ; at least. ®o anc^ 
 fiir unfere ?lJrd)5ofitionaI = 3(b»ers 
 bien; f. Preposition, C, 4. 2Iud) burd) 
 9S erb en fonnen mand)e2lbBerbiatbcgriffe 
 gegeben toevben : f, to abide, to chance, 
 lo continue, to end, to happen, to go, to 
 join, to like. III. (5 o mp a r a t i o n bc« 
 2ib»erb f. Comparison, B. 
 
 B. (Sebraud) bcS^ibtterb. JDie 
 2(btierbien bejcid)nen einen Ort (where? 
 there), eine 3 c it (when? never), bie 
 31 rt u. aBeife (how? beautifully), ben 
 Urn fang, ®rab, bie Drbnung 
 (once, long, hardly, fifthly), bie 33 es 
 jai^ ung ober 33 em einung (yes, no, 
 nay, surely) u. f. W (»ie fiel^cn: 1. 2(l« 
 a3cftimmung eineS 2( b j e c t i » ober 21 b = 
 verb — unb l^eipen bann aucft !l) ete r = 
 m i u a t i B g — ober eineS iB c r b : nuite 
 happy ; very soon ; he spoke well. SJiou 
 (affe fid) nun nicbt burd) bag 2)eutfd)e sers 
 leiten, Sibjectio unbSlbwerb ju »crnjed)fetn; 
 man unterfd)fibc j. 93. : biefer ^nabe ifl 
 gut, unb: bicfcr J?nabe fd)rcibt gut = 
 This boy is goot/, aber this boy writes 
 toell. ji3efonberg i»erfiif;rerifc^ fmb ba bie 
 
Adverb. 
 
 17 
 
 bcutfc^en ©iHjertntbc l^inter bem 93crB 
 fein, j. S3.: fciefe JBevge fmbam ^ c d)- 
 jien: these mounlaius are t/ie highest, 
 nt(6t: most highly. @. to Be, A, 1 
 imb 2. — 2. 3n einjelncn gdUcit braucbt 
 man 2lbi->£tbien alS Stbjectise, 
 ftenn eS fein entfpiedKnbeS ^Ibjectb gibt : 
 fo fcefonbcrg above, now, then. 3)a§ ti^un 
 an* bte beften @cinft|leUer ju ©rjtelunfl 
 gio^n-er ^iirje; alfo jebenfadS Jjraf- 
 tifcft! (nncft gtiednfctier 2lrt: oi rors 
 drd-Qianoi, i] ch'w nohi ;) f. bte angcgefcenen 
 brci unb vergl. Very, B. — 3. Defter 
 ftei^en fie al8 >§ au)) tiu o r tcr : the yes, 
 bag Sawort ; the now, bie ©egennjavt 
 (bag ![)iu) ; we may never see to-morrow 
 = ben morgenben Jtag ; their whereabout, 
 i!^r 2Jufentl;a(t. Between the to-day 
 they live in and the yesterday where- 
 in they began life. They plan the how 
 and the when. (g. nocft Above. SDabei 
 ne&mcn cinige fogar ba« s ber a)Ie^i^eit 
 an: It is anight of wonderful and sur- 
 prising ups and dotvns (= ®ct)i<f fate, baS 
 2luf unb 2lb im Seben). The ins and outs 
 are carefully taken off the pattern in 
 masses of pressed sand (= bie innercn 
 unb bie auperen JBef^anbtl^eile). Finally, 
 there were many swings, round-abouts 
 (= SarouffelS), and turnovers. 4. .§aui 
 fig iDciben fte ju $ rci)) o f itionen: fo 
 round, close to, by, above tt)ie t. 3). 
 unb im ^ranjofifcfjen ; 5. 33.: My head 
 turned round (adv.). The world goes 
 round the sun (prep.). 
 
 C. ®t el lung bc8 2tb»er6. 3m 
 9lUgemeinen fielle man ti fo , ba^ e8 fcine 
 bov^jeltc SBejiel^ung, feine 3rt)Ctbcutigfeit 
 juta^t. ®o imterfctieibc j. 93. bie S3e: 
 gie^ung in : He always desired to be 
 here unb : He desired always to be here. 
 ((§r njunfditc immer, l&ier ^u fein, unb ; @r 
 h?unfchte, immer l^ier ju fein.) Sweibeutig 
 Ivcire: He desired me by all means io 
 keep it a secret. I. ©e^ort eg ju etnem 
 anberen 5[btter6 obcr gu einemSIbjccs 
 tio ober ^articii?, fo flel)t eg » r 
 btefem : very well , much afflicted , ex- 
 tremely high, men 5^tY/ living. 2)a^er 
 and) 3nfamm£nfe|ungen , h»ie: well- 
 mannered, ill-bred. 21 u g n a 1^ m c marf)t 
 enough, f. b. ; au^erbcm f. Preposition, 
 Jl. ^Ubrcd't, grammat. iiJortctb. 
 
 F, 2 u. Infinitive, A, 1. — II. aSeim 93 e r 6 
 gilt Sotgenceg: a. 3n einer einfarf)en 
 3 e i t. 1. JBeim Verb neuter fle^t bag 2lb= 
 tietb mcift n n (^ : he lives ivell; he suc- 
 ceeds greatly. 2. a3ei bem Verb active 
 barf eg nicf)t jw^ifd) en SSerb unb 
 Object treten: eg fie^t alfo entmeber 
 ^ i n t e r bem Object ober fraftiger Winter 
 bem (Subject, mitljin » r bem SSerb. 
 2lfo n i djt : They rejected absolutely my 
 proposal, fonbern : They rejected my pro- 
 posal absolutely, ober : They absolutely 
 rejected my proposal. He gave me his 
 answer soon. She ivillingly agreed to 
 what I proposed. This he convincingly 
 proved by an example. I don't think I 
 quite like the figures of those auto-da-fe 
 fellows. 3. Sine — vcw »ielen ©ram^ 
 matifen nid}t ern?d^ntc — 2lu8na^me 
 madien bie f urjen ?(b»erbg away, down, 
 in, off, on, forth, out, up, W£ld)C, unfern 
 untrennbaren 93orfi(ben serglei^bar, fid) 
 bid)t an 8 iBerb anfc^Iic^en. This 
 medicine will toash down your phlegm. 
 I brijig up my children to my own trade. 
 This tree brings forth the finest fruits. 
 Bring out his crime. He plucked off 
 all the feathers of that poor bird. Put 
 on your hat. She passed away her time 
 in writing and reading. Sntep aud) biefc 
 f n n e n 1^ i n t e r bem O b j e c t e ftel^en, 
 befonberg menn fein 9iad)6rud barauf 
 ru^t: Take your hat off. 4. Solgt bem 98erb 
 ntd)t bev Wope Objccti», fonbern irgenb 
 eine ^^Jrdp f iti n , fo fann jeteg 2lb: 
 tjerb gleid) ^ i n t e r g 58 e r b treten : We 
 drank all round to her health. I yielded 
 at last to his entreaties. He spoke well 
 of you. 5. Sfi aber »on bem 93erb ein 
 ganjerSa^ ab^dngtg, fo ftel^t bag Slbs 
 »erb am beften t) or bem il^erb (f. 9ir. 
 2) : He cunningly advised me to burn 
 this paper. (So fle^t „ usually" im 
 le§ten Sa&e unter As. — 6. 2)iefelbe Stefle 
 — aud) bei Verbs active — ticben befon= 
 berg b i e 2lb»erbg, bie eine u n b e fi i m m t e 
 3 e i t angbrurf en , nsie ever, never, com- 
 monly, always, often, now, then, some- 
 times, soon, seldom, rarely, frequently, 
 mostly, suddenly. @o : I had such a bro- 
 ther as sister never had. An evil chance 
 seldom comes alone. He never taught 
 
18 
 
 Adverhial 
 
 us anything himself. Never fear nic. 
 aSei to be alier ftcl^t never na* : He is 
 never present , when the lesson begins. 
 SlHein nlc^t tmmer, tvie Webster tte= 
 ]&aiH3tet: f. ben Tc^ten <£a^ Set And, 3. 
 IDagcgen f!e^en 7. tie Slbserbien, bie etne 
 bcfiimmtc 3>i\t angcbeu , Winter 
 bem SSerb , unb bann am befien ju @ n b e, 
 fonP a6er aucf) ju Slnfang beS ©a^eS: 
 fo to-day, yesterday, to-morrow, daily, 
 weekly. He comes daily to me. I got 
 his letter yesterday. Yesterday I got 
 your letter and to-day that of my uncle, 
 lie is not yet arrived. You must not 
 see her ye^ b. 3n eincr jufammen = 
 gefclten 3eit. 1. ^iet tritt baS 2lb= 
 Serb getDc^nlic^ 1^ inter bag ^ttfgs 
 » e r 6 , fann aber and) i> o r baffelbe, ober 
 an ben ®(btu^, ober enblicb an bie 
 @^3i^e be8 ®anjen fommen. We could 
 easily perceive it. He was suddenly 
 surrounded. This question was lorig 
 and much discoursed of. Well might 1 
 say .... The Latin appears never to 
 have superseded the old Gaelic speech. 
 You should 710W think on yourself too ! 
 {Now beftimmt bie 3eit jn think, too l^ebt 
 bag yourself ^erauS — eS fte^t mit^in je? 
 beg an feinem Orte.) 2. (£inb jn^ei 
 ^ilfStierben ba, fo fann bag 5lD»erb 
 l^inter bem erj^en, i^tnter bem jnjeiten 
 (am gen)6i^nlic()ften), ober twieber ju J8e= 
 ginn ober (jnbe beg <£a^cg fiefeen : I should 
 be very well contented with my con- 
 dition. I hope you will gladly be in- 
 formed of this. III. !Die 3n»erfion 
 bc3 5lb»erb l^at im i^o^eren ®tl)le l^ciuftg 
 ftatt : Most deeply do I fear. Jlone on 
 the slope of the mountain it grew. Uebri; 
 geng f. nod) mel^rere einjelne, tote ago, 
 hence, as, so, raiher, now, never, more, 
 how, not, only, then, too, very, yet a. i.D. 
 AdTCrbial. (Sine SSerbinbung mel^re; 
 rerSBorte, bie jur aSefiimmung eineg93erb 
 bient, ^ei^t eine abverbiale Dtcbeng; 
 art; f o : at random, on a sudden, by 
 coach (=jn2Bagen, en carrosse), by 
 chance, long ago, in common, now-a- 
 days; f. Adverb, A, II, c. ©olrfje g3e= 
 fiimmungcn oerbinben fid) ofterS and) mit 
 ©ubpanti^jen : a ship too much by the 
 head, eineortafiigeg ©diiff ; open-air 
 
 All. 
 
 entertainments. aSergl. imfer: ber SJiann 
 5u JRo^, ber $aftor bafelbft (= ber 
 bafige, bortige ^^afior), bie SSorgcinge bas 
 m a ( g u. a. ; eg fmb (SUij^f en icon „f e i n»" 
 ®. noc^ Hyphen, @. 
 
 Ae, nur QHonoiil^tl^ong , ntcbt !l5i= 
 V^tl^ong. 1. = e: Caesar; 2. =i: cae- 
 sura; 3. = e: Aetna; 4. = a : Maese. 
 
 Aflrirmati've, bejal^enb, l^et^t ein 
 @ab, wenn er augfagt, ba^ ©ttoag ifi: 
 I have a book ; he speaks French ; bas 
 gegen fagt ein n e g a t i » c r (»eineinenber) 
 @a^, ba^ ©tteag nid)t ift: I have no 
 book; he does not speak French, (gtatt 
 affirmative fagt man a.\\6) positive. @. 
 nod) Auxiliary, ©., Very, A, 2 unb Yes. 
 
 Ago f. Since. 
 
 to Agree l^at jtctg to nad) fid), ivenn e8 
 annel;mcn, einnjitUgen ^ei^t, ioo 
 nnr alfo ben 2tccufati» ober in fefeen: He 
 gladly agreed to the proposal. What 
 did they agree to? We shall agree to 
 all just conditions. 3n anberen 28ebeu= 
 tungen l^at eg in, upon, with, among, f. 
 bag !Dtcttonari). 
 
 Ai tautet 1. meiflhjica: fain; 2. »or 
 r wie a: fair, hair; 3. = a: raillery; 
 4. = e : again, said; 5. = i: raisin; 
 6. in ber unbetonten (5nbung ain tDtca: 
 Britain, captain. 
 
 to Ail fle^t fou-io^t ).ierf6nlic^ , atg un: 
 ^jerfonlid) : I ail nothing. What ails your 
 eye? I found out what he ailed. 
 
 Alexandrine , ein 93erg won fed)g 
 Samben , mit ber Scifur Winter bem britten 
 Wu^e: aJJetrum: w-^- -_ ||o_v_v./_. 
 
 The wintry days grew lang, my tears, 
 they were a'spent, 
 
 May be it was despair, I fancied was 
 content. 
 @r njirb hjenig gebraudit, meifi nur afg 
 @infd)alte»crg jroifdien fiirjere, fo bap cr 
 einen 9fJu^e))unft gibt, h)ie am @d)lufre 
 ber ©tanjen in Childe Harold's Pilgrim- 
 age. 
 
 All hjtrb ganj fo bel^anbett, it»ie unfer 
 un»cranbertcg (fettner unfcr beclinirteg) 
 all, b. 1^. 5lrtifel unb $ronomen treten 
 Winter baffclbe ()'. The, E): all my 
 money, ad mein ®elb; all these books, 
 ancbitfca3ud)et; all the money, all bag 
 
Alliteration — 
 
 @elb. ©ciuol^nlic^er fe§en'n?ir freiiic^ Bet 
 „a 11" f e i n e n '21 r t i ! e (, unb f;aufi9 6rau= 
 d)en toit im vgingutar fiir all ,,q a n j/' unb 
 bann mu§ unfer *2irtitet » o r 1^ e r Qi^tn : all 
 Me money , bag ganje @elb ober alUi 
 ®c(b ; all the evening, ber garijc 3l6enb ; 
 all the world, bie ganjc 2Bc(t. 06 aber 
 iifterl^aiuit Me banacfe fiei^t ober nlcbt , bag 
 ricf)tet firf) nacf) bctt allgemeineii 9Jeiie^n 
 liber ben ©ebraud) btefeg 'llxtitdS : f. The, 
 C ; balder nact) bcr bovticien 8. die^cl : F gave 
 over ullJiopes. ^lll horses eal grass or 
 hay. All the horses of my uncle are dead. 
 Unterfc^ieb jtvifc^en all unb 
 ivhole. 1. iBeieincm @o Hect it> brauc^t 
 man all, urn auf bie c i ii j e T n e n ® H c = 
 ber ber DJiengc aufmertfam gu macben : 
 all my family. <Da^er: Jll iMrs, Leo 
 Hunter's acquaintance are (celebrated). 
 — SM^t mait bagegcn bag -©anje atg 
 etne a)iaffe, o^nc SSctuifftrtittguncj ber 
 ^ingetncn, fo ftei^t ivhole; unb bieg ^at, 
 atg ein gemo^nlicfoeg ^Ibjectio , ben 9(rtitel 
 o_or ftd): the whole family is ruined. 
 
 2. <£te]^en bie SSotter world, land, 
 country, town, city unb d^nlic^e , fottjie 
 Sanbers unb ©tdbte; Xiamen im cig ent = 
 H cf) en iSinne , alg ein ©anjeg, ein £) r t 
 betrac^tct: fo ftel^t babei ivhole. All bas 
 qegen, inenn man bie 28ett> o^ner ber 
 Orte meint : I have seen the w/tole 
 France (bag Sanb). All France was in 
 a fermentation (= aCtc granjofen). 
 
 3. SD'iit bcm nn be jit mm ten 9trtifet 
 farm nur ey/to/eserbunben merben, nicfet all. 
 
 *Jl n m e r f u n g. Unfer ^(urat a H e bet 
 3 e i t angaben, im ■Sinne von j c b e r, l^eif t 
 every: er fam aHe %(\<^t (= jeben 
 Siag) : he came every day ; aller jnjei 
 Sfll^rc, every two years ; ader jttjei !lage 
 (= ctncn^Iag um ben anbern), every other 
 day ; ebenfo every four days ober every 
 fourth day. 
 
 . Alliteratidn, bcr 2(nflang, bie oftcre 
 SBteberfe^r eincg (Sonfonanten furj nac^ 
 einanber, namentlic^ in SSerfen nebcn bem 
 jReime: And then the very rock has 
 rocked, and I have felt it shake unshock''d. 
 No love was left. To lift my love so 
 lofty as thou art (Byron). Behemoth 
 higgesi born (Milton), Unb in ®:priid)5 
 
 Ambisuitv. 
 
 19 
 
 recrtevn: He robs Peter to pay Paul, f. 
 Proverbs. 3)ie SBieber^olung eineg i8 d= 
 calg in gfetcder aUetfe ^eipt Assonance. 
 JBcrgf. nod) Onomatopoeia. Live, vile 
 and evil have the selfsame letters; he 
 lives but ui/ewhora evil holds in fetters. 
 She had no kith or kin (iveber ^inb noc^ 
 «egc(). 
 
 to Allow, 1. taffcn, eriauben, ge= 
 njal^ren: f. to Cause; 2» jugeben , cin= 
 rdumen, geftel^en; in bciben Jfiebeus 
 tungen i^at eg ben 5tccufati« mit bem Sn^ 
 finitio : We shall not allow him to go 
 out. He allowed himself to adhere to the 
 profession of the Jews. $ af f ii^ : Iflmay 
 be allowed this expression. He feared not 
 to have that expense allowed to him. 
 
 Alms, eigentlid) ein Plural Noun , je* 
 bod) and) atg Singular gebraudu : The 
 poor beggar hath a just demand of a« 
 Alms from the rich man. 
 
 Alphabet. @g ^at biefelben 26 !8ud)= 
 ftaben, »ie i. 5). 5)ie 9iamcn treidjeu 
 jum 3:^ei[ som S)eutfd)eu <\h ; e ^ci^t i, 
 ba^cr b, p, d, t : bi, x>'\, i^i/ ti ; jebod) f, 1, 
 m, n, s tt)te i. 2). ®. Letters unb bie 
 einicfnen aSudjfiaben. 
 
 Ambiguity, aud) amphibology ober 
 equivoke, Snjcibeutigfeit, S^ojjpelfinn eineg 
 2tugbiudeg. !Diefen \jat man ju mciben 
 unb balder namcntlid? gen an ju cons 
 flruiren; f. Adverb, C— L !Dur* ben 
 3ufammenbang fc^winbet ber 2)ot= 
 jjclfmn : 1. SOBenn cine gorm — jc nod> 
 t^rer 5lbflammung — jwet ganj »crfd)ie= 
 bene aScbeutungen ^At-. perch, ber SSarf*, 
 von perca, unb perch, bie aJJe^rut^c, »ou 
 perlica, latein. ; to freeze »on frigesco ; 
 a freeze fon zophorus : f. Homograph 
 unb Homonym. @o aud> bci @ontractio= 
 nen rcie au't, f. Abbreviation , Sifte. — 
 2, 2Co 3)JagcuUn unb ecminin g(eid) fmb : 
 enemy, rival, dancer f. Common ; Fe- 
 minine, C; Epicene.— 3. 2Bo fein Un= 
 tevfdjieb ber 3a^l ifi: people, sheep, 
 means : f. Plural, A, V unb VI. —4. 2Bo 
 cine jjorm mcl^rern aBortflaffen ange; 
 ^ijrt: fo flnb gold, silver, salt (Subjlantio 
 unb 2lbjecti» \ — f. Substantive , C ; all, 
 little, round u. a. 2lbjecti» unb 2tbt»erb — 
 f. Adverb, A, 11, b ; the post unb to post, 
 2* 
 
20 
 
 Amid 
 
 the spring imb to spring : (Sitbfiantb unb 
 93erb; absent unb to absent: Slbject. unb 
 SSev6; pish ! unb to pish : Sntevject. unb 
 aSevb ; pop, to pop : 2lbt>ert, Snterj. unb 
 aSevBi like ift mj', 2lb». , ©ubft. unb 
 aSerB , round ift alteS bieg unt) au^evbcm 
 aud) UDC^ 5^rd^ofition. <B. audi I May, 
 
 1, @. 11. Defterg l^tlft and) bie JBevfctjic* 
 benl^eit beg 5t c c c n t e 8 (f. b., B, 1, c unb 
 
 2, c), Dbec ber 2[ u g [)) r a ct) e (f. Homo- 
 graph ) , ober ber Ortl^ograjjl^ie, 
 iuenn bie 5Iugf^iadK gleic^ ift (f. Homo- 
 nym), ober enbtt(?^ bet ^ilhw an be lung, 
 f. Euphony, D, 7, @. unb lt>iebcnim Homo- 
 graph , III.— III. ^ei ben unregets 
 m ct ji t g en S3ei-ben, bie fiir ® e g e n ft) ar t 
 unb S3ergangeni^eit gfctd^e i^orm 
 '^abtn (f. Conjugation, III, A) mu§ man 
 luandimat to do ju •§ilfe nc^nten, urn bie 
 3eit ju bcftimmen. I put my whole trust 
 in, God fcnnte i^cif en : icfe fe^e, aBer 
 auct) : icf) [e^te mein ganjeg 3?ertrauen' 
 auf®ott; iuill man ben Untei-fd)teb an= 
 geBen, fo fe^t man fiir bag 5^refent Sienfe 
 I do put, fill- bag 3m)>erfcct I did put. 
 
 Amid, f. Among. 
 
 Among, amongst ( unfec i.n-c»ins 
 jietleg mang con aJJenge). 5) teg ift 
 bagttteitcflcaBovt fiir unter, jiui f d) en: 
 amongst all classes. 3§m jnncidift ftel^t 
 amid , mitten in, mitten u u t e r 
 (Bcibe = parmi, amid au6) mandjmal = 
 da7is, franjof.). ©agegen ftel^t between 
 cber betwixt eigentUd) nur (trie e?itre), 
 tuenn Blcg con jtt>eien bie Siebe ifi 
 (between = be tween , b» I). Bet jttjcen) : 
 between ourselves, unter luig, entre nous. 
 3l(Uin man BeoBac^tet biefen llnterfd)ieb 
 ntd)t fireiig. ®anj anbercn ©inneg ifi 
 under , unten barunter, = sous, tm ®e= 
 genfa^e ju on , over : under the table. 
 
 Am'phibrach, Ampliibrach'ys, 
 ber35ergfu§ ^-^ ober-'i--: delighlfiil, 
 amusing; domestic. 
 
 Amph'imaccr , cin ivenig geBrciucft; 
 licbcr 93ergfuf : -^-, ivie mountaineer, 
 overbear. 
 
 Anadiplosis, eine Slebeftgur : bie 
 SKieber^otung beg ©djUtitrorteg tineg 
 @a§eg an ber ©fi^e beg nddtften ©a^eg, 
 njobnrc^ baffcIBe natiivlid) ftarf Ijcrt'ors 
 
 — And. 
 
 tritt : You left nie but poor — and poor 
 I find you are come back. He retained 
 his virtue amidst all his misfortunes — 
 misfortunes which only his virtue 
 brought ujpon him. 9SergI. ben @d)lui 
 beg 103. <]3f. mit bem Qlnfang beg ncidjften. 
 
 Analogy, a3erh)anbtfd)aft , 5le]^ntid)« 
 feit ber ^lugfjjrac^e ober ber fSioxU ober 
 ©apilbung. <Bo ^at balloon ben 2(ccent 
 auf ber gtteiten ©ilBc, ber franjofifdien 
 JBetonung cmalog ; fo fte^t nac^ to have i. 
 @. ». erlauBen, Befe^ten, ber Accusative 
 with the Infinitive nad) 2lnaIogie con to 
 allow , to command unb bergL 3n mel^- 
 rerenSttttfetn l^aBen njir jur i®r!(drung bie 
 2(naIogie- mit auberen angejogen ; fo Bci 
 Fish, Horse, to Perceive u. a. 
 
 Analysis, 2[nat4)fe, bie ^erglieberung 
 ober bie SoHfiruction eineg @ageg gemdp 
 ben allgemeinen 5)enfregeln. 
 
 An'apest, ber ©ergfu^ ^ ^ - ober bod) 
 ^^-^'l disobey, over-miich. 
 
 And: 1. Jlann nad> to come unb to gq 
 »or bem folgcnbcn SSerB iucgf alien: 
 J will go ann me. Go light the fire! 
 They would go seek 'adventures. 3nbe^ 
 tdf t fid) l^icr eBcnfoiuo^I etn 2lug'fnll »Dtt 
 to annei^men (analog unferm Bettein 
 ger;en, id) ge:^e fd^lafen, Baben, turncn, 
 fcd)ten, fpagieren, unb bem fcanjiif. aller 
 chercher^ aller se promener, aller ecrire, 
 je viens vous dire u. y. a. 3iBcgcn and 
 aBer f. nod) Asyndeton, ben sorte^ten 
 @a^. 2. (Jg fte^t nicBt, luo eg t. 2). 
 ftei^en m u § , Bei ben 3 a ^ I c n : f. Caixli- 
 nals. A, 3. — 3. (5g fte§t and) for r e t a= 
 tit) en ©d^en: bann BleiBt eg im !X). iueg, 
 ober bag 9{elali» njirb cin 2)emonfltatii5 : 
 This I gave, him from my heart, and 
 which .... WQS all the patrimony I had 
 now lo beslow. Dearly has niy.busband 
 paid for his act of folly iind wickedness, 
 a7id to ivhich- you must Jvnow I never 
 was a parly, (Marryal.) 9J{an Betrac^tet 
 ben abjectioifd^enSSeifa^ mit of a\i relatito 
 unb fdl^rt ba^cr nuc^ relatiw fort: = his 
 act, ivhich was one of folly and wicked- 
 ness , and to which I.... 33ergT. Re- 
 lative, II, A, (5-. — 4. ©tatt and not fiel^t 
 aud) nor, f. b., 3fir. 2. — 5. ajfan f. no^ 
 Comma, B, 1, unb'Bolh, 2. 
 
Anglicism 
 
 Anglicism. Oo ucnnennjir!Deutf(^en 
 einf @tgent^um(icf)feit beg engt. 2lugCrurfg, 
 tie fid} im 2) e u t f d) e n nic^t getiau auf 
 biefelbc 2lrt iuiebcvgeBcn tci^t ; granjofen, 
 Stalienec , 3fiitf[en u. f. f. nennen mtitx 
 bie cngtifcfcen SCenbimgen ^n^lkiSm, bic 
 i^rer ©vvadic frcmb {xnb. ©omit gtbt 
 eg fiic jebeS @pra(ft»oIf anbere SlngliciSi 
 men. giii- unS ifi to fall sick ein Slnglicilm 
 = franf iverben, d§nUd) : in eine 
 JJranf^eit f a U e n ; nidit fo fiir ben Sran= 
 joftn: tomber malade; njol^t at»er fur 
 i^n, wie fur ung to turn sick. Slnberc' 
 Scifpiele: to turn bankrupt; to ride in a 
 coach ober on horseback ; I am cold, 
 wrong, right ; I feel hungry; this dog 
 is deep-mouthed. Sur bie meificn @)3rai 
 d)en ifibic Slugtaffung beg9iclati» 
 ein StngliciSm. 33ei fotcften Sonfiructionen 
 fltaube man aber bie @act)e nid)t al)ge= 
 mact)t, wenn eg i^cipt: bag ifl ein 5tngUcigm ! 
 man gei^e auf ben @ r n n b , warum 
 bie SonPruction fo fei; man fiic^c burc^ 
 • 3ufammenjleUung dr;nlid)er 2(u8briicfe 
 (burc^ 5tnatogi£en) eiuen a ( I g e m c i n en 
 ® ef i(f)tg))un!t 5u getuinnen, unter 
 ben fie fid) bringen laffen* 
 
 Anglosaxon , f« Etymology, 3. 6. 8. 
 — Slug bem dtteften 5(ngelfad)fifd) fiammen 
 J. ^. bie ^toncmen, befonberS bie i)er= 
 fijntid)en, fammt i^rcr 3)eclindtii>n ; balder 
 l^aben fie aud) fo fel^r abmeid) enbe 
 gcrmen : I : we, thou : you ; nmch : many; 
 who : whom, that : those. lleberl^aui?t — 
 njag bag ©nglifc^e ncd) an Sterion i^at 
 (^Declination, (5onH)aration, Conjugation), 
 tft b e u t f (^ e g aSoUbhit ; f. noc^ Danish. 
 5Utf bie © ^ n t a t ^ingegcn ^aben f r e m b e 
 ©iprac^cn md(!^'tig eingenjirft. 
 
 Anomalous, Anomaly, bie griec^i- 
 fdjen 2(ugbriide fur Irregular imb Irre- 
 gularity, f. b. 
 
 Another f. Other. 
 
 to Answer \j(\i ben Objectiw batb mit, 
 batb ol^ne to: Answer to this question. 
 He answered my letter (= beantttjorten). 
 %\\\ <Sinnc »on entfprec^en genjo^nlid) 
 B n e to: This answered aU my wishes. 
 2)a^er )3affi»: Indulge not a hope that 
 cannot be answered (w e t d) e r nid)t ent= 
 fprodjen, b i e ni^t crfiiHt roerben fann). 
 
 Antonoraasia. 21 
 
 Antepeniiltima, bie britt(c§te ©ilbc 
 eineg SBorteg ; oft bei bcr Se^re Bom 2(ccent 
 gebraud)t. 
 
 Anticipation, bie 3^orauganbeutung 
 cineS nadifolgenben ®a§t:^ei(eg, namcnt= 
 (ic^ beg ©ubjectg ober Dbjectg, in i^o^erem 
 ©tijle; J. S3. He who shrinks from a 
 bumper, I do not like him. They hdiA a 
 hardlifeofit, Mo5e/^oor /^jows. 1. Ueber 
 bic jur Stegef gensorbene Stnticitiation beg 
 ©ubjecteg f. It, A, 1, 2, uber bic beg 
 O r t c g f. There is, 1. — 2. @o ttjirb auc& 
 ein ganjer nadjfotgenbcr ® a $ anticijjirt, 
 i. !D. burd) eg, b nmit, b aburd), ba= 
 f ur , b a ju u. bergl., ©ngtifdj nur burdj 
 it, balder and) feltner. (^rof. SBagner 
 fpric^t biefe 5tnticitmtion bem ©nglifdien 
 ganj ah\ f. feiue ©rammatif, §686,1. 
 5[nbere ©rammatifer fagen gar nidttg bar= 
 uber.) SSetege aug bem Vicar of Wake- 
 field : You will think it just that I 
 should give them. — One of the horses 
 took it into his head to stand still. 
 .... One, who stands in the middle, 
 whose business it is to catch a shoe. — 
 Oh, deem it not a crime for her to 
 lueep . . . (Wordsworth). Unb im ci n g c= 
 fd)alteten @a|e: Some scruples .... 
 which she believed I would find it ne- 
 cessary to remove ( Smollet). ^icr cer^xitet 
 it jugleid), tohich atg Object ju fiud ju bes 
 tradjten. Slel^ntid) ift aud> ber Ic§te ©a^ 
 unter Asyndeton. fDagcgcn; I amused 
 myself with seeing all that was curious = 
 ic^ behifiigte mic^ bamit, 5Uteg ju fel^en. 
 
 An'tiphrase, Anttph'rasis, ber 
 
 (Segcnfmn »on bem , mag man fagt — bie 
 Sronic : You are a Jlne man to forget me 
 thus. 
 Antonomasia, Antonomasy: bie 
 
 bitblic^e Slnn^enbung 1. eineg (5igenna= 
 meng fiatt eineg ©attunggnameng , ober 
 2. umgefcl^rt. 3u 1 : He is the Cicero 
 of his age = the greatest orator. The 
 Yvtnch Alexander = Napoleou (viz. the 
 Great). They called him fool and !^«wofe. 
 ®o braudit man aflbcfannte Stamen, mie 
 Socrates, Caesar, Apollo, Galo, Salomo, 
 Shakespear, Schiller, fo entftanb bag in 
 me^rere ©prac^en anfgenomment, etwag 
 jronifc^c Cicerone, ©o fmb nad) i^rem 
 
22 
 
 Anv 
 
 Apostrophe. 
 
 benurfc ben Hiitc»-fd)ieb im "Sinnc fo(- 
 genbet 9}crbinbungcn : without ransom ; 
 without any reason ; without a vestige 
 of shirt collar ; without owe effort. We 
 had some hope still. Is there any hope ? 
 I could not do it for any thing = um 
 ?l(leS in ber 2Ge(t. I was refused jyj'Mo?/^ 
 any reason (]^al&ncqati» ). If we had 
 any fruit, we should give her some (any 
 ^albncgntiw, benn eg ift ju erganjeit : but we 
 have none). Any im aUgcmeinfien 
 @inne — jcber, jebiDeber. Virtue is worth 
 any price. Come at any time and you 
 will be welcome. Anybody can do it.They 
 were sent back without ransom, for they' 
 were too poor to pay any (fie bejal^tten 
 bemnad) f e i n e). 5)a§er bebeittet any oft 
 eine ganje ©attung, some intv eintge 
 ©in J eine bason : She could read awy. 
 English book (= jebeS betiebige). She 
 had some English book (= irgenb ein), nnb • 
 some English books (= einige). SDarin 
 (iegt and) ein ® runb, tDarum in » c r n c i = 
 nenben ©vi|en any f}ef;tt c8 nsirb bann 
 eben baS ® a n J e, nirf)t nur ein 2: ^ e i I bef* 
 felben au«gefd»toffen : She could not rqad 
 any English book. SDagegen i^ie^e: Some 
 E. b. she c. not read = m an rf) e engf. 
 58udKr. ®. ncd) : Negation, 2 unb 3. 
 
 Ao, 5)igta^^. 1. = ii in gaol, jc^t aud) 
 jail gefd)rieben. 2, = o in extraordinary ; 
 in nad)bvnrfndKc 3lu«fvradje abet njtrb ba8 
 a (njtc a) •mitgeft)rod)en; ballet fc^veibt 
 man aud) extra-ordinary) einc2(it2)idre- 
 fi3. 3»veifitbig ijl ao in aiirta, chaos n. a. 
 
 Apheresi8,2CcgfalX ctneS IBudiflabenS 
 obereinei ©"ifbeju^lnfan g eineS SGBovtcS, 
 meiftbuvdj ben 2ipoftcop]^beicid>net: 'gainst 
 flatt against, 'stead fur instead, 'Change 
 fiir Exchange, a plotftatta complot. !Dev= 
 felbc aCcgfatl am (Snbe bc8 2Bovteg ^ei§t : 
 
 Apocope: fo t' = lo, thro'= through. 
 Pa imb Grandma\ familiar fur Papa, 
 Grandmama. 9htn f. nocb Elision. 
 
 Apostrophe. I. 2) t e 91 v o fl r o jj 1& e 
 ober2liuebc: Ah, lady, heed the monitor! 
 35on befonbercr SaSirfung ift ber Vt6felid)e 
 U e 6 e r g a n g a\xi ber erjd^lenben jRebe 
 
 * „Inventors are wiser now (than Senefelder). They take care to associate their names 
 with their discoveries." Dickens, Household Words, t. XIII (1852). 
 
 ©rfinber,*) ©ntberfer ober @tnfiif;rer bc= 
 nannt : a Spencer, Vandyke, Mackintosh, 
 a Brougham, a Sandwich, Wedgewood, 
 a Schomburger; fo aud^ Scheedam, 
 aSranntnjein, nad) ber l^oEdnbtfd)en ©tabt 
 fcineS Urfvrungg (tjcrgt. ^Diorbl^dufer") ; 
 dl^nlic^ bic d}emifd)cn Diamcn nac^ ben 
 3 c i d) e n : Mercury, Venus, Jupiter. (Sis 
 nenebenfo mi)tl^otogifd)en 9iamen l^atman 
 jel^tben beliebtcn ,,28 a^i jiinbern" (fiatt 
 @tretd» ^ 6 1 J e r n) gegebcn : ,,the vestas," 
 aud) „a wax vesta," unb fogteid) ge^t 
 man aud) njeiter tmb fagt: 'The spurious 
 imitations . . . bring the vestal name into 
 discredit.' (Boz.) lleberl^aujjt bitbct man 
 oft 33erben ober ^Ibjectioe son fol^ 
 d)en (Sigcnnamen: Esculapian = l^eils 
 f u n b i g ; Herculean ; bacchanal, baccha- 
 nalian, bacchic, bacchical u. bacchius son 
 Bacchus ; a night daguerreotyped with 
 painful minuteness — . 3u 2: @in ©at^ 
 tungsnamc ftatt eincS ©igennamenS : 
 Friends, £ludfer , the Canticles = ba« 
 ^D^etieb; the Holy One (®ott ober 
 S^rifiuS) ; the evil One , ber 33ofe = the 
 devil ; Jack Tar. 
 
 Any l^at ben @inn ber Unbefiimmtl^eit, 
 Sirtgemetn^eit, wd^renb some fldrfer, 
 Vofititter ifi, jwifdien any unb bcm inbi* 
 Dibualifirenben a mitten innefte^t; ba je^ 
 bod) some nid)t ganj fo abfd)Iie§t, 
 me a , fo !ann eS aud) »or ® t o f f namen 
 fte^en, j. S. some paper, ein Slatt, einige 
 JBogen Javier (a paper «idrc bagegen ein 
 (Scfcriftftiid, ein 3ettet u. bergt.). 2)a^ev 
 ^d}t some im gett»6;^nlid)en , bejal; cn = 
 b e n @a$e , any im »erneinenben, 
 ;& atbsernein enb en unb frag en; 
 I) e n @a^e. 3)em 5-ranj6fifd)en gegenuber 
 ift bag il)ev^dttnil8 : a = un; some = 
 quelque ; any = quelconque ; fo a thing 
 =:uue chose; something = quelque chose; 
 anything = c/tose quelconque ober rieii 
 o'ijnt ne; a body, a man = vne per- 
 sonne , un/iomme; somebody = quel- 
 qii'un; anybody=M?J homme quelconque 
 Dber persotine o ^ n e ne. 3)agegen ift 
 nothing ober not anything = rie7i ne, 
 nobody , no man = perso7tne fie. SJian 
 
Appear 
 
 in bic 5[)5ofiroti^c. @o 5. 33. in Byron's 
 Manfred, Act I, Sc. II, mit ben 2Borten : 
 My mother Earth! II. 2)er Slpo^ 
 fivD))^. 1. 2llg Seicfien beg Slugfalleg 
 einjetner 93ocafc, Sonfonanten , ^(Silben : 
 f. Abbreviation , Apheresis , Apocope. 
 
 2. im 3ei*cn itS ^offeffii>; f. b. 
 
 3. 2luc6 bicnt er, trcnn cinem HOorte uns 
 geh)iJ!^nHd}er 2Beife eine Slexion an; 
 gefe^t tt)ivb, «m biefc »om ©tcimme ju 
 trcnncn : two L's ; he chassez'd, coupez'd, 
 jelez'd, and balancez'd; the he's; two 74's; 
 learned M D's ; he gene''d mademoiselle. 
 
 to Appear, mit to, n i(^ t mit 6lo§cm 
 £)6jiecti» : This objection appeared to 
 me very odd (important). UebrigenS f. 
 Adjective, B, 4. 
 
 Appellative, baS ©attunggnjort, ber 
 (5f affenname , alfo eine JBenennung fur 
 bicle gletc^artige 2)inge: fo man, book, 
 house, tree, pen, dear. S)a8 ©egentl^cil 
 ifl ber ©igenname. Proper Aame: 
 George , Drake , Rome, lleber bie 93er= 
 taufcftung beiber f. Anionomasia. 
 
 to Appoint, f. Accusative, B, I, 2. 
 They appointed him president; he was 
 appointed president. They appointed 
 him to be their guide in that valley. 
 
 Apposition. I. ©ie ift cin 23e ifa^ 
 ju einem 2Botte, ber i^m ol^ne ^JraiJo; 
 f 1 1 i n unb ol^ne^Jerb jugefetlt wirb. 
 ©0 fie^en: 1. ©ubftantice: My 
 brother, the captain^ = My brother who 
 is a captain. He, my best friend^ died 
 yesterday. Julia— the daughter , the 
 devoted — gave her youth to Heaven. 
 2. -2{biecti»e. @. b., B, 2. 3lu(^ t»etm 
 aSerb fiefien 2lbjccti»e <xU 5lt>i5Dfittcn , Bc^ 
 jie^cn firf) bann aber eigcntli* aU 5Brabi= 
 cat ciufg @ubj;ect i\ix\\d : He died esteemed 
 by every one. Her tongue runs very 
 glib = ats [ttjte] eine getaufige. a3ergl. 
 Adjective, B, 4. II. 3m JDeutfdKn fie^t 
 bie '^l^^otltion in gleicfeem SafuSmit 
 bem SSovte, ju bem fie gcl^ort : (erf am mit 
 imfercm tvreunbe , bem 2(rjte) im (§ngli; 
 fc^en natiirltdj nic^t, )vei( ba bie 6afu« 
 mit^rapcfitionengebilbcthjerben, bie man 
 ja an<i) im 5). nictjt ju n^ieberl^clen vPegt 
 (n i (^ t : er fam mit unfevem Sreunbe, m i t 
 
 - As. 23 
 
 bem Stvjte) : We sent him to our friend, 
 ihe physician — nic^t: to our friend, to 
 the physician, bcnn ba§ !^ie^e ; ju un- 
 ferem greuiibe , 5 u bem Slrjte — itnb man 
 fijnnte gar jrcei v^erfct5iebene ^Jerfonen bar= 
 unter uerficljcn. The accession of King 
 James the Second (= beS 3tt5eiten). @, 
 iebod) nc(f) Possessive Case, A, 6. — 
 III. @tel;tBcr einem (Sigennamen nod) 
 fcin ® attnnggn a me, fo fefeen njtr 
 i. 3). beibe in 2l^:porition, alfo i^ ne ^va~ 
 ijofition , neben einanter : im @ngtifd)en 
 miiffen fie aber mit of iterbunben iuerben: 
 bie @tabt !Dregben= The town of 
 Dresden. The empire of Russia. The 
 village of Malvern in the county of 
 Worcester. The castle of Drachenfels. 
 The island of Elba. The month of 
 December. (SSergt. Date, 1.) 0iac^ 
 River fe§t man ben D^amen in Slrvcfition, 
 TO. i. 2D. : the river Tyne. Snbe^ fe$t 
 man bet b e f a n n t e r c n Sluffen liber^auvt 
 river gar nic^t baju : a{fo nic^t the river 
 Elb, fonbem nur the Elb. <B. and) Cape. 
 Arabian. 3n mel^rcre ©J?rad?en fa= 
 men (i\\§ bem 2lrabifd)en: 1. bie3aM = 
 J e i d) c n 1—9, baiter man fte and) arabian 
 figures nennt cber ciphers (franj. chif- 
 fres, 3tffeni, »on bem arabifd»en sephira). 
 2. (Sinjclne IBorter, Jvie almanac, al- 
 koran, alcohol (mit bem arab. 2Irtifet 
 al), carat, carmine, coffee. Ueber]^aui.it 
 orientalif^en Urfyrungg finb : 
 Giaour, khan, pacha, divan, sofa (J^ur* 
 !ifd)). Bazar (^nfifcfc), shisheh (biein2le= 
 gp)}ten u. f. ». gebrdu(^tt*e $abafS)jfeife). 
 
 Archaism, ein »eraltcter 2tuebru(f 
 Dber @prad)get)raud) : fo bci Spenser 
 (t 1598) : Springling with pearls and 
 pearling flowers atween. Mine alder- 
 lievest sovereign (Shakesp.). To nay, 
 to proverb, a nayword. 
 
 Article, f. A, an, The. 
 
 As, 1. 2t b » e r b ber a? e r g I e i (ft u n g, 
 mit ©ub|ianti» ober Slbjectiti nad) fid) : e8 
 »erbinbet bann bag ^rdbicat, ober aud( 
 ba§ jTOeite Object mit bem 3}erb. He 
 is as a father to me. Though the mast 
 should quiver as a reed. He pities them 
 as a man. He is drawn as ready to 
 teach , and ready to obey ; as simple in 
 
24 
 
 Aspirate 
 
 ■'/ 
 
 affluence.... This gentleman he de- 
 scribed as one who desired-. Uebcr feinen 
 aOBegfall (.Absolute, If, 1, unb Accusa- 
 tive, B, 2 ; lagt. Like u. How. 2luct) fnujift 
 eS einen ganjen <&a^ an : Do as you 
 please, llnb bann !ann c8 tet einije = 
 f d) b e n e n ©ci^en ttJtebcntm ivegbteibeii. 
 Grief, yo?< knoiv , is dry, let us have a 
 bottle .... A guide led us to the rest of 
 the party, who, we were told, had al- 
 ready reached their destination. 5) a 8 
 fcoppcltc as = (e b e n) fo . . . a f g fie^t 
 tiuc in bcial^enben ©d^cn; in fva^ 
 genbeu unb fiernelncnben ^tx- 
 g t e i d) u n g e n ftcl^t so . . . as (obcr aucf) 
 less . . . than) : He is as learned as you 
 and he is not so old as you. They are 
 less learned than you. She grew as pale 
 as death. He was as black as the devil. 
 Never was a poor devil so plagued as I. 
 9luc^ inbejai^enben ©ci^en fteif;t so . . . 
 as, ttjenn fie feinenJBergtcici?, fon^ 
 betn ben @rab obec ben @runb an= 
 geben, 2)ann fann as ben Snfiinitio nact) 
 fief) i^aben, aber uberl;aii)?t uuv bann flei^cu, 
 hjenn bie betben »crbunbenen @d^e gte i = 
 c^eg '^uhittt i^abcn. He became so 
 intelligent, as to understand in a short 
 time all I spoke. He was so ill informed 
 as not to know that .... Be so kind as 
 to send me the letter. He should write 
 so soon ... as he could obtain permission. 
 93ergl. Such. (9iod) etn anbereg ,,a(8" 
 f. untev But 2.) 3fi ba8 ©ubject in ben 
 beiben ©d^en nidjt gfeic^, obec I)at 
 bag SSerb beg jtreiten ©a|eg feinen 3ns 
 ftnitio (f. Defective), fo fici^t jlatt as 
 nun that: He was so ill informed that I 
 could learn nothing from him. 2. As 
 atg Son junction bei- 3ci t, f. When. 
 @g gibt aurf) ben ® v u n b an : As he was 
 a better soldier than a statesman , so, 
 what he gained in the camp , he usually 
 lost in the city. 
 
 Aspirate [♦ Consonant, 2, a, @. 
 
 Assimilation ifi bie 33emanbl(ung 
 eineg 28ucl)fiaben in einen anberen, ber beni 
 barauf j^olgenben gteicfj oberecrtuanbt 
 ifl. !l)tc3 gefd)ie&t ber beqitemeren 2lng= 
 f^vart)e unb. beg 2fio^(tauteg n^gcn. @o 
 ge^t n »ov c, f, 1, r in biefe '-8art)flabcn 
 xiber , luib lu^r b unb p \wirb eg ju m ; d 
 
 - Attraction. 
 
 vemianbett firf) »oir f, 1, n, p, r, s, t in 
 biefe 33ucl)fiaben, unb bergl. @o entf^an^ 
 ben ^iele lateinifc^^sfranjofifcfie SBorter, bie 
 gtcicft ferttg , il^rem ©tanime narf) , ing 
 ©nglifcfjeubergtngen : to occur flattobcur, 
 immediate fiatt inmediate; to impose ftatt 
 inpose (tuie em^fangen fiic entfangen, 
 emv>feblen fiiv entfe^len) j to accept fiatt 
 adjept; to assault f^att adsault; irra- 
 tional unb illegilime jlatt inrational unb 
 inlegitime. Seboct) l^at manned) advance, 
 advantage , tro bag ?5ranj6fi[d)e bequeiner 
 bag d augnjirft. 
 
 Assonance f. Alliteration. 
 
 Asyndeton, bie 2Beg(affung beg Sln- 
 bcnjortg, ifi fel^i- l^aufig. Had it not been 
 foryou— ife^U if).. They will have il, he' 
 is an enemy to mankind. A handsome, 
 young, roving, bright-locked gallant. 
 The good old catholic, art-loving, beer- 
 bibbing Munich. ©. ben (e^ten ©a^ uns 
 ter Adjective, C, unb loergt. If, As, That, 
 Though, When, And. 5)ap auc6 ber r e= 
 gelmdpige ©ebraud) beibei- ©^^radien 
 nid)t ftetg iibereinpimmt, f. unter Cardinal, 
 A, 3 unb So, 3. 
 
 At bejeic^net etgentlidj btc JRu^e (f. fn), 
 fiel^t inbe^ au6.) nad) aSerbcnbei-J8e»uegung 
 ju !Jlngabe ber Otidjtung : to enter at the 
 window ; to come at a thing; he made a 
 blow at me; (hey looked at me; baiter 
 au(^ to laugh at one. ©elten tuirb eg U) e g= 
 gelaffen: ...: ere he arrive («/) the 
 happy isle (Milton). ©. Preposition, E. 
 
 Attraction: bie 2lugfaffung eineg 
 @a§tf;ei(eg, fo ba^ bann bag njirflid) ®c= 
 fc^te ju jwci terfdjiebenen ©aftgliebevn ge= 
 gogen merben mup. 1. ©o bleibt ein 3) e= 
 monftrati» (ipronomen ober 2lb»erb) 
 to eg unb bag 9te(atio mu^ eg ntit »er= 
 tvetcn: 1 cannot doubt o/ ?y/<rt^ you tell 
 me (= of that which). All agreed to 
 jvhal he proposed. Heaven will never 
 arraign him ybr tvhat he thinks, butybr 
 ivhat he does. The arrival oftvhatever 
 they have been waiting/or. She entered 
 into an explanation of hoiv Virginia had 
 been educated (= of the manner in which 
 Virginia had been educated), (@,What, 
 A, 1.) We saw a stag.. . within about 
 twenty paces of where we were silting 
 
 Hi 
 
Attribute 
 
 (= of there where, b. 1^. of the place 
 where . . .)• ^^crgl. $reb. @. 6, 8 ; 7, 2 ; 
 9, 4; $f. 18, 40; 21, 9^ 34, 10; B)pv. 
 eai. 1, 27 ; 15, 12 ; 1. 3)iacc. 1, 26. ®o 
 txUaxt ftc^ au* to leave for = rcifen 
 •nac^...: I left for England; man ]^at 
 ben Dxt p erganjen , ben man » c r ( d p t , 
 J. 3iB. I left Germany for England, (ifigt. 
 ,,ben -^immet fiir bie 2CeIt erevben*' bet 
 ®tmon2)ad).) 2. Dber bag 9ieta = 
 1 1 » 61ei6t hjeg , fo bap man b^g »or^ev= 
 gel^enbe SSbrt jtreimal ju benfen \ii\t: Do 
 you know the man you have seen = do 
 YOU know the man? you have seen ihe 
 man. ®o mag biefe (Sltittfe b^3 9?e= 
 latb (f. Relative, II, 2) entjlanbcn 
 fein. 5te^nlic^e"93erfur5ung: he requested 
 his orders as to how he was to proceed 
 (= iiSer btc 5lrt, ttjtc ev...). 3. 2(nd) 
 bte ©inttjtrfung eine* ^^crfonncfecn Sur= 
 wortcS auf baS ^ert» etneS .9ietati» = 
 fa|c8 nennt man 2tttractton; f. Perso- 
 nal, B, 7. 3{u^eibem: Declension^ III, 
 Collective, 3 unb Negation, 3. 
 
 At'tribute ift nur ein anbrev 9Jamc 
 flit Predicate, ajjan^mal toirb eS" aud) 
 in engerem (Sinne gebrau^t: f. Adjective, 
 
 B, 1, a. 
 
 Aw, 3)igraJ)^ ; 1. = a : autumn (alura^), 
 aumeletle; 2. = a : aunt; 3. = 6: 
 cauliflower. 
 
 Authority, bie 2(utoritdt, bte ®es 
 njd^r, bie ein gutec Author burcf) fein 
 58eifpte( ]\\x ben ©eSraucf) irgenb eine8 
 2(u8brurfS teifiet; and) ber <£d)riftfie((er 
 felbfi ^eipt bann the Authority. 2)tc bet 
 man(i^en imferer SSeifpiete \\\ ^(ammern 
 beigefe^ten ©drriftfieUernamen fmb in bem 
 betreffenben Salte bte 2lutoritdtcn. 
 
 Auxiliary Verbs , auc& Helping 
 Verbs gcnannt , '^ilfSjeittD orter. 
 J. @ie btenen jur Sitbnng bee ^ufam = 
 mengefe^tenSeiten etne8 33erb: fo 
 to have, to be, I shall, I will. B. W\t to 
 be tt)irb aud> bag ganje ^^affitj gebilbct. 
 
 C. 3m ttjeiteren @inne ^ei^en and) , n?. i, 
 3)., I can, I may, I must, I ought, to let, 
 to dare (to need) unb auperbem to do 
 ^ilfgtjevben. (S. alle biefe a. i.O. D. 3 m 
 2lUgemeinen bemerten ttjtr noc6 : 
 I.5ffiennbag)jafflt)e5Parttcipman^er'>)ilfg; 
 
 Auxiliary Verbs. 
 
 25 
 
 »erb« mit einem 3nftnitt» sufammentrifft, 
 fo feften ttjtt i. 5D. ben SnfinitiD beffelben 
 a(g aiJarticijj : id) l^abe eg nid)t madden 
 TOotten, foUcn, fonnen, biirfen, 
 m g en , anflatt tc^ l^abe e§ ntctjt madien 
 gettoHt, gcfoltt, gefonnt , geburft u. 
 f. nj. ((5benfo fe^en n>ir beg let^teru Sals 
 leg ivegen n? o r b e n ftatt gettjorben im 
 $afft» ; fritter tterfurjte man faft a U c 
 paffiwen ^Jartictpg fo [mer l^at eg 
 bra d)t, g.eben]: im dialect nod) jc^t.) 
 5)ag ge^t im (Snglifc^en nid)t: alfo 
 n i d) t : I have not dare do it , fcnbein I 
 have not dared do it. ®. to Dare, ©belts / r 
 fo : 3d) ^aht t§n gc^en I a f f e n : I have let / /i^ 
 him go (nid)t to let), .§ieiju fommt aber, 
 bap betimetfien >§ilfg»erben bag jjaffiue 
 *P a r t i c i )3 f e ^ 1 1 ! 3Kan mup ba^er oft 
 etne ganj anbrc Jffienbung nel^men. ®. bie 
 einjeluen auxiliary verbs a. t. 0» 11. ^es 
 pren bte ^ilfgserben jn nie^rern Snfinis 
 tif en ober" 55artici)?ien , fo braud)en fie 
 nid)t njieberl^olt jii ttievben: I had read 
 and written. We shall depart to-mor- 
 row and return in a week. There is 
 good beef eaten in England , and good 
 wine drunk in France. III. (Sin fc^on 
 Border ge.gangeneg 95erb njirb, nebft 
 feinem 3tibel^6r, narf) einem ^ilfgjeitnjortc 
 oft tt) e ggelaffcn: She acted just as 
 she ought (viz. to act). Be it as it may. 
 He will have me go there, but I can and 
 shall not (go). He must go to her, will 
 he, nill he. Neither Silvertop nor myself 
 had ever been there before; Major Blaze 
 had, @,o namentticfe 1. in 2lntn) or ten, 
 roenn man, ftatt nur yes ober no ju fagen, 
 ein «§t(fgt)erb , befonberg to do fe§t. Are 
 you to go there ? Yes, 1 am. Will you 
 do it? I shall (obeir I will). Read this ! 
 I cannot. Do you love him? I do. Did 
 they laugh at him? No, they did not. @. 
 bag jnjeite ^Beifptel nnter ber Conjunction 
 That unb »etgf. It, C, II, 2.-2. @benfo, 
 wenn inan nad) einer grage anbeutet , bap 
 man etne juflimmenbe 2lntn)ort ernjarte, 
 njo njir „nid)t n)af;r?" fe^cn. You 
 have not been in England? have you ? 
 You have read the newspaper? have not 
 you ? I should like to go to the concert 
 very much, and so would you ; should 
 you not? Uebrtgeng ttjirb biefeg fragenbe 
 
26 Aw - 
 
 9tnr;angfel bem »orl^ergel^ent)en @a^c «nt; 
 gcgengefe^t : ift bicfer olfo fccja^cub , fo 
 tcirb €8 serneinenb ; werneint cv felbfi , fo 
 hjiib e8 fcejal^enb, ivie bie SSeifpiete jeigcn. 
 
 Aw ningt fietS ttitc k: law, lo bawl. 
 
 Ay, JDigvci))^, lautet !♦ = a: day; 
 2. the quay, ba6 Ouat ober .^ai) , fprid) 
 ke (c8 vuirb an* key gefcftricfceii) ; 3. bie 
 Sntcrjccticn ay , toet)e ! !lingt = a ; bag 
 bejaBenbe Slboecb ay abet = ai. 
 
 B. 
 
 B, :^ct^t be; eg ifl in bet 2lu§fprac^e 
 genau i-iom p ju fci)eiben,.aber aud) nte tcic 
 tb ju frredjen, tvie rt)C^I unfer b in 
 geben, toben, @rbe flingt: bound, 
 pound; lib, lip; robe, rope. ®tumm 
 tfieS'Dor t unbn ad) m: doubt, limb, 
 plumb (wie plomb im gratijijf.),. and) in 
 plumber (n)d§rcnb cS in plomber, franj., 
 lautet) ; jeboc^ f:prid?t man eg in subtile, 
 succumb. 
 
 Bacchhis, ber SSevgfuf: w__: a 
 house-wife, the flambeau. 
 
 Bad, fd)kcbt, I;at im ®om))arati» 
 (f(^ted)tct, ((glimmer) worse, im ®u:perla= 
 titt Me Ivors t. {JVorser iji eeraltet unb 
 je^t tabelnSiDevtl^.) Scne ^ii'ttn Sovmen 
 geiten auc^ aB ©teigetung toon emVunb ilL 
 
 Bar'barism ifi ein fd)led)ter, »evberb= 
 ter, voider 2lugbntcf , ein SSerfto^'gcgen bie 
 9ieinl;eit ber @^vad)e. ®d if! thro'' a 
 barbarous contraction fur through. 
 
 to Be , bag nntegetmd^igfte alter Si^xU 
 tDorter: Pres. t.: lam, thou art, he is, 
 we are — . Conjunct, baju : I be ... (I be, 
 thou beest, he be u. f.nj. alg 3nbicdti» ift 
 jWar toevaltet nub Bulgdr, ^nbct fid) jebod) 
 nod) bei 5)idjteni; f. and) There is.) 
 Jmprf. t.: 1 was, thou wast, he was, we 
 were — . Conjunct.: I were, thou were 
 ober werl, he were... !Die jufammen= 
 gefe^ten 3citen mit to /laverlhave 
 been , I had been , I shall have been, 
 I should have been (njie j'ai t5t6). @ein 
 ®ebraud>: J- 9ltg fetbjtftdnbigeg 
 
 - Be. 
 
 93erb: fein, cj:ifiiren, auc^ fiir ©ts 
 ttjag ft i mm en: To be or not to be, that 
 is the question. He is no more. Whom 
 are you for? T/iei-c is, f. a. f. O. 1. Sn 
 fotdicr i.u'dgnanter 93ebeutung nimmt eg 
 and) 5lb»erbien ju fid) : I am well off ( = 
 id) bin wo^l). They were badly off, fie 
 ttjaren iibel baran. SSergt. bagegen : 1 was 
 well, I would be better, look physic 
 aud died (= njenn eg bem @fel ^Wmo^ 
 ifl, u. f.-ftt.) fDafjer and) jebeg ^tit- 
 unb O r t g abverb : 1 am ahvays here. Are 
 you still there about? — to be out with 
 one, mit Ginem jerfalten fein. I am 
 absolutely for her departure. 2. 3m 
 (Sinne son g el^iJren l)ateg ben ^Poffefs 
 f i» (f. b.) bei fic^ : IVhose is this house? 
 It is' my brother's. 3» 3n ben gormen 
 ber iBergangenI;eit ftel)t eg im @inne son 
 g e ^ e n (gteid) bem franjof. je fus, unb bem 
 beutfc^en $ro»iiijiaUgmug : id) tt>erbc 
 iiad) 2)rcgben). 2)ann :^at eg anc^ to — 
 bie ^rd^ofition ber 9lid)tung — bei fid): The 
 physician may have been to Paris or to 
 Vienna and have studied in a hospital 
 for phildren. (gg liegt babei aber immer 
 gteid) ber ©ebanfe mit barin, bafi man 
 wieber juriicf ift. ) Had he been 
 bathing with his clothes on (roar er baben 
 gegangen)? I have been to Mrs. Maddox. 
 4* SSerbinbet eg nuv ©ubjcct unb ^Prdbicat 
 mit einanber, fc \)^i eg ein ©ubPantis oter 
 ein5tbj[ectit>nad|fid): »gt. ^, a«, C, I, b,3. 
 He is a parson. Is she not happy? — 
 B. 5ltg ^ i t f ^ » e r b. 1 . 3uv a3itbung ju= 
 fammengcfc^ter^eiten : \. Neuter, B, II, — 
 2. 3ur Silbung beg ^affis, f. b, 3. 2«it 
 einem 3nfiniti» (mit to) nad) fic^ 
 l^ei^t eg fottcn, miiffen, fonnen, 
 ivolten, ttjerben. ^abei ^<x\ man 
 roo^t jujufel^en, tib ter ®ebanfe acti» 
 ober !paffi» ifi, nm banad) bie rid)tigc 
 Snfinitisform ju fc^en, nnil^renb i. S. ftetg 
 ber actiwc 3nfiniti» ftef)t. This monster is 
 to be seen (ju fct)en) at London. These 
 things are to be had , to be bought and 
 to be sold here. They were to have dined 
 there. It is not to be imagined. This 
 garden is not lo be passed through ( = 
 man fann, fotl, barf nid)t . . .). I am to do 
 this. Hamlet is to be performed on 
 Sunday. ®. Active, C. — 4. a)iit einem 
 
Become 
 
 active participle fcitbet e§ bte V«i)>l)m= 
 flif^e Conjugation, f. Periphrase, XVII. 
 
 to Become iitfft trie to grow, to gel 
 unfe bie »eitt>anbten 33erbcn im @inne t»on 
 tt) e r b e n : The inhabitants of that 
 country then first became known. 
 
 to Behold f. Infinitive, A, 4, b unb 
 Accusative, B, I, 4. 
 
 to Believe :^at bie ^a&)t, bieman 
 glaubt, aber <iVi6) bic ^ e r f o n , b e r man 
 glaufct, im Dbjectit) na(^ fic^. 2)a:^cr aucb 
 mit bem 2tccufati» unb 3nftnitt» : We 
 believed him to be our friend. — *|3af)'l» : 
 He is a person not to be believed. 
 
 Best unb better f. Good. 
 
 Between f. Among. 
 
 to Bid : (f. to Cause) mit bcm Accusa- 
 tive with the Infinitive (o^ne to): Bid 
 him go home. Wisdom bids us conform 
 to our humble situation. 
 
 Billiard , alg ©ingularform, fommt 
 mtv in 3ufammenfefeungen wor : billiard- 
 ball , billiard-marker ; fonft ^ci^t eS fiete 
 billiards: — to play at billiards. 
 
 Both : 1. a(g 3 a ^ I a b j c c t. tritt tt o r 
 Slrtifel unb ^ronomen : Both my brothers 
 are seamen-, iheyhave been in both the 
 Indies. ®. The, E. (5S btent 2. au(^ aB 
 (Conjunction: both... and = fos 
 It) "^ t . • . a I § : We were victorious both 
 by sea and land. SSgl. qSf. 36, 7 ; 39, 13 ; 
 49, 3 ; 74, 16 ; 76, 7 ; 135, 8 ; 1 3»acc. 4, 
 35 unb oft. @. Either. 
 
 Brackets f. Parenthesis. 
 
 British f. Etymology, 1. aJIan ncunt 
 bie 5Bvitifct)e ©vradje audi the Jf^elsh^ ba« 
 SGBalUfifcfte. 3n ber 2(u5f»radK be§ @n9= 
 lifrf^en )>Pegen bie SBallifer bie Sonfonan? 
 ten ju \)^xt ju f^jrec^en : Cot, peiter, tead 
 ftattGod, better, dead unb betfll. 9JJan 
 ^ore ben Dr. Morgan in Smollel's R. 
 Random. 5|}rd))ofitionen merbcn in biefem 
 JDialectc befouberS i^duft^i iveggelaffen : 
 What have you done my hat ( = with my 
 hat)? 
 
 Brother '^ixt im plural brothers, 
 h?enn eg toirflidje , tetMid)e JBriibcr bebeu^ 
 tet. 3m ijeiftigen, movaUfc^en Sinne ))<xi 
 eg brethren. @in ^Ptebiger nennt Kine3u= 
 
 But. 
 
 27 
 
 l^ijreralfc: My brethren!— He and all 
 his brethren voyage-writers (=(Sottegcn). 
 
 Burlesk, !cmifc^ , I;ei^t ein einjelnev 
 Stueiiirucf, ober auc^ eine ganje ©attung bes 
 States. So ^ci^t ein ©etjl^alg burfcSf : a 
 skin-Dint ; ein bofeg S®eib : an Abigail, a ' 
 Xaniippe. @in burte^fer 93er« ift J. 3?. : 
 Whatever risk I'm forced to run, 
 I shall take care ol number 07ic ! 
 (b. "i). of myself, xvie n)ir fagen : erfl 
 fomm' icf)!) (Sin burlesfe* Spricfinjort : 
 You cannot make a silk purse oiit of a 
 sow's ear. Slur im. burlesfen @ti)Ic 
 brAuc^tmanj. iS. yclad, ycleped, teague. 
 
 But fiefit im aSin-terbut^e faji tt>ie ein 
 2(Uern>ett6»ort auS trofe box unb match 
 unb to get unb to take unb upon u. bgl., 
 ba eg bie DIatur eincr (Scnjunctton mi^ 
 ber einee 2lbr»erb , eincg ^ronomen , ja 
 eineg @ubftanti» unb )i)erb »cretnt (o^ne 
 ber >§Dmograv^cn unb ber- >»^omDnbmen 
 the but , to but = to abut , the butt , to 
 butlju gebenfeu). il^erfudjeniDir, juHaren, 
 o^ne ©cru(frict)ttgung feiner allertiingg 
 b 1> Ji e 1 1 e n 21 b ft a m m u n g. Urs 
 fpriiinglii^ ip eS eine (Conjunction beg 
 (Segem'a^eg = a ber, all ein, j e^ 
 b ^ unt), nac6 33erneinungen, f o n b e r n. 
 2Ug foldK ftel^t eg ftetg ju2Infang beg 
 ®a$eg , tvk [onbern, all ein, nie 
 inmitten bcffelben, irie a b e r unb j eb o c& : 
 He is a very good boy, but a little too 
 lazy. He did not write, but draw. 2lug 
 biefcv (Srunbbebeutung beg (S n t g e g e n = 
 fe^eng, teg 2lu snel^m cn*g, 2tug = 
 f d)liepcng (but = be out) Idpt fi* nun 
 mit >§i(fe einer (5Utj.'fe ber ganjc ©cbvaud) 
 uon but ciflciren. 3}ian evwdge im ^cU 
 genben and) immer , bap but ju 21 n f a n g 
 cineg @a§eg |tel)t, alfo aud» immer 
 cinen @a^, hjenn nud) oft eincn »er = 
 fur J ten, na^ fid) :^at. ©g bebeutet: 
 1. auper, auggenommen, nur 
 n i c^ t {fo ftefit : o § n e — 3of. 8, 27) : 
 We were all there but you (ttdlfidnbig : 
 we were all there, but you were not 
 there). He was the last but one {= aug= 
 genommen (Sinen ; = but there was yet 
 one behind him). Who can it be but he? 
 2Iug bem ©egenf afee ergibt fic^ : 9iie= 
 manb [onft fann eg fein, a ber er fann eg 
 
28 
 
 But. 
 
 njc^t fein. 33ergt. nod) ben Ic^tcn @ci^ 
 imter Irish. — 2. ^a^ex ^e^t but audi q(' 
 rabeju fiiv ,,a 6 e r n n r n i cf) t" in @d^cn, 
 n;o nict)t jn^ei (etnanber einfdiranfcnbe, 
 tl^eifnjetfe a«f§e6enbe (guB j ectc) cber 
 . Objcctc flel^en, iraS allcvbingg ber gc= 
 it»o^nndic Salt ift, fonbern tvo bafur etn 
 bD^))ette8 5prabicat flc^t , bcffen 
 crftcr3;f;eite6cii ancfe ben jtreitcn invneint: 
 In the fourteenth century the amal- 
 gamation of the races was all but com 
 plete (M'acaulay) = aiUS 2(nbre el^er,a6cr 
 nuv ntcf)t »oIl|itdnbtg. My reflections were 
 anything but pleasant (= buret) ang 
 n ic() t). He was anything but pleased. 
 They are anything but unanimous in 
 their doctrines. <Die Jlnnaf^me etner bem 
 ©tbanfen t)Difd)lucI3enben •SSerneinung in 
 •Dbigen ©ci^en (ttergf. aud) unten, 7) ift 
 urn fo nntitvlid)er, al§ in al^nnd)en ®d|en 
 3. but oft nacfe not, nothing, none, never 
 nnb bevgf. fie^t, a(fo anfd)eincnb fiir than 
 = vijg. 3)a bev 3ufammen;^ang i^iev ein 
 fel^r innigei- ifi , barf man and) in fold&en 
 @dj^en fein (So.mma Dor but fefeen. 
 She does nothing but ( auggenommen ) 
 weep; gleid)fam: jie tl;ut gar 9fiid)tg, 
 aber ttjeinen t^ut fie. 93ergt. unten, 11. 
 I shall have no other will but hers ( = 
 gar feincn SBiffen , auagcnontmen ben 
 il&rigen). No one knew his name but 
 Dominick , his banker = No o. k. h. 
 name ; but D. knew it. 2[el^nlid) : 
 WTio could it he but the judge (= irenn 
 nid)t,tat. non. . . nisi). Who knows but 
 all that iftalter might be intended as a 
 warning to us (= Nobody knows; but 
 = gttjar...; a'6er...). a5erg(. Sutf;erS 
 „o \^ n e" -fiir atS : 9tut^, 4, 4 ; 1. @am. 
 13, 22 ; 2. earn. 22, 32. — 4. ®a^er and) 
 nad) tt)ir!nd)cn »erneinenben 
 S om^araticen, rtjic no more, no 
 less, no sooner: To trust in Christ is 
 no more, but to acknowledge him for 
 God. ®enau fo fiel^t nj e b e r anftatt a t « : 
 ®irad) 31, 15 ; 2, 22 ; 2. SWaccab. 14, 30 ; 
 ®^r. 3, 14; Jpiob 33, 12; 2. a)i\>f. 16, 5. 
 — 5. (So erfldrt fic^ and) I cannot but, 
 i d) f a n n n i d) t a n b e r 8 , xA) f a n n 
 h i d) t u m :^ i n : We cannot but love him 
 (= njtr fi3nnen nid}t8 2tnberc8 tl;un, fon? 
 bem ro'xx tniiffen jc). I cannot but laugh 
 
 at his stiffness. SScrgL Infinitive, A, 4, 
 d. — 6. But that ift bebingenb: ivenn 
 n i d) t, h) f e r n n u r n i d) t : We should 
 go to him but that we fear his father 
 (=ab.er eg ifi ber gait, ba^ to ir ...).!E)a= 
 f;er ^t^t not but that '{i^^ts^ jugebcnb, 
 e i n r a u nt e n b = n i d) t e t lo a , b a f . . 
 nid)t: We lived in a state of much 
 happiness , not but that we sometimes 
 had those little rubs .. . a(8 »ort»eus 
 genb, abTOe^renb =nic^t, ba^ — ; 
 n i d) t , a\i oh . . . Not but that it was 
 right. Not but that I would assert the 
 contrary. 7. @anj ttie but that ftel^t 
 and) but for. We could have imagined 
 ourselves in a second spring but for the 
 tropical heat which followed us = We 
 could — spring; but we dared not for 
 (= because of) the tropical heat, ^ier 
 ergdnjen TOir eine Diegation, TOd^renb ber 
 ©a^ affirmatiti ifi (tjergt. oben, 2) ; um= 
 gefe^rt taffen jvir bie OJegation fatten: I 
 should not have done it but for you = 
 I should not have done it; but for you 
 / have done it. I would, but for hurling 
 him. But for you, I had been killed (= 
 ol^nc ®ie, o^ne 3^rc «&itfe). 2tuf ganj 
 d^nlid)e 5trt crffdrt fid) ja aud) im t5ran= 
 j6fifd)cu nnb 3tatienifd)en bie 33erneinung 
 im jtueitcn (Siiebe einer ^ergleid^ung : II 
 est plus riche qu'on ne croit = On ne 
 croit pas qu'il soit si riche. Ho trovato 
 pill che io non credeva. iBergt. bei Su= 
 tf;cr : 35ag SBort ©otteS ifl fd)drfer, benn 
 fein gTOetfd)iietbig @d)TOcrt, u. f. nod) 
 Never. — 8. 2Ug einfad)e ©a^toerbinbung 
 = ba^ nid)t ftei^t but nad) to question, 
 to doubt, to fear, to deny nnb bergt., 
 10 e n n b i e f e n e g a t i » ft c ^ e n : No 
 doubt (no question) but he will do it = 
 man bejTOcifclt e8 »ieUeid)t, ab er er njirb 
 ti ol^ne ^TOcifet t^nn. Fear not but I 
 shall be able to recompense your good 
 offices = 5itrd)tet D^ic^tS ; fonbern* 
 gtaubt , ba^ id) . . . I cannot deny but I 
 found much good by it. It is not quite 
 impossible but he will come, i^ergl. On 
 craiul qu' il nc vienne. fflian gcwinnt in 
 berartigen ©d^en fd)on cine ©rffdrnng, 
 TOenn man nur ein @omma oor but an- 
 nimmt ( ii barf aber n i di t ftel^en , f. 
 Comma) : There is no doubt (,) but he 
 
By - 
 
 will succeed, (ie^e fief) bann iitterfefeen: 
 (SS imtevUegt feincm 3wcifel mtf)v , fcn= 
 bern — . jlej^nti^er aBcife redjtfertigt fic^ 
 ber eft getabelte ®a|:. It is twenty to 
 one but it will happen. 9. @in $rDs 
 nomen fc^cint in but ju liegen , Jrenn 
 man anS tern Dcr^crgel^enben (negatt»en) 
 @afec bqg (Subject .njie'oerfeolen ober 
 barauS ein ncueS entnel^men niu§. 2Bir 
 geBen tS bann buret): ber nic^t ober 
 ttjcldjernidbt: There is none but 
 knows that he cheated her = e§ gifet 
 9]temanben, ber eg n i c^ t mii^te, f o n b e r n 
 Sebcrmann rceip , bap . . . Not a nook or 
 corner but is of use in housing some 
 useless person = feinc (§de, tein SBinfel 
 ifi unbennfet, fonbern blent,*. (J8 finb 
 l^ier alfo jtrei ®d§e in ein en »eifiirjt, 
 nnb babei ifl bie Sonjuncticn flcl^cn ge- 
 Wieben. ®anj ci^nli^ fieftt „fonbcrn" 
 
 2. a)?Df. 19, 3, ju crfidren burcf) : a b e r 
 ttjenn il^n boef) Semanb beriil^rt, f o . . . 9Jtan 
 »ergl. im ^ranjijf. : Quel pays giic la 
 France! (f. ^aufel)ilb , Dictionnaire 
 Grammatical, untcr ixv (Sonjunctinn Que, 
 B, 1—3.) 3u gro^ercr. 2)eutlicfcfeit tritt 
 oftcrS aiiefe nce^ w/iat ^Inju : T/te wild 
 boars suffer no beast with them but 
 tvhat is of their own kind (= auSgenoms 
 men ein fotcfjeS , ba? . . .) SScrgt. cben I, 
 
 3, i. — .10. 2luf biefelbe 9trt ergibt fid) 
 bag refatitie 9tb»erb n? o au« but : There 
 is no day almost ( ob«r auc^ there is 
 scarce a.day) but he comes to my house 
 = e8 if! f ein 3;ag, two er nic^t fame, fons 
 bern er fiettt ft* Jfben 5;a9 ein. Seldom 
 a week has passed biit he has relieved 
 some indigent person. 11. SSentg Be* 
 barf eg nun, «m ju ber Sibferbtalbebeu- 
 tnngt^nur, btoS, eben,erft"3u 
 gelangen; ber ©egenfafe (baS 2hi8ge= 
 nommenffin) .gibt ftctg bie Sofung. 2)a^ 
 eg nun nief)t ju 3lnf ang beg ®a|ieg ju 
 ftc^en. brau(t)t,.erfldvt fief) eben baraug, 
 baft eine. »crfiir§enbe Snffl'nmengie; 
 ^ung i^tveier ©afee ftattgefunben ^at, 
 f. 9ir. 9." ©cfcon bei ben cbigcn Seifpies 
 len : She does nothing but weep ; We 
 cannot but love him , • liefte fiet) ba^er 
 „nur" anbringen. ®o t Give him but a 
 little of it (= not all , but a little). Be 
 but ruled by me (= not by others, but by 
 
 - C. S9 
 
 me). He was here but just now (= It 
 is true he was here, but not long ago, 
 but just now). The story, is but too 
 true. (We might wish it were not true, 
 but . . .) Eat these fruits but sparingly. 
 @D fie^t but, nur, neben bat, aber: 
 He eats but little , but drinks the more. 
 But be but as good as thou art hand- 
 some. 12. @ubftanti»ifcf) fiel^t eg 
 J. 93. : He was commended with a but 
 (mit einem 2Iber). 13. llnb bap einSBort, 
 njelcfteg fo siele birecte unb inbirectc J5in= 
 njenbungcn madjt, and) alg SSerb; to 
 but, (Sinreben mac^en, gebrau^t wirb, 
 bag ij^ gar nic^t anberg iu erroarten. . 
 
 By. J. 5lugf?»racf)e. .aScnn man 
 eg betont, l^eiftt eg by, fie^t eg ol&nc 9iad)= 
 iruci: by. B. ©cbrauct). 1. By bes 
 jeic^net bie *)Jer fon, oon roeld^er, ober 
 bagfflfittel, burcb wjetefceg @tt»ag ge= 
 tl^annjirb; balder fief;t eg befonberg nad) 
 einem 5?affi», hjd^renb ivith nad» ac^ 
 t i » e n 33erben fte&t : I sent him the book 
 by a servant. He fell by the sword, by 
 a thrust. He is loved by everybody. 
 2. By mit einem reflective pronoun bes 
 bentet etnc 2lbfonberun9 = an, fiir 
 (fid)) : There he stands by himself. She 
 walks by herself (all ein). Set this 
 pot by itself (apart). I drank the coffee 
 by itself (ol^ne (Stroag baju ju i^aben). 
 He ate the bread by itself (eitet). SSergf. 
 In, 6. ' . ' 
 
 €. 
 
 C, l^eipt se. 2lugfprae^e: 1. = f, tor 
 a, o, u, »or ©onfonanten , unb am (5nbc 
 ber @ilbe : care, cocoa, custom , clear, 
 cry, physic. 2. = fc^arfemf, »ore, 
 i, y unb ae : face, city, cypress, Caesar, 
 'iugnal^me: in sceptic, sceleton, f, untet 
 Sc, 2. - 3. @elten.tt)ie fan ft eg f 
 "(= z) to suflice, sacrifice. 4. <§duftg = 
 fd) (sh) ocean, delicious. 5. 3n italics 
 nifd)cn 2fiortcrn = tfd^ : vermicelli, vio- 
 loncello. 6. @tumm ifi c in cnaster, 
 Czar, victual. 3n ^Bcjug auf bie Ors 
 t^ograpl^te ifi ju merfen: c fie^t 
 
30 
 
 Cacophony 
 
 nte am @nbc eitieS ein f Ubigcn SBor: 
 Ui ; bafiir ^el)t ck : quick, black, ©benfo 
 flei^cn c unb ck am @nt>e nie wad) Son; 
 fonanten ; bafiir tritt k etn: bank, milk. 
 
 Cacophony, llefietffang , 3JJipton, 
 cntj^e^t: 1". hutci) Sufammenj^of jireier 
 SSocafc ; f. Hiatus. 2» 2)urrt) 3ufammen= 
 treffen jtoetec gaiij ungleidjarttijcr (Son= 
 fonanten ; btefe^ fiefeitigt oft bte Assimila- 
 tion (f. b.). Walker bejeidjnet cil^ 9JiMg= 
 tone „lhe most hissing, snapping^ clash- 
 ing^' grinding, sounds, that ewer grated 
 the ear of a F'andal:^'^ tcht in scratched, 
 stretch'd; ncht in wrenched; obcr bie 
 Sonfonantcnl&auriing in ben jufammenge; 
 jogenen Gormen : thou strenglhen'dst, 
 au^gefprocfjen : = strengthndst ; thou 
 quick'n'dst imb bergt. 3. 2)urci> allju 
 ^ctufige SBieberfel^r eineS unb beffelben 
 SauteS, namentlicf) bei ^ifc^ern; f. Eu- 
 phony, D. 2)ag fann aud) in nacf)ld[figem 
 ®t^tc tiegcn, unb fc()on Sean *ijau( 
 mag ben englifcfcen Srfjtiftpellern in a3er= 
 meibnng ber@acc^)^onie'nnicf)t ad^u grope 
 ©orgfalt jufc^reibcn. Scbocft — ein beut= 
 fcf^eg D|r rid)te I;icc ni(t)t ju frf)nett. 
 llnangene^m faufefn \. 93. bic »ieleu ©= 
 laute in ber leiclU ju »ermeibenben 33c»:= 
 Binbung : Mr. Perkins's special pro- 
 fession, ©bcnfo bie fief) bvdngenben ©i= 
 imb !D=Iante in : A handkerchief was tied 
 tight roun^ his thigh (Marryat). 
 
 I Can , thou canst — . I could , thou 
 couldst -.-. 3)ie3 S?er6 'i^at (trie I will, 
 I shall, I ought, I may, I must) iveber 
 3nfiniti» , iioc^ 513artici». ©iefen 5(ugfaU 
 gu becfen, nimmt man to be able , fdl^ig 
 fcin (ttjaS natiivlicfe auc^ fiir bie njirflidi 
 »orl^anbcneu Sormen I can unb I could 
 ftcf;cn fann): I have not been able, icf) 
 ^abe nic^t gefonnt; he will be able, cr 
 roirb fonnen; I should have been able, 
 i(J) wiivbc gefonnt l^abcn u. f. nj. Slu^cr- 
 bem it»irb in @d^en mit bcm Sonjunctic : 
 ,,ic& indite,., fonnen" bie ^onftvuction 
 umgebrc^t = I could have, hjobei benn nas 
 tiulid; au8 unferm mittm inne fic^enben 
 3 n f i n i t i ti baS ^jaffiec $ a r t i c i v ttjirb, 
 g. 95. ict) :^attc f(f>reit>cn fonnen = I- 
 could have rvritten. They could have 
 assisted me. We could have borne ail 
 
 Cardinal numbers. 
 
 this. Treachery did what force could 
 never have done. ®. noct) ben le^teit 
 ©a^ unter Conjunctive, B, 4, unb »ergt. 
 bie iibrigeu oben genanntcn befectiren iBer* 
 ben. Uebrigeng fte^t can audi son ©eis 
 fiegfertigfeiten : they can read and write, 
 obfrf^on ba ofterg to know bafur eintritt: 
 they know how to write an English 
 letter. 
 
 Cape ^at feinen ©igennamen in ^\>po= 
 fition, ol^ne of: the Cape Fiiiisterre. 
 *2l«8nal^mc : the Cape of Good hope. 
 Capitals f. Initials. 
 Cardinal numbers, ^au^tja^fen. 
 ^. gov m el leg. 1. ^ie ® runbfor; 
 m e n finb ; one , two, three, foiir, five, 
 six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven 
 (»on two bilbet ficfj twelve); bie Ba^en 
 13 bis 90 rtjerben »on biefen abgeleitet: 
 thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, 
 seventeen u. f. «. Uebev eighteen f. nocfc 
 Ordinals, 1. 2)ie r u n b e n 3a^fcn ^aben 
 bic @nbung -ti/ = jig: twenty, sixty, 
 eighty. ai)iebenim.fe(bP|tdnbige Sormen 
 finb hundred, thousand, million, billion 
 u. f. f. 2. 3)ie 3a|>len bfeiben geroij^nlic^ 
 imtierdnbect (im 5)eutfcfeen hjerben fie ^du= 
 fig beciinirt: icti erinnere mid) gnjeier 
 obei- breicr SJienfc^en) ; jeboc^ ne^men 
 fie mand)mal baiJ s be^ Splurat : the ones, 
 the threes ; tens of thousands shall 
 perish (Byron). Rapidly, in twos and 
 threes. . .. swarm in the clolhesmen (lu 
 jnjeien — ). Little knots of .twos and 
 threes. @. nodi hundred unb thousand. 
 IVIilliou, billion, trillion u. f. f. finb (Subs 
 flantioc unb nel^men balder bag s beg $(urat 
 nn: four millions. 3. 3)ic 3 u f ammens 
 fe^ung ber 3al;ren ift »on 13 big 19 
 ganj voic i. !D. ; von 21 an abcr ft>iicfet 
 man g e Uj 6 1^ n I i d) e r bic 3al^(en fo aug, 
 trie man fie fd)reibt, t>on Unfg nad) redjtg, 
 atfo bie 3f6ncv "oov ben (Sinern : twenty 
 one, forty five, sixty nine. 5)ie 33eij')^iiele 
 jeigen, ba^ and nidjt gefc^t h)irb, (£o= 
 balb inbe^ bic Sa^l 59 nidjt iiberfdirittcn 
 iftrb , fann man bic (Siner aud) tor ben 
 3e^nern fprcd)en,- unb bann tritt aud jmi- 
 fdicn bcibe, gang to. t. 3). 5llfo hjo^I 
 one and twenty, five and forty, nine and 
 fifty, abcr n i d) t one aud sixty, two aud 
 
Case — 
 
 ninety, unb ni*t three hundred and 
 one and twenty. 4. Diacfe hundred cber, 
 fattg feine ^unberte ba finb, nad> thousand 
 ftei^t fletS and: one hundred and seven; 
 two thousand three hundred and eighty 
 nine; two thousand and eighty nine. 
 3. a35tc t. 2). fc§t man bcr .Riiije ttjegen 
 and) im ©nglifrticn eft g r 6 p e r e 3n^Ien, 
 ats 9 »Dr ^unbeit, fo bap baS Jlaufenb 
 u6erf(^ritten njivb : eighteen hundred and 
 6 fly two. 6. ®(eid)erSequemUd)feit ^als 
 6er Mi man , n>. i. 2). , I>ei fiefannten 
 Sa^reeisaHen au6 bem tjoiigcn ober 
 biefem Sa^r^unberte oft bie 2lnga6c bc8 
 Sal^r^unbertg tccg unb fefct nur bic Bel^nec 
 unb @tncr, in ber ®ci)rift mit Slpofiroj?^ : in 
 '89 I was at Paris ( = 1789). ®.noc^In,@. 
 ^. ©ebrauct). 1. 3)te 2[n g ab c bcr 
 ©tunbcn gefdjle^t am getco^ulid^ften 
 fo: bei ber » o Men *@tunbe fefet man 
 o\lock jur 3a^t , inbep fann bieS , a(g 
 felbfttterfidnbtici) , and) njegbleiSen : it is 
 one (two, twelve) o'clock. 5)ann rec^net 
 man big mit l^alb nac^ ber »or^er = 
 ge^enben, sollen ©timbe {mit past)-, 
 »on ]^a(b an aber nad) ber laufenben, 
 nad)fien8 erfuKten (mil to); man gibt alfo 
 bis ju ^alb an, tvtet)iel 3eit feit bcm 
 le^ten ©tunbenfc^jage oerftoffen ifi; 
 t>on ^ciib an aber, reicciel 3eit nod) 
 big jum nddiflen ®(orfenfc^(ag ju fierflrei; 
 c^en fiat; j. 33. it is a minute past one, 
 ten minutes past one; it is a quarter 
 past one = ctn iStertcf auf 2; half past 
 one = l^atb jJrci ; a quarter to two = 
 bret aSiertct auf 2. ©ic ba5n)tfd)en Iiegen= 
 ben 5lngaben : 5 aJtinuten fiber ein iBicrtel 
 auf 2 = twenty minutes past one; in 5 5)its 
 nuten l^alb 2= twenty five minutes past 
 one ; in 5 ajiinuten 3 9}iertet auf 2 : twenty 
 five minutes to two; in 5 QJJinuten um 2: 
 five miriutes to two «, f. tv. 2. ®ft einer 
 aBo^^nungSbcjeic^nung fe^t man 
 bic -^augnummer »or ben @trapennamen : 
 He lives ,24, Kingslreet. — Mr. R. IM. 
 Benson, 23, Charlotte Street, Bir- 
 mingham. (93ergt. Ordinals unb Date.) 
 3. 5Kan braud)t bie a)'tenge5al^Ien aud) aU 
 @ubflanti»e mit ber ©tU^jfc »on gun 
 ship: a seventy lour; three seventy 
 four's (brei@d)ijfet>on74^anoncn iebefi). 
 2lu§erbcm f. noUt) Fractions. 
 
 Cause. 
 
 31 
 
 Case, f. Declension, bie cinulnen 
 Cases, Apposition, ^ier nur no* ein 
 jjaar SSeiffiele , um ?u jetgen , tt)ie febr oft 
 betbe (g^radjen im ®ebraud>c ber SafuS 
 »ou einanber abtt»eid)en. This horse is my 
 cousiji's (m ctn em SSetter), f. to Be, A, 
 2. We flattered her (i 1^ r), f. Accusative, 
 B, I, 1, a. He is no friend to flowers 
 (»on SShtmen, ber SSIumen), f. Dative, 1. 
 They did it Memselves, f. Reflective, I, A. 
 (It is him ; f.^^^buse). 
 I to Cause = taffen , mit bem Accusa- 
 tive with the Infinitive , unb jiuar mit to 
 Bor bem Snftnitio. I caused the deputies 
 to come in. He would have caused him 
 to be imprisoned. The prince caused 
 I him to be cut in pieces. <Sinn»er= 
 'njanbt finb to bid, command, order, 
 i tell, make, have, get, let, allow, sufi"er, 
 ! permit. — llnte r f d) i cb: 1. SBebeutet 
 'unfer taffen fotjiel aU ceranlaffen, 
 jbetoirfcn, fo bap alfo bag @ubj;ect 
 i a c t i » i|1, fp fie^t ^nglifd^ to cause, ober 
 ' to command, to order, to bid, to tell, to 
 make , to have , to get. 5)en n?citeften 
 llmfang »on biefen alien l^aben to cause, 
 to command unb to order, benn fie fonnen 
 nad) fid) fotvcl^t ein acti»eg, a(g ein 
 paffitj eg D b ject ^f. bie obigen iBeis 
 fjjiele) l^aben. Dagegcn fann auf to make, 
 to bid, to tell n ur ein ac t iseg , auf 
 to have unb to get nur ein jjaffiocS 
 Object fofgen. 2. 3fl aber unfer „laf= 
 fen" nur fotJiet al3 jufaffen, gejl at? 
 ten, erlauben, ijl alfo bag @ubj ect 
 tafft», fo cntft»red)en bic engtifdjen to 
 let, to allow, to permit, to sufl'er. ®. 
 bic genannten SSerben a. i. O. 9)Jan fie^t, 
 eg fe^^It im ©ngtifdien ein fo allges 
 m einer 5(ugbrurf, wie unfer ,,Iaffen;" 
 cr njirb burdj mcl;r atg ein SDu^enb 9!Ben= 
 bungen erfe^t. 3ebe bcrfetbcn gibt aber 
 nur cine (gd^attirung , nur ben b c f o n b e= 
 r en ©inn, ben laffcn im einjelnen Satle 
 gcrabe l^at. Salter ifi eg ntdtt gleicfegul^ 
 tig , ttjclc^eg bcr aufgejdl^ften SScrbcn man 
 nimmt ; man l^at toielme^r , aufier bem fitc 
 bic Sonftruction bereitg ®efagten, 
 fietg nod) gujufe^en, ob unfer Saffen ein 
 (Irlauben, @agen, Ǥcipen, JBitten , a3e= 
 fe^Ien, SSerurfadjen, in ftd^ fdiUeft. CSel^r 
 d^nlt(^ ifi ber @rfa^ iinfereg „man;" f. 
 
32 -cester 
 
 Personal, B.) 3. Uehcv bag unXierfon= 
 tidje „e8 Id^t fid)" f. there is, itnb Par- 
 ticiple, A, 11,3. — 4. -'Qcit eubUrf) „laf[en" 
 ben@inn »on »crlaf fen, an einem Drte 
 jururflaffen, fo fiel;t bafiir to leave, unb 
 ttienn eine ab|ecti»ifrt)c obev abtierlnalifc^e 
 33eftinimung ba^u fommt, auct) to let, f. b. 
 He left them by themselves. Leave me ! 
 ahetx let me alone! Let it down (loose, 
 out, off). 
 
 -cester, "^at aU @nbfi(6e »on @igcn; 
 namen bag ce j^umm : Leicester (= lesler) 
 Glocesler, Worcester. 
 
 Ch lautet 1. ttjic tfd): church; 2. ?h 
 imr une f d) , namcntlirf) in franjofifct)en 
 SBiJctern: chaise, champaign; and) nnrf) 
 ben i» c i cf) e n Sautcn 1 unb n : French, to 
 belch. 3. SSor r = f : Christmas; ebcnfo 
 in tiielcn lateinifc^en, grifdnfdjen, l^ebrai; 
 frfKn unb beutfc^en SBortevn: anchor, ca- 
 techism, chaos, IMichael, Lech, 4. 
 ©tumm ifi eg in drachme, yacht, schism, 
 schedule. @. nod) Sch. 
 
 to Chance mit bem Snfinitiw fcebeutet: 
 gufdUig etlDag tl^un; Idfjt fid> ba= 
 t)iv oft burd) btc 5lb»erbten etwa, ju = 
 fdllig, DieHeic^t geScn; ganj fo 
 to happen (»gf. lav&ureiv). He chanced 
 lo pass by us. If any man chance to come 
 in. If my letter should chance to be 
 lost — . ©ogav mit to happen »er6unben : 
 The thing may chance to happen (bit 
 2)'i6gtid)feit breifad) bejeidjnet). @c^en 
 wir fid) ereignen, gcfdjel^en fiiv 
 to chance ober to happen, fo n^irb ber 
 @afe uni^'erfonlid)/ n.Hal)rcnb er ini 
 (5nglifd)cn i? erfonli d) ift {)v'u tei to 
 come). 
 
 Child ifi im ^llfgemeinen fdd)nd), bc= 
 fonbcrg trcnn c8 fletne, «nt>erpdnbige Jtin= 
 ber (babies, infants) Bcbcutet; anberen 
 gattcS n^ivb eg fotco^ nidnnlid), alg n3eib= 
 lid) gebraud)t, )n)k. enfant im gvanjof. 
 un'ofancmllo im 3ta(ienifd)en. 3m @c; 
 gent^eit fiinbet fid) felbjl bei infant bag 
 ®efd)ted)t benicffid)tigt : f. ben @a§ unter 
 Conjunction, 1. 
 
 Circumlocution f. Periphrase. 
 Cloth , 3eug , Jlud) , l^at ben reget* 
 mdpigen plural cloths, 3;ud)forten, S^uc^e; 
 
 Collective. 
 
 bagegcn ifi clothes (f^ric^ cloze , ^{ei= 
 bung, 2Bdfd)e) ein i^m nur uemmnbteg 
 plural noun. 
 
 Collective, ©in ® am met; ober 
 9Ji engetu rt , collective noun ober 
 noun of multitude, fa^t in bee gorm 
 eineg Singular bod^ ben @inn einer 
 9)ie]^rf;eit in fid). ®o people, dozen, 
 number, infinity, a great many, quanli.ty, 
 circle, society, assembly, faculty, party, 
 gang, pair, couple, swarm. JDicaufein 
 (SoUfctitt folgenten^JBronomcn unb 93erben 
 fie^en 1. im Singular, trenn man bie 
 aiienge alg eine ffliaffe , ein ® an j eg, 
 oi^ne 9iitcffid)t auf bie etnjefnen @(ieber 
 benft: ober 2. im ^ptural, nsenn jebeg 
 einjelne ©tieb ber 9Kcnge mel^r l)tx' 
 tjorge^oben tuerben foU. Unb bieg ifi g c= 
 U) ]^ n U d) e r. SiBeifvicIe : The enemy is 
 stronger than we. -The enemy />wf them- 
 selves in a good posture; The assembly 
 was numerous. The assembly were 
 divided in opinion. The forest has lost 
 its leaves. The company are dismayed. 
 The army lost their leader. The class 
 receives two lessons (bie ganje Jllaffc 
 gemeinfd)aft(id)). The class have 
 to recite a fable (j e b e r @ d) ii I e r e i n= 
 I e I n). The clergy cried down his book 
 as atheistical, though Mey had not sense 
 enough to understand it. Slefinlid) fie^t 
 ber $Iurat nad) everybody: Everybody 
 had eat as much as they covMi. A people 
 have dwelt in Transylvania, who — . 
 @. nod) bie brei Ic^tcn a3£ifi,nele unter 
 Number, 2, unb Den le^ten ©a$ unter 
 Who, A. (go fdf)rt Sutler genjijl^nlid) 
 nad) >$ auf en, 93 oH, Sebermann 
 u. a. mit bem 5Stural fort; fergf. 1. 
 aJJaccab. 1, 26. 37 ; 2, 19; 4, 55 unb 58; 
 9, 51. 52. 60; q3f 42, 5 ; 78, 1 ; 1. ©iof. 
 47, 27; untnittetbar mit bem 6ot = 
 lecti» ifi ber ^(ural verbunben: 51jf. 98, 
 3; 3of. 7, 25 b. 3. %x'm jn bem (Sollec; 
 ti» ein b e ft i m m e n b e r ® e n i t i » $ t u: 
 rat, fo fte^t bag ^erb im Singular, 
 >venn eg fid), fi r c n g g c n o m m e n , auf 
 bag (Sol lectio bejiel;t; bejie^t eS fid) 
 aber auf ben ®eniti», fo fte^t eg na= 
 tiirlid) im ^^lural (3lttraction). The 
 number of the guests was large (nid)t 
 bie ®dfie , fonbern t^re 3 a H "Jai" 9,^^^)- 
 
Colon — 
 
 A great number of my books are lost 
 
 (nic^t tie 3a^i ifi serlorcn , fontievn tie 
 a3i"id)cr). The number of the people 
 was incredible. A little company of ns 
 were sitting togelher. 3fi ijaffetbc, Vvie 
 oben. -4. lUbcr bie Sovm eme^D6jcc= 
 tcS aU JBefi^eS ciner ScUectbmengc 
 fie^e Plural, B, 5. — 5. SBebeutct ein (^oU 
 tectio eine 2( n 5 a I) 1 SJi c n f c^ e n , fo Um\ 
 barauf atS 9? c t a t i » who fclgen , toenn 
 man eg nU 5p(urat bctracfitet , alfo bie 
 ©injetnen ben'icffid)tigt (f. vhm 2) ; aw 
 ^erbem folgt which. 6. S3et ben @c(l£C= 
 tifg Vifi[ei]t nlfo auf eine @ingnlar = 
 f r m ber 5J f u r a t ju folgen ; bag @ c = 
 gcntl^ ctl lapt ftc^ U^v iro^I auf 9(et(^e 
 SBeife crHaren : Sevenieen-twentieths of 
 this aggregate is imported from the 
 United States. (Boz.) a«an faf t bie 513ru= 
 rat form seventeen-twentielhs alS ein 
 ©anjeg imb fo fotgt ber (Singular 
 bar auf. 
 
 Colou. @g bient, >uie i.5)., §ur3ufam; 
 menfaffung mei^rerer »orau8gef(t)icfter, 
 pber gur ©infiii^rung mel^rerer nac^folgen^ 
 ber (Sci^e; f. jebod) Comma, B, 1. 
 
 Colour, biegarbe, l^eif t al6 $(ural: 
 the colours obev a pair of colours, bie 
 f^al^ne. They run away from their 
 colours. 3u a tallered colours (bei 
 Addison) tergl. Singular, 1. 
 
 to Come. 1. Sm @inne »on iuer = 
 ben flei^t e8 mtt boi?)?cftem 9!ominati»: 
 If I should come a widow. ©0 and) : 
 How came you acquamted with him? 
 He came off conqueror (a 18 ©icgcr). @o 
 i|^ and? unfer fommen itemtirf) ^i(fg= 
 »er(' = »pcrben: ber Jtcller fommt wofl 
 gOBaffer, bie ^Irf-eil fommt nie fertig. 3?gL 
 b. folgenbc unb And, 1. — 2. 3JJit bem 
 SnfiiutiB narf) firf) i^cijjt eg ju ©tiuaS 
 fommen unb if} f}et8 ^erfonficfj, 
 ivdl^renb iv>ir bafur c\t bie un^jerfin- 
 nrt)en gefc^c^en, fid? jutragen, 
 Suge^^en braudjen. Why then came 
 you to be taken prisoner? (2Cie ging'g 
 gu — .) When Income to die — (®o iSei 
 ©ijtl^e: Unb <\U erf am ju flerBen— ). 
 Should this come to pass — . JDcr 3n= 
 finilto ifi ^ier gteid^fam Object, ivie in to 
 come to a possession , to a resolution. 
 51, ^([hfei't, i)rammiit. 'Bortert. 
 
 - Comma. 33 
 
 3. lleber unfer yciffiBeS ^Jartici)5 bei f m= 
 m en f. Participle, A, I, 2, b. 
 
 Comma. 3m ®anjen ttjirb ti minber 
 §anftg, a.U im 2)eutfd|en gefe^t. 2)er 
 ^au??tunterfdjieb ift: 3)er ©ngtanber ttie 
 ber Sranjofe Idft e8 oft gwifdien ben 
 eingetnen (Sa§en tueg, bie ju einem 
 ©angen verbunben finb, fe|t eg bagegen 
 l^ilufig innerl^alb beg @a^eg, jioi; 
 f^en bie eingelnen ® (ieb er eineg cin = 
 gigen ©a^eg fiinein. ^. @g bleibt 
 toeg: 1. »or relatisen $ronomtn, 
 bie cinen notl^luenbigen ©a§ einfeis 
 Un , ber nidjt iueggelaffen iuerben 
 fann ; fann er bieg , fo flel^t er nur :parcn= 
 tl^etifc^ babei imb toirb in Sommata ges 
 fd)Ioffen. Sebocft fdjiroanft in biefen MU 
 len ber ®ebraud>. He found many of 
 them , who were as dull as himself, that 
 permitted his assiduities. The honest 
 man who married, nid)t: the honest 
 man, who married. 2. @benfo bei res 
 fati»cn^Jarticil)ien: An old gentle- 
 man hearing my name mentioned, 
 seemed—. 3. ?le^ntid> i?or (5o n jun c= 
 t ion en: If I had them I would throw 
 ihem in the fire. Leain first to command 
 yourself before you attempt to command 
 others. She did it as well as she could. 
 @. no(6 But, 2 unb bie Conjunction That, 
 (§.— 4. aBenn bie Son junction ober 
 bag 9ietati» auggelaffen finb, fo 
 »crfc^metgen bie ®d|e in einanber: 
 alfo fein Comma bagmifdjen. Tell 
 me the news you have received. He told 
 me he had been there. — 3fiber 3tfifc^cns 
 fafe fur J, fo l^at cr, tuie bie 23eift»iele 
 gcigen, and) nad) fid) fein abgrengenbeg 
 Comma ; bei (dngeren fe|t man lieber ein 
 @d}Iuf comma, ber Ueberfidjt njegen, 
 luenn and) corn fein Comma fte^t: But 
 what surprised me most, was, that though 
 he was a money-borrower, he defended 
 his opinion (NB. »or though fein 
 Comma, n)oI;t ober nacb borrower). 5. 
 9(ug bem cben angegebenen ©runbe ftel^t 
 aut^ fein Comma »or cinem ^ccwsa- 
 tive with the Infinitive. <S. Accusative, 
 B, 1,5. — B. ^ilnbrerfeitg fie^t eg, mo 
 el im 2)eutfd)en nidjt gefe§t toirb: 1. 9k^ 
 jebem, auc^ bem » r t e 1 1 e n ® (ftbe ciner 
 Qlufgdl^tung , atfo audi »or and, fobafb 
 3 
 
34 
 
 Command 
 
 bie cinjelnen ©licber etcn gefoufccrt, 
 n i ct) t § It f a m III c 11 (1 e 1^ 6 r t ij bart^eftclU 
 werben foflcn. The Americans are cer- 
 tainly a calm, rational, civil, and well- 
 behaved people ((So »ci-frf?mifjt 
 
 well-behaved feineSnjcgg mit civil , fon= 
 bern e? Bkiten jiuci «crfrf)iebene ©igen; 
 frf)aftcn.) — Thine is the kingdom, the 
 power, and the glory. 2. 21(6 Singer: 
 jeig (merfjanifclK Caution) fiiv Icic&tereS 
 33erfidnbiii§ fte^t eg in bet 3 n » e v f i o ti, 
 5. 33. urn ben ©intritt be3 sou feincu 
 @tcl(e gebrdngten ®u6jecte§ anju- 
 5eigen. After this saint, was christened, 
 towards the close of the last century, 
 the child of poor parents — : ©tcinbe 
 baS erftc ^omma ntd)t, fo iuitrbe man, 
 njcnigfiens hthn evfien Sefen fidjer ser; 
 Binbcn: After this saint was christened, 
 alfc after alS Sonjunctton ncl^men , tvaf)' 
 renb el ^Pvci^jcfltton ij^. During this in- 
 terval, jny thoicghts were employed on 
 some future means. Henceforth, On- 
 7y«rc? shall be our hunting shout. ®. ben 
 2. (Sa^ nntev bem 2. That, A, 3 unb vgt. 
 ?5ranj6fi[c() unb Stalicnif*. — 3. aSejle^t 
 ba§ Subject mig cinem g a n g e n 
 (Sa^e (obec beef) auS m el^ vcvn aCBor; 
 ten , bie jufammen e i n c n i8 e g v i f f ge= 
 6en), fo luivb eg geiuol^nUd) buret) ein 
 (Somma am ©nbc aSgegrenjt (f. jes 
 bo(t) ben worle^ten ®a^ bei Inversion) : 
 To mourn without measure, is folly; 
 not to mourn at all , is insensibility. — 
 4» (SScnfo fe^t man c In gef d) b en e 
 Sorter unb ©d^c ^jarentl^etifA 
 j nj i f d) e n § n) c i 6 m m a , uin ben uii; 
 terbroc^enen 3»f«ninienl^ang fiir bag Sluge 
 bcutlid)er ju mac^en : lie made me hon- 
 ourable, though private, proposals. 
 Every revolution might lift, but could 
 not depress, me. 2Ug 93eif)3iet einer 
 33 e r f d) in e ( j u n g |i n e 6 m m a f . 
 ben (e§ten ®a^ unter Inversion. — 5, ©0 
 bicnen jioei Somma aud) atg ^aren = 
 t^efe bei ben furjen @infd)tebfeln so, 
 again, first, secondly u. f. f . , lastly, 
 then, however, now, perhaps, mean- 
 while, therefore «. a,, njenn btefc an 
 3 w e i t c r ^UVa. im ®a^e, b. ]^. Winter 
 bem <S u b i e c t e Ob. l^inter einer » v a u «= 
 3 e n m m e n e n 9^ e b c n b e fl i m m u n 9 
 
 Common Gender. 
 
 fte^en. The man, however, was not 
 successful. Such, then, was, I am told, 
 the fashion. QJie^rfad) eingefdja^tette 
 ©d^e twdren ol^nc fotd)e ^ilfen fc^nsec 
 »erftdnbli^ ; 5. S3. One caution I gave 
 her, in case, by auy chance, her retreat 
 should be discovered by ihe companions 
 of IMelchior, which ruas , that without I 
 myself came, she was , on no account^ 
 to leave the school (Marryat). 2)ic eins 
 jelnen 5PartiM Vtcrben aKe einjetn einges 
 fd)drft unb eingebnnben I ®. ben @a6 bei 
 Conjunction, 1. — 6. ©nbtid) fle^t eg oft 
 aud) bei *ilnfu]^rung frcmbcr l}tebe, ob= 
 fc^on ba ein ©oton, nj. i. 3)., ftel^en fann. 
 He said, "What hinders our retaking 
 the ship?" 
 
 to Command, fiel^t actic, tt)ie b e f e )§= 
 li g e n ; f. bag 2. 33ctf)3te( unter Comma, A 
 3. 3)al^er t?affto : I was commanded to do 
 it. ©0 fitr nnfer laffen: f. to Cause: 
 He commanded it to be proclaimed. 
 
 Common Gender l^at ein SBort, 
 njetd)eg fotuol^I alg SD^agcuUn, alg and) alg 
 Weminin ju braud)ett ifi. ®o bie ©ub- 
 fiantt»c : child, cousin, friend , author, 
 neighbour, gipsy, servant, singer, poet, 
 dancer, rival, enemy, fool, partner, 
 weaver, player, wanderer u. a. , uber= 
 ^<\\x)fi aUe »on JBevben gebilbeten <Bv(b' 
 ftantitje auf er. ©0 ftnbet ftd) bet Sutler 
 „bie 3fieffe" 1. a)Jof. 36, 2, unb d^nlic^ 
 fagt 2Ibral^am t>on fciner 5ran : „ba^ id) 
 mctnen Jlobtcn begrabe." a)idnncr 
 unb S'vaucn irerben mit „?ieber" angere= 
 bet: 93. b. m<i)ttx, 4, 19. Snbep fann 
 man, wo notl^ig, »on »ie(en fo(d)erv§au^it= 
 njorter eine befonbere tt>eibUd)e 5ovm bi(= 
 ben, f. Feminine, C, unb t)erg(» Epicene. 
 — 2(u(^ atte 2lbjecti»e, ^ronomeii, iJiume; 
 ra(g l^aben fur bie brei ©cfc^ledUer mtr 
 eineSorm: I, we, thou, you, they; my, 
 yours, this, who, any, each finb Hiagcus 
 lin, Seminin unbSleuter; auggenommen 
 finb he mit she unb it, — his mit her unb 
 its unb beren -Hb(eitungen. Ueber ben @es 
 fd)led)tguntctfd)ieb von who, which unb 
 what f. Neuter, A. — 9iatiir(id) gibt eg 
 i\\x6:i 5lbjecti»e , bie il^rem © i n n e nac^ 
 nur mdnnlid) ober nur iveibUc^ fein 
 fijnnen* 
 
Comparison. 
 
 35 
 
 Comparison. ^/. Comparison of 
 Adjectives. aj?an untcrfc^eibct einen 
 comparative of equality \i\ix6) bic 'Si'tsttx- 
 h'\ix\. wk as, so, ober burrf; Qlbjcctbe, to'xt 
 such, get)i(bet — niib ctiien comparative 
 of inequality, burc^ irirflicfce <Stci = 
 9 e r u 11 g nad) beutf(^cr ober fratij6fifc6ev 
 -2(rt gebiTbet. I. 5«aa bcutfcfeer 2(r^ 
 bitrcti 9i a (f; f i r 6 c n. 1. QJJan fe^t an baS 
 2lbjecti» fiir ben @om^avati» er , fiir ben 
 ©ittertatltt est; enbet eg abet fe(6fl auf 
 e, fo ftgt man nur r ober st an : great, 
 greater, greatest; fine, finer, finest. 
 (QSergt. Conjugation, I, A, 4. — 2. !Dabei 
 )wtvb aug y ein i, faUS e8 ntcfit l^inter 
 ctnem iBocale ftc^t: happy, happier, 
 happiest; abei' : gay, gayer, gayest. 
 aScrgr. Plural, B, 4; Adverb, A, II, 4; 
 Conjugation, II, 2; Ordinal 3 unb /e, 
 d,2.)— 3. 3)1 bag Slbjectit) etne furje 
 ®itbe, bie auf einen etnfad|en 6on; 
 fonantcn enbet , fo roirb btefer t>erboVJ3e(t : 
 hot: hotter, hottest; red: redder, red- 
 dest; big: bigger, biggest — (reder 
 unb biger ttjuvben efeev reder [= reader] 
 unb biger cbev biger lauten) ; bagegen : 
 broad: broader, broadest. 2)iefe ^er= 
 bot>t?ctung l)<\t bet ben 2lbjecti»en auf 1 
 fie IS ftatt: cruel, crueller, cruellest; 
 f. Consonants, 4 unb vgl. bieQlbteitungen : 
 red : reddish ; grit : gritty ; wool : woolly; 
 auc^ Conjugation II, 1, unb im granjofi* 
 fcfien nette, crueile, niienne, je prenne. 
 — II. DIarf) franjofifdjer %xt, bur* 
 umfc{)retbenbe 35 vf e^tu rtcr. 3)ian 
 fe§t im Somijavatit) more, im ©u^ertatic 
 (the) most X)Ox ben $cfitio: malicious, 
 more malicious, most malicious; re- 
 doutable, more redoutable , most re- 
 douiable. — HI. 91 a A rcclc^erSIrt 
 fl e i g e V t fid) nun ein 51 b j e c t i » ? 
 I. 5lUe ©infitbter (pummel e fiir 
 feine Sitbe gerec^net ) gel^en narf) ber 
 beutfd^cu 5(rt. (go cold, wise, large, 
 
 tall, high u. a. — 2. 2lUe, bie m e 1^ r a(3 
 jhjei St (ben l^aben, ge^en nac^ ber 
 f r a n J ij f i f dj e n 2trt. ©o mischievous, 
 magnificent u. a. — 3. JDie jn? eifilbis 
 gen ^Ibjectitse tf;eilen fid} in bie bei^ 
 ben Slrten, unb jnjar bifbcn fid) bie, 
 we(d)e ben Qlccent auf ber (§nbfi(bc l^aben, 
 ober fid) auf le ober y enben , gettj6^nltd| 
 
 nad) beutfd)er 3(rt (fo discreet, gen- 
 teel , polite , able , lovely, mighty) — bie 
 iibrtgen nad) fr an j oftf d) er , nament= 
 lid) bie auf my, dy, ky, ed, id, ive, ain, 
 some, ful , less (iric roomy, learned, 
 handsome, careless). Snbeffen gibt eg 
 l^itr feine entfdieibenbere 9f{egct, a(g ben 
 SBol^tflang; balder bitben fi(^ aud> 
 jene, bie nad) bentfd)er 3trt gel^en fonnen, 
 oft nad) franj6fifd)er , \<\ felbfi einfilbigc 
 ne^mcn bie Umfd)reibung an : man finbct 
 more hungry neben hungrier, most polite 
 neben politest; more wise jiel^t nad)brudg= 
 tiolfer neben wiser; fo: These cliffs are 
 of granit and other most hard material 
 (= imgemein l^art). — IV. Unregcts 
 ma^tg ifl bie ©teigerung »on bad, far, 
 few, good, late, little, much, near, old 
 (f. b.). Ueber bie 91 a (^ fc|ung son most 
 f. Adjective, A, I, 2, c. 
 
 B. Comparison of Adverbs. 1. ^ier 
 gelten biefetben 9iegetn : soon , sooner, 
 the soonest ; early, earlier, the earliest. 
 — 2. 2)te 2lb»erbg aw] -ly gelten meifi 
 nac^ franj6fif(^er 2trt: wisely, more 
 wisely, the most wisely, llebrigeng f. 
 The, C, 10 unb 11. 
 
 C. (Sine ncgatitteSom^jaratton, 
 cine 2lbminbevung beg <Sinneg , bitben bie 
 sorgefe^ten 2lb»erbien less unb least : less 
 magnanimous, least magnanimous. 
 
 D. jleiner ©teigcrung fcii^ig finb 
 natiiriid) 2B6rtcr, beren ©inn feinen 
 ^o^eren ober minberen ®rab jutdpt, tote 
 chief, right, dead, quadrate, once, 
 aside, chiefly. 2lber 91ac^brucfg '^aU 
 ber ftnbet fi^ j. 93. bo(^ : the chiefest 
 harm; the most lone Simoom. SSergi. 
 Vulgar, 1. 
 
 E. 35ie Sonjuncttoncn nad^ bem 
 (5 m V a r a t i tj. 91a(^ etnem compara- 
 tive Q^ inequality folgt than, na<^ einem 
 comparative of equality fle^t as ober 
 like (f. biefe). He has his eyes bigger 
 than his belly. Her hat was as big as 
 an umbrella. Idler than he. As idle 
 as he. Idle like Diogenes. Such a man 
 as you. His eye spoke less than his lip. 
 aScrg(+ au(^ But, 3— 5 unb Preposition, 
 3* 
 
C, 1, @. — UefivigenS f. tiDcf) Svperlative 
 unb lo Do, B, II, 1. 
 
 Composition. J. Composition of 
 fVords. !Die aUgemelnfte 9ltt bev Bufanu 
 menfe^ung ift, namentli(J> bet SSerfcg, bann 
 dbtx <\\idi bei ©uSjiantbcn unb 2(bjectitoen 
 bie mit SSovfitlicn, iuie a, ab, ad, 
 counter, de, dis, ex, in, inter, mis, over, 
 per, pro, re, sub, trans, under u. f. to. ; 
 J. SB. to abare, abhorrent, adjective, 
 counterlight, lo depart, disquiet, express, 
 ingrateful , lo interfere, lo mishear, to 
 overbear, to perform, proverb, remove, 
 to subsume, to transact, lo undergo, 
 jum Sl^cit fct)on fcrtig mi Satein ober 
 gronjofifdfj iibevgegangen; »crgt. Assimi- 
 lation unb Adjective, A, I, 2. OefterS 
 ))aaren fi(J^ aurf) fotcfje aSorfitteu, hjte in : 
 to disembay, to discompose, unbeknown, 
 counterdisengage , transubstantialion. 
 3)ic etnjefnen %^nit eincS jufammengcs 
 fei^ten SBorteS nennt man feine Compo- 
 nents. — 2htperbem fe|t man jufammen : 
 I. ©n6{ianti»e, xmb jtrat 1. @ult = 
 fi a n t i y m i t @ « 6 ft a n 1 1 » : the 
 evening-star, moon-shine, a postage 
 label (fjranfomarff) , a butter-flower , a 
 peacock butterfly , a summer's day , a 
 night's train, a crackspeaker, the ship's 
 company, fool's cap ; our Total Eclipse 
 Pic-Nic Party. — 3. SSlxt eincr «)S r d )> o = 
 fition bajwif^cn: master-at-arms, 
 man-of-war, aid-de-camp, doctor in law. 
 
 — 3. ©ubftanHa mit ^ronomen 
 » ov f i cf) : a he-ass, a she-cat. — 4. ®itB= 
 fiantitt mitSlbjectititoor flc&: black- 
 bird, grand-father, great-grand-mother, 
 a many-feet , a red-letter-day , a red- 
 book. (5le]^ntidj : a Jirst-YAle man-of- 
 war.) — 5. £Wit ^Parttctj) » o v fi d): 
 boarding-netting, blotting-paper, sing- 
 ing-school, — 6. aJitt Snfinitii) wot 
 fid): eat-bee, roast-beef, draw-bridge 
 (under-lurnkey). — 7. W\t 2Ibt>er6 
 » r ober n a d) flc^ : overfreight, onset, 
 homesickness, evergreen, farside, her 
 almost-equality; a hanger on, a bringer 
 in, a by-slander ober a slander-by, a 
 cast-away. — 8. ^\i $va))ofttipn 
 i)or fid): afternoon, whitsunlide-beer. 
 
 — 9. 5(u8 aSerB unb 9[b»er6 i\u 
 fnmmengefe^t: a dug-out, a holdfast 
 
 Composition. 
 
 (ein ^attfejl). — 10. 3(u8 j U) e i 05 e r 6 8 : , 
 the hearsay. Ueber ben 5|J ht r a 1 jufatn; 
 mengefc^ter @ubftanti»e f. Plural, A, IV. 
 
 — II. 5[bj;ecti»e (5Partici))iatabjcctitje 
 eingevedjnet) : 1. 51 u 8 jtt>ci 21 b j;ec = 
 titicn: cold-blooded, red-hot, many- 
 coloured. — 2. 2lbj;ectt» (ober 5Par= 
 tici)3) mit ©ubjlautiti »pr ober n a d? 
 fid): blood-warm, blood-thirsty, milk- 
 white; — air-born, air-stirring, air- 
 braving, ale-inspired ; angel-winged, 
 god-like, weather-headed; Afresfi-vjater 
 ^s\\, fnir-tveather fowls; f. Vulgar,!. 
 
 — 3. 9«it2tb»erb »or fid): overful, 
 homesick, newborn, allwise, lukewarm; 
 An oft-told tale. — 4. Wi'xt S^UJncral 
 »or fid): four-cornered. — 5. Q)lit 
 5^ r a )) f i 1 1 n n a c^ f t d): the tmheard- 
 o/ decree ; f. Participle, B, 5. — 6. 2(u3 
 93 e r 6 unb @Mbf!antito: my break- 
 neck travail. — III. ^Jronomcn: 
 1 . bie i^ e r f 6 n li d) e n btlben mit self ju? 
 fammengefefet bie r e f t e c t i» e n : myself, 
 himself, one's self, yourselves. — 2.ff'^ho, 
 what unb which nel^men ever nad) \\6^ : 
 whoever u. f. f. — IV. 3 n H e n. 1. 2lu5 
 jjvei 3a^I»r6rtern beflel^enb: four- 
 teen ; the eighteenth. — 2. 3nit bem 
 untrennbaren 2[ b j e c t i w unb 21 b » e r b 
 fold: twofold, tenfold u. f. U). ; f. Mul- 
 tiplication. — V. 33 e r b 8 : J . a)Ht @ u b= 
 ftantito »or ober n a (!^ fid): to blood- 
 let, to backbite, to kilndry, to waylay; 
 to breakfast. — 2. SJJit 2lb j e ct iv »or 
 
 f i (^ : to blindfold. — 3. QJJit 21 b » e r b : 
 to out-act, to overdress, to newmould. 
 
 — VI. 2lb»erbien: 1. 2[u8 jn3ei2ib= 
 W e r b i e n : ever-more, whercever, there- 
 abouts. — 2. 2t b » e r b mit 2t b j e c t. (ober 
 ^ronomen) t5 o v ober n a ^ f i d) : every- 
 where, no-where, blindfold, over-much. 
 
 — 3. 21 b » e r b mit $ r a V f i t i n V r 
 ober nad) fid): without, hitherto. — 
 4. 2lu8 $ r a p f i 1 1 n unb © u b ft a n = 
 ti»: to-day, overhead, asleep (f. 2. A). 
 
 — 5. 2[n8 2[ r t i f e t ober 5^ r o n o m i s 
 naUbjecti» unb ©ubflantito: a- 
 while, noways, sometimes, manylimes. 
 
 — VII. Conjunction en : 1. 2Iu8 
 2lb»erb unb Conjunction: where- 
 as.— 2. 2tu8 2lb»erb unb q3rdliofi = 
 tton: therefore.— 3» 2ht? jh)et2lb = 
 
Concrete 
 
 » c r 6 i e n : however. — 4. 2(ug 21 b to c r b, 
 ^ra^ofition unb 5|Jarttci)) bejle^t: 
 notwithstanding. — VIII. $rcH?ofi = 
 tionen: 1. 2(u3 2[b»crb unb ^Jrd = 
 ^ofition obcr umgcte^rt: over- 
 against, within, amid; above. — 2. 2tu8 
 jtoei -itbtocrH: overthwart. — IX. 
 2(u* bte Sntcrjec tionen fmb man= 
 ni^faTtig jufammtngefc^t: alack, lack- 
 a-day; hey-day, oddsfish, aughbaugh. 
 
 jiBei att biefer, in ben son «n8 aufgc; 
 fl«Uten toierjig fatten feincSiwegS er= 
 fc^o^fenb bargejlellten gjtannit^faltigfcit 
 fann ba6 ©ngtif^e bot^ nicfjt att unfere 
 ^ufammenf€|ungen nac()(n(bcn : j. 33* 
 33 u 1 1 e r 6 V b ntdU butter-bread, fonbern 
 bread and butter (NB, n i (f| t butter and 
 bread) ; Jtanonenfutter = food for powder 
 (Marryat) ; fid) tierblutcn = to bleed to 
 death. 2l6ec auct) h)ir fonncn nic^t jebc 
 engtifdjc ^ufammcnfe^img fcucttfidbUrf) 
 njicbeigefecn ; bic« njccbcn mc^ttve ber bet 
 II, 2, VII, 4 unb VIII, gcgebeiien iBeifpieIc 
 jeigen. 3m Uebrigen f. man nod) J, ari, 
 C, II, 4; Preposition, C^, 4; Derivation 
 unb Hyphen. 
 
 B. The Composition of iheTenses of a 
 Verb, f. Neuter, B, 2, Future, Perfect, 
 Pluperfect, lobe, lohave, shall utlb 
 will. 2lu^erbem Passive, II, A. 
 
 Concrete f. Abstract. 
 
 Conditional , b c b i n g t , l^ei^en 
 ®d§e, bic einen untev getDtJTen 93crau8- 
 fe^ungen angenommenen Sail bes 
 5ei(!^nen. ®ie bcginnen geh.tol^nlid) mit 
 if (f. b.), unless, but (f. b.', ^x. 6 u. 7).— 
 9Jian<^c ®rammatifeii nel^men ein Con- 
 ditional Tense an : I should love , I 
 should have loved. 5)iefe Sovm fann 
 aUerbingg ben bebingten 5all (I 
 should love) auSbrucfen; oft aber ent^dtt 
 fie aud) bic 58ebtngung (If I should 
 love): fte^t alfo foitjol^t bebtngt, al3 
 bebingcnb. <Somit ift ber Diame Coa- 
 diiional ft^on bojj^jclfinnig ; in fet)r toieten 
 S«i(lcn aber bejeidjnet fic o ^ n e allc 33 e = 
 i^ingung nur bie 3ufunft, nne man 
 fic in ber aSergangenl^eit gebac^t ^at. 
 SDenn fotoic auf baS Present tense bag 
 Future tense fotgt, fo folgt auf baS Im- 
 
 Conjugation. 
 
 37 
 
 perfect tense tiefeS fogcnannte Condi- 
 tional. 3JZan »evgt. : I do not believe, 
 that he unll come, unb : I did not believe, 
 that he ivould come. SDal^ev ncnnen VBtv 
 biefe bem Future tense varattct laufcnbc 
 3 e i t f r m, nadi bem 33organge beg Dr. 
 ^ a u f d) i t b im Sranj6f;fd)en unb (Sng* 
 lifd)en, beffer second Future tense, unb 
 bag genjol^ntid^e Future tense v^w^ first 
 Future tense. 2)ie8 tji bann auc^ U)irflid| 
 ber DIamc eineS Tense, iDd^renb Condi- 
 tional etgentlid) DIame eineS Mood tudre, 
 balder anbcre ®rammatifcr aud) toirflic^ 
 einen Conditio7ial ober Potential Mood 
 anne^men* 
 
 Conjugation, bie 33itbung fdmmt= 
 tidier i^ormen eineg SSerb. I. 9tcgel = 
 md^ige Son jugatiou. 2118 ©tamm 
 gilt burc^gdngig ber Infinitive, ber ge= 
 njD^nlidj baS 3nfintti»jetd)en {sign) „to" 
 toor fid), nid|t aber einc beflimmte (5 n b u n g 
 l^at, iwie inanbern @^ira*en (im 3)eutfd&ejt 
 cti ober n) : to remember, to love. JDas 
 won bilbet man: ^. GInfadjc S^ortncn. 
 
 1. 5)a8 Present tense: bie ^jerfonltd^en 
 giirniorter ireten an bie ©telle »on to; ber 
 3nfiniti» bleibt un»erdnbert; nur in ber 
 jttteiten ^IJerfon beg (Singular nimmt cr 
 8t, in ber britten ^erfon beg ® i n g u I a r 
 s an - (f. auc^ T/i, (§.) : 
 
 I remember, I love, 
 
 thou reniemberst, thou lovest, 
 
 he remembers, he loves, 
 
 we remember, we love, 
 
 you remember, you love, 
 
 they remember. they love. 
 
 2, 3)ic beiben ^erfcncn beg Imperative 
 mood finb glcicfe bem Snfinitio ol&ne to: 
 love, remember! — 3. !l)ag Active Par- 
 ticiple fe^t bie <Silbe ing an benSnfinittv ; 
 ^^i biefer ein fJummeg e , fo fdllt eg njeg : 
 rememberiTig, loving. — 4. 3)ag Passive 
 Participle: @e§e an ben Snfinitio ed, 
 ober, ivenn er auf e cnbet, nur d: re- 
 membered, loved. 33ergl. Comparison, 
 A, I, 1. — 5. $£rcten »or bag un»er = 
 dnberte Passive Participle bic ^xo- 
 notnen, fo entftel^t bag Imperfect tense ; 
 nur in ber 2, -5Peifon beg Singular fommt 
 St baran (alfo cnbet fie auf edst). SSergl, 
 9k. 1. 5)emnadj : 
 
I loved, 
 thou lovedst, 
 he loved, 
 we loved, 
 you loved, 
 they loved. 
 
 38 Conjugation. 
 
 I remembered, 
 thou rememberedst, 
 he remembered, 
 we remembered, 
 you remembered, 
 they remembered. 
 
 B. 5)ie nitt«§tlf8»cr6en sufam: 
 mengefe^ten Setten, 1* !l)te bcibcn 
 Future Tenses: I shall remember, I 
 should love , f. Future, A, I, 1 unb 2. — 
 
 2. 35ci? Perfect tense itiit / have, foVrtc 
 
 3. 3)a8 Pluperfect tense mit / had unb 
 bem Passive Participle: I have loved, 
 I had loved. — 4. 35ie 6dbcn Preterit 
 Future Tenses : I shall have remembered, 
 I should have loved ; f. Future, A, I, 3. 
 ©ettner tritt to be fiir to have eiii; f. 
 bnriibev Neuter, B, 2. SBegeii beg llebri^ 
 flen aerttjeifen to'xx auf: Person, Con- 
 junctive, Passive, Reflective. (Somit 
 qefiattet fictj , o^tte Siiicffic^t auf ben 6on; 
 junctiiD, imfer 
 
 @ (i) em o: 
 
 Infinit. to love. 
 
 Jet. Part. loving. ([♦ A, 3.) 
 
 Pass. ,, loved, (f. A, 4.) 
 
 Imperative love ! (f. A, 2.) 
 
 Present t. I love, (f. A, 1.) 
 
 Imperf. t. I loved, (f. A, 5.) 
 
 Perf. t. I have loved, (f. B, 2.) 
 
 Pluperf. t. I had loved, (f. B, 3.) 
 
 1. Fut. t. I shall love. (f. B, 1.) 
 
 2. „ „ I should love, (f, B,l.) 
 1. Pret. Fut. t. I shall have loved. 
 
 (f-B,4.) 
 [Ue6ei- bie SSevnncfetciffigung ber Sonju^ 
 gationSregeln f. Vulgar, 4.] 
 
 II. Sfiegelmagige Conjugation 
 mit fleinen orttiogrci^Iiifd^en 216= 
 h)eic()ungen. 1. ®te^t ju ©nbe r\<\^ 
 eincm furjen, 6 etont en 93ocat ein 
 einjetnet Sonfonant, fo iuiib er 
 Berbol3)> e It, fobatb ein liB o tat ba* 
 l^inter tiitt: tob^g: begging, begged, 
 oBer he begs; to prefer: preferring, I 
 preferred, abet he prefers. SDagcgen : 
 to roam: roaming, roamed. 3fi eg ein 1, 
 
 fo tuirb eg and) bann werbo^i^^eft, irenn ber 
 5lccent n i dH auf ber lefeten ©ilte ift : to 
 travel : travelling, travelled. Ucberl&auV^t 
 bel;nt man biefe 93crbo^)?e(ung oft u6er 
 bie 9iegct aug: man fcfjreiSt j. 93. ou^ 
 worshipping, I worshipped (neben wor- 
 shiping, I worshiped) »on to wor'ship. 
 95ergl. ubvigeng Comparison , J, I, 3. — 
 2. <Dic (Jnbang y nac^ ctncm @pnfo = 
 n a n t e n ccrn^anbelt firf) in ie uor j e b e r 
 angcfc^ten @n b u n g, iiig anggenommcn: 
 to carry : I carried, he carries, carrying. 
 <S e 1 1 n e r bel^dtt man bag y bci unb fe^t 
 eincn SlpoftroVl; ba'^tnter : he carry's , I 
 deny'd , they envy'd. 9(t a ct) eincm 
 33 c a I e aSer B I e i b t bag y : he plays, 
 I played. (To pay, to say, to stay, to lay 
 finb bar;er unregclmci^ig.) SSergt. Com- 
 parison, A, I, 2.-3. llmgcfel^rt tinrb 
 aug ber (Jnbung ie im Active Participle 
 ein y : to die — dying ; to lie — lying. — 
 4. @nbet ein 93erb auf einen 3 i f ^ e r (s, 
 ss, X, sh, ch, aber nicit etnja th !), fo fe^t 
 man im (Singular beg Present tense nici^t 
 nur st Dber s, fonbernestunb es an t fo 
 to teach: thou teachesl, he teaches; 
 toAvax: it waxes. 5, 3)affelbc l^at bei 
 mand)en QJerben auf o ftatt : I go , he 
 goes ; he echoes back. a3ei I do fctireibt 
 man geivo^nlirf) thou dost, o^ne e, unb 
 he does, mit e. JBergl* ju 4 unb 5 : Plu- 
 ral, B, 1, 2. 
 
 III. Unregetmci^ige (5onj[uga = 
 t i n. JSttbet ein iKerb fein Sm^^erfect 
 , - __, _ , unb fein vnffi»e8 ^Parttci^ nicftt 
 
 I should have^loved. „„jj^ ^,,, ^^■,^,^ gi^getn (I, A, 4 unb 3), fo 
 ift eg unrcgeimci^ig, MTeg-?^/ar. ©o 
 l^at to find im pass. Part, found unb im 
 Imperf. \ found; to give l^at given, I 
 gave u. f»n).*) !Die meiften 2tbt»ei= 
 d)ungen entfiel;en: 1. burcfe ben vers 
 flcirfenben Umlaut (fiartc Sonju= 
 gation): I see — I saw; I bring — 
 brought. — 2, 3)ur(i6 toerfurjenben 
 Umlaut bei: I hear — I heard; to 
 weep — I wept; to bite — I bit; to shoot 
 — shot. — 3. 35urdi b t o ^ e 35 e r f it r = 
 jung: I bid flatt I bidded , I bent ftatt 
 I bended. — 4. JDuvcl) bie befonbere (5nbung 
 
 *) e« gibt uber 200 irregular verbs ; 05 c r b c n — tcilvHufia l-cmcvft — u 6 er i;> a u v t gcgcii 4300 ; 
 iffiijrter ctwa 30,000. 
 
Conjunction. 
 
 39 
 
 en obev n im ^.^affivcn ^Jarticij): 
 taken, laden, broken, risen, swollen — 
 shown, sawn, blown, worn. — 3. !Dur(^ 
 2) o)3t»etf i-men: fo ^c\t to forget im 
 pass. part. : forgotten unt> forgot; to bid 
 f)Cit I bid iic&en I bade unb im part, bid 
 unb bidden; unb mand)c SSerben 6i(ben 
 il^re Scrmen [oivci^f ve^etmapig , atS tin= 
 veqelmcl§ii} : I learned unt I learnt, I 
 digged unb I dug, lifted unb lift, lighted 
 (gctrcffen) neben light unb lit. — 3Bir 
 gcfien 1^ i c r nuv airgemeinc ®runb= 
 jfigc fur bie aSilbung bcr unvcgefmapigcn 
 S5er6en unb ticrnjeifen im Ucbrigen auf ba^ 
 am (£c6Iuffe b«3 95ud)c§ Iieigegcbene 93 e rs 
 3 e i d) n i ^» QJtan f ann bie unregelmcigigcn 
 3eitnji5rter in btei gvppe -^au^tf (vif = 
 fcntrtngen. ^. ©infer mige(e in jlu= 
 fige) 93evSen, b. i. foIct)c, Bei bcnen 
 Sm^-urfect unb v«ffiveS ^cixti- 
 cii) bem Snfinitio gteic^ finb: bie 
 f cftlodctifie ^(affe. ©c : to burst, to 
 cost, to shut, to bid u. to. a.; fic enbcn 
 attc ouf d, t obcr st nacfi eincm 93 o c a I e 
 cber nac^ r, unb finb »erfiirjt (f. Ill, 3). 
 3)cv Ort^ograt>^ic, widit aber ber 2lu«= 
 ftirarfjc ua6) ge!&oren viuc^ to read unb to 
 beat bnju. (®. b.) 20ic man bcu!£pi?=^ 
 ipetfinn betreffg berSeitangabc 
 wermeibe, f. Ambiguity , (5nbc. !Dic 2. 
 $erf. <£iug. Sm^jerf. nimmt bd biefen 93er= 
 ben bie @nbnng edst, obcr auc^ gar fcine 
 an, ivdl^renb fid) biefetbe 5^erf. beg $^3rafeng 
 auf est encet : thou castedst cber thou 
 cast, buirarffi; thoucastest, bu wirffi. 
 B. 3tt)eiformige, b. l), folcfee, bie 
 3 m)? c r f . unb ^ a f f. ^P a r t i e i )? g I e i rf) 
 l^aben. 2)ie jal^Ireidjfte .Rfaffe ! fDaju ge; 
 l^oren : !♦ i)ie 93erben auf Id, nd, rd ; fie 
 tteriwaubein bag d in t : to bend : bent ; to 
 build : built. SKit biefen t>erg(. to burn, 
 to dream, to spill, to smell, to dwell, to 
 knock , to mean , to lean. SluSna^me 
 aber mac^en bie auf ind ; fie it>anbe(n i in 
 oil : f. to find, to bind, to wind, to grind, 
 gevner f. to stand, to hold unb to behold. 
 — 2. <Die 93erben aixf ig, ick, im, in, ing, 
 ink ; fie mac^en anS bem i ein u : fo to 
 dig — dug ; to spin — spun ; to sing — 
 sung; to sink — sunk u. to. a. — 3» 2)ie; 
 jenigen, weld^c im ©tamme ee '|iaben; 
 fie werfurjen iki in c unb nel^men bann d, 
 
 enben fie aber auf 1 ober p, fo ne^men fte 
 t (nad) ber 93erfiirjung) an : to bleed : 
 bled; to feel: felt; to creep: crept. 
 (51(8 9tu8nar;men batoon f. to beseech unb 
 to seek.) 5ln biefc SScrfitrjung f(t)Iie^t 
 fid) to meet; banu bie SSerfurjung i^on ea 
 in e ober ea , loie bei to leave — left ; to 
 deal — dealt u. a. 
 
 NB. Sine befonbere 5lrt jn? eifiufige 
 finb to bid, itoeldjeS 3nfiniti» unb 3m)^er= 
 feet, unb to rtni^ »toe(d)e3 Snfinitito unb 
 5Partict^3 gleicfe l^at. €te biiben ben UeBers 
 gang ju C. 2) r eif ormigc. 33 ei biefen 
 |aben Snfinititt, 3m:|)crfect unb pass. part. 
 jebeg feinc befonbere «?orm : fo to go , I 
 went , gone ; I am , I was , been (biefc 
 bciben ftnb iibrigeng bie einjigen engtif^en 
 93erben, iceldic i^rc iJormen toon jiwei 
 toevfd^iebcnen ©tcimmcn entnel^; 
 men) ; to write, I wrote, written u. to. a. 
 ©ie l^aben fafi fdmmtlid) ben Umlaut, unb 
 ba8 pass. part, enbet meifi auf en 
 ober n. 
 
 IV. JDie Umf(^reibung ber gon= 
 j u g a t i n f. unter Periphrase, XVI 1. 
 
 Conjunction. !l)te (Sonjuncttonen 
 laffen fid) ^auttfadslicfe in cinfadj to e r b i ns 
 benbe, glei^fteUenbe (njte and, also, 
 too, when) unb in cntgegenfe^enbe 
 (nne or, nor, but, unless) eint^eiten. 
 1. Dft n.>erben fie »on i^rem ®a$e njeit 
 getrennt (iuie bie ^rdticfitionen »on 
 i^rcm Diegimen ; f. Preposition, F, 2): The 
 reader must excuse an infant of some 
 days old, ?/, when wrapped up in flannel 
 and in a covered basket, and, moreover, 
 fast asleep at the time, he does not ex- 
 actly observe the state of the weather, 
 and the time by the church clock. (23e= 
 <xd)it bie Somma!) — 2. Ueber i^r fdieins 
 bareg Dlegimcn f. Conjunctive, B, 2. 
 — 3. lleber i^renaCegfatl f Ellipse, 
 8; auferbem no^ so, but, yet, and. 
 Comparative, E, unb Comma^ A, 3 unb 
 B, 1, 2, 5. — 4. ^\i §aben fie fiatt tine3 
 tootten nur einen tocrfiirjten @a§ nac^ 
 fid?, ein einjelneg 5lJrabicat (Slbjectito, 
 *)}articip ober @Hbflantt» mit ©Uivfc toon 
 to be). Though human, yet divine. 
 When a mere child, I began ray travels. 
 It will , if known » be but a nine days' 
 
40 
 
 Conjunctive Mood.- 
 
 wonder. As if hesitating {= gtcirfifam 
 gogernb). London , which, (/ desired, 
 could furnish their saloons with exquisite 
 pictures (= trenn eg gewitnfdit w \x x b c). 
 fyhen honest I could make nothing ( = 
 
 fofang i* eprllcf) »var ). IVhen got 
 
 half way home, I perceived — . That 
 man, whom, ivhen alive, I feared not — . 
 IV hen arrived ^ we found — . The rose 
 of youth and health soon fades, when 
 tvatered by the tear of aflliction. JDa; 
 :^er: He attended at dinner as usual 
 {= as it ?y«s usual). As quick as pos- 
 sible, (so crHdrt fid) iiScv^auvt ber @e- 
 Braud) beg bo^jpetten as init SCGe^faU »on 
 to be. @. Adjective, B, 1, 3 unb 4. 3m 
 !Deut[cf)ett mandjcg Vtc^nlidK- ®. >ic»cf) 
 Participle, B, 3. — 5. Ilnfcv „5Wai/' 
 ober „fr eitirf)" Idpt fid) nuv burd) Um= 
 fdireibung au«brudcn : it is true (= il est 
 vrai): It is true, his manner of telling 
 stopies was not quite so well , how- 
 ever, we were kind enough to laugh. 
 
 Conjunctive Mood. A. Sormcl; 
 Iti* 1. 9hn: im$Prafeng ^atbcr Som 
 junctio einc tefonberc Sorm ; er ntmmt ba 
 bie 5P erf on at enbung en beS Snbicativ 
 n i c^ t an , if! affo biivdjgel^enbS bem 3n= 
 ftnitiw glcid) : I love, thou love, he love, 
 we love It. f. f. ©a^er aucft.: I be , thou 
 be; I do, thou do, he do : f, abei- to have. 
 — 2, 3m 3 m ^ e V f e c t ifi bee Soniunctiv 
 fietS bem 3nbicati» glei* , wie aud> oft i. 
 2).: I remembered, \6) gcbad)te unb id) 
 gebad)te; I did, id) t^at unb id) t^cite; 1 
 loved, id) ttcbte. Sebod) tt?irft bie 2. «Perf» 
 beS Singular mandimat bag st a6: ihou 
 had, bn :^dttefi. 0lur to be ^at eine U^ 
 fonbere 5orm beg Sonjunctio im 3mtier= 
 feet: I were, thou wert (ober were), he 
 were n. f» nj. — 3. lleber ben (Scnjunctio 
 ber gnture f. Future, A, IH. 
 
 B. ©ctraud). aBci^renb ber3nbi = 
 cati» eine Stugfage alg fid)er, 5U«er= 
 Idffig, gett)i^, unab^ngig ^in; 
 fteUt , gibt \\t im ©egcntl^eife ber Sons 
 junctiti alg ungenjip, nurgebad)t, 
 a n g e n m m e n , b c a b f i d) t i g t , g es 
 Mjiinff^t, anbefor;tcn, bebingt. 
 2lng biefcc Diatur beg Sonjitnctiv erfldrt fid) 
 feine Stnwenbimg. @r fie^t, wo eine -§anbs 
 
 tung a(g eon ciiier a n b e r c n >'^ a n b t u n g 
 a 1^ a n g i g bargcfieUt it»irb ; cr ift fonad) 
 mm einem anberen 3ci(morte ab; 
 pngig. @in nur du^crnd)eg 21 n = 
 jc id) en, gfeid) ben ©tuvmvogein lu^r 
 bem llngenjitter , finb babei bie Son; 
 j u n c t i n e n , bie ben a b ^ d u g i g e n 
 Safe mit bem Ǥauvtfa^e verbiuben. 
 2)Jan fagt genjo^nlid), biefe Sonjunctionen 
 regierten ben 3nfiniti». 2)ag ift abei 
 nur einc ber Jliirje njegen bctiebte 9{ebeng= 
 art; ber @runb iiegt tiefer , im SSer^ 
 i^dltniffe beg ganjcn Sa^eg, une ebcn ge= 
 jeigt. S)a^er ftebt ber Sonjmictio aud) ba, 
 n)o bie (Sonjnnction gar nic^t ftel;t (f. If, 
 unb ^ter 9fcr. 1 unb 3) , nnb batjer fte^t ja 
 aud) nad) ein nub bcrfetbeii Soniunction 
 batb ber 3nbicati», balb ber eoitjunctio 
 (f. !^ier 2 b). 35 te einjefnen SdUe, wo ber 
 Soniunctttt gebraudit wirb, finb : 1. 9t a d) 
 @d§en , bie ein © i 1 1 e n , @ r m a I; n e n, 
 2Bunf*en, a3cfe^len augcrucfett. 
 I would he were here. Take care lest he 
 escape you (lest he go away). — 2. 3n 
 @a^en, bie etncn an gen om me nen 
 Salt, bffonberg auc^ eine ganj attge = 
 meine 2lnna^mc, eine (Sinrdu^ 
 mung, ober eine aSebingnng, bie 
 fitnftig toiettcid)t eintritt, augbrut* 
 fen; i. !D. fie^t ba oft ber 3nbicatit). 
 «.) ®otd)c ®d§e werben getuo^nlid) burd) 
 cine Conjunction eingcteitet, wie if, as if, 
 if but, provided, unless, except, though, 
 as though, whether, however, ivhatever. 
 If he acquire riches — . If he be what I 
 suspect him — . If I roere certain, that 
 he was at home — . As if he were a 
 beggar. Provided he find somebody — . 
 If it do not quite ruin his mental con- 
 stitution. I shall not pay him, unless he 
 come to me. Though you be ill — . 
 Whether thou go or not — . Whatever 
 be thy fortune — . Who knows whether 
 he shall be sound or no. If you shall 
 have hereafter the goodness to forgive 
 me, I hope I shall deserve it. b.) ©ap 
 aber ber Sonjunctitt nid)t won ber (Son= 
 junction a b ^ d n g i g ift , er^etlt baiaug, 
 ba§ nac^ b e n f c I b c n (Sonjuiicttoncn ber 
 3 n b i c a t i » ftc^t, fobatb n i di t U n g c= 
 ttjifl^ctt ober 3nfunft ju beieid)nen 
 ift. ®o jwar: Ifit /•«!«, when she comes. 
 
Consonants. 
 
 41 
 
 I shall not go out^ ahtti II" it rains uow, 
 I will not go out. 3>wav: I shall go, 
 provided my father have no objection, 
 when I ask his permission; jeboi^ : I 
 shall go, provided my father has no 
 objection. Though his desire was laud- 
 able. aJJan fagt: Tell it whatever it 
 be, aber befttmiiitcc : Whatever is seldom, 
 is praised. — 3. 9)i ancient at ftel^t ber 
 Sonjunctb auc& unab^angig unb baun 
 lapt ftrf) eft, abev itic^t tmmec, ein 
 ivegge fa Ilcner Safe bawor benfcn. 
 Hallowed be thy name; thy kingdom 
 come; thy will be done u. f. ttJ. (@r= 
 gcinje sorl&ei-: ®ib, ba§.., obcr: JflJtr 
 bitten, ba^.) — 4. So ftei^t and) I /lad 
 unb I J^ere jiatt beg jivcitengutuv 
 I should have, I should be lu f. V». : It 
 were good you did it (angenoinmenev 
 %all, »ergt. 2). If thou hadsl been here, 
 my brother had not died. Could he have 
 kept his spirit to that flight, he had been 
 happy. — 5. SBcnn fiir unfcreu (Sonjunc; 
 rt» ber Snbicatitt ftei^t, f. btefen, B, 2. 
 
 Consonants. 1. 5)ie m e i fl c n aWit= 
 lauter l^aben eiiien fanften (soft) unb 
 cinen frfjarfen, barten (hard) Saiit, 
 in ber 5(u?fprad)e rocitji ju fcfteiben. @o 
 gebcn fidi) bie $aarc b nnb p, d unb t 
 (bad, bed, pad, bat, bet, pat, but); 
 V unb f (veal unb feel) ; z unb c (3ifd)ev) 
 obei- geHnbcg unb fd)arfcS s (zeal , ceil, 
 seal; desire [soft] unb design [hard]); 
 g neben c, k unb q (guard, card, quart; 
 gid, kid) ; bann bie 3ifrf)ei- j unb g neben 
 ch (George, church; jesi, chest); soft 
 unb hard r (her, ring) ; soft unb hard th 
 (to mouth, the mouth). @anft finb 
 alfo ; b, d, g, j, v, z; f^arf: p, t, c, 
 k, q, ch, f; balb ttjeicb, batb i^avt: 
 s, r, th. JDiefen tie^e fic^ altenfall^ noi) 
 bag fiu mine unb bag I ante h bcife^en 
 (hour, house). 5l(fo gibt eg nur bei bret 
 berStquibcn, bei 1, m, n, einefclc^e®(te= 
 berung nic^t. — 2. ©int^eiten fann man 
 bie Sonfcnanten: a. giacfe ben fte evi^eu; 
 genben (S^jracfjtBerfjeugeu in: Si)); 
 penbudljlaben (labials): b, p, f, m, 
 (w) ; 3 un g enbucftjlaben (Unguals) ober 
 3 a i^ n bud^f^aben (dentals) : d, t, th, I, 
 n, r, unb bie 3 i f d) c r (hissing sounds) : 
 S, c. ® a u m e n (aute cber ^ e 1^ I taute 
 
 (palatals cbev gutturals) : k, q unb, tuenn 
 fie nicfet jtfdien, c, g : eublid) bee ^<\\\6)' 
 laut (aspirate) : h. 3 a ^ n = unb S i ^ v en= 
 budifiabe 5ug(cidl iP v, ®aumen= unb 
 3 a f; n taut x (aug g obcr k unb s cnt- 
 ftanben). b. 9lad) i^ren @ i g e n f d) a ]- 
 ten in: ® tu mm e (mutes): b, p, d, t, 
 k, fctt»te c u. g, tvenn biefe n i ci^ t ^ifd)en ; 
 J^alboocale (semivowels): f, 1, ni, 
 n, r, T, (w) s, X, z, j, aud) g unb c, 
 hjenn fie jifd^en- 93on biefen nennt man I, 
 m, n, r aud) flitffige (liquids), tveit 
 fie (ctd^t mit anberen»erfc&me(jen, u. s, z, 
 j,g,c,x3tfd>er (f. aob.). — 3. 3JZanc^= 
 mat finb and) w unb y •^albccnfiMtanten, f. 
 bicfc Sud)fiaben. — 4. ©in »evbotJ^et; 
 tec Sonfonant (njie dd , tt, ss, gg) be= 
 ttjirft meifi fcftdrfere, fiivjcre 3htgfprad)e 
 beg battorfie^enben JCocaleg : fo in ass, 
 dagger; baraug erflavt fid) bie regeliua= 
 pige iScrbrppefung eineg @"nbbud)fiabcng, 
 njenneibetber2lb{ettung in bie 50ii tte beg 
 SBortcg tomnit: to rob : robber, robbed; 
 red — redder, reddish, to redden. 33gf. 
 Comparison, A, I, 3. — 5. @ine 3ufam= 
 menfe^ung now jhjei ober brei tterf c^ i e = 
 b e n e n Scnfonantentauten in einen 
 mel^rfad) en, gem if d& ten Saut nennt 
 man einen !Doi?peI= ober S^ri^jeli 
 ©onfonanten. Oft aber gibt fd)on ein 
 e i n f a d) e g Sonfcnanten j e i d? e n einen 
 g u f a m m e n g e f e ^ t e n S a u t an : fo c 
 in violoncello; d in soldier; tin nature; 
 bie 3ifdKr j nnb g: Jack, gem; x in 
 axis, exist; z in zechin (f. Homonym, 
 III). 2:ag ®egent^ei( f. unter Digraph, 
 (©infac^en Saut bagegen l^aben c, g, j, 
 d, t, X, z in cat, city, God, hallelujah, to 
 do, Xenophon, zeal.) a. 2)ie meifien 
 S) oi?jjelconfonantcn l^abcn s^^ci 3ei= 
 d)en : bl , br , bs , bt ; cl , cr, cs, cl ; dr, 
 ds; fl, fr, fs, ft; gl, gr, gs ; kl, kr, ks, 
 kt ; Id , It , Is ; ms ; nd , nt , ns ; pi, pr, 
 ps, pt; rb, rp, rd, rt, rl, rm, rn, re, rk, 
 rf, rg, rs ; sc, sk, si, sm, sn, sp, st, sw; 
 tr, ts (qu, hw): b. Qiur ivenige fdjveibt 
 man mit brei S3ud)ftaben : chl, chr, chs ; 
 phi, phr, phs; shr. ^aju fommt nod^ 
 bag 3u fammcntreffen jtrcicr Sonfonanten, 
 bie nur turdj fiununeg e gctrennt finb: 
 wiTes , severes. c. 3; r i )j e t confonans 
 ten finb : scl, scr, skr, spl, spr, str (squ). 
 
42 
 
 Construction 
 
 — 6. 3m 2)£ittfrf)cn W^^i ^er 8aut 
 ber 3ifcf)€v j iint) k (= s), ((e^terer ifl je= 
 i)od) in ^^roainjietler 2lugfpi-adK ba— )bei- 
 Saut beg t, be^ w unb ber Beibeii th. 
 (@nglifd)£'J j, z unbv ftnbet fid) im 3ta(ie= 
 nifc^cn, ih im ©^>anif(f)£ii itnb ^leiigrierfji; 
 fct)en.) IDagegen gibt eS im engU = 
 fcf^en nidit: ben Snut unfereg i, bie 6ei= 
 ben Saute unfereg cb (in od) unb id)) unb 
 ben Saut be8 m. (3)er beg 5 erfdjeint in 
 hats, bites u. bgl.) 2lucl) 2) )) p « f= »"*» 
 3;ri:tieIconfonanteu l^aben n^iu me§r; 
 fo rbt (evt't) au6^ xiji (in ^erbji), m^ff^ 
 (in : bu [d)rum).'>fft) ; imfer f^ (in fvvec^en, 
 fparen, i"ton®ebitbeten allgemein i(i)p ges 
 fprod)en, nuv v»vo» in j ietl fp) gibt eS 
 nicl}t, njo^t obit unfer ft (in fterben = frf)t) 
 in wisht, matched, witched; f. Caco- 
 phony, 2. 
 
 Construction. 1. 3m Slltgemeinen 
 ber beutfc{)en afiortfolge fe^v d^nlicf). — 
 2. Sebod) luerben 9? e tat isfci^e etenfo 
 conftcuirt, vrie >§am?tfa^e, trd'^venb 
 fte im 2). bag iBevb «on »Dvn n^eg anS 
 @ n b e giel^en : j. 39. ber aTJann, n.>eld)er mit 
 meinem SBruber geftern an! am = The 
 man who orru' erf with my brother yester- 
 day ; eg ift atev nod) bieunter Accusative, 
 C, 2 angegebene 2lugna^me ju fceviirffic^= 
 tigen. — 3. ©iei^e iifcrigeng bie cinjelnen 
 9tebet^ei(e^ bie (Safug, Subject, Absolute, 
 Apposition, Ellipse, luterrogalive, Par- 
 ticiple , Proverb, Reflective, Relative, 
 Inversion; fernec A, an; the; all-, both, 
 half, such; only; too; not; so; nor; 
 but ; to have, to get u. a. 
 
 to Continue 1. mit 3nfinitit> ober 
 actiwem $artici^ Idpt fid) njiJrtUcfe (= foi-t= 
 fal;ren), cber and) butd) ein ?lb»er6 = 
 fovt, tt»eiter u6erfe^en. He continued 
 to paint (ev matte fott). They continue 
 dancing. @anj fo fle^t to go on unb bag 
 franjof. coniinuer. — 2. 3m ®inne »on 
 fortmdl^ven b tteiben l^at eg ben 
 b ^ )3 e 1 1 e n 9i m i n a t i » (f. b.). T/iis 
 country had continued from early limes 
 the principal ce?itre of Grecian naviga- 
 tion. 93ergt. to Grow, to Get «nb bgt. 
 
 Contraction. 1. 2)ie»crdnbevnbe3u; 
 f a nj m e n J i e 1^ u n g einer ® i I b e ob. ei- 
 rcg ob. mefrevev SGB ov t e r : fo bag vutgdce 
 
 - D. 
 
 zounds aug God's wounds, a-latch f. upon 
 the latch; a-fiejd = in the field; thro' 
 fiir through ; a'n'l fiir is not it n. f. t». <S. 
 nod) Hiatus, 3 u. Assimilation. — 2. 3u= 
 fammcnjie^ung jhjeier <Sd§e in einen: 
 f. J. 58. Accusative, B, I, 3 unb 5; Pre- 
 position, C, 1 ; Participle, A, 1 ; What, 
 A,l. 
 
 Conversation. (SS ift natiidid), bap 
 bieftud)tige Stngf^jtr ad) e lebenbiger 
 Untev|altung fid) nid)t fireng an jebe 5Re= 
 get binbet, fid? fonac^ »om feiertic^en SJor; 
 trage ivefentlid) unterfc^eibet. ^m gtauBe 
 man nid)t, eg gel^ore jum anfldnbigen 
 2;one, bie Stebc njie einen ©iegbad) |ier= 
 »otfvrubetn gu taffen. Stucfe 1^ af d) e man 
 nid)t nad) ^ufammeujiel^ungen unb bgt., 
 um nic^t in einen affectirten ober »utgdren 
 Sion ju toerfin!en. ®, nod) unferen jn? eis 
 t e n Qlrtifet ^; Personal, B, C ; Familiar. 
 
 Correlative , twcc^fetfeitig bejiel^enb 
 (wie Seifiung unb ©egenteijhing, ®en.nct)t 
 imb ®egengeh3id)t). ®d jiefien bie (Sons 
 junctionen as . . as , though . . yet, not . . 
 but in correIati»en ©d|en : Though you 
 be older than he, yet I doubt whether 
 
 you are so learned (= jnjar aber). 
 
 ® . nod) Yet, e. 3n foId]en (£d|en tn-aud)t 
 man bie 5Urd)?ofition nidjt ju njiebevDoIen: 
 betioeen you and me no friendship ! 
 
 Crotchets f. Parenthesis. 
 
 D. 
 
 D. 9iame: de. Saut: 1. = b, ges 
 Vi^w »om t JU unterfd)eiben : dear, tear ; 
 bed, bet; I bend, I bent. — 2. 3n ben 
 Cant beg t gel^t eg iiber , ivenn eg in ber 
 (Snbung ed nacft einem fd)arfcn 6on= 
 fonanten fte^t unb bag e flumm ifi (f. 
 Ed)\ passed = past; tripped, kissed. 
 iDagegen bleibt eg n? e i c^, hjo bag e t au t 
 ifi, fo in ben Qlbfectieen: blessed, 
 wretched, aged. — 3. SCBie englifdjeg j ; 
 in soldier, nad) (Sinigen and) in grandeur 
 unb dt;ntid)en. — 4. <S tu mm ift d in 
 handsome , handkerchief , Hidepark, 
 
Dactyl — 
 
 riband, gettJO^nTic^ au(t> in Wednesday (= 1 
 wcnzda). 3n sicfen aui bem 5)eiitfrfKn 
 ftammenben SBovtern »ertrltt d baS t ober! 
 tf) (unferct l^eutlgenDrtr^ogvajjl^ie): hard, 
 loud, dove, drinker, I had, to do, God. 
 
 Da'ctyl , ber 3ScrSf«f : - -^^ ober 
 iw^: labourer, mfi'lody, li'berly. 
 
 Danish : f. Etymology, 4. 5)dntfd)en 
 Urf^jrungg fmb : to cast ttoit fafien, 
 flounder vvn gfljubcr; bic 93orfi(6cn for 
 (= »cr) , mis , a (f. A, *praXH'>riticn) ; bie 
 9ca(^fi(6en ard (coward)?'le, ly, y, ship 
 unb bie ^ParticiVcnbiing ed. 
 
 to Dare: J. ms f clbft ilanbi g e8 
 33a-6 : l^eraugforbern, tro^en, 
 ID a g e n , i^ t§ flets rcgchnd^ig, unb l)at 
 ben Snftnitio mit ^o md) fic^: I dare 
 you to do it. Why do we dare to talk of 
 Benvenuto Cellini — ? I have not dared 
 to go there (t(6 ^ate nicftt l^injuge^en ge= 
 toagt). The lady did not dare. B. 2llS 
 ^ i t f 8 » e r & : b u r f e n , ift e8 j^uar and) 
 regelmdftg, jebod) ift bann fiir ba« 3m= 
 X^erf. / rfwrs^ gebrdu(lUi*cr. (58 ^at ben 
 Snfinit. ;^ n e to nacfj fict) : I dare not 
 complain. I have not dai-ed go there (ic^ 
 ^aht nicf)t ^ingel^en biir f en). 
 
 Dash, ©ebanfenflric^ im ©a^e. ©♦ 
 ncrt) Ellipsis, A. 
 
 Date. !Der !Datum in JBriefen ttJttb be= 
 jeic^net : 1. nac^ beutf^er 2trt — ber JE a g 
 » or bem 9)1 on at, i»of»ei Jcfeterer mit of 
 Htfjt, ober 2. farmer, o!^ne 5trtifel unb o^ne 
 of, inbcm bie 3a^l 1^ inter ben 9Jio = 
 natSnamen tritt : the 22J of December 
 1822, obCJ? December 22. 1822; the 4th 
 of April 1852 ober April 4, 1852. SSet 
 ber jnjeiten Strt fl.^re(t)e man au3 : Decem- 
 ber the twenty - second. SSergl. Car- 
 dinal, B, 2. 
 
 Dative. 5 r m c 1 1 e 8 unb @ e = 
 brand). 3fi bag iT'atiictterl^dltnip hjirt= 
 lid) ju bejeidjnen , fo gefd)ier;t bic8 burd) 
 to : lo the father, to me, to whom. 2)ic= 
 fen au8brudli (^ en 2)ati» fe§t man 
 aber felt en, ber bIo§e Dbjetttt) (f. b. 
 nub Accusative, B, 1, 1, a) reic^t gettjoi^ns 
 lid) ^in. 2inein man niup to fe|en: 1. 
 ttjenn ber 3)atit) »on einem ©nbfl antic 
 a b ]& d n g i g ifi, ttjo toir i. 2). gehjol^nlid) 
 
 Dative. 
 
 43 
 
 ben ©enitiu ober fur, ju, gegen fe^en : 
 ndmlid) nac^ benen, bie einc 93 ertt) anbt= 
 fcfe aft m it Semanbcm , eine greunb = 
 fd^aft gegen, eine D^cigung ju 3e= 
 manbem, eine U n t e r o r b n n n g, cin 3 u= 
 ge^oren unb bergt. bejeid)nen (»erg(. 
 bamit Adjective, D, 2). He is god-father 
 to my child and a relatioji to my friend. 
 How is Miss Virginia , sister to Poor 
 Jack ? He is wa friend to horses (flowers, 
 plays, gaming). I became at last an 
 enemy to mankind (fo nnfere abjectifi; 
 fdKn: Semanbem freunb ober feinb 
 fein; vergf. 1. SJJof. 37, 8; $fafm o, 6). 
 He is a stain to humanity. The very 
 fellows to them (bag ©eitenflud b a ju = 
 berfelben). 2D irb ab er e in gegen; 
 f e i t i g e 8 93er^dltnip auggebriidt, fo ^i^t 
 ber ®enitit» (ober of) , h)ic i. !D. He was 
 always the poor man'^s friend. The 
 enemy of the soldiers. — 2. 2Bcnn ber 
 S^ativ won einem 2[ b j e c t i » abl^dngig ifi : 
 f. Adjective, D, 2: He must be allied to 
 the devil. lie ivas very civil (cruel, 
 generous, kind, open, polite, irue, unjust, 
 etc.) ^0 me. 5l(8 3[n8na§mcn f. like, near, 
 next. — 3. 2Cenn er nac^ einem ber fol= 
 genben 3} c r b e n j^ei^t : to agree ; to an- 
 nounce, melben; to appear; to ascribe 
 unb lo attribute, jufdn'eiben; to beckon, 
 Voinfen ; to communicate, mitt^eilen ; to 
 consign, iibergeben ; to deliver, ein]^dnbi= 
 gen , fagen ; to describe , befdjreiben ; to 
 explain, erffdren; to impute, jurec^nen ; 
 to leave; to mention, ernjdl^nen ; lo ob- 
 serve, bemerfen ; to relate ; to reply, er- 
 ivibern; to represent, worftefien; to re- 
 sign , uberlaffen , abtreten ; to reveal, of= 
 fenbaren , anjeigcn ; to say ; to secure, 
 (i5er=)fld)ern; to seem; to yield. INB.^iic 
 cnrflv gebrudten f. a. i. O. — He thought 
 of means to altribule /o himself all my 
 estate. This proposal Avas communicated 
 to me. What shall I deliver to him from 
 your Grace? The ghost beckoned to 
 Hamlet to follow him. The most innocent 
 things were imputed to me as a crime. 
 I have nothing to reply to his answer. 
 I found it not so as it was represented 
 to me. I was resigned to the wide world. 
 5lu8na^men fmb nid)t cben ^dnftg: 
 I had consigned him a bag of money. 
 
i9ik 
 
 44 Days - 
 
 Your schoolmaster will explain yoti these 
 passages. — ^}ad) anberen , alfc beu mei= 
 ften aSerben fic^t ber btof e Dbjectiw o I; n e 
 to : f. Accusative, B, I, 1, a. — ©iibtirf) 
 4. mup ^0 gefc^t tverben , ttjcmt ein 2tccu=: 
 fatiw ttor bcm ©atie ficl^t (= JDcim bag 
 nd^ere 06j«ct »or bem entfernteren fte^t). 
 Unb hjaiin bieS ber %aH fei, f. Accusative, 
 C, 5. <Bo : Send this money to your 
 brother; aber: Send your brother this 
 money. 
 
 3lu§ttaf>tnc. fDag fl[utf|Hge, fKt? bem 
 aScvb cng anfd)ltcf enbe SBortdKn it treniit 
 ben 5)atlt» fo unbebeutenb ijon feincm a>er&, 
 baf eg fein ^o notf;ig mac^t: Send it him, 
 nic^t; send it ^o him, @oU jebo^ , in 
 einem ©egenfa^c, ber ^att» betcnt tver= 
 ben, fo fe^t man au(ft nad) it bag to: 
 
 Send it to h 
 
 tin, not to me. 
 
 9luct) 
 
 golge einer 3 n » e r f i o n fann to beg a3er= 
 fianbuiffeS ^a(6er erforbert hjerben ; f c : A 
 madman at a mile off would, to the 
 offspring of „a royal line," cause fear 
 and trepidation. (Maxwell.) llet'rigeng 
 treten fur unfern 5)att» ofterS ancf) anbere 
 ^raj^ofitiunen ein, nfg to; My mother 
 never smiled on me. This is to be 
 pardoned only in children (= JJtnbcrn, 
 bei ^.). @. Preposition, C, 2. 
 
 Days of the IVeek f. The, C, 3. 4. 
 
 to Declare: lie declared himself an 
 heir. He was declared emperor. He de- 
 clared himself very well satisfied (f. 
 Participle, B, 3, u. Accusative, B, F, 2.) 
 
 Declension , 21 6 to a n b l u n g ber 
 '!?auj;ts, (5igenf(I)aft« = , ^a^i-, 
 unb g u r h) r t e r. I. 3}cr|'}c^t man im; 
 ter declination etnc 33eugung, iBer- 
 dnbernng ber QBortev fetbf! jua3e= 
 jeic^nungbereafn8ttevr;drtniffe, fo l^at nnr 
 ein cinjtgeg SBort , ndmlic^ who, cine 
 aoUjidnbige iI)ec(tnation : tvhose, whom, 
 freiiic^ o^ne llnterfdjieb beg 3)atio unb 
 2[ccnfatio nnb beg ©ingufar nnb ^Iwxai. 
 21uierbcin gi6t eg nod) 1. einen ^?offef = 
 ft»en ®eniti» ber @ubftanti»e: 
 the father's , our friend's , unb 2. einen 
 Dbjectitt ber ^jerfontidjen 5itrmi)r = 
 ter; me, her, him, them. II. 93erftel^t 
 man ater ttntcr ^Declination irgenb 
 cine 2lrt, bie ^afugtjer^dltniffe augjii; 
 
 Demand. 
 
 briicfen , fo l^at and) bag ©nglifdjc feine 
 ocllfidnbige ^Declination. 3)enn eg 6ejeic^= 
 net: 1. ben ^fominatio unb ben ID6jecti» 
 buvd) il^re @ t e 1 1 u n g , f. Accusative, C ; 
 — 2, 3)ie iibrtgen ijdilcbuvd) of to, from. 
 !Diefe ^rdi^ofitioncn fiub bie „ber ^nt = 
 fernung ober ber 2lnndl^erung , 
 bnrd) njetcEfe beiben aSegriffc atle aScjics 
 l^uiigen ber ©adbcn unb aBorter auf einan= 
 ber gebad)t Werbcn miiffen" (9JJori§, 
 ital. @)3rad)te;^re). SDal^er ftel^cn bie g t e i; 
 d) en Qjerl^dltnipnjijrter and) in alien ro= 
 manifc^en @>jrad)eu (am genauefien bem 
 @ngttfd)en entf^^redjenb im Stalienifdjen : 
 of = di, from — da, to = a) , ofterg y 
 aud) i. SD. — III. 2l(lein and) biefe 6es // 
 quemen 2lnbcutungen ber gdlle fmb ber 
 familidren unb »u(gdren ®)?rad?e oft 
 nod) jutjiel: fie beclinirt i^duftg g a r n i dj t 
 ober falfd), ba nun einmal bie 2)eclina= 
 tiongformen im 2lllgemeinen nidU jum 
 2>uvd)t)rud) gefommen finb. @c : It was 
 not 7is they attacked {^aittve, attra = 
 ^irt »on attacked). We understand 
 each other, you aud me (ebenfattg 2lt= 
 traction t>on understand). (S. nod) Who, 
 A, @. JVho have we here (fiatt whom) ? 
 It is me (f. Abuse). @o fe^t man aucb ben 
 Slominatit) ftatt beg Objectisg bcfonberg 
 nad) ben ^rdjjo fiti o nen, bie »on 
 i^rem 9tegimen gctreimt finb: JVho servesi 
 thou under? (Shakespear.) He sees 
 who it comes from. 9^id)t felten aud), 
 hjenn bie $rd))ofitton ba»or|!e6t: 
 To who shall I run ? — I says you roust 
 come with /.' fagt ein Sonjialjle^ between 
 you and /, fogar ein 2lb»ocat., 
 
 Defective Verbs, 3eit\t)6rter, bencn 
 einjetnc ?5ormen mangeln. (5g fmb 
 au^er ben Ǥilfgucrlien I can , may, shall, 
 will, must, ought nod) quoth, to wit, <xvi6:i 
 meseems, nielhinks unb dl^nttcf)e (benen 
 bie $artici))ien unb ber Snfitu fe^len). 
 Ueber ben ©rfa^ beg 3Tiangclnbcn fcei ben 
 ^i(fg»er5cn f. b. einjeln a. i. O. 3n ges 
 r i n g e r e m ® r a b c fmb aud> alle im- 
 personal verbs befectiv. 
 
 Definite Article f. The. 
 
 to Demand f>at ben Moficu 2rccufat., 
 too tvir einer ^tUdvoHtiou bcbiirfen : n ad) 
 6t»»ag fragen, urn ©tivag, nm Semanben 
 
Demonstrative Pronouns 
 
 Derivation. 
 
 45 
 
 an^aUin i'ocxQt. baei fraiijof. demander). 
 He demanded /lei' in marriage (= ct hi- 
 
 Demon'stratiTc Pronouns, ]^in= 
 jetgenbe j^iirttjovtcv, finb this unb that, f. 
 b. 2)aju fommen noc& bie fettneren yon 
 unb yonder : Yon red cloud ; yonder 
 Alpine snow. ?IucC) the former (| e n c r , 
 bcr erjlgenannte) unb the latter (b I e f e r , 
 bei- Icltgcnnnnte) fte:§en oft fo. !J)a^ aud} 
 bie$voncun§ ber britten *|Serfon 
 pft in b em on fir at ice m @inne fiel^en, 
 f. 6ei Personal, B, 6. — 3m 51 It g e m e is 
 nen ifl ju merfen : 1. SGBtr fe|en oft im= 
 fern Beftimmten Slrtifet aU 2)6 = 
 monfiratti), fo ftel^t the nid)t (f. jes 
 bod) The, C, 12) , eS mug this obcv that 
 bafur etntreten : 33 ci 3 ift ein fitonec ®ar= 
 ten : T/iis is a fine garden. ®ebt mir b a 8 
 SBu<b, ni6)t jcneS: Give me this book, not 
 that, 3)ev ©(felag Betctufcte i^n: That 
 blow stunned him. — 2. This unb that 
 tidjten firt) j^etS in bee 3 a 1^1 form nacf) 
 ibrem ©ubfiantiio , JDci^renb unfec ba§, 
 b i c S aU @ u & i c c t oft unoerdnbect 
 bleibt: a)ag fin's) ®teinc = TAese are 
 stones. 2)ic8 flnb bie aSiidier .§einric£)'g : 
 These are Henry's books. 5)a8 iuaveu 
 l^errltc^e j^riidjte : Those were excellent 
 fruits. 2Dag finbSDlcinnev t»on un»erjagtem 
 3)hit^e : These are men of undaunted 
 courage. — 3. This unb that treten, tt)ie 
 2lrtifet unb ^offeffiioc ^?ronomen, Winter 
 half, all, both, double unb bergl., f. t. — 
 4. Ue6er bie 93erMnbung ber bemonfJra; 
 tiijen pronouns mit ben ^offefficen, f. Of, 
 4, a, e. — 5. Ueber ben SGBegfall ber 5)es 
 monftratiBg f. Possessive Case, C, 1, unb 
 Allraclion, 1. 
 
 Dentals f. Consonants, 2, a. 
 
 Derivation, ^ISIeitung eine§ cngti; 
 fdKn SBorteg »c)i einem anbcren eng = 
 Hfd)en (benn bie Slbleitung axiS frems 
 ben ®vrn(^€n gc^ott ber Etymology an). 
 J. a)eri»ationgfiIl)en, 9tad)fits 
 ben: 1. Set ©ubftantiticn: ess, in; 
 er, er; scape unb ship, fdjaft ; head unb 
 hood, 5eit; ness, nif, feit; dom, tl^um ; 
 rick, reid), t^um; — cy = franjcf. ce, 
 feit; ty = fronj. te, feit; our = franj* 
 cur, ^iit, feit. 2tuf erbem bie 2fblettung§= 
 
 lautc t unb tli , iuel^e ®ubjlanti»e toon 
 5Ibjecttifen unb 9}erben bitben (al^nfid) un= 
 fer c unb t: ^o^ — ^o^e ; roiegen, @e= 
 tviitlt.) 33 eif^iefe: princess, unbeseem- 
 ingness (2 3}or5 unb 2 giadjfilben , ttjic 
 in Unanfidnbigfe it); fisher, land- 
 scape, friendship, Godhead, neighbour- 
 hood, loneliness, nothingness, kingdom, 
 bishoprick, infancy, bounty, valour ; — 
 ilight, weight, truth. @. no^ Diminu- 
 tives. — 2. Sei 3lbiecti»en, f. Ad- 
 jective, A, I, 2. : bie b e u t f (^ e n Slacks 
 filben : n, en, em = n, en^ ern ; ful, »oU, 
 ig, lid); y, ig ; ly, lic^, lifc^ ; ish, if<^, 
 lifc^, i6)ty some, fam ; less, log; bie 
 franjefifdjcn: ous, eous imb ious 
 = eua^, ieux, Bott, rei(i^, l^aft, ig, lic^ ; — 
 able unb ible = able unb ible^ bar, ig, 
 ii6), \)(x\t ; — al = a/, (at)iff^ ; ive = ?/, 
 ig, enb. Scifijiete: leathern, silken, 
 eastern, useful, windy, heavenly, foolish, 
 laboursome , powerless ; — porous, 
 courageous, malicious, agreeable, con- 
 temptible, musical, active. — 3» J8ei ben 
 3a]^Icn: th = fe: the fifth ( aud) 
 fold: tenfold, ^al^Iabjcctito), — 4. SSeim 
 93 e r b : en ober n : to fatten, to widen. 
 
 — 5. aSeim 2lbtoerb: ly = lid) : wisely 
 (and) ward: eastward). — 9)iit biefen 
 !Derioation§ filben fxnb bie g t e r i = 
 onSftlbeu nic^t ju »ermed)fetn, Jvel^e 
 man bei ber declination, Som^^aration 
 ober ©cnjugation einem SBorte anfefet: 
 fo s, 's, es, est, er, ed, en, n, t — f. unten 
 C. — B. *8eif)3ielena* ben (Staff en 
 ber 2C i) r t er mogen bie 93telfeitigfcit ber 
 SGBortabteitung geigen. l.®ubftantitoe 
 toon ©ubjlantitoen: tyrant — tyran- 
 jiess; a croft — crofter (ber aSefi^er eineS 
 croft); Duke — Dukedom (Duchy, au8 
 bem granjof. unb ducat unb ducatoon, 
 auS bem Statien.); music — musician; 
 arm: armlet, armour, armourer, arm- 
 orist, armory, army, armament, arma- 
 ture. @. noc^: Feminine, C, I. — 
 
 2. ©ubflanttto »on 21 b j c c t i » : moist 
 
 — moisture; kind — kindness; sharp 
 
 — sharper, sharpner, sharpness. — 
 
 3. © u b ft a n t i to e toon 91 u m e r a I « ob. 
 *Pronoungt one — the oneness ; same 
 
 — the sameness. 4, ©ubftantittc 
 toon SSerben: to build — the builder, 
 
46 
 
 Desire 
 
 the built, the building; to abolish — 
 abolishment. 5. ©ubftanttBC luni 
 QlbserSien: in — the inn (= bie ©in; 
 fel^c), the inning (ba3 @iit6ringcnl, bie 
 (5rnte) ; under — underling. 6. Q(b = 
 J c c t i »on ^H b I e c t i » : black — black- 
 ish ; red — reddish. 7. 5lb|ecti» 
 »cn @ It 6 j^ an 1 1» : mxsciue^ —mischiev- 
 ous ; foam — foamy; flame — flammoous; 
 duke — ducal f- China —Chinese (»gl. 
 Antonomasia, 1). 8. 2(bj;ectt» •oon 
 5P r n m e n : self — selfish (unb bavon 
 ttjiebei- ba8 ©ubftantiw selfishness). 
 9. 2lb jectt» son S^umeral: one — 
 only; two — twofold, twice. 10. 5tb' 
 jcctit) »on 9?er6eii: to admire — 
 admirable ; to break — breakable. 
 11. 21 b j e c t i » e i>cn 2t b » e r 6 i e n : ere 
 
 — earli/ (unb bavon iviebev the earliness); 
 in — inner ; up — upper, uppish (balder 
 aud^ nnfer xippiQ = ©iner, ber tmmer 
 often brauf [u^\ itf] iff) ; unb von uppish 
 ttjieber the uppishness. 12. ^IbjectiB 
 »on 3 n t e V I c c 1 1 n : lack-a-day : lack- 
 a-daisical. 13. 9t urn era I son 9iu = 
 m e I- a I : four— forti/, fourth. 14. ^xo- 
 no men iion ^Pronomen: my — 
 mine; it — its. 15. 33 e vb toon 3} er6 : 
 to hear — to hearken ; to disjoin — to 
 disjoint; lo drink — to drench ; to fall 
 
 — to fell ; to rise — to raise ; lo deem 
 
 — to doom; to lie — to lay; to sit — 
 to set. 16. a5er6 son @u6jtantio: 
 tyranny — tyrannize; a trap ( ober 
 trapan) — to irapan (f. aur& Accent, B, 
 1, c). 17. as e r t> e n »on 2( b j e c t i » e n : 
 sharp — to sharpen ; verbal — to ver- 
 balize; divers — to diversify (eigentlid) 
 jufammengefe^t f./y). 18. 33 evb en »on 
 2t b » e r 6 1 e n : in — to inn. 19. 21 b = 
 t»er()ien »on 2lboerbient ere — 
 early ; ever — everly ; out — outwardly. 
 20. 2lbtocr6tcn von ©ubfiantiio : 
 year — yearly. 21. 3[b ti e v S i en von 
 21 b j e c t. : noble - nobly. 22. « b s 
 »ertnen »on 9tumevat§: first — 
 firstly; third — thirdly; one — only. 
 
 C. <Sc{)on bie inOtJtgem cuvftv gebvucfs 
 ten iBetfpiete jeigcn, baf? bet bcr 2(b{eitung 
 oft 33 ei dnbcvun gen ber Dvt!^o = 
 grap^ie ^altftnben. 3)iefc finb uieifi 
 buret) angcmeinc ®efe^e ber Drt^iograp^ie 
 
 — Dialect. 
 
 unb ber Slu^fpracfie gcboten, baf^er fel^ren 
 fie auct) bei ber flexion (bei bent ^piuraf, 
 ber Sotn^jaration , ber Sonjugation , ber 
 58i(bung ber 2lbverbien unb ber Drbinat; 
 ja^^ten) ttjteber. ©benfo ber aCert)fel beS 
 2(ccenteg unb ber Ouantitat, tt»ie bei to 
 admire, admirable, admiration (»ergl. 
 Accent, A, 4). 3um %l)i\\ finb btefe 
 aCanbtungen and") bitrd) ©inttjtrfung frem; 
 ber ©^rac^en entfianben t f. oben bie 2[b= 
 teituugen »on Duke (9h-. 1). ©in 
 @d)\vanfen be8 @tammeg ift iibrigenS 
 ftetS einer S: o c^ t e r f ^ r a d) e in l^o^erem 
 ®rabe eigen, a(8 einer Urf^jrad)e: fo 
 reason , ratio , rational ; to probe , to 
 prove, the proof t)Dn probare. 
 
 D. mi eine 2lrt ber ^Derivation td§t e3 
 fic^ auc^ betrad,Uen, njenn eine unb biefelbc ' ^ > 
 aCortform in verfd)iebencm @inne, aU ) 
 <£ubftantit> unb a(8 2lbjecti», ober alg : ''^ 
 a3erb unb atg 2lbwerb u, f. w. , gebraud|t|| 
 njtrb* @. Ambiguity, I, 4—, Adverb, r 
 A, II, b. giir bie iibrige aOGortbitbung f. 
 Composition. 
 
 to Desire, tnit bem 2(ccuf. unb bem 
 Snfin. , tt)ie bitten, l^eifien: You 
 desire we to send you some accounts. — 
 Mr. Brookes desired me to leave off (= 
 er l^ie^, tiep mid) auf^oren). 5Paffi»: I 
 was desired to buy her some gems. 
 
 Despite, aXi «|3rd).>orition, f. Of, 10. 
 
 Dcter'iniiiative finb SKdrter, bie 
 einen S3egriff ndf;er bepimmeu, begrenjen : 
 fo ber beftimmte 2(rtifel, bie 9^etattveg, bie 
 2lbverb§ ; f. Adverb, B, 1. 
 
 Diaer'esis, bie S^rennung smeicr 
 auf einanber fotgenber 33ccate , alfo baS 
 ©egent^eil von ber Snf^mtmenjie^ung 
 berfetbcn in einen 3) i v^ b 1 1; o n g. i5ft im 
 ©anjen felten (vergl. Jo, 2 , Ji/, 3) unb 
 nod) feltner , fafl nur in Srembtvoitern, 
 iuirb fie burd) bie beiben SPunftc •• bejeid)= 
 net: Madame dc Slacl ; aorial , coad- 
 jutor; bagegcn o^ne a3ejeid)nung in Dia- 
 na, quiet, coiicted, poesy. 
 
 Dialect, bie ®v*ra(^e einjctncr ®e= 
 genbeii, fofern fte von ber ©dniftfvvac^e, 
 ber ®vrad)e ber ©cbilbctcn beg Sanbe« al^ 
 loeidjt. <Bc loevben in Sonbon attein v t e r 
 vcrfdjiebene 5)iatecte gcfprodjen; fretli^ 
 
Digraph 
 
 uUxfieiQt abei- au* bie ® e c 1 e n j a :^ ( Son; 
 bun's bte beS J^onigr. Sad^fen fcebcntenb. 
 !Dem Cockney Dialect — ber gemctucn 
 Scnboncr (©tabtflnb-) 9Jiunbart — gel^oven 
 ^. 33. an : idear ft. idea, feller jt» fellow, 
 vinder ober gar vinner fi. window, yer fi. 
 you ; bem 35 a n cr btafccte bie iibertrteBenc 
 2)e^nung beg a in father, half, calf, ot>= 
 fc^on man eg au^ nicfct attjufe^r eerfiirjen 
 barf. ®. nod) Accent, IV, V, Preposi- 
 tion, E, unb Provincialism. @in 9Prij6= 
 d)en beg jiib ifdien 2) iaiccteg : Have 
 you anything to shell {— sell). Sir? 
 Versh the bagsh ! Oh ! vat ish there in 
 it? Oh! vat you vanl?— S' help roe, ifs 
 yoursh. 
 
 Digrraph, ein 2)o^?v«^J«'<^«"/ eincSSers 
 ftinbung jweicr SBudlftalJcn ju cinem e in = 
 f a d) c n Sante, hjie ea = i, oa = o, gh = 
 g, sh = fd). y4. (ginb bie fceiben 58u(6; 
 ftaben SSocate , fo nennt man eine fofc^c 
 iDerfcinbung and) cinen Mon'ophlhong 
 ((5 i n tanter), im ©egenfafeeju 3)i))^t§ong, 
 f. b. Oft aber redjnen bie ©rammatifer 
 auc^ e i n f a d) e Sante nnter bie 2)i^]^t!^on= 
 gen , fcbalb fie mit jnjei JCocaten ge= 
 fdniebcn ttjerben , foivie fic nmgefe^rt bie= 
 jenigen 2)iv>^t^ongen, bie nnr mit ein em 
 J8ud)fiabcn bejetd)net iuerben, jn ben 3?o= 
 cafen rec^nen. SBeibeg ift falfd) : man l^at 
 bag 3luge fiber i£ad)en beg O^reg — 
 ii6er Saute — entfd)eiben kffen! JCal^er 
 anfe^nlid^c SSerhJirrnng ! @cmip ifi bod) 
 ei in sleight ganj anbercr S^tatur , alg ei 
 in deceit. @6enfo unterfc^etbe man h)ol^( : 
 oil in poiind unb on in four, obcr ou in 
 ragout, ou in coiild, ou in honour. 9Jur 
 in pound ifi ou iDi^l^tl^ong, in ben iibrt= 
 gen angefiil^rten SCiJrtern btoper 3)igrap^. 
 Ei in deceit ifi cbenfon^enig 35i^l^t^ong, 
 atg ic in n? i e o i e t , ou in honour e6en= 
 fon^cnig, alg o ober oe in @ 6 § e , ® o c; 
 t ^ e ; f. Hiatus, 3. — B. 3)ie beiben a3ud)= 
 ftaben fonnen aber and) SJi i 1 1 a u t e r fein, 
 imb bann nennen mx fic einen Sonfos 
 n a n t e n b i g r a )j 1^ / im ® cgenfa^e ju ben 
 3) W c I confonantcn (f. Consonants, 5), 
 bie einen jufam in en ge fe^ten Saut 
 barfielten: fo ift ch in chord (= kord) 
 nur ein !I)igra^3]^ , in cherry (= isherri) 
 cin3)o)5>?ekonfonant; sc in conscious (= 
 konshus) iji JDigrap^, aber in scale ift c3 
 
 Diminutives 
 
 47 
 
 ein S^oD^jetconfonant = sk. — 3u ^. 33o= 
 cafbigrajjl^en ober SWono^^^t&ongen finb: 
 aa: to baa; ffe: Caesar; ai: fair; ao : 
 gaol; au: aunt; ay: day; — ea : sea, 
 head; ee: free; ei: veine, Seine; eo : 
 people, leopard ; eu : rheiim ; eiv: crew, 
 sew ; ey : prey, key ; — ie : field, friend ; 
 io : nation ; — oa: boat; oe : diarrhoea ; 
 oi: tortoise; oo : poor, stood, d5or, 
 blood ; ou: source, route ; 07v: morrow; — 
 ui: build, juice. ®. bagegen : Diphthong, 
 unb uergl. benfelben Unterfd)ieb bei Tri- 
 graph unb Triphthong. — 3 u /^. (5 o n = 
 fonantenbigrajj^g finb : sc : con- 
 scious ; ch : ache ; gh : Ghent ; ph : 
 philosophy , nephew ; sh : fish ; th : 
 thither; — baju gu unb qu in guard, 
 piquant u. a. 91od) lie^en fic^ atlenfaHS 
 ^te§er (ju J ober B) atle bie 3ufammen= 
 fefeungen red)nen, wo ber eine ber beiben 
 aSudjftaben ftumm ift : »»ie ia in carriage, 
 St in castle, ph in diphthong; fo and): 
 kn, en, cz, bt, mn, mb u. a. 3}gL nod) 
 Division, 2. ^iefe 33ud)ftaben^anfungen 
 en t ft an ben: 1. inbem man l5ic ur = 
 f^jriingnd) e Ortl^ograpl^ic ber alteren 
 SVi^idie beibel^ielt, n3ar;renb bie 5{ug= 
 fi?rad)e ft(^ »ereinfad)te ; — 2. inbcm man 
 bie Drt§ogra)3§ie eineg grembmortg 
 a«fnaf;m , eg aber in ber Slugfyradje »er= 
 anberte (tt)ie conscious ; f. Etymology, 6 
 unb 9) ; — 3. inbem man bie , nid>t juni 
 bcften gema^lten , Scfejet^en frember 
 Sprad)en einfu^rte, bag u beg Sranjoft= 
 fcfeen: guide, nnb bag h beg 3tatienifd)en, 
 f. Gu unb Gh; ober iiber^auft inbem man 
 4. bag arme Iateinifd)e 2C(p^abet 
 jnr 28ejeid)nung son Sauten benu^te , bie 
 eg nid)tfannte: ba^er: th (frii^er 0), sh 
 (unfer nod) ungtiid(id)ereg fd)) unb bergf. 
 ©. Letters. 
 
 Dinii'nutives, 93crf(cinerunggn)6r= 
 tcr, btlbct man turd) bie 9iad)ri(ben kin, T 
 
 ling, ock, lei, eril = d)en, Icin, ting : j« — ^ ' ' 
 33. man — mannikin , aJianndien (vergt. CaS^ 
 mannequin im Sranj.), pan — pannekin ; J 
 
 duck — duckling ; hill — hillock ; river ■' 
 
 — rivulet ; cock — cockeril ; goose — 
 goosey unb gosling, — mit geringen 
 Sdjttjanfungen ber Drtl^ograp^ic ; f. De- 
 rivation, C. — ®o(d)e aSiJrter ftnb leiber 
 icenlg im ®ebrau(^e unb mair umfdireibt 
 
.' and garden , ein -§du§ct)eu imb ein ( 
 /v'^ ^«"- 9Jian faim aber tt»o^t oxx^ bie 
 
 48 Diphthong 
 
 fie gelvoI^nncl)cr buret) little: a lillle house 
 
 and garden , ein -§du§ct)eu imb ein ®dvt= 
 
 fcl^r 
 
 tUfnr= 
 
 Hctjen SSei-f>iIbnngen »cn 33crnanien 
 I;icrf;er recfjnen, bie a(8 Siebfofung3aug= 
 bnicfe bieneu : Bill ^(\ii William ; Dick = 
 Richard; Jack, Joh, Joe, Jock, Jenny = 
 John ; Joe and) fiiv Joseph ; Fanny = 
 Frances ; Nan, Nancy »on Anne. 
 
 Diphthong:, bie iBereinigung jhjeier 
 33DcaUaute in einen gemi[ct)tcn, jufam? 
 mcngefe^ten Saut : ba§ ® egcntl^eil finb 
 bie eirtfadKn a3ccale a, e, o, mandimat audi 
 i, y, u (f. 1), unb bie Digraphs, f. b* 3n 
 ber 9}iitte 5mifd]en ben 2)itif;t]^ongen iinb 
 ben reinen^ccalen fte-^en bie unreinen33o= 
 ca(e : o unb a (and) au, aw, oa gcfd)ric6en); 
 fo in nor, broad, fall, taught, law. 
 1. 2)ii^§tl;cuge, bie nur mit ein em SSc^ 
 cate gcfd)rie6en trerben: I, y, u: 
 life, fly, cure. — 2» I)i))]&tr;onge, bie mit 
 jwei 95ocaten gcfc^rieben tt)ev= 
 ben : ea, ei, eo, eu, ew, ia, oi, oy, ou, 
 oiv, 711, uy in linealion, sleight, feod, 
 neutral, nephew, filial, oil, oyster, cloud, 
 how, nuisance, buy. — 3* 2)i)3§t^Dngen 
 niit b V c i 3 e i d) e n g e f d; v i e b e n : emi, 
 coil, ieu, iew , iou in beauty , miscel- 
 laneous, adieu, view, bilious. ©. nt»d) 
 Digraph, Triphthong, Division, 6. 
 
 Direct, gcvabc, im ®egcnfa^e ju jw- 
 direct, f. b. @o gi6t eg ein b i r e c t e g D 6= 
 ject, ben *ilccufati» , im ®egenfn§c jum 
 5?'nttt> ; bie bivccte 91 e b e : He comes, 
 unb bie b i V c c t e 5 V a g e : Does he come ? 
 f. Interrogative, B, I. 
 
 Division, bie 5lbt!^eiiung eineS 
 HBorteg am @nbe ber 3eite. 1. (Sin cin = 
 jelner Sonfonant jnjifdjen jnjei 3}ocas 
 len fcmmt jur na d) ften <&i(l)e l^iniiber : 
 de-so-la-tion. *Jlkr x, unb natiirlic^ ck, 
 gilt ate 2)ov»V*c(confonaut unb bteidt bet 
 ber uor^ergepcnben ®itbe : ex-ample, 
 siock-ing. — 2. @tn @onfonanten = 
 bigra^i]^ (f. Digraph, B) iuirb nid)t ges 
 trennt, unb fommt jur nvidfften @itbe: 
 bi-shop , bro-iher. — 3. (5in»erbof 
 Xitlttx (Sonfonant n^irb getrenntt 
 mir-ror, lit-tle. — 4. 3t»ei ^cnfonanten 
 (eine 3)oi5))ctconfonanj) jiuifd^en jwei 93a= 
 
 Do. 
 
 eaten irerben getrennt; ftefet jebcd? ein 
 mute tior eincm liquid (f. Consonants, 2, 
 b), fo bteiben fic j u f a m m e n : bas-ket, 
 ta-ble, in-sect ; pu-trid. — 5. 33on b r e i 
 ober »ier Sonfpnanten, bie jufam; 
 men feine ®itbe anfangen fCMineu, nimmt 
 man foi^iete mit l^iniiber, atg ju 5tnfang 
 einei '^'xihi (ober eineg aCortcg) fle^en 
 fonnen : [o parch-ment , hand-some, 
 com-plete. — 6. 2)ie SSocale eineg 3) is 
 }3l;tl^ongen ob. ^Tri^l^t^ongen barf 
 man nid)t trcnncn, ftiot;! nber jwet 
 SSocate, bie getrennt gefjjrodjen 
 VKcrben (f. Diaeresis) : bat;cr finb pound, 
 loud, fain imtl^citbar ; man tf;eift moun- 
 tain , aber nidjt rao-un-tain ; anx-ious, 
 abcr nidn anxi-ous ; mol^t aber re-al, 
 cow-ard, vi-o-let, voy-age , roy-al. — 
 7. (Sin e i n f a d) e r gonfonant mit fi u m= 
 m e m e n a d) f i di, bitbet f e i n e ® i t b e : 
 alfo n i c^ t ho-me, hou-se, wi-re , wol^t 
 aber: hou-ses, gra-ces. — Ueber bie= 
 fen nuv formett'en Slegetn jie^t 
 bie, ba^ man 8.) jufammeng efe^te 
 2Corter nad> bem @inne tf^eift, b. 1^. 
 fic in i^re nvf))riinglidKu Si^eite jertegt: 
 an-olher, how-ever , hot-house, ship- 
 owner, Shake-spear, range-ing, change- 
 able, hinge-ing, move-able ; bat;er iver= 
 ben and) 2) e r i » a t i o n 6= u. ^ t e r i o n Ss 
 fitben (f. Derivation, A) abgefe^t, 
 oi^ne einen^l^eil beS @tamme§ 
 mit ]^ i n it b e r ju nc§men : learn-ed, 
 learu-ing, learn-er; Hsh-es. — 51 u g = 
 n at; men: a. 2)ie 3ifd)er c unb g jicl^t 
 man mit l^iniiber : pla-cing, chan-ged, 
 bamit ber tiebc Jgefer gteid) fe^e, ban fie 
 nidU niie f ober g tauten , njie beun iiber- 
 l^au))t ein guter 3:i^eit ber 5lbt§eitung8re= 
 getn nnr ben 3wecf ^at, bie 51 u § f v» r a d) e 
 be« SDorteS n i d) t jn » c r w i f cfc e n : ba= 
 l^er plea-sure neben pleas-ed, pleas-ing. 
 
 — b. 2)ie an fid) gar ju biirftige 5tbj 
 teitefitbc y nimmt ben te^tcn ©tammbnc^i 
 ftabcn jU fid) l^iniiber: dir-ty, woo-dy, 
 Ihir-sly. 
 
 to Do. J. g r nt c 1 1 c « : ^refent : 
 I do, thou doest (f. Conjugation, II, 5) 
 ober thou dost, he does, we do u. f. to. 
 3mt>erf. I did ; yaff. 5)3art. done. B. ® c- 
 braucfc. I. %U f e t b fl fl Sn b i g c 3 
 aSerb: I shall do like for like. We had 
 
Double 
 
 much to do. That will do. The business 
 is done. — To have done, mit bem act. 
 panic, nac^ fic^ l^eipt: itmcki beenbct:^aben, 
 fertig fetn, aufl^oren* She had done 
 speaking. The bells had done ringing. 
 We should have done reading. II. 2JI3 
 «$i(fS»er5 bient e3 nur im Present 
 unb Imperfect Tense. 1. ^it bic 5|Sro5 
 nomen ©tettocrtreter ber ©uBflantbe finb, 
 fo iji to do oft © t e n » e r t r c t e r 
 t'xnti oorouggcl^enben 93er6§ 
 (dl^ntid) j!er;tbag franj. faireu.maiicfimat 
 itnfer m a rt) e n , 1 1^ u n) : I had at first no 
 mind to ride out, but now I am glad I 
 did. ©0 itamentlid^ im jicciten @(iebe 
 einer SSergleic^ung : You write belter 
 than I do. 2)anii nimmt ti auc^ ganj bic 
 Sottfiructton be8 »ertretencn 3Scrb8 
 an : She laughed at him, but he did not 
 at her. They spoke ill o/us, but we did 
 not of them. @. nD(i> Auxiliary, D, III. 
 — 2. 3n gra9.fa§en, unb jvuar nictjt 
 nur a(g 3 c i c& en ber Stage, fonbcm auc^ 
 juSlufrecftt^altung beg attgcmeinen ®vunb; 
 fa^eS , eg f oUc bag Subject cor, bag 
 Object l^inter fein 93evb tretcn; eg 
 befijrbert atfo bag aScrftanbni^ ; 5* 33. Did 
 the lion AiV/the elephant ifl onfd)auU(^er, 
 afg : Killed the lion the elephant, juo fl^ 
 jn?ei ®iibflantit»c brdngen. Uebrigeng f. 
 noc^ Interrogative, C, II, 4—6. — 3. 3n 
 @d|en , bie mit not »crnetnt ftnb : (NB. 
 n i c^ t hd no, never, ober bei 93 e r n e i = 
 nungen iibcri^au^jt, ttjie eg eft l&eift!) 
 I do not love him. You don't say so ; 
 aber : He reads no book itnb : He never 
 reads a book, neben : He does not read 
 any book. — iDic ^o^ere @*reibart aber 
 befreit fic^ in beiben angegebencn gdllcn 
 ;^dufig»onbiefem gormnjorte : I speak 7xot 
 of features. I know not why. Though 
 thou seesl me not. They seemed not such 
 to me. Unb bei einem anberenǤiTfg = 
 jeitroortc fie^t /o do niefo; nic^t: Do 
 you not be at home ? fonbern: Are you not 
 at home? — 4. 2luct) im getrol^nlicfien 
 <£a^e (o!^ne gragc unb cl^ne not) jiel^t to 
 rfo oft, bcfonberg hti einer (Sntge gens 
 fe^ung, iro hjir b o c& braucijen, a(g 93 er= 
 ftdrfung. Yes, I do love him! 2tm 
 ^dufigjien beim 3mj3erati» : Pray , do 
 some pity take. Do, mother, go with 
 Jl. Sllbrec^t, grammat. 2B6rterb. 
 
 E. 49 
 
 me! (ffiie „ma(J!e'-" tiet Jlinbcvn.) SBe; 
 fonberg au(f) im l^o^eren (2ti?(e: The 
 power which thou dost feel — . In so 
 splendid a manner didihe English people 
 first lake place among the nations of 
 the world. The cold, gray, hoary cliffs 
 
 of Cornwall give nothing; what 
 
 liltle they do yield {= bennod)) is violent- 
 ly extorted from them. @. Subject, C, 5. 
 
 — 5. 3ur SSefeitigung ton i>o^; 
 p elfin n: f. Ambiguity, III. 
 
 Double. 1. 2Ug mjectitt tritt eg »or 
 5lrti!elunb^ronomen,Jrenn eg 
 ,,no(^ einmat fo»ieI, = bD)?i?eIt" 
 bebeutet: We paid double the value for 
 it; — double the weight. 93ebeutet eg 
 aber b o ^ )j e 1 1 in anbevem ®inne = a u g 
 jVDci Jll^eilen befle^enb, bojj)3eI= 
 bcutig, jtceibcutig, falf(^, fo 
 fte^t eg, atg gctuol^nti^eg Slbjectic, birfjt sor 
 feinem @ubJ!antio (Winter 2lrtifel unb ^Jros 
 nomen): a double pistol, ein bot)?etIduft= 
 gegSpiftot; a double dealer, ein 5atf<^= 
 WitUx ; f. noc^ The, E. 
 
 Dozen nimmt ein ©ubflantit) mit ober 
 ol^ne o/nad)fid): a dozen of needles; 
 a dozen gloves, some half-dozen vestas. 
 Several dozen of How-are-you's. 
 
 During f. While. 
 
 Diitch, ^oltdnbif* : f. Etymology, 5 
 unb 11. — 93eifViieIe : to catch »on f ets 
 fen; doom »ott bom; to beseem »Dn 
 bejiemen; to forsake »on »erfaef= 
 fen; Stadtholder u. a» 
 
 E, ^eipte. I. 2lugf^ra(i^e: 1.5 = 
 I ober ic (in 9)i i n e , 9Jt i c n e) : me, evil. 
 — 2. e = e in 93 e 1 1 : hen. — 3. e = a 
 ober = e in 1^ c r, alfo toie a, f. b. : there ; 
 ift felten ; meifl inSB 6rtern,njo fru^er ae ba= 
 fur^ftanb : f. Euphony, A. — 4. e »or r 
 = (in ftorrig): her, person; balder 
 bie oulgdre 2lugfpra(^e »on certain = 
 sartain ; ttergt. i', u, y. — 5. e, in tons 
 (ofen ©ilben, Jrie fe^r hir^eg i (in ^in); 
 4 
 
50 
 
 Ea Ellipse. 
 
 decay. — 6. e ttiie bag l^albflummc c in 
 m a ^ en : continent ; »ercjt. a, j, o, u, y. 
 — 7. 2Im @nbe ber aCorter iji e meifi 
 fiumm: love; in @inf ttbtern aber 
 laittet eg = e : he , she ; unb in gricrf>. 
 n. latein. SBortern mancfemat = e : posse, 
 apostrophe. IKit^in lautet e aU langeg 
 ober futjcS t (e, e) ; aU furjeS , alS ^al6= 
 fiummeS ober aU ganj fiunimeS c (e,e, e), 
 aU d (e) , aU o (e). gSergl. bic »erfct)ie= 
 benen Saute beS bcutfc[)cn c in 3efu8 ; 
 aSer§, gem ; 93cr6ot, bitten ; fcelefen, gebet, 
 @ebet. @. auctj nod) bie ©nbungen ed, el, 
 es, est, en, ie unb French. — 8* 5tu«- 
 na^msnjetfe flingt e = a in clerk, = i 
 axiiij in Betonter @ilbe: England, 
 pretty. — 9. @iu j|uinnieg @nb = e mactjt 
 oft, a6er nici^t i miner, bie »or]^er= 
 gel^enbc ®it6e lang: eg i^ bcv gait in 
 Diane (gegen man), plume (afcer pliim), 
 cane, bagegen can, name, face, care, use, 
 haste, strange ; nid)t a&er in love, dove, 
 badge, bottle, anise ; face, obex surface. 
 Oftfie^t eg au^ a.) aU hiofeS ort'§o= 
 gra^jj^if^eg 3ei*cn, bev 5I6fiammung 
 njegen: fo in have, above, live, love; — 
 *.) alg r t ]& e vu f (^ e g 3ei(^cn, b. 1^. atg 
 gingevjeig fuv bic 2Iugfpracf)e (Scfejeicfj'en, 
 rcie II unb h, »eigt. Digraph, (§.) ; fo in 
 singe (g = j), force, bic fonfl sing, fork 
 \ lauten wiirben. — II. 2llg 3Jiittel ber 
 S I e r i n , ber SS e r b i n b u n g , ber 
 9Ji i 1 b e r u n g btent e »ielfa(^, n)ie i. 35. 
 unb ?5ranj6f. ; f. Plural, A, II; Compara- 
 tive, A, I, 1 ; Conjugation, 1,4 unb 11, 2, 
 4 unb 5. Ueber feinen aBcgfalt sergl. 
 Ordinal, 3; Conjugation, I, 3; Adverb, 
 A, II, 1 unb 2 — 2)ie 3ufammenfe^ungen 
 mit e f, a. t. O. 
 
 Ea: I. 2ltg 3) i g r ap'i) tautet eg : 1. = 
 e : a tear ; — 2. = e :Jhead ; — 3. aor r = 
 e: earl; — 4. cbenfatlg »or r=: a: to tear; 
 — 5. = a: vengeance (e ifi bann nur 
 Sefejeicfeen na<i> franjof. 2lrt). — II. 2l(g 
 5Di))^ti^ong: e bitbet einen SSorfcfelag 
 »or bem a, njte i in ben franjof. SDortcrn 
 fiacre, rien ; alfo = ea cb. ea : Iineation, 
 lin'eament. <J)a»on ifi ber Salt ju fcfceiben: 
 III. njenn e unb a jj^ei vterfdjiebenen 
 @ i t b e n angel^oren, njie in theatre, rea'ct. 
 
 Each l^ebt ein einjetneg aug eincr his 
 
 f (6 r ci n f t e n Slnjal^t »on JDingen— every, 
 attgemciner , aug einer unbegrenjten 
 3Jienge; f. b. SSergteid&e each mit which, 
 every mit what. Each of us. The loss 
 was great on each side (jiemliA qUiiS) 
 Wave mit on bot/t sides, nsa^^renb on every 
 side gteicft on all sides, iiberatt). 
 ®* noc^ Reciprocal unb Other. 
 
 Earth f. Personification, A, 2. 
 
 Eau : 1. = u nur in beauty unb beffen 
 5lbteitungen, atfo JDi^i^t^ongj'fonft 2. = 
 o, atfo Sirigrai)]^: beau, beaufet, bureau. 
 
 -ed ^at 1. atg ©nbfitbe toon SScrben ein 
 fiummeg e, — 2. atg ©nbung »on Stbject. 
 unb ®ubfiant. ein tauteg e = e; he op- 
 pressed, he has oppressed, mit flummem 
 e, aber the oppressed ; he blessed — a 
 blessed man ; she had learned (= learnt) 
 — a learned woman; aged. — 3. ©ei^t 
 bem ed eind ober t i^ot^ev, fo mup bag e 
 in jebem Satte gefproc^en hjerben: he 
 folded, lifted, quitted. SSgt. D, 2. 
 
 Ee, 5)igra)j]^ ; 1. = e: sheep. — 
 
 2. = i : been, threepence. 3U)eif[lbig ifi 
 eg j. 93. in Beelzebub, to re-echo. 
 
 Ei: I. a^igra^l^, tautet 1. = a: 
 eight. — 2. = c (ober i) : deceit. — 
 
 3. = e nur in heifer imb nonpareil. — 
 
 4. = i;_forfeit. — II. 5ttg 35 i J?)^ t^ on g 
 nur ttie i: height. — III. 3ttJ eifitbig 
 ifi eg J, as. in deify. 
 
 Either, atg Conjunction: either.. .or, 
 cntn}eber . . . ober : he is either a fool or a 
 knave. 9iacf| ncga ti»en @a^en fiel^t eg 
 fiir njeber . ♦. nocft: I have not seen 
 either him or his wife. 
 
 -el l^atatg tontofe ©nbfitbe oftevg 
 ein fiummeg e : shovel, hazel, nozel laud) 
 beffer nozle gefcf)rieben) , bagegen duel, 
 weasel, to ravel. 
 
 Elder, eldest, f. Old. 
 
 Elision, 3tugfatt eineg ober mel^re^^ 
 rer a3u(i)fiaben in ber aJi i tt e eineg 2Dor= 
 teg ; nicbt immcr burd) ben 2l)3ofiro)3^ be= 
 jeict)net: a'most, e'en, en'my; sennight, 
 fortnight, grandam ; f. Apheresis. 
 
 Ellipse, Ellipsis. J. 5tu«taf= 
 fungg^eidjen, ein ©ebanfenfiricft, ben 
 man fiir iveggetaffene J8ud)fiaben fe^t: 
 
Ellipse 
 
 ByG— , Mr. S— r deserves it! Slud) iaS, 
 tvaS man fo weflld^t, iicnnt man Ellipse, 
 unb iafjev ergibt fid) (meton^mifdj , tuie 
 tjei Parenthesis) tec weitcre @inn: 
 ^. 2(ullaffung etnjelncr aSorter 
 bc8®a|eg, grcBcrer ^iirje ^alSer , fo= 
 njeit bie 3)entticf)teit eg geflattet — alfo nicf)t 
 in bcr QWantcr bc§ ^errn Jingle in ben 
 Pickwick Papers obev be« Mr. Gophagus 
 in Marryat's Sajj^et 1 I. @8 werben n^egs 
 gelaffen : 1. ber 5trtifet a: one hour and 
 /taff; this day ivee/i ; that day ?nontA ; 
 week about. — 2. @ u b ji a n t i » c ; am 
 £tnfad)f!ett nad) einem Som^jaratit) : This 
 book is belter than my brother's (viz. 
 book is). (So fe^r eft Set $ r e i ^angaben: 
 Two dollars and four (groshen) ; fernev 
 6ei Slngabe beg %ltexS, ber ^eit, be8 
 3) a turn, ber 2Ib teffe, uSerl^anvt bei 
 Sai^Icn, njenn fic^ bag •5au)?tn)ort son 
 felbjl ergcinjt: a coach and six (»ergt»: 
 er ful^r mit fe*fen); the twelve S'oev^l. 
 aWatt^. 26, 20) ; he has a hundred a 
 year (viz» pounds). <B. Cardinal, Gr, — 
 Doctor Slammer, surgeon to the 97tli. A 
 girl of seventeen (years). I am twenty 
 nine [years old., f. bag ©egent^eil l^ierju 
 nnter Pleonasm, (5.). We arrived at 6ve 
 [o'clock) . The first of November 1852 
 after Ghrist (= the first day of the 
 month of November in the year 1852 
 after the birth of Christ). @. nod) In, 
 (S., unb Of, 2. We were at St. Peter's ; 
 f. Possessive Case, C, 3. JBefonberg ftarfc 
 @Ut^[e bet 2lngabc ber Sange unb «reite; 
 This room is about twenty feet by eight: 
 bag 3Ser^d(tni^ ergibt fid) vonfelbji, ba 
 bie grojjere SSreite eben bie S d n g e ift. — 
 3. ©cltner blciben Slbjcctioe meg: f. 
 bie a3eifj)iele »on old, long, broad untcr 
 2. — 4. @in perfontidieg %ux = 
 m r t ; [o Befcnberg oft I bei pray , pri- 
 thee ; — please = if you please; what 
 dost mean? S^ergT. 5}f. 45, 16; 18, 39; 
 41, 3 ; 3. 3o^. 2 ; 1. ajiof. 41, 2 ; 5. gjiof. 
 22, 2, a. ©. nod) It, G^ Personal, G unb 
 Will, 3. — 5. @in)3offefiitteg5Pro = 
 nomcn, f. b., D. — 6. ©in bemon= 
 ftratitieg 5Cr onomen: f. Attraction, 
 
 Possessive Case, G, 1 ; fonfi au(6 5. 
 
 fcei day month = from this day in a 
 7. (5ln r e t a t i » e « 
 
 1 
 
 as 
 
 month ; f. cbeu 1. 
 
 51 
 
 5Jronotnen: f. Relative, II, G «nb 
 Atlraciion, 2.— 8. 2le^n(id) cincf5on = 
 junction, f. As, If, That, Though, 
 When.— 9. @in 95cr6: a. im 3nfi = 
 n i t i , fo befonberg to have, to go., nad> 
 einem ^ilfg»erb : Throw physic to the 
 dogs, I'll none of it {= I'll have). Let 
 us all to our dinner. I must lo him. 
 2(e^nrid) 1. aJiof. 24 , 58 ; SeremiaS 23, 
 30 ff. gSergt. nod) to Have, B, I, 3. — 
 
 b. %U conjugirteg fBitb: They 
 smiled and laughed at him, and he [was, 
 grew) never the wiser. He was seriously 
 injured; one of his ribs [loas) broken, 
 and two severe contusions (were) oa 
 the head. @o Sefonberg nad^ So m:p as 
 ratiijen: You are taller than I (ain). 
 S3ergt. oben, 2, unb bagegen to Do, B, IT, 
 1. — %evnn beim ® rii^en, bei 93rief= 
 unterfd)r iftcn unb bergt. : Good day 
 (= I wish you — ). Yours truly (= [ 
 am — ). 2ltg Zoaft : Yours ! = your 
 health (Boz). ©. aud) nod) Proverb. 
 
 c. !Dic ^ilfgcerben to have unb to be 
 »Drjiiglic6 1* in inbirecter grage: 
 I know not what to do (= what I am, 
 I have lo do). — 2. 3n b i r e c t e r 5 r a g e 
 unb im Stugrufe: How many letters? 
 (viz. are there, have you?) What! not 
 one left ! not to leave me one ! — »ergf. 
 Adverbial. — 3. ©el^r oft nad) Sonjunc; 
 tionen f. b., 4, in cerfitrjten 5tbjecti«= nnb 
 5lbyerbialfd^en ; »erg(. nod) Participle, 
 B, 3. — 4. 3n Ueb erf d) rift en »ott 
 (5at)itetu unb bergt. : Mischief brewing. 
 Under ground, but not yet dead and 
 buried. — 5. ©0 aucft bag ^JJartici)) 6ei«^; 
 His folded flock [being) secure, the 
 shepherd home hies. 2lbfo(ut unb ganj 
 anatog bent oerfiirjten 2tb»erbia(fa^e : 
 Once on the bunder , or pier, I jumped 
 into a friend's Brougham. SBte im 3).; 
 S* 58. @inmat im SSefi^ ber (ltta = 
 belle, mirb ber Scinb nid)t mei^r mei- 
 dien. — 9iid)t aber fonneu bicfe ^i{fg= 
 verben m e g f a H e n in ben j u f a m m e ns 
 gefe^ten 3eiten in relatiwen unb 
 9i«b enfci^ en, mo fie i. 3). fci^r l^cius 
 fig augbleiben: ,,3J}ein t^reunb, bermir 
 (angc nidit gefd)rieben (r;atte) , m e i t er 
 franf gemefen (mar), befud)te mid) gejlern." 
 (Jbenfomenig in einfad)en 3eilen, wo 
 
 4* 
 
 a^ 
 
52 
 
 Emphasis. 
 
 fie ber '^o^ttt iStijt an^ imterbrurft : ,;Unb 
 enbti*, iuaS ba8 SO^eifie (ifi), fiill' im3 mit 
 beinem ©eific." {^aul ©erl^arb.) — 
 
 10. @ine 4?ra^ofition: namentlict) 
 after obev i« Bei^eitatiflatien wie this day 
 fortnight, to-day sennight. <B. obtn, 1 
 unb 6 unb Preposition, E. — 11. QU^= 
 ttxt ©a^tl^eite jugteid): f. fcfeon 
 c6en 2 : 1 am twenty nine unb bergt* ®o 
 in furjcn Sragen : JIow noiv ? = How do 
 you mean to go on now? ober ctwaS 
 2le]^ntict)e3. @6cnfo: What of that? ©o 
 'bUxbt t>cv cinem i?a[fi»en Snfinititt baS 9ie= 
 tatiti fammt bcm •^ilfSwevfe iveg : a blind- 
 ness not to be conceived (= which is not 
 to be c. = imbcgreljlirf)) , f. Participle, 
 
 A, H, 1. ®tav!c @ai))fcn entl^att jebe ^i- 
 fitenfarte, SirmO; SSviefabreffe unb bcrgL: 
 Mr. Traddles, Esq., 22 Weslslreel, Leip- 
 zig -fj^ Saxony = This letter is for Mr. 
 T., rvho is an Esquire, living in the 22'1. 
 hot/se of the Weststreet in the town of 
 L., situated in the kingdom o/ Saxony. 
 33gt. nod) to See unb But. JDaS ® egen = 
 tl^eil guv @tti:pfc ift ber ^tcona^m, 
 jum 3;^eit auct) bie ^eri^jl^rafe, f. b. 
 
 II. 9(ticf)t aU (Jlli^jfe ijl e« ju Be= 
 traditen: 1. iuenn ein SBort nicfct tvic- 
 bevl^olt VBirb , obfcijon c8 trteberl^olt 
 wevben fonntc, obec ireim eg burc& etn 
 anbereS evfe^t irirb : My father , mother 
 and sisters. / love and esteem him ; f. 
 to Do, B, II, 1; Auxiliary, D, II. — 
 2. 2Denn im ©ngtifdjen cin SSovt n i d) t 
 flel^t, was im JDeutfc^cn ftel^en mu^; fo 
 ble 2lrtif el: I J, an unb The, A, C, 2; 
 Dbev eine ^rci)) ofition, [.Accusative 
 
 B, I, 2 unb B, II, 1, For 4 unb Absolute 
 
 11, 1; obcr bie Son junction *o, ju 
 SSerBinbung beS SSovbevs unb 9iad)fa^cS; 
 f. So, 3. aSgt. and) no* It, C, II, 2. — 
 Ueberl^auvt miiffen ivir l^ier biefelbe 2Cavs 
 nung au8fi)red)en , iuie ju ©nbe beS %x^ 
 tiUU Anglicism : QKan mad^e !eine Stxu: 
 de au5 ben 5lnna]^men »ou (Sttipfenl 
 SBirfttd) nijtl^ig iuivb eiue foIdteStnnal^ine, 
 tt>o mel^rnad) bent ©inn e, a(3 nad);bei- 
 5 r m einea 2Borte8 conflruivt irovbeu ift. 
 ©0 '^aUn ttiv eine ganj erHedlic^e (5(li)>fe 
 Bei But jur ©rftcirung gebraudjt. ©. ciud) 
 Accusative, B, I, 5, (§. 
 
 Emphasis, bie Befonbere , nad)brud= 
 ttdje «&ev»or]^ebung eineg 2Elortc3 
 ober ©ebanfens. 1. Tlan erteidjt fie 
 a. fceim 8e fen burd) ben 9f{ ebe accent, 
 f» Accent, II, ober burd) BefonberS Be? 
 tonenbe 21 u 8 f v r a dj e : »crgl. Jo, 2 ; ^, 
 ««, A; Mj/, By, The, A. SWan BegiBt fidj 
 bnnn , »ie e« bie g e ^ a 1 1 e n e Stebe iiBer= 
 l^auv^t tl^ut (f. Conversation), ber Beviue; 
 meren , fl[ii*tigen 2fugf))ra(^e. ®erab fo 
 ev^eBt fi(i^ ber»utgdr rebenbe JDeutfc^e 
 im 2lffcct jur geBitbeten 2lu8f)?rad>e : 
 „aD e i p @ 1 1 ! " ifi i^m eine ernfifles 
 meinte, l^eiHge ©etl^eurung , ir%enb ec 
 fein: „twep ®ott" gebanfenloS liBeratl 
 ^ineinivirft. — b. 3m ©tijle felBfl 
 Bcjhjedt man tic cm)?]^atifd)e -^ertiorl^fBung 
 burd) fel^r »erfd)iebene aJiittel : burdi »ers 
 fiarfenbeBufci^e, burd) ^dufung »on © tj n* 
 on^men, burd) ^eri^jl^r afe, 21 n = 
 tici^jation, Sncerfion, Dieiteras 
 tion, etU^jfeu. f. tr,; f. biefe 2lrtiM 
 unb Proper Nouns, @. My own child. 
 My prop and staff {^\. 23, 4). It is that 
 reflection I build my hope on (= c'est 
 sur celte reflection que — ). Here it was 
 that the porter kept his watch. Your 
 limbs , they are alive. This it tvas I 
 caused to be done. To the best of my 
 knowledge, information and believe 
 (Surifienflo^fet). I can ride rotmd and 
 around you at pleasure. In itself a 
 thought, a slumbering thought, is 
 capable of years. 
 
 The world was wide, 
 
 The populous and the powerful was a 
 lump, 
 
 Seasonless, herbless, treeless, man- 
 less, lifeless, 
 
 A lump of death — a chaos of hard clay. 
 3n bem ©a^e: ,,He well knew that his 
 poor old mother could not be cheerful 
 and he away" fier;t and fcpr fmnig fijr 
 whilst he was. 
 
 2. Oft iuirb cin 2Bort mit fflait): 
 b r u d , in einem Bcfonberen ©inne 
 (emphatically, xur' ^^ox);v, par excel- 
 lence) gcBrauc^t. ©o l^eipt Wellington 
 im Sl'Junbc ber Seute nnr The Duke , aU 
 gdBc c8 fd)ier cinen anbcru Duke ueBen 
 tl^m nicftt mel^r. (2(e!^nnc6 TEmpereur 
 = IVapol«^on). ©0 l^eifU her day unb 
 
 
Empire — 
 
 his day emj^l^atifcf): berSrviutfianb xmb bet 
 (S^efianb. He is quite the genlleraan = 
 ein roa^rcr ©entleman (ber ©entreman 
 comma i! faut). — ,,The first baby ! . . . 
 That baby's acts and deeds for months ! 
 ... He was a baby ! Another and another 
 little stranger have dropped in since 
 then. Each was a baby, but not the 
 baby ! " . . . 
 
 Empire, mit of, f. Apposition, III. 
 
 -en l^at a(§ tonlofc @nbfil6e oft ein 
 ftummcS e: garden, /reaten; laut (= e) 
 irtrb eg nac^ ben Liquids (I, m, n, r), fo= 
 Batb bte ccrl^crgel^enbc ©it6e furj ift: 
 women, woollen, bagegen stolen, fallen. 
 Uebet bie$artlci)Jten auf en f. Participle, 
 B, 0. 
 
 to End by brucft, ganj ttJte ba3 frans 
 jof. finirpar, oft nur einen 2[b»erbiat6e5 
 griff nu8: enbttd), jufe^t; »ergl. 
 Adverb, A, 11, @. There is so much to 
 see that we end by seeing nothing (= 
 M'^ hJtr ju guter Se|t gar 9iicfet8 fe^cn). 
 
 to Enjoy, fie^t nur mit Qlccufatio, 
 njci^renb hjtr ,,eine ©acfjc ober eincr 
 <Sa(fte geniepen, aud) un§ an@ttt?a3 Ia= 
 Ben, ergij^en" fonnen: They enjoyed all 
 the comforts of this life. 
 
 Enough: 1. 5(18 2lb jectitt fiel^t e8 
 incifl ^inttx fetnem @ubpanti» : flowers 
 enough, »laff enough — enough money; 
 •eltner burets o/mit fetnem @ub^anti» tiers 
 bunben : enough of danger (= assez de 
 danger). — 2, %U 51 b » e r b trttt eg ]^ t n = 
 ter bag Slbjectiv ober 5(b»erb, hjoju ti 
 geprt : rich enough, well enough, it. i. 
 3)., felten ba»or. 3)ag 5{biectit) felbft 
 tritt bann gem 1^ inter fetn @ubftanti» : 
 a man rich enough, a house large enough 
 — atfe immer bie eine aSeftimmung l^inter 
 bte anbere. @eltner flel^t ti »or bem >§au^t= 
 n^orte unb bie8 tt)lrb won mand)cn ®ramma= 
 tifern getabett , ift aber bei guten 5(utoren 
 Su lefen (»on Baker gebiHigt) : ^ kind 
 enough man (bei Bulwer). OefterS bfetbt 
 auc^ baS 5rbjectitt eor bem ®itbftanti» unb 
 enough tritt Winter bag ®ubf!anlw (nac^ 
 Crombie ) : a large house enough. 
 Captain Oakum is a good man enough 
 (Smollet). He was a good-tempered 
 fellow enough (Marryat). 
 
 Epicene. 
 
 53 
 
 to Enter: 1. afg active verb mit 
 bto^em Objectio, ttjal^renb ttjir hti „eins 
 treten" etner ^pra^jofition beburfen: He 
 entered the world and wept (= betreten). 
 
 — 2. 51(8 91 ef lectio mit !Doi))?etaccus 
 fatio i. ©. to. tt> e r b e n : He entered him- 
 self a soldier. @. Accusative, B, I, 2. 
 
 Eo: a. 2tr« jDigra)?:^: 1. =e: 
 people. — 2. = e : leopard. — 3. = o : 
 
 George (e all franjof. Sefejeic^en). — 
 4. = 6: galleon. — 5. = o: pigeon 
 (tijiebeiS). — b. 5(18 3) i)j]&t^*on9 (au= 
 ttt e8 nur = u : feod. ^reeifxlbig in geo- 
 graphy, theory unb anberen griec^if(^en 
 aBortern. 
 
 Eon: a.) 51(8 Sirigrat^ = u, nur 
 nacf) 3tf^ern: courageous (»erg(. lou), 
 jebod^ fprid&t man in ge]^a(tener JRebe cou- 
 rageous, a(fo b.) eon a(8£)it>]^t]^ong, 
 trie in miscellaneous, aud) piteous, 
 
 Ep'fccne, beiber(et ®ef(()(ec^t8. 1. ©o 
 nennt man bie 3;^ternamen, toe((^e 
 bag a)t a n n (!) e n fon^o^t, a(g bag 2B e i bs 
 (ft e n bebcuten : cat , i?ater unb Ra.%t ; 
 pigeon , Glauber unb S^aube ; ass ; »erg(. 
 Common, — 2. '^ai ®egent^ei( bKben 
 bie, h3e(djc fur beibe ®ef(ft(ec^ter vers 
 f(f|iebene SGBorter l^aben : stag ober 
 hart, imb hind cber roe, jufammen =red 
 deer ; horse (stallion) unb mare ; bull — 
 cow ; weather ober ram — ewe , jufam= 
 men = sheep; buck — doe; boar — 
 sow ; dog — bitch ; cock — hen ; gander 
 
 — goose; drake — duck, — 3. 2Bitt 
 man bei ben epicene bag ®efd|(e*t 
 unterfdjeiben , fo fe^t man v o r fo(^c 
 SBorter im5(i(gemeiuen he ober she^ ober, 
 ttorjiiglifft bei ebleren Sl^ieren, male 
 ober female; ferner bei ji^ieren ttom 
 «&unbegcfd)(e*te dog ob. bitch ; bei 
 mel^reren anberen tt) i ( b e n buck ober doe; 
 bei Seberoie!^ cock unb hen ; nur hd 
 daw, hare unb ass fe^t man aud) Jacky 
 unb bei cat au(^ Tom jur Ji8ejei(ftnung be8 
 mdnnlid)en ®efc&(e(^te8 oor. 3i8eifpte(e: 
 a he-cat, a male cat, a boar-cat, a Tom 
 cat — unb a she-cat , a female cat ; a 
 male and a female elephant; a he-ass, 
 (a male ass,) a Jack-ass unb a she-ass 
 (a female ass) ; a dog-fox nnb a bitch- 
 fox ; a buck-rabbit nnb a doe-rabbit; a 
 
54 Equivocal — 
 
 cock-pigeon uiib a hen-pigeon ; au^ 
 ivirb biefe Sejei(f)nung n a ^ gefc^t 6ei : a 
 Turkey-cock unb a Turkey-hen ; a pea- 
 cock unb a pea-hen = eiii ^Pfaul^al^n unb 
 eine $fau^cnne. aSefiimmtere 9tegc(n ba= 
 ruber , tt> e I (^ e 8 bicfcr Unterfc^eibuugS; 
 jvorter man in jebem einjclncn SaUe nef;= 
 men folte, laffen ficfj uict)t auffieUen; bcr 
 (S^iracftgebraud) ailein entfd^cibct, natuv= 
 ltd) abtv mit jleter 9Jucffi(t)t auf bie @ a t; 
 tung eineg J^^iercg: atfo nict)t a buck- 
 cat (a cat is no buck !) ; tiergt. Feminine, 
 C, I, 2. — 4. a}Zand)mat njirb ba§ xvdU. 
 ®ef(i)tec^t and} burdj bie ©nfcung ess he- 
 jeic^iiet: a lioness, tigress, leopardess, 
 aber mtr bet wenigen. SSergl. Feminine, 
 C, 1, 1. — 5. Oft ift aber cine [oWk a3e= 
 fiimmung fugli* ju entbel^rcn, n^enn 
 ndmttd) ber 3ufainmenl§ang fcfeon l^invetJ 
 d^enb beftimmt , fo namentlid) burd) bie 
 ^ronomcn : The panther and her cub. 
 The jaguar advanced /ler head. — 6. Unb 
 n^enn iiber^au^jt auf baS @efd)(cdit u i ^ 1 6 
 onfommt, fo bel^anbte man ben 3;^ter= 
 ttamen aU 9i cuter: The cat drinks i7« 
 milk {'oqL Child). @o finbet fic^ feminine 
 unb neuter nebcn einanber : The jaguar, 
 itself tired, and not hearing the mews 
 of ^er cubs, retired. Suei^ft tt»irt i»E>^ 3a= 
 guar aU Z^iiv im 5lHgcmetncn, ba^cr 
 f a d| U d> , betrad)tct ; bei bcr ©rUid^nung 
 bcr Sungcn abcr erinncrt man fid) untvilt- 
 fiirlid) feincS ajer^dltniffcg al6 3K utter, 
 balder fiel^t er l^crnad) a(8 JBciblic^. — 
 7. Snbcfi betradjtet man cbtere, gvc = 
 ^ere, fiarfere, and) jal^ me S^icrc 
 oft im 5ingemeinen al8 mdnntid) 
 cber roeiblid): Give my horse some 
 hay, he must be hungry. A hare sitting 
 in /<er form. Follow the owl, she will 
 lead thee to ruin. An old owl staring 
 with his usual air. Mr. Home . . . . 
 iaquires whether the owl, if>/iO swallows 
 a mouse whole , tastes him in his sto- 
 mach. — lie slits the tongueof a?««^jt/ie, 
 and says , "Now he can talk.'' Bruin 
 rushed upon the boar^ which met hiin at 
 once, and notwithstanding Bruin's great 
 strength, he proved to him that — . 33iel 
 be tebt er , , mc^r v«vfoniftcirt, alS im 
 Sficutcrl ®o fict;cn mdnnlic^ befonberS 
 nod|lion, tiger, elephant, dog, bear, 
 
 - Etymology. 
 
 ape, calf, deer, rat, robin, fly, serpent, 
 shark, whale, sheep, swallow, wolf; — 
 ir e i b li d) 3. 23. cat, philomel, stork; batb 
 mdnnlid) , haiii njcibtid) finbcn fi* n. a. 
 ant, bee, butterfly, dove, mouse, fox, 
 lark, goose, nightingale; sergt. Personi- 
 iicalion. 
 
 Equiv'ocal, e'quivoke foinet a(3 
 ambiguous, Jmbiguily, f, b. 
 
 -es :^at ats SPIuratcnbung ein ft u m m e 3 
 e, iuenn bieS im Singular jiumm ift: 
 name, names; wife, wives. 3iv>i[d)en jU)ei 
 3 i f ^ e r n tttivb e8 abcr taut = e : houses, 
 hedges, churches. 
 
 -est: 1. ats ©uvertatitt = ©nbung mit 
 tautcm e: loudest, longest, highest, 
 nearest. @. nod) le , d , 2. — 2. 5lt8 
 93erbalcnbung l^at eS baS e ftumm : thou 
 lovest; uad) 3ifd)etn natiirltc^ tiberoH 
 iaut, f. es : thou watchest. 
 
 Etymol'ogy , SEBortbilbungJs 
 lel^re, bie 2Biffenfd)aft, bie ftd) mit (5r= 
 mittlung bcr2Curjcin tmbber5lbftammung 
 bcr Shorter bcfdjdfttgt. 2)te @ti;mo(ogie 
 ciner ganjen (S))rac^e ift bcr 9iac^= 
 njeig i^rcr ©ntftcbung, ©ntn.nd(ung, a3i(= 
 bung — t!^re ® c n e f i 8. 2Bir fijnnen l^ier 
 nur ganj furj anbeuten unb tl^un bie3 nad) 
 Miinnel, Genesis der englischen Sprache 
 (1846j, auf tt3eld)e8 Iel^-reid)e SBerf^en ttjir 
 im Uebrigen werujcifen. 
 
 5)a8 ©nglifdie entttjidette ftd) minbec 
 f^ncH, <\U ba? jjranjoftfdjc, benu e3 blieb 
 feibftftanbigcv, unb fdincUcr ats bag !Dcut= 
 fd)c, benn e« geiuann bod) mel^r, atS biefe?, 
 burdi frcmben @inftu^. 1. @ngtanb« 
 llrf)3radje n^ar ba8 Slltbritifc^e, ein 
 celtif(^cr 5)talect. — 2. 9hir »oruberge= 
 l^cnb ]^errf*te (?) , feit 500 n. e^r., ba« 
 8 a t e i n i f d) e. — 3. gaft gan^ serbrdngt 
 abcr hjarb bag Slftbritifdje burd) bie ®)?ra= 
 die ber (450 n. (5&r.) eingcujanberten 31 n = 
 gelfad)fen. 91(3 man biefe (ju @nbe 
 be3 6. 3a^r^.) mit t a t e t n i f (^ e n ® ud|= 
 ftaben ju fdjreiben begann, belcgte man 
 bie bem fiatein frcmben iawti mit §iem= 
 lid) njiUfurlic^ tmb ungludlid) geujd^Uen 
 3etd)cn (f. Th, Gh, W). <3)a^er ein guter 
 5;]^ei( ber 2lu«f)?rad)fd)Uncrig!eiten ! — 
 4. JDem ^(ngelfdc^ftfcften serhsanbt t«ar 
 
Eu Euphemism. 
 
 bag 35 d n i f cf) e , burdj welctjeg eg fett bem 
 8. 3a^r^. 6ereid)ert n)avb. — 5. <£)a5U fam 
 (umbaSSa^r 1000) aStetea , irag 9teifc = 
 I u fl i g e ani frcmbcn Sanben, unter anbern 
 au« >§ n a n b , mitbrac^ten. — 6. 9]atur= 
 lid^ erlitten "auct bic alten SSortformen 
 na^ unb nact) mancf|c mitbernbe UrnQt- 
 fiattung* @o twarb ai\§ eallewaega 
 ($farm 55, 26): always; dohler — 
 daughter ; drig — dry ; heane — hen ; 
 hunig — honey ; heah — high ; is — ice ; 
 berSnfinitic ftarf bic @nbung -an ab (unb 
 na^m balder f^ater bafur bag sign to 
 an) : fo bringan, feelan, gelan ; hatian 
 = hale; gereccen = jerk u. f* ti\ — 
 7. William the Conqueror (1066) befall, 
 a(g ©taatgs unb ®efc(^iftgf^)rac^e bag n o r= 
 mannif^egranjofif^, b. 1^. ein 
 @emif(^ »on JDeutfcfe, @aUif(6 u. Satetn, ^u 
 BrauAcn, vwetctiegfc^onfeit me^rern3a^r= 
 l^unberten ®^3rac6e ber @ebi(beten (Sng; 
 lanb'g war. 2)abur^ ncue ®ereic^erung, 
 auc^ neuc UmSilbung nid)t nur beg 2l(ten, 
 fonbern aud) beg eben erft aug bem Sateis 
 nifc^igvanjofifc^en en^jfangcnen.— 8. Uiis 
 terbe^ fanf bag 2i n g e I f a.c^ f i f c^ e ju einer 
 mipac^teten a3ongi>cact)c unb et^cb fxc^ 
 erfi naci) jtvei big brei 3a!^rl^unbcrtcn mt- 
 ber, naturli<!^ mit flarfer aSeimifcfjung »on 
 granjDfif(^. 9Son @buarb III. nun njarb 
 eg (1327) alg englifd[> jur '^of= unb 
 Sanbegf^rad)e angenommen. — 
 9. SDiit ber fteigenben 93ilbung, namentli(^ 
 ^tit ©infii^vung ber aSuc^brurferfunfi (1474) 
 fiicg nun au(^ ber @c^a| ber <Bpva^t 
 immer l^o^ec , unb vvS^renb fic unabfdffig 
 no^ aug bem granjofifd^cn unbSa = 
 teinifc^cn f^o^fte, ttjarb feit bem 15. 
 3a!^r|i. aud) 3}ian(fteg aug bem @r ie d| i = 
 fc^en, @^anifc^cn unb 3 1 a U e n t = 
 f eft en il^c eigen. Unb bie frif(^c Scute 
 ttjarb bcnn audi alg eigen bcl^anbelt, unb 
 eriitt, felbft njenn man bic ©c^rcibung bci= 
 bel^ieit, bod> minbefteng cine gehjaltfame 
 Slenberung ber 2lugf))rad)e. 2Iud) baraug 
 erftdrt fid) bic ungemeine 2lbnjeid^ung ber 
 2lugf^vad)e son ber @d)rift; Ie|terc 
 l^iett bie 5Ibfiammung fur bag 2lugc fefi 
 unb toer^utcte fo nod) groperc Slbwei:: 
 i^ungen. — JDurd) Uebcrfe|ungen 
 aug fremben ©pra^en, burd) ben 2luf» 
 fc^wung ber $£1^ eater, buri^ bie ©in* 
 
 55 
 
 tranbrung franjo f if^ cr unb nieber^- 
 t an b i f du r gluc^ttinge, burc^ bic ii b e rs 
 fceifd>cn ©rwcrbungen tDurben 
 neuc @(emente fiir 33i(bung unb 3unjad)g 
 ber !S^rad)c geboten, reid)(id) bcnu^t »on 
 ben immer jai^treid)er auftrctenben ©(fiiifts 
 f!eUcrn. — Diac^ ber JReflauration 
 (1660) fam mit ber franjofifdjen 3)i))to= 
 matic au^ bic @ V r « rf) c ^ r a n f r e ic^'8 
 ftiebcr ju grofem (Sinflug, — 11. bui-<!^ 
 2BiIbefm»on£)ranicn and) bag «5ondn = 
 bifd)c einigcrmapen, imb in ncucter 3eit 
 
 12. auf bemebettlen2Begcbag SDeutfc^e, 
 fc^on »on ben @d)riftfteUein unter 2lnna 
 5um ®cgenfianb il^rer <Stubien gcmactt. — 
 
 13. JDie mobernen 5^1^ ilo fo^^en 
 unb 2[ u 1 r e n cnbli(^ brac^ten bic ®vra= 
 c^c iu i^rer i&eutigcn SSIiitl^e. — 14. ®anj 
 bcfonbccn aGBanblungcn ijl bag ©ngtifc^e 
 in ben (Soto ni en untcrnjorfen getoefen, 
 »or 2mem in 21 m e r i f a , too ber 3ufam:r 
 menp[u§ ber r*erfd)iebcnficn ©}?rad)»olfer 
 t)cn bebeutenbcm @en)id)t war. SBcitcreg 
 JU ben cinjelnen $unften biefeg 2Irtifc{g f. 
 imter CA, Digraph, (5., Letters, British, 
 Auglosaxon, Danish, Dutch, German, 
 Latin, French, Italian, Spanish, Greek, 
 Arabian, Euphony. 
 
 Ett u. ew tauten a. atg 3) i v 1^ t ^ o n = 
 gen = u: euphonic, dew; b. atg bto^e 
 5)igrai?]^en: 1. = ii: rheum, Andrew. 
 eu 2. aud) = a: connaisseur, imb 3. = 
 w : grandeur ; — ew aber 4. = o : to 
 sew. — 3n jtoei ©itben getrennt in: 
 spondeus, reu'nion, reward. 
 
 Euphemism, cin fcincrer, ]^of= 
 tidKrer, mitbercr, fc^onenber, jartcr, o ft 
 umfc^reibenber ober btog anbeu = 
 t c n b e r 2t u g b r u d fur einc traurige, 
 unangencl^me , undfil^etif^c ®ad)e. He 
 has absented (surrendered) himself, — he 
 has failed, — he is gone off, ftingcn jebens 
 fattg gefc^madootlcr, atg : He has turned 
 bankrupt. They turned their backs 
 to us ifi minber betcibigcnb, atg : They fled. 
 He is secured ifi minber grett unb troden, 
 atg : He is shut up. @in fe^r gemiitl^tidjer 
 eut>]^emigmug ifl eg, njenn bag «&au^tge; 
 fdngni^ ju ©binburg tAe Providence 
 ^eipt! iDag Sei^il^aug l^eift in Sonbon 
 JUi/ Uncle ober Uncle Tom. (3n 5Pari« 
 
56 
 
 Euphony. 
 
 iMa tante — in Set^jjig „fte5en" »ev= 
 ^jfdnbcte ^ac^ett 6eim „i8etter" obec 
 ,;® e B a 1 1 e r" — unb fo (ie^e Tk^ bcr Wfl= 
 ben ber weitttn-jtveigten v^i(ant^ro)5tf(!&cn 
 gSerwanbtfc^aft tcol^t nod) in fiocaU 
 2Bol^Uauten n?ettev f^jinnen). 
 
 Euphony, ber 2Bc^iraut ber Sffiortei- 
 obei- @d^e, im @egenfa|e ju Cacophony, 
 f. b. ^. ^ai ©tcefcen nat^ SBo^Uaut 6e= 
 Moixttt namentUdj ciete Umbitbungen 
 bcr attcn ?5ormen: f. Etymology, 6. 
 2)ic anfangg mit 33jt d}fta&en ubcrfnrUen 
 SGBortcr ttjuvbcn einfadier, man fcefeitigte 
 ben ^iniui (f. b.) , entbe^rlicftc 3[nfang«= 
 unb (SnbsSonfonanten, fdfirierigc (5n^ 
 bungeu , fcefonberS bie ^dufigen aJocalaiig; 
 gdnge, au* bag jiummc e. — ©inige 
 ^eif^ielc: kynincg njirb king; feovvor, 
 feorer = four; Aelfred, thaet, waest = 
 Alfred, that, west; laeg = lay; Ihaer = 
 there ; hwael = whale ; saede = said ; 
 anig = any; niaenig = many; thonne 
 cymeth = then comes ; seglode = sailed ; 
 thone laestan dael = the least deal ; 
 gyf = if; adastriga = dastard ; ebba = 
 ebb ; — (pellis = fell, lege = law ; pieo= 
 fill, full.) aCBie mand) beutfamei-aBinf fitr 
 bic2lu8l>radic ! 
 
 B. 2)affel6c tl^at man fcei bem i>dter 
 Sleuaufg enommen en, f. Etymolo- 
 gy? 9; — rolundus = round ; regula = 
 rule ; subitaneus = sudden , soon ; a- 
 mita = aunt; colonus = clown; mo- 
 naslerium= minster; magnus = main; 
 casamenlo = casement, ^vd'vfxvoi = an- 
 them ; gum %^t\i nac^ franjcf. 33organg ; 
 f. nod) L, (§., Latin, Greek. 
 
 C. 2lnbrerfettg fe^te man aucfi ijfterS 
 ncuc 58ud>fiaten (euphonic letters) 
 inbteSBocter : camera: chamber; tener: 
 tender; geuere: gender; nac^ ftanjof, 
 
 D. aSirfung unb ®e6ot be« 2Co§lIaute8 
 ifi no(^ ^eute : 1. SDieUS 93erfurjte, ®es 
 mitberte, J8erfd)n)iegene in ber 5(u8 = 
 ft»rad) e; f. bie etnjelnen i8ud)fiaben a. i. 
 D. unb Assimilation. — 2. 5)er 3B e d) = 
 fet ber Duantitdt unb be8 5lccen = 
 t e « : f. Accent, A, 4 ; Derivation, C. — 
 3. 5)ic aJermeibimg be8 Hiatus, f. b. 
 i. ^(i8 Sauticerben obev ber ein = 
 
 t r i 1 1 beg e jnjifc^en jn^ei !D=8autcn — f. 
 Ed, 3, ober jnjifdjen jnjei 3ifd)ern : rose 
 — roses; fox — foxes; I wish — he 
 wishes ; f. Es; Plural, A, IF, 1; Conjugat., 
 11,4. — 5. 3)ie«crbc)3^elung ein= 
 jcfner eonfonanten: f. Consonants, 
 4. — 6. me^ven Unrcgelmd^igfeiten in 
 a3i(bung ber 5(b»crt)icn, namentlic^ 
 and) bafi man tion 2rbjccti»en auf /y f etn 
 3lbtterb 6irbet: f. Adverb, A, II, 1-5. — 
 7. 2)er a[Bcd)fet »on f unb v: f. Plural, 
 B, 3 unb »erg(. bie aBortbilbungen ; the 
 life, the lives, to live, lively ; a calve, 
 calves, to calve, calvish xmb calfish ; 
 aur^ five — fifty; I cleave — I cleft. 
 Smgranjof. fagt man in berg or mens 
 lel^re: „5)te 2lbiecttt)e auf f »crn)ans 
 bc(n bieg im femin. in V." @tl;mos 
 1 g t f d* genommen tfl e8 u m g e f e 1^ r t : 
 V tvar ber eigentlid)c :8aut: activum = 
 activ ; ba e8 aber aU 2[ u g i a u t ju fdjtcer 
 ju fprcdicn njar, fe^te man bafiir bag 
 fdidrfere f ; foBatb at^er einc ©ilbc, ivenn 
 auc^ nnr etn fiummcg e , bal^inter trat, 
 fel^rte baS t in fein 9ied|t juriid : active, 
 activite. ©anj ebenfo tfi eg im 
 ® n g It f d) e n. 3)te ® r a m m a t i f 
 nimmt bie @a(6e , vuie fic je^t (fertig) 
 ifi, unb fagt balder: „!Dic ©nbung f ober 
 fe ttenuanbelt fid)im5|J(uraf in ves." 
 f. Plural, 11, 3. @tt?motogifc^ gc* 
 nommen aber, b. 1^. bie ®adie fo betrad)- 
 tet, n)ie fte e n t f! a n b e n — ifl eg e6cn u m = 
 g e f e 1^ r t. QJtan l^atte big gegen (5nbe beg 
 11. Sa^r^unbertg fein V, fonbern nurbag 
 f im cngtifd)en %l\>l)aUtt, fprac^ eg aber 
 jebenfaUg balb mit einem fanften, batb 
 mit einem fci^arfcn Saute , affo fo »erf(^ie= 
 ben ttjie ^eut bag s, th, g u. a. (»ergl. of 
 unb off). 2Ug nun fvdtcr bag v aufgenoms 
 men irarb, bei^ielt man im 2tugtaute 
 ben l^arten Saut = f , fianb er aber nid)t 
 me§r am @nbe, fo toarb er in v ernjeicfct. 
 (Sg tfi auc^ natiirlidier, ba^ aug bove 
 t^tx beev, otg beef n>arb, aug 3Beil>, 
 Saub, Seben, <Bt!(b, Jfalb, felb e^er wiv, 
 leav, liv, stav, calv, selv al8 wife, leaf, 
 life, staff, calf, self. <Der l^arte Saut 
 ttjarb mancfemat burd) ben fotgcnben Sons 
 fonanten beirivft, ganj njie i. 3).: to give, 
 gift: geben, ®ift. !Dann bcnufete man 
 aud> bie beiben Saute ju Unterfc^eibung 
 
Ever — 
 
 jweicr fonfi gl'citficr Sormen: the life, to 
 live; the wife, to wive — ttjdl^renb in 
 gteid^flutttgen Sciffen beibc jutciffig Mteben : 
 wifeless unb wiveless, calfish unb calvish; 
 fo fommt aucb gar noc^ b , ber SW i 1 1 c I = 
 iaut gwifc^en t unb f, i^inju : the proof, 
 the proofs ; to probe, probal ; to prove 
 — fcimmtfid) son probare. Der e n t g e = 
 gengefe^tciyaU ftnbet fi^ glcic^faftg : 
 kuB bcm alten fcic&flfrfien: heafig, ifig ifi 
 heavy, ivy, au8 cleofan — to cleave ge= 
 ttjcrben , bei le^terem fc^r er{id)tlid) be8-- 
 f^alb, mail f oom 2tnfang bcr ®ii6e (cleo- 
 fan) toeg unb an8 @nbc, in ben SluSlaut 
 trat (= cleav). 2tuc6 biefen Salt fapt bie 
 gormenfc^re umgefel^rt auf, ttjenn fie 
 fagt: to cleave l^at im $arttctp cleft. 
 ^itS 33er6 to cleave (cleofan) ifi »er= 
 nianbt mit unfetem „Stitift, flaffcn, ftiif- 
 ten ; €tn ganj anbereg QSerb aber ifi 
 to cleave, unfer fleben; nur jufaHig 
 finb beibe , burc^ bie erttjdl^ntc Umbilbung, 
 gleidier Sonn genjotben (sergl. Homo- 
 graph, III u. Letters) ; auc^ banacfe fragt 
 bie %ovmcnU^xt ber ^eutigen @))rad)e 
 nid)t mebr, fonbetn fagt : to cleave, i* <B* ». 
 f :p a ( t e n (flicben), ifi unregefmd^ig, i. ®. 
 ». fteben abev ifi eS regelmdfig. iBerg(. 
 no(^ Y, @nbe» 
 
 Ever: f. Adverb, C, II, 6 unb Never; 
 auc^ What, Which unb Who. 
 
 Every, f. jnndAfi^ac/i ; Every man 
 is liable to errors. ®eine3 attgemeincn 
 ©inneS njegen gefeltt man tl^m nocf> one 
 ju, njenn c8 jur ^ e r a u g 1^ e b u n g bient : 
 Every one of them is my friend. 3n 
 g(ei(!&em @inne fie^t e8 abit an* ab^ 
 tt)ei(^cnb »om Deutfc^en abjectisifcfi, 
 ol^ne etnen ®eniti», njenn ein 33efi^ 
 angcgeben rtjirb : his every movement, 
 jebe feiner SSehJcgungen. The children, 
 whose evert/ whim had been anticipat- 
 ed = bie i?inber, berengertngfie 
 
 Saune im SSorauS befriebigt — , bie ^inber 
 b e n e n jebe Saune @. no^ All, (S. 
 
 Evil , Slbjectio unb 5(b»erb ; fcinc 
 Steigerung f. imter Bad. 
 Ew f. Eu. 
 
 Ewe: biefer <Di^|t5ong finbet fic^ nur 
 in bem 2Borte a ewe; ftjvic^ ii. 
 
 Feel. 
 
 57 
 
 Exclamation, 3[u«ruf, oft fdjon cm. 
 bem SluSrur'seid^en, note of excla- 
 mation, ju erfennen» 3m 3lu6rufe tritt ba3 
 Subject oft Winter bag SSerb, itic 
 in ber grage : May it please you ! What 
 partial judges are love and hatredX 
 33 or bem 33erb aber fic^t eg, fobafb ein 
 3(rttfel ober $ronomen ficfc ber 2tu«ruf= 
 ^(\xi\l<\ unmittelbar anfc^Iiept; fo beiwhat 
 a .. , how many unb berg(. What a noble 
 man must have written it! How many 
 fools are there in this world, .gier fann 
 man naturlicft 2Irtife( unb iJJronomen nirf)t 
 burd) bag SSerb son einanber hennen. 
 
 Ey, fietg aJlono^jl^t^ong ; UwM 1. = 
 a : to obey. — 2. = c : key. — 3. = e : 
 money. — 3>oeifitbig in beyond u. a., 
 too y Sonfonant ifi. 
 
 Eye: biefer Di^jl^t^ong bilbet nur baj 
 aOBort the eye, to eye = i, unb beffen 2(b= 
 teitungen eyelet , eyed = Id ; bagegen 
 njirb bag jioeite e Taut in eyer. 
 
 F. 
 
 F ^eipt unb lautet ttj, i. 3).: five, if; 
 nur in of ifi e8 fanfter, = v, jum Unter? 
 fdjteb Don off; fiumm ifi ti fammt bcm 
 1 in halfpenny, halfpence. @g fic^t oft 
 fur unfer »: father, forgive, full; au(i^ 
 fur b: leaf, life; — f. Euphony, D, 7, 
 unb »ergt. Latin, III. 
 
 Familiar terms, ^(ugbrucfe, bie nur 
 in »ertrau(t<!&cr Umganggs ober 93ricfs 
 fi^ractie gefiattet finb, nic()t aber in ge^ 
 n?d^ltcrem ©tijlc : fo to scrape acquaint- 
 ance with one, @tnem nm ben 33art 
 gel^en ; to peach, ffatfc^cn ; to frenchify ; 
 rhino = money ( ioie 9Ji o o 8 ) ; my 
 grumpy frumpy story; fo auc^ toiele 
 2lugrufc: fiddlesticks! stuff and non- 
 sense! etc. <B. no(^ Declension, III, 
 unb Vulgar. 
 
 Far, 2lbjecti» unb 2lb»erb, l^at bie 
 Som^jaration : farther, farthest, auc^ 
 further, furthest (»on fiir b er). 
 
 to Feel: 1. = ft* ful&tcn, fid^ an* 
 fiil^Ien : f. Accusative, B, I, 2 unb Adjec- 
 
58 
 
 Female 
 
 live, B, 4: I feel liungry , thirsty. He 
 felt most grateful. Feel I not lorolh 
 with those who — . This cloth feels soft. 
 — 2. Sm @. to, f i't 1^ I e n 'i^<\.i eg enttreber 
 baS act. partic. obcr ben accus. with the 
 iiifin. c|ne to nacf) fid): He felt his 
 power over her slipping away. I felt 
 him pinch my arm. 
 
 Female, f. Epicene, 3. 
 
 Fe'niinine. J. Feminine Rhyme^ 
 ein JDcibHdicr Sieim, b. \j. cin 9telm auf 
 5 n? e t ©itfceit (flummeS e n i rf) t atg ®ilbe 
 gere(^net!); fo affecting unb acting, 
 around ihee unb bound thee, acquainted 
 unb painted , ocean unb emotion. <I)a bie 
 englifc^en SCcvtej; meift nKSnntic^e @n= 
 bungen l^aBcn, fo finb fotc^e SKcime nicfjt 
 fo ^aufig, atS i. 3). SRandimal tBevben 
 fie gefucijt, tt;eiI8 ju •§er»orbringung etncg 
 fomifdiert ©ffedS, t^eilg m^ ber 516= 
 tred)gUmg unb materifdjcn SQJirfung l^als 
 fecr. @o tjorjugtic^ bei Byron, xot\6^vc 
 bavin oft bie ganjc @d)6n;§ett beutfcftcr 
 jyieim»erfd)ttngung erreid)t. QJJan fel^ej.©. 
 fein ©ebi^tt Stanzas to — . 
 
 B. Feminine Gender. %^xix 93 c s 
 b c u t u n g gema§ fmb b i c ®ubf}anti»e 
 treiblid), treld)e ^pcvfonen ober Jli^iere 
 iwei6lid)en ®efc^(cd)t« nennen : wife, aunt, 
 girl^ daughter, nun, squaw, hen, cow, 
 sow. ®o aurf) cinige Qlamen »on 3) i n a 
 gen, alg ^erfonen betcac^tet, f. Perso- 
 nification, A, 2 unb 3. 
 
 C. Unterfdteibung beS i5cmi = 
 nin toon bem aJiaScuUu. I. SSei 
 @ub ftantt»cn. Oft l^at man 6 efon = 
 berc aCortev fiir aJiaScuiin unb 
 g e m i n i n : it)ie father, mother ; brother, 
 sister; lad, lass; nephew, niece, Sir, 
 Madam; king, queen (wcvgt. Epicene, 
 2). Dft ober gibt eg foId)e ^oimcn n i d) t. 
 Unb bejlimmt bann ber 3iifammen!^ang 
 ni^t ]^inreid)enb , ob ein 2Cort mctnntid? 
 ober njetbiid) ju »erfte^en fei, fo bilbet 
 man eine befonbere Sorm jur Sejei^nung 
 beS ®efd)red)te8. <So bejeidjnet man 
 bag «5 em in in burc^ bie @nbungen ix, 
 ess, ina, ine ; biefe fe^t man an bag 3Kag= 
 culin, rvdd)tS babei oft feine eigene ©ns 
 bung abivirft ober »erfiirjt (f. Derivation, 
 G) : administrator : administratrix ; di- 
 
 — Few. 
 
 rector, directrix; testator, testatrix; — 
 abbot : abbess ; actor, actress ; Baron, 
 Baroness ; Duke — Duchess ; emperor, 
 empress ; God , Goddess ; master, 
 mistress ; sorcerer, sorceress; tyrant, 
 tyranness ; Sultan, Sultanessu. Sultana ; 
 Czar, Czaress u. Czarina; hero, heroine. 
 @g jeigt fid) l^ier oft, aber nid)t immer, 
 franjof* ©influf. 33g(. Epicene, 4. 5Rur 
 fetten bilbet fid^ umgefel^rt bagSDiaScu: 
 lin au8 b em Semtnin: a bride: a 
 bridegroom ; a widow : a widower. — 
 2. aOBo eg foId)e j^ormen ntd)t gibt, bes 
 jeid)nct man bie beiben (Sefc^Iec^ter burc^ 
 befonbere, meip Borgefe^teSeftims 
 munggnjorter: tnan unb woman ober 
 maid; male unb female ; he unb she — als 
 tevbingg umftanblid) (ein ©(fatten baioonifi 
 unfer „ajianngbilber u, graueng^^rfonen")/ 
 aber a\\(fy Slbwec^glung ber gormcn genjdl^s 
 renb: fo a man-servant, a servant-man 
 (serving-man), a male-servant ober a he- 
 servant, unb bagegcn a woman-servant, 
 a maid-servant ober servant-maid , aud^ 
 a female servant ober a she-servant; a 
 he-friend, a she-friend ; a he-cousin, a 
 she-cousin. ®o bag elegantere a lady- 
 writer = an authoress (Boz) ; the lady- 
 readers. (5)erfelbe.) Stud) ^ier, n)ie bci 
 ben 3;^iernamen, entfdjeibet ber <B)(ixa.6:ii 
 gebrauc& xiber bie Qlnwenbung biefer a3e= 
 jetd^nungen ; man fagt j. 33. n i d) t a man- 
 child (obfc^on ft^ bieg j. «. bet Smollet, 
 R. Random, Ch. I., finbet) , a woman- 
 child , a maid-child , fonbern fc^t male 
 unb female »or, ober man nimmt boy imb 
 girl. 2re]^nti(^ fagt man, obgteicfe a black 
 fetbfl fc^on @ u b fi a n t i to fein fann — f. 
 Adjective, B, 6, d — aud) a black man, 
 ein 5>leger, jum Unterfd)iebe toon a black" 
 woman, eine 9?egerin , a black boy, ein 
 5J?cgerfnabe. lleberl^au^jt metbe man, wo 
 ti^un(id), biefe tio&i immer unfd)oncn *-8ei= 
 fd^c; oft fann man bag ®cfd)Ied)t bur^ 
 (Sc^ung beg 91 a m e n g ber 5|}erfon bejeidjs 
 nen : My friend John ; my cousin Mary. 
 
 — II. llebcr bie 4Beibtid)en Sormeu bei 
 g ii t Vto r t e r n , 3 a ^ t e n imb 21 b j e c « 
 t i to e n f. Common, @. unb Neuter. 
 
 Few, ber plural ju little, \. b. @ub= 
 ftantitoifd) : The judicious few and the 
 illiterate many. @, no(^ ben 1. @a^ bei 
 
to Figl^ — 
 
 Relative 11, B, 1, unb aevgt. 3. aJJof. 25, 
 16: f.nadj ber2Cenige bcr Soi^re/' 
 = na^ ber gcvingeu 5lnja!^I. Few attein 
 §eift: nur njenige; a few ifl ^jofitbcr, 
 = einige (ttctm auc^ ni*t eben v'uU). 
 ®o ifl e8 ein gctraltiger Unterfd^ieb, ch f3 
 l^ei^t: ,,He paid the tribute of a few 
 tears at this grave" cter cb titan — gaiij 
 uiH?affenb — ^ier « ircglievc <S. ^, ««, 
 C, III. 
 
 to Fight ifl acti», tiic^t itur i.S* »• 6 e - 
 fam^feti (mttSemanbemfatnJjfett), ober 
 to fight a combat , eineii itainpf fatrH5fen, 
 fottbertt auc^ i. ®. t». f ft v @t tu a 6 f ant ; 
 i)fen, e§«ert^eibigen: He knew how to 
 Sghl /its s/n'p. ril fight him for a farthing 
 (for twenty guineas, for love). Unb ^affio: 
 His ship would have been well fought. 
 Never was field so sternly fought. 
 
 Figure l^eifit in bcr St^etorif einc Bes 
 fonbere SBcnbung eineS @afeeg. 
 Ellipsis, Welonymy, Reiteration, Ana- 
 diplosis , Ai\licipation , Euphemism, 
 Asyndeton u. f. nj, ri»ii foIrf(e gigur en 
 bet 9iebe. 3m engeren @inne l^eift a\i6} 
 jeber fcitbliite 3lugbrncf a figure, figura- 
 tive, "^duftg flimmeu btc iBilber jroeicr 
 @)3rac&en ni^t iibcrein, unb cine njorttidie 
 Ueberfc^fimg Iji oft fo gut, n.ne gar feine ; 
 fo: I was not born yesterday {= bin 
 ni*t son |> eute) ; the dead image (Boz) 
 t. (S. B. : baS t e t> e n b i g e Sben&ilb ; the 
 king fann aU <B p i eT au8bvucf ber .R o = 
 nig, abec awrf) bte ^ 6 n i g i n , 2) a m c, 
 bcr Setbl^err ^ei^en; flarfc 2l6tt3ei= 
 (!&ungen bietcn naincntlicft Biclc ©tricfes 
 ttjorter; f. Proverb. @g gibt auc^ 2Bcr= 
 ter, bie nur fiigurtid) gcbrauctjt tverben, 
 nic^t im eigentlic^cn ®inne: fo bie 2lb= 
 jectioe silken, golden, njdl^renb man im 
 eigentlirf)cn @inne silk, goldfagt: a 
 silk purse, a gold ring ; aber : The golden 
 rays of the sun. I know that pleasure's 
 hand will throw her silken nets about 
 ibee. 
 
 Fish, mk hair, im coUecti»en 
 @inne fiir Singular unb plural gebrauc^t. 
 9iaA3a^ten jebod) (alfo in ber@in = 
 g e I aufjd^Iung) fte^t oft axidifs/ies: two 
 fishes. @benfo Ui alien 5lrten »on %\^di : 
 many carp, four pikes; there are trotit 
 
 Fractions. 
 
 59 
 
 in this rivulet. Sagegen : Sixteen 
 hundred ^5/<; two fine salmon : a dozen 
 of fish. 
 
 Flexion, 935ovtbcugung , alfo S^cdi- 
 nation, ©omvaration, Scnjugation, f. 
 Anglosaxon. 3m ubertragenen @innc 
 bebeutet ei bie gormenlel^re einer 
 ®tu-a(fje, njofiir tnan mit Unrec^t ben 
 Diantcn Etymology braucbt ; f. b. 
 
 Foot bat itn $(urat feet; 1. t. ©. ». 
 SJi annfctjaften , CDZann 3nfon te = 
 rie bleibt e§ aber untierdnbcrt ; ebenfo 
 horse i. @. ». 9{ e i t e r, (5 a » a 1 1 e r i c : 
 He commanded one thousand foot and 
 four hundred horse. A squadron of 
 horse. — 2. Sebeutet iS ein SJia^, fo 
 pebt im ?piurat gewo^nli* feet, feltner 
 foot. The snow was two feet (2 % u ^) 
 high. (S. Plural, B, 4. 
 
 For: 1, l^ei^t bei Seitangaben nid^t 
 V , fonbern vu d 1^ r e n b, ... tang : for 
 two years; for months, monbcnfang. — 
 2. gerner f. But, 7, Vulgar, 5, Accent, 
 A, I, (§. — 3. 3JJand)maI luivb e8 (er= 
 n^Jtifct)) treggelaffen unb bitrc^ ben 
 blc^enObjectit) evfe^t (tjergt. Preposition, 
 E) : When Mr. Burchell bought each of 
 the girls a set of ribbands, Sophia's was 
 the finest. He was prevailed upon to 
 stay supper. — 4. 9U c^ t ali (5 U i J) f e 
 ift eg ju betradbtcn, bap e8 na^ ben itnter 
 Accusative, B, I, 2 angegebenen SSerben 
 nict)t fte^t, ttjdl^renb loir „fiir ober a 1 8" 
 fcfeen. 3)ap eS fic^ jebocfj aucfi ba manc^s 
 mat finbe, jeigt j. jB. ber @a^: Virgil 
 proposed his hero for a pattern. (93es 
 jctdjnung bcr 5lbfici^t !) 
 
 Formation 1. of Words f. Deriva- 
 tion, Composition, Diminutives, Etymo- 
 logy, Euphony, Adverb, Ordinal, - fy, 
 -ize. Participle, B, 6, Periphrase. — 
 2. Formation of the Plural^ Feminine, 
 Cases, Conjugation, f. b. 5lrtifet unb 
 Periphrase. 
 
 Fractions, SSrufbia^tcn. 1. QJian 
 fe^t — beim 2luS[)jrerf)en — im 91 en n e r 
 ftctS bie Orbinatga^r — half au8ge= 
 nommen — unb tvenn ber 3 dl^ I er e8 sers 
 langt, be!ojnmt ber ^Jicnncr au^ bag ^(u= 
 raljci(^en : a half, one third, two thirds, 
 three fourths ; two hundred and seventy 
 
60 
 
 French 
 
 four — five hundred and twenty sixths 
 =^'^V526- A quarter fiatt a fourth brauctlt 
 man nur Bel 2(ngatc beg aJi a fi e g. — 2. 
 Xlnfrc §um ndcfjficn ®anjen ubergreifenbcn 
 a3rucf)e: anbert^aU, britt^atS u. 
 bgt. fijrictit man fo, iuic fie m i 1 3 1 f f e r n 
 gcfrf|riebcnttjcrben : I'/j = one and a half, 
 2V2 = two and a half. @in ctwa batel 
 jtel^enbea (SuSflantb tritt Jointer bie 
 9 a n J e ^<S^\ unb half {u-au({)t bann feinen 
 Strtifet : eUvtl^atS S^^atcr = three dollars 
 and half (= deux ecus et demi). 
 
 French: f. junacftjl Etymology, 7,9, 
 10, Gallicism u. -fy. @anj obcr faft ganj 
 unangetaflet l^at'cn fiifj }♦ 33. er^atteu: 
 advantage, affair, affront, bomb, cruel, 
 conscience , double entendre, encore, 
 fetbfl jum 93ett' gemac^t to encore, exam- 
 ple, to fix, guide, important, pity unb 
 bavon to pity, possible, reparation, re- 
 venge, vis-a-vis unb i<\X)\io\t anbcre, wov 
 2lflcm in ber ©l^rarfjc bcr ®efe§e, ju 
 bercn 9?erjianbnt^ j^ranjofifi?^ cbenfo nctl&ig 
 if}, a.U Sateinifd). 9Jianc(K alte ?5orm, bic 
 im Sranjof. untevgegangcn, ftnbet fid) im 
 (§ngf. auf6ettja]^rt, unb mu^ fo ofterg bie= 
 nen, etncn mobevnen franjof. 3lu8brucf ju 
 erfldren. 93ecgL German. 2tu^cibem !^a= 
 Ben neuere <S(^riftfleIleir nur ju fel;r auS 
 einer ©Jjrad^c gefc^o^jft, bie baS ®emein= 
 gut bei- ®etii(bete:v atler 3S6(fec ifl. ®o 
 ^nben fi^ tel 2C. ©cott (;iuf toenigeu @ei; 
 ten Bel cinanbcr: a propos, denoiiment, 
 soiree, ennui, na'ive, embonpoint, a 
 sevigne broach, toupee, perruque, bon- 
 bons, bizarre u. f. to. 5tu^ bag ftumme 
 @nb = e — f. E, II — ifi jum %^d{ au8 bem 
 Sranjof. gefommcn, oft atet fcefeitigt tt)or; 
 ben. lleber bie 91 u 6 f ^ r a d) e f v a n 3 6 ; 
 fifdiev aOBortci- — bem fvanjofi = 
 f (^ en D^te oft cin ®i:euet — f. Chy 2, Gti, 
 3, Gk, 1, Gu, 2, ^i, 3, Eau, Eu, II, 2, 
 leu, Oeu, Oi, 3, Q, U, 7. 
 
 Frequentative l^eift ein SGBort, ivel: 
 d)c8 cin 6ftere«, 1^ du f i g e 6 aOBieber^olen 
 berfelBcn '^anbtung bebeutet : fo to crookle, 
 oft, VDicbcrl^oU girren, »on to crook ; to 
 crackle, oft (ober aurt) etn h)enig) 
 frad)en, toon to crack. S3erb8 biefer 3lrt 
 flnb ni(C)t efeen jai^lreic^ im ©ngt.; d^nlic^ 
 
 Future Tenses. 
 
 nocfe to knapple t>on to knab, to sipple 
 »on to sip. 
 
 From: 1. (§« bebcutet iimd(J)fi bie 
 ©ntfcrnung, baS ^etfommen, 2Iu§gc]^en 
 » n einem O r t e (bann ift fein ®egenfa§ 
 to, as far as) , ba&er aud) Urfprung, 
 ®runb, Itrfac^c; bann bie 3ett, [eit 
 weldjec fBi'nic^i Bcgann (bann ift to ober 
 till fein ®egenfa§), f. Declension. I come 
 from London, from my uncle. He is 
 from (auS) Paris. From this motive, 
 from hunger. We received letters from 
 them. 2. (58 ]^at eincn acti»en@inn, 
 mdi^renb o/meifl i>affiti fiel^t; balder from 
 = b w r d| , bem by d^nlid) ; of = u 6 e r : 
 I heard /rowj my friend, id) erful^r bur d) 
 meinen Sreunb ; I heard of him, \^ l)i3rs 
 te, erfu^r @ttt)a3 iiber i^n. They had 
 heard reports o/us (u6erun6)/romsome 
 malicious persons. He had not heard 
 one syllable from, or of, any human 
 being in the district. 3. 3iBo fein SWi^s 
 toerfldnbni^ mijg(id) ift, fle^t and) of fur 
 from ; bei mand)en 93erben batb of, battj 
 from : fo bei to absolve, to receive, to 
 borrow, to buy, to purchase. 4, From 
 bifbet aud) me^ircre 5)oj3^et))rdpofi = 
 tionen, b. i^. 3nfainmenfe^ungen mit 
 einer anberen ^Prdpofition, bie bann ab»er= 
 biatifc^en @inn evl^dtt : from amidst the 
 waves (mitten an8) ; from among us, 
 au« nnfrer (D^ttte it? eg; fro7n betivecn 
 the arcades (au3 . . . l^er»or) ; from out 
 her sight; from q//^ the table; it was 
 drawn from out of the very bowels of 
 heaven and earth (l^erauS gejogen 
 an 8 . .),f'om under his cap it, a. 5lel^n= 
 lid) fle^t 2. (S^ron. 32, 30 : con abenb= 
 tt) d r 1 8. @. Preposition, A, 3. — 5. ^a8 
 t>teonafltfd)e from f. bei Hence. 6. 
 3J{and)mat b I e i b t e8 aud^ tt) e g : f. Pre- 
 position, E. Banished {from) France 
 and excluded (from) Italy ... (Bulwer.) 
 
 Future Tenses. /I. ^ormeUed. 
 
 I. $Da8 Future Tense im gewol^nUs 
 (^ e n ®a^e. 1- First Future Tense : 3)ian 
 fe^t in bcr e r fi e n ^^erfon @ing. u. dJtur. 
 shall, in ben iibrigen will oor ben 3nftnis 
 tiv (ol^ne to) : I shall love, i^ ttcrbe lie= 
 ben, thou wilt love, he will love; we shall 
 
Future Tenses. 
 
 61 
 
 love, you will love, they will love. 
 2. Second Future T.i 3n ber erfien 
 $erf. ©ing. ii. %{\xx. fte^t should^ in ben 
 anberen would ijor bcm Snftn. : I should 
 love, i6) iuurbe licben; thou wouldst love, 
 he would love ; we should love, you 
 would love, they would love. 3. First 
 and second Preterit Future Tenses: 
 a)Jan fc|t ba8 pass. Parlic. ju bem 
 eifien obet ^ttjeiten gutuv »pn to have ; 
 affo : is' Freterit Future T. : I shall 
 have loved, id) u'erbc geliefct l^attn ; thou 
 will have loved, he will have loved; we 
 shall have loved, you will have loved, 
 they will have loved. 2d Preter. Fut. 
 T. : I should have loved, id) n^iirbe ge; 
 Iic6t fatten ; ihou wouldst have loved, he 
 would have-loved ; we should have loved, 
 you would have loved, they would have 
 loved. 
 
 II. 3m gragfa^e abcr biaudjt man 
 6ei fammttid)en ?5utur8 toill nur in bcr 
 britten 5)3evfon, in alien xibrigen shall — 
 atfo nun <\w6:j in ber jweiten: j. 93* You 
 would not have written to him, should 
 you? Should you take a drive this 
 evening, if . . . 2)emna^^: 
 
 1. Fut. T. 2. Fut. T. 
 
 shallllove? should I love? 
 
 shall thou love? shouldst thou love? 
 will he love? would he love? 
 
 shall we love ? should we love ? 
 
 shall you love ? should you love? 
 will they love ? would they love? 
 
 1. Pretei\ Fut. T. 2. Preter. Fut. T. 
 shall I have loved? , should I 
 shall thou have loved ? shouldst thou | -s 
 will he have loved? would he 
 shall we have loved? should we 
 shall you have loved? "should you 
 will they have loved? would they 
 
 III. 5)er Conjunctive Mood ifj bei bcm 
 1. unb 2. Future T. bem 3nbicati» gleid) 
 (f. oben, 1, 1 u. 2). 3)te bctben Preter. Fut. 
 T. bagegen nefemcn im Sonjnnctiio in al = 
 I en Sperfonen shall obev should: I shall 
 have loved, thou shall have loved, he 
 shall have loved n. f. f.; I should have 
 loved, he should have loved, ihey should 
 have loved. aSeifpiele f. unt. Conjunctive, 
 B, 2, a. 
 
 IV. 2)ie8 ifi bag Siegelmd^ige; 
 unb ftreng beoSad)tet irirb e3, fobaCb eben 
 nur einfad) bie.3eit auSgebriirft hjerben 
 foU. 3)iit ber reinen 3eitangabc aber \)t^ 
 gnfigt man fid) ^dufig nid)t, fonbern legt 
 ben Diebenbegrijf einer 21 b f i d) t , cine8 
 SBunfc^eS, SBotlenS, ©otlcng, 
 33erfi?red)en8, JBefei^IcnS obcr 
 2) r c ]^ e n 8 in biefe gcrnien unb bann tritt 
 oft shall an bte Stelie con will, unb will 
 an bic ®teQe »cn shall , natrivlic^ mit fies 
 ter gefl^aftung ber eigentlidjen ® runbs 
 bebeutung biefer SBorter: foltcn unb 
 hjptlcn. aSei biefer aJtannidjfaltigfeit 
 ber 3ufammcnfe§ung ergibt fid) benn <xxi.6it 
 mannid)fad)e St^attirung be? 5tu«brncf8 
 fiir jeben einjetnen %oM, nnb l^ier, xo'xt in 
 fc»iefen dl^ntid)en Sdllen , trOfle ben Scr^ 
 nenben ba« SOBort: 2Ca8 bem ftrebenben 
 ®d>ider eine gcffel, ba« ifi bem fcfeafenben 
 3JieiPev ein 2Ber!gcng ju fd)6nerer 93ott= 
 enbung nnb einegreube bem ftnnigen Sefer ! 
 !Davon wirb eine aufmevffame Scctiire balb 
 iibergeugen. 2Bir gebcn nod) ein )jaar 
 aSeifpiele jnr ^rlduterung ber Steget, benn 
 an bie 9{ e g c I l^altc fid) ber Sernenbc fa ! 
 \ shall go to London l^eipt: i^ toerbe 
 nad& S. ge!^en ; I will go to L, aber nur: 
 icfc ttjiU n. 8. g., ifi alfo minber gettji^. 
 You will do this, @ie n? e r b en bag t^un 
 — einfad)e 3f itangabe ; you shall do this, 
 @ie foUen baS tl^un — SSefel^f; you 
 shall have it to-morrow — 93erfpred)en. 
 You shall prove this ! — JDrol^ung. ®o 
 in ber gragc njiebevum will fiatt shall, too 
 n i d) t nad) bcr 3cit , fonbein na* ber 2tb= 
 ]ic^t, bem SBotten in einem barfdjen Jionc 
 gefragt reirb : Will you hold your tongue ? 
 @inen 93orfa^ bejeic^net: Henceforth, 
 Onward shall be our hunting shout. @. 
 nocfe Shall unb Will. 
 
 B. ®e branch ber Future Tenses. 
 3m 3(ngcmcinen mit bem 2)cutf(^en iiber= 
 einfiimmenb \ itber ba§ 2d Fut. T. f ubri= 
 gcnS no(^ Conditional nnb Conjunctive, 
 B, 4. lleber bag erfie^utur bemerfen 
 toir aupcr Dbigem no(^: 1. 3Jian »cr = 
 meibet to. i. !D. feineu ©ebrau^ oft 
 nnb erfe^t e3 bnrd) bag fiirjere Present 
 Tense : f. b. — 2lnbver @ett8 fiel^t c« 
 fur ben 3 m :>? e r a t i — bann naturli(^ 
 n\\t shall: You shall absolutelv do it. 
 
62 
 
 -fv 
 
 !Dag ifl jeboc^ cigentU(f> gar fcin Future 
 Tense, fonbeiu you shall ijl baS Present 
 T. = ©iefoUen, unb do bet ba«on <xh^ 
 l^dngigc Snfinttio. 3)a atev shall auct) juv 
 33ilbung be^Sutur bient, fo ftintmt eg fveU 
 lid) mit btcfer 5orm xibercin. Unb bet 
 Unterf(^tcb ifi ni^t grog: = ®ie njers 
 ben eg bepimmt t^un ! — jwerfictjttidje 
 @rtt>artung. 3. 3m 2)eutfd|en briidt bag 
 Sutur oft auc^ eine 'iSal^rf dj e in ti(t) = 
 f e i t aug ; (5c w i r b fcanf fein ; barum 
 !ommt er nid)t. 3m (Sngtifdben mug bann 
 abev bag Present T. fte^en unb bic 
 2Ba^rfd)einUcf)feit burdj ein 21 b » e r 6, ttiie 
 probably, perhaps, angebeutet toerben: he 
 is probably sick; perhaps he may be 
 sick. 
 
 -fy, ©nbung »on a}erBen, bte »on 2lb: 
 ject. ober @u6jiant. gebilbct finb unb ein 
 SJiac^en, ^erPellcn (lo render) bebeuten, 
 »om franjof. -fier, tatein. facere : fo »on 
 liquid — lo liquefy, neben to liquidate in 
 njeitevcm ©inne ; torrid — to torrefy; ter- 
 rible — to terrify; to deify; to vivify. 
 3Son legtercn beiben fe^lt bag Stamms 
 Slbject. ober ®ubftant.; fte finb gleid^ 
 fcrtig bem Sranjcf. entnommen. JDie 
 SSerben a.\\\ -fy bilben oft auc^ icieber an= 
 bere aufficate, fotvie abfiracte @ubfi. auf 
 {ca)tion , ^erfonennamen auf Jier unb 
 Slbject. auf J'c, able^ cal, ive {=. bar)'. 
 fo »on to vivify — to vivificate, vivilica- 
 lion, vivilier, bag :33erebeniie; vivific, vivifi- 
 cal, vivificative; liquefiable; torrefaction; 
 terrific ; deific, deifical, deification. 
 
 G^cigtje. (yglautet: 1. ivie unfer g 
 (n i * t j !) »or a, o, ii, »or Sonfonanten 
 xmb am ©nbe beg SBorteg; in 2Bortern 
 b c u t [ ^ c n llrfprttngg aud) »or e unb i : 
 gayi gOj RU"i glory, great, dog ; finger, 
 geese, gift. 2. ©onft j if d) t eg »or e, i 
 u. y fanft gteic^ bem J {\vk itat. g in gengi- 
 va), alfo »ute bfdf, son bem ©ummen 
 ber (Stimme begtcitet ; bann bejeidjuen wix 
 eg 0, g: genius, ginger, Egypt. 3. 
 (Stumm ip eg »or h, m, n: night, 
 
 Genilive. 
 
 gnaw (togt. cnaster, knee), sign, phlegm ; 
 aw^ aig (Snbbudjfiabe cineg qjarticij) auf 
 inging: singing, ringing. ®. nod) Gh, 
 Gn, N unb Nasal. 
 
 Gallicism, ein ber franjof. @l?rarf)c 
 etgener, ober im ©ngtifdjen i'^r nadjgebil; 
 beter 5(ugbrucE. <Be^x »tete 2Corter, (5on= 
 f^ructtoncn unb ilunftregetn beg ^o^eren 
 <Bt{)U finb aug bem ??ranj6f. gefommcn, 
 aber meifl fo eingeburgcrt, fo felbppdnbig 
 bcl^anbelt, bag man fie faum me^^r @aUi= 
 ctgm nennen mag. ©. French, Etymo- 
 logy. 
 
 Gender, bag breifadic grammatifdje 
 ®efd?lec^t: f. Masculine, Feminine, Neu- 
 ter; Common, Epicene, Personifica- 
 tion. 
 
 Gen'itKire. J. (Sr irirb entvueber 
 burdj bie ^rd^ofition o/obcr bard) ein an= 
 ge^^dngteg 's auggebriicft : the roof of the 
 house ; the man's brother. ®a er fid) fo 
 in jtuei Xf)dk fvaltet, tterben ivir i^n and) 
 in jtvei gctrennten 9(rtifeln iteitcr l-e^an= 
 bctn: f. Of imb Possessive Case. ai}an 
 benu^t biefe 3)o))^eIform : 1. 3u »er = 
 fd)iebener @innegbejlimmung 
 (ajJobification) in ein unb berfelben 3u= 
 fammenfe^ung : fo ^eipt the Lord's day 
 ber XaQ beg «&errn = Sunday ; the day 
 o/ the Lord aber = the day of judgment. 
 @, nod) Active, E. — 2. 3ur 21 b iv e ^ g^ 
 t u n g im (£ti)te, um (Sinformigfeit u. QJiigs 
 flang ju mciben, wo me^rere ®eniti»e ju= 
 fammentreffen. QJIan fagt n i d) t : The son 
 o/ihe brother o/my friend; auc^ nid)t 
 my friend^s brother''s son, fonbcrn the 
 son of my friend'' s brother. (3[uvf) i. 35. 
 hjitrbc man l^eut fold)e ^dufungen eincr 
 Worm umge'^en, it»ie fid) ^falrn 45, 11; 
 1. OJfof. 2, 17; 4, 10 ftiiben. Snbeg ftelte 
 man turd)aug nid)t, wie einige ®ramma= 
 tifer t^un, a(g jivnngenbe 9tegct auf, nt e 
 jttjei gleidje @cn itii^e |inter einan= 
 ber i\\ fc^en. 3n)ei $offeffi»e neben 
 einanber njcrben allerbingg meifi vcrmie= 
 ben; bie atBieberl^olung ber ©eniticform 
 m i t of ift aber nid)tg meniger, a(g feltcn. 
 The American citizen ... is one of a 
 race o/ sovereigns; the European Baron 
 ...is one of a race o/ subjects. (F. 
 Wright.) He is an example of man- 
 
Germanism 
 
 liness, of feeling o/honesty 0/ purpose 
 (Boz). OB bag and) f cfe on ift? — 3n?ei 
 ^offeffwe: Without her husband's fa- 
 ther's consent (Boz). 3m ®cftcrjc : She 
 was a lady's ladies' maid (Marryat). 
 B. Daf fiir unfevcn ®cnitto man(i^ma( 
 auct) anbcre Sdtte fie:^cn muff«n, f. Dative, 
 1, unb Accusative, B, I, 1, b. llmgefel^rt 
 fit^t bet ®eniti» fur unfcrn Stccuf., 
 J. as. bet to repent: I repent of all my 
 former follies. 3ebo(^ fagt man nebcn: 
 I repent myself of it auc^ : I repent it 
 cber felSft; It repents me (beutfcf|e %xt). 
 
 Gemianism. 1. -Hon etnjelnen 
 beutfc^en 5(u^briicfen ober @abffigungen 
 fann im @ngt. nid)t fuglic^ bte 9Jebc fetn : 
 bic ganjc iS:|.trac{)e ifl ein ©ermoniSm, ja 
 in man(6en ®tucfen beutfdjer, aU bag 
 JDeutfc^e fetfcfi; i'cnn fie ^«t fo 2>iand)e8 
 auS ber attcn @)?ra(t|c hitoa^xt, ttjaS n?iv 
 »evIoren ober gar burc^ grcmbeg 
 eerbrdngt ober bo5| nur im 5) i a I e c t 
 beiua^rt l^aben ; fo the watch (oertuanbt mtt 
 to watch, nja^cn), toofur toit \li)t au9 
 bem @riectjifc^;Sateinifc^cn l^afien; horse, 
 wofiir trir ^fexi au3 bem fctirerfU^en 
 paraveredarius gebilbct ! to write (oergt. 
 9tci]S jeug), buret) fd&r eibcn (scribere) 
 soerbrangt ; fo to leap, to take, to draw 
 (breggen), to forsake, lo look (lugen) u. 
 to. a. aSergf. French, Etymology, Eu- 
 phony. 2. JDag 3«eiflc ^at ftarfe 5(enbe= 
 rungen ber Sorm, oft aud) bcS ® inneS 
 erfa^ren , nur ©injetneS hVitb ganj uncer; 
 fe^rt in ©^veibart (ober 2lugf^ra(6e) unb 
 33ebcutung, n)ie: inland, inlander, inland- 
 ish, inner, landwind, nestling, stark, 
 hand, finger, back, hammer, hamster, a 
 haudle(bie >§anbet), hall, halt, handiwork, 
 horn, oft, erst, a poodle, a were -wolf, 
 lust, warm, bitter, brown, between (f. 
 Among), gift, allwise, to shine, blind, 
 buttermilk, shoe tt. a. 9iur Bcbcnfe man 
 immer, bap btefc engt. 2Dorter nic^t au^ 
 bem ^ e u t i g e n «& d) beutf(^, fonbern aug 
 bem atten^ieutfcfe famen(f.Anglosaxon), 
 au8 einer SKunbart, bie con ber i^entigen 
 (Sprac^e ungemein serf^icbcn tt»ar. 
 iDa^er fel^en benn freilt^ evening unb 
 SlBenb, child u. SHxii (im ©c^njcijerbialecte 
 gl^ilb, S^itbern), dry unb trocfen 
 (brcid) fagen bie SEBafd^njetber), south 
 
 Get. 
 
 63 
 
 unb ©lib, soap unb ®eife, to go unb ge^en, 
 to choose unb erfiefcn, an egg unb ein 
 (Bi, fxd) ni(^t gerabe fo d^nlic^, icie ein (si 
 bem anbern ! Ueber bic orti^ogra^ji^ifdien 
 2lbweir&ungen beiber Svrac^en »on cinan= 
 ber f. man nod) bag (5nbe ber Qlrttfet : />, 
 F, 0, P, T, y. - 3. aJianc^e beutfdje 2Bbi = 
 ter l^at bag granjof. serbrdngt, fie l^aben 
 fic^ jeboc^ in einjelnen iBerbinbungen er- 
 i^aitcn : berg toid) bem mountain, blieb 
 aber in iceberg ; time (temps) ccrbrdngte 
 tide (3eit), bieg erl^ielt fid) inbep in 
 evening-tide u. a. (felbfi tide and time 1) 
 4. 2i(g h)ir!lic^e ©ermaniSmen 
 liepe fid) bag bettac^ten, trag ncuere 2tutc= 
 ren, nadjbem fic^ bie ©prati^e gegen bag 
 3)eutfc^e abgefd)Ioffen , gefonbert, fidi 
 fe(bfi|ldnbig gemacfet, aug unferer <2prad:e 
 aufgenommen ^aben. sg. Etymology, 12. 
 So fatherland, landsman, landwehr, 
 flugelman, the forget - me - not (= le ue 
 m'oubliez pas) , a waltz u. a. -^iel^er 
 liepe fic^ tto^f au^ bag unter ber ^rdi30= 
 fition Of 10, iiber despite, unb bei Impe- 
 rative, A, 2, ©rtrdl^nte red)nen, nur bap 
 Se^tereg \a. ntcfet a(3 etwag erfi neucr = 
 bingg *2(ugenommeneg gelten bavf. 5. 
 ©ermaniemen einer minber crfrculidien 
 2lrt madjt ber JDeutfcfte, iwenn er fetne ®e= 
 banfen hjortlid), gegen ben engt. (£^5rac6= 
 gebraucft iiberfefet ; j. 33, It freezes me 
 fiir I am cold; What Johnny does not 
 learn, learns John nevermore fiir : An old 
 dog learns no tricks. JDag finb bann njol^t 
 englifdje SGBiJrter, aber il^re '^erbinbung ift 
 unengltfcfe. 
 
 to Get, 1. i. (S. ». nj erb en, b.]^. aug 
 einem 3»flrtnbc in einen a n b e r e n 
 iiberge^en, xcit lo turn, to grow, to 
 go, lo come, fic^t mtt bojjpeltem 0lomtna = 
 ti» ober mit einem ^ilbjectio ober ^affiwen 
 $arttct)> : to gel quit of one, to get ac- 
 quainted with one. I cannot get clear 
 (rid) of this weakness. 2, S^cbeulet eg 
 taffcn (f. to Cause), fo l^at eg, in ju= 
 fammengefe^ten 3«itcn/ junddjfi fein O b = 
 i e c t unb b a n n bag )5aff. *P a r 1 1 c 1 1> nac^ 
 ficfe, tt)te to have (f. b., Sir. 4). I got my 
 boots made = ic^ be! am meine @ttefeln 
 g e m a d) t. I will gel it done (= ic^ wilt 
 eg f(6on gcmacfit friegen, familiar). 
 Get my pen -knife done. Get this book 
 
64 
 
 Gh 
 
 bound. 2luS etner ©Uipfe, ganj mt bet 
 to see, erftdrt fict) balder: I got him 
 away, I got them home ; get yourself 
 gone (ready). S)iiS ifl gteictjfam aucfe 
 etn actitteS fiaffen, ttJic to cause, franjijf. 
 faire = tn a cb en @ie, ba§ ©ie fort fom; 
 mcit, fertig hjerbcn u* bgt. a)al;er auc^ 
 3. oon 5P e r f n c n : to get owe f o do a 
 thing = Semanben ju @troa8 bringen, 
 sentiogen : He got the lieutenant to 
 nominate him for the commission. 4. 
 2)vi8 pass, partic. g-o/ fiei^t :^)leonafiifd} : 
 f. to Have, B, I. 
 
 Gh, 2)tgvai5§. 1. Urft^rungttc^ fit^t c8 
 role gti fiiv g, um biefem sor e unb i ben 
 ®aum(aut ju roal^ren (roieghirlanda, tta(« 
 unb Enghien, Berghen, franjof.) ; bann 
 abtx aucfi »or anbercn 33ocalcn: Ghent, 
 burgher, gherkin {axid^ guerkin gef(I)ries 
 Ben) , ghastly , ghosl. 2. 2lm @nbe bet 
 @itbe, h)D eg fiir unfec d^ fiti^t, fxnb 
 ofter3 fceibc S3ud)fiaben jlumm: high, 
 mighty, throughout; ober 3. fie tauten 
 roie f : laugh, rough, tough, enough, to 
 cough ; ober 4, roie k, in hough, shough, 
 lough, auci) (fcfiottifd)) loch gefcbvieben, 
 roie bet unS in ber @eogra:pbie. 
 
 Gn: 1. aSegtnnt ober fc^Iicpt c« cln 
 aBcvt, fo iji tiaS g ftumm: to gnarl; 
 impugn. 2. Snmitten eineg 2Borte8 tautet 
 ei = gn, n i d) t ngn ro. i. 35. ; magnet 
 (= mag -net, nid)t mang - net), dignity, 
 ligneous. 3. gni fie^t ofterS als 3etd)en be« 
 franjijftfd) =■ italienifdjen SWoniUe : bagnio, 
 seignior (= ital. bagno, signore); d^nttd) 
 champignon. @ettnei- fte^t a\id) gl mit bem 
 mouiUirten Saute : intaglio. 
 
 to Co, 1. i. @. ». ro erb en, roie to 
 gel, f. b. He went impunished = ci* f am 
 ungefiraft baoon, eg ging i^m fo i^tn; the 
 dog went mad. <S. nod) ben erften ®a$ 
 untet Nominative, 2. — 2. / atn going to 
 ... ic^ roitl eb en, id> jlel^e im Segriffe 
 = je vais; / rvas going to ... id> rocllte 
 grabe, flanb eben im ^Begriffe = j'allais. 
 JBgt. to ofTer. He is going to be married. 
 We were going to sup. What was I 
 going to say ? Sle^nli* : iii ge^e baben, 
 tanjcn, ®d)(lttfd)u^ fa^ren, betteln. llebri; 
 geng f. Periphrase, XVII, B. — 3. 7'o 
 go on mit bem actt». ^Jarttc. flel^t njie to 
 
 Grow. 
 
 Continue, f. b. He went on reading = 
 et laS fort. 
 
 Good l^at im (5onH)aratto belter, im 
 (Su):'erlati» the best; ebenfo fein 2tb»erb 
 vjell. 
 
 Gradation (ober Climax), einc 9iebe= 
 figur: bie ©tetgerung auf= ober abrodrtg 
 bur^ eine Siei^e «evroanbter ober entgegen= 
 gefe^ter 2Iu«bru(fe, ofterS aud) burd) aCie= 
 bcr^orung etnjctncr Shorter, befonberS ber 
 ©onjunctionen , tterfidrft. „If the plot 
 had been unravelled to us byany«M/)er- 
 7iatural intelligence ; if it had been 
 whispered by a genie, communicated by 
 a dream, or revealed by an angel from 
 on high, we should have been to blame 
 in credj^ng ocular demonstration !" fagt 
 Mr. Concordance , bie flcifc^geroorbene 
 Gradation in SmoUel's R. Random. 
 The spirits I have raised abandon me — 
 The spells which I have studied haj^le 
 
 me — 
 The remedy I reck'd of tortured me. — 
 By thy cold breast and serpent smile. 
 By Ihy unfalhomM gulfs of guile, 
 By that most seeming virluous eye, 
 By thy shut soul's hypocrisy ! — etc. 
 .Grccisms, gried)ifd)e aBiJrter ober 
 Sonftructionen ; f. jundcfefi Etymology, 9. 
 SD'ian bilbcte anlhem axii 6vdv/.irog; ana- 
 sarca t>on Aru unb cr«p|; feruer anabasis, 
 phlogiston, andranalomy, pseudograph, 
 zoophyte, physics, Periphrase, Homo- 
 nym, Ellipsis u. », anbcre Jtunftaugbriirfe, 
 roetdie bie tnoberne3GBtffenfd)aft t^eitSbem 
 ©riecibifdjen cntlef;nte, tl^eitS aug gricc^. 
 SBortern nen bifbete. — ®anj roie im @rie= 
 diifdKn fle^t bag act. partic. atg O b i e c t : 
 I cannot avoid repeating, I could not 
 help sjiiiling; it is needless (o attempt 
 describing unb 2lel^nlid|eg. ®. nod) to 
 Chance, Participle, A, I, 3, a ; Plural, 
 A, II, 5. 
 
 to Grow, roerben, roie to get, f. b. 
 He willfgrowX^nce) a scholar. You grew 
 ashameoof my acquaintance. You will 
 grow sick (fat, big, lean, strong, weary). 
 It grows very cold (hot, lale, light, 
 dear). Qlbcr and) mit info: I find the 
 plate growing into a companion (rote to 
 turn). 
 
Gu 
 
 Ga »or 33ocalen flingt 1. = gw, fos 
 6alb etn n baoor ftel;t (alio ngu = w^j^;, 
 nafat): language, distinguish; vgl. (>« 
 unb Su. — 2» Slog trie g lautct e« in 
 franjof, 2Bcrtcrn, two bog u nur a\\: 
 jeigt, ba^ ba3 g nicftt jif(t)e (ogf. G/'i) : 
 guide, league, guillotine ; unb eSenfo iro 
 g-M fur unfer to iii^t : guard, guarder = 
 2Barte, SBdrter. 3)a6er gitt eS auc^ nod^ 
 to warrant nfben to guaranty, toal^ien, 
 ©ettjcil^r kificn. SSc\L ticct) Gaelfs narf) 
 itvit. 2lu8fpvnc6e fxu aSBcIfen; gnise, engl. 
 unb franj., itcit. guisa = 9£Beife; the war 
 = la guerre, itai. la guerra, bie 95Be^r ; 
 the guard, bte SBaite = la garde, la 
 guerite, itfll. la guardia; William = 
 Guillaume, ital. Guglielmo; reward = 
 guerdon (itat. guiderdonc?) ; Guy, engl. 
 unb franj., ital. Guido, 3Scit. 
 
 Giittnrals f. Consouants. 
 
 H. 
 
 H, 9kme: atsh. Saut: 1. SB ie unfer 
 ge^aurf)tc6 1^; fo in bcutfd&en imb 
 flric(^. 2B6rtern: had, hat, head, heat; 
 hymn, hypocrite; aSer nie glU e3 a(8 
 35 e ^ n u n g 8 jei^en {mt in 8 o 1^ n) : alfo 
 John. 2. 3n lat. u. franj. 2B6rtern, unb 
 uberall, t»o eS nac^ /• fte l&t, ifi // f} u m m : 
 honest, humour, hour, Rhine, rhythme; 
 fo aud> in shepherd = sheperd. @. norf) 
 gh, ch, th, sh,p/i, wk. iDen Saut be8 /* 
 fc^itbert etn nUer(ie6fle« 9Jdt^fel »on 
 aSbron, aurt) in {^(iigeU®ram in atif 
 (®. 468) abgebrurft. 
 
 Hair, cot lee tit) gencmmen, Hei6t 
 «n»erdnbert; jebc8 -^aar e i n g c 1 n 
 getadjt, nimmt eg bag 5} t u r a I j c i c^ e n 
 an (oergl. Fish). All my hair fell off. 
 Her hair were not yet dressed. I have 
 some grey hairs in my beard (»erein= 
 gelt), ajht (£tng. unb qSiural neben ein= 
 anber : "iMy hair is grey, but not with 
 years, nor grew it while in a single 
 night, as men's have grown from sudden 
 fears." (Byron.) 
 
 St, «Ut)rc(i;t, gtamnmt, iBJotfert. 
 
 Have. 
 
 65 
 
 Half, 1. nimmt 9trtlfer unb $ronomen 
 nad^rirtJ/ tvenn e« bebeutet : bic^atfte 
 won einer @ad^c ; f. A, an, E, 3 unb 
 The, D : half a year, half a bushel of 
 oats, half that price. ®. noc^ ben @a§ 
 mit half a one unter One, B, 1. — 2. ©c; 
 beutet eg aber etn ab g ef c^f of feneg, 
 fiir fid) b e fi e 1^ e n b e g ^ a I b e g, fo flel^t 
 eg njic ein gettjo^ntic^eg 5lbjecti», girifc^en 
 5(rtife( imb <Subflanti». @agt man : This 
 book costs half a guinea, fo l^eipt bag : eg 
 fof^et ben2Bert^, 58ctrag einer ^alben 
 ®uinea, gleidjriet in welc^en aiJitngforten 
 er begal^lt hjirb ; man brauc^t nitfet gerabe 
 eine tt> i r f (i c^ e ^albe ©uinea, ein @ e I bs 
 flucf biefeg 9iameng, ju geben; biefe 
 ^iep a //a// guinea (= eine .^albguinea, 
 ba&er a\x6:i a half- guinea gefctjrieben). 
 (Sbcnfo unterfc^nibet ftctj : half my guinea 
 is lost = bte '§d(fte ton ber gang en 
 ®utnea, bie ic^ i^aitt, ifi cerloren ; unb : 
 my half guinea, meine ^Mt ®utnea — 
 me^r l^atte id? nid)t. 33ergf. Double. — 
 3. (Sbenfaflg n.\ i. 3). fle^t half, wenn eg 
 ein 2(b»erb »or fid) ^at ober njcnn eg felbfi 
 2lb»erb ifi: a/«// half hour; a halfwitted 
 man. 4. @. nod) Fractions, 2. 
 
 to Happen = jufdUig, f. to chance : 
 I happened to say it became her. If he 
 should happen to be there (foUte ct 
 etwa . .). My wife and daughters happen- 
 ing to return a visit to neighbour F., 
 found — . The table-talk happened to 
 turn upon your sister. 
 
 to Have. X^ormeUed. $rdfen8: 
 I have, thou hast, he has, we have — . 
 3m^erf»: I had, thou hadsl — . (!Da8 
 llebrtge rcgetmdf ig.) JDiefe gormen gelten 
 aud) alg ©oiijuncttt), tocnn to have .^ilfgs 
 terb ifl ; atg felbfipdnbigeg SSerb aber (f. 
 B, I) ip ber 6onjuncti» beg ^Prdfeng regeU 
 mdfig, atfo I have, thou have, he have — ; 
 g. 93. The Lord have mercy of our souls. 
 B. ©cbrou*. I. 8ifg felbfifidnbis 
 geg aSerb ^eii?t eg :^ aben , befi^en, 
 em^jfangen (mie avoir = recevoir): 
 He has a large estate. He was to have 
 a halfpenny (fottte befommen). Sa^er 
 aud) taffiv : It must be had (= gefi^afft 
 werben). It is not /o6e/<a<f (= gu^aben). 
 Do not have that false pride — . 3nbe^ 
 5 
 
66 
 
 Have. 
 
 »erfiavft man c8 gem buvcf) baS vfccnaPi? 
 ^^tgot, namcntlirt) in fragenben nub in 
 Bcrneincnben @a^en : Have you got my 
 pen? No, I have not got it. This lady 
 has got black eyes. 1. Tlit ciuem O b = 
 ject nnb bem Snfinit, (ol&n e to) obcr 
 act. 5)}artic., ju iBejeirfjniing ®cf[en, 
 was jcneS Object tl^ut, affo i. ®. to. f in = 
 ben, fcl^cn u. bgt. We had often 
 strangers (ober the blind and the lame) 
 visit us. We had t/ie7n now 7nodeUiftg 
 their old gauzes, or flourishing upon 
 catgut. ( ©0 : aBtr |ia6cn e i n i g e 
 grcunbe bortnjol^nen. (Srl^ateinen 
 @o^n franf liegen. Srf) ^atte eine 
 » 1 1 e g I a f rf) c toov nitr ft e 1^ e n u. f. f.) 
 2, 3m @innc sonfonuen, foUen, 
 miif f en (njolten) l^at e8, hj. i. 2)., einen 
 Snfin. (mit to) nactj fidj: I have some- 
 thing to tell you. He will have to go 
 there. We have had to pay. We had 
 to deal with him. 3. / will have t. ©. », 
 ©tttsaS |i a 6 c n m o U e n , eg h) it n = 
 fci)en, nimmt ben 9(<cnfatito mit bent 
 Snftnitiw, tcfeteren fottjol^t mit, als 
 ol^nc to : What will you have me to do? 
 I will not have him write to her. 9(n(^ 
 mit SluStnffung beg 3nftniti» : I will do 
 anything you will have me. Obei: mit 
 einem » o H c n ® a § e nac^ fi(!^ : f. bag 
 2te ©eifpiet unter Asyndeton. 4. ^eigt to 
 have: fiir ©tVuag l^alten, fo l^at eg 
 ein Object unb, a(g 2lpj?ofitton baju, ein 
 t»aff» ^Javtic. : Have me excused, Sir, 
 that I cannot come. 9]egattt>, ba to have 
 l^ier eben n i c!^ t ^itfgttetb (f. to Do, B, 
 II, 3) ifl, l^eipt eg : Do not have him ex- 
 cused = taffen ©ie i!^n ficft ntcfjt entfcf)ul= 
 bigcn. 2(uct) fotgt ein ganjer <Ba% barauf, 
 mit obcr cl^nc that. 5. ^ei^t eg laffen, 
 fo l^at eg fein (vafficeg) Object bi*t 
 naclj S\6) unb l^intcr biefem bag pass, 
 participle fiatt unfereg Snftn. (oergt. to 
 cause, to get unb Accusative, C, 4). He 
 has his clothes made in London = tx 
 
 l<x%t m a c^ e n. 3)agegen : He 
 
 has made his clothes in L. = er l^at 
 feine Jlfetbcr in S. g e m a cf) t ; nun ttjdre 
 has ^i(fgt5erb, unb clothes bag Object ju 
 made. I shall have my hair cut. He 
 had the mutineers shot. Oft ergibt fic^ i 
 bei biefer Sonftruction ein :|5aiift»er 
 
 @inn, toie fcfjon im jtt>citcn 33eii>ie(e: = 
 9Tiein 4jaar njurbc mil- vcrfdjnitten ; unb 
 bann fann man ni({)t immet Uffcn ans 
 tuenben. @o : He had his own jest 
 turned upon him in earnest. This prince 
 had his head cut off and his body thrown 
 
 to swine = eg njurbe bent Siirfien 
 
 (2tf]^nlic^: er l^atte jnjei $]3feibe unter 
 fi^ crfrf) offen.) 9Jian ncl^me a^tx ein= 
 mat in biefem ©a^c bie $avticiv»g ju had!! 
 
 Gentlemen may easily fall into such 
 
 mistakes; but it is a great comfort to 
 have them cleared up (= hjcnn fie @inem 
 aufgeHcirt roerben). 6. 2)cn Snfin. o ^ n e 
 to nel^men bie Stebengarten nad) fic^ : / 
 had as good, ic^ tl^dtc ebenfo gut ; / had 
 better, ict) t^dtc beffer; / had best, [^ 
 tl^citc am beften ; / had as lief, [^ njoHtc 
 ebenfo gem, ic^ l^dtte eg ebenfo gern; I 
 had rather, ic6 mollte lieber, icf> l^dtte eg 
 lieber: — I think we had as good be 
 waiting for him. No, we had better go 
 away than stay here. I had belter not 
 have told it: icfe l^atte beffer (bar an) 
 get^an, eg ni(i^t — . You had best run 
 away. I had as lief g^o as stay. I had 
 rather die than commit such a crime. 
 He had rather be than appear good. 
 JDei 2lnna]^mc 9B a g n e r 'g u. g tu g e I 'g, 
 biefeg had fei aug tvould »etbovben, »ers 
 mag i(!& nidjt beijutrcten, nel^mc »ietme!§r 
 bie aBorte b u (^ ft a b t i ct>, trie ic^ eg ©in= 
 gangg biefer 91ummer in ber Ueberfe^ung ge= 
 t^an. fVould tourbc in ber 1. ^5erfon eincn 
 aB in en, einen SOBunfcfj angeben; in 
 »telen gdtlen aber ift nielmel^r son einem 
 SoUen bie 9tebe, rtjelctKg bent aBoI = 
 ten gerabe entgcgengcfe^t Juirb. aJian 
 »crgteicf|c bie obigen unb fotgenbe ©d^e. 
 Had I not better loose a trifling sum than 
 break my promise = !I^dte ic^ nicftt 
 beffer baran ♦ . . You had best resolve 
 to think of him no more. Cophagus then 
 said, J had better reflect upon his offer. 
 You had even best do according to my 
 direction. (®anj dl^nticfi : What had I 
 best to do? What course had I best to 
 take?) @i-Hdrenb laffen fi(^ fo((f)e ®d^e 
 a\\6!i bnrd) it would be, it would have 
 been aufli)fen ; fo : I think we had as 
 good be waiting = I think it would be 
 (it were) as good to wail for him. 
 
He 
 
 3te5n(ic6 finbet ftcfi and) : You ivere better 
 take another draught before you depart 
 (fiatt you had better) : nict)t SCBittc, fon= 
 bern 2In ratten cineS 2lnbcrn: (Sic 
 iuaren 6effer baran, — ©ic tl^dten Beffer. 
 3fl bagegeit »on einem 2B i f I e n bie 9tebc, 
 fo fiel^t au(!^ mxUid} would unb ni(i^t 
 had : j. 93. I rose, assuring her I would 
 rather die than disobey her. (Smollet.) 
 J^ier gafce / had etnen ganj »crf(!&iebenen 
 ©inn. 9iod) mel^r 6ctt)cifen ©tetUn, njo 
 bee 3nftniti» have fdbft auftcitt; beitn 
 biefcr fann nictit au§ i^iV/ loerbotScn fein : 
 er ift ii&m treber fo dl^nlid), tt?tc I had bem 
 I would (Beibc = I'd), nod) trirb will 
 ii6er:§autt a(3 3iiftnitio gefn-audjt (f.Will). 
 ®o in bem ©a|e : I think I might much 
 better have staid in a country where I 
 was esteemed and beloved. @nblid| fagt 
 man and) : I had rather a dish of coffee, 
 than a dish of tea. .§iec ^at had ein 
 Dtjcct f»ei flcft, e8 fann a(fo aud> nidjt fur 
 would fiel^en ; fc^t man biefcg, fo mu§ e8 
 l^eifien : I tvould rather have a dish u. f. 
 f. — 7. / had like, id) njat nal^e baran 
 = ti fel^rte nid)t Diet, faft, Bcinal&e; 
 l^at ben Snfinitiw mit to nac^ fidj : They 
 had like to have lost their lives (= ils 
 faillirent perdre ...; dl^n(id) he xvas like to 
 die). I had like to have broken my neck. 
 
 II. To have atg ^ i t f 8 » e r b bitbet bic 
 jufammengefe^ten 3eiten con actiwen imb 
 neuter S3cv6g : I have read, I had had, 
 he would have slept, they would have 
 been. <B. Neuter, B, II. 
 
 He f. Personal unb Epicene, 3. 9^as 
 mentlid) au5 bem unter Personal, B, 6, 
 ^rwd^nten erftdrt fid) ber ©ebraud) ttcn 
 he a(S ©ubfiantio, befonberS »on 3;]^ie = 
 r en , feltner auc^ »on $etfonen, ganj toie 
 she : — the he's of these birds. The best 
 he of the kingdom. 
 
 to Hear ^ai 1. ben Qtccuf. mit bem 
 Snfln. (ol^ne to) ober 2. fiatt eiueS ac = 
 ti»cn3nfiniti»8einacti»eg3[Jar5 
 t i c i ^ unb 3. jlatt eine« :|)affi»en3n = 
 ftniti»8 ein ^jaffieeS $articiv. 
 @. Accusative, B, I, 5; Infinitive, A, 4, 
 b ; Participle, A, I, 2 unb B, 4. — 3u 1. 
 I hear the birds sing. 2. We heard him 
 playing on the fortepiano. 3. I have 
 
 Hiatus. 
 
 67 
 
 heard Sir Th. represented as one of ihe 
 most generous men. You would like 
 to hear my fellow- partner eloquently 
 spoken of. (g. ben ©afe unter Comma, 
 A, 2 ; au^erbem nod) From, 2. 
 
 Hebraisms, ]^ebrdtfd»e, in8 ©nglifdc 
 aufgenommcnc SBorter; nid)t ebcn ja!^f= 
 reid). ©o Jehovah , Abba , Messiah, 
 allelujah , cabal, cherub mit feinem etge= 
 nen ^luvat cherubim, neben cherubs. 
 
 Hellenism fottiet (\U Grecism. 
 
 to Help ! / can not help mit act. 
 partic. (J. 93. pitying him, laughing), 
 fosiet a(3: I can not but . . . f . But, 5. 
 5hiperbem f. Infinitive, A, 4, b. 
 
 Hence. 2)ie @nbung ce hd whence, 
 hence, thence bejeic&net bieaSeiregung 
 con einem Orte treg: hence, won l^ier, 
 thence, con ba, balder, whence, »on wo, 
 njo^er (bolder). 5ffiit^in Ifl e« minbefienS 
 ubeifluffig, noc^ from ober of baaor ju 
 fe^en, Wic from hence; from thence, 
 thencefrom; of whence, from whence, 
 whencefrom ; ober gar from henceforth. 
 Sofd)e, »on man^en ©rammatifcrn ganj 
 verhjorfenc ^(eonaSmen finben fi<i^ bo(?^ 
 mand)mataud) bei gutenSc^riftftettern; bei 
 Boz ift from whence fe^r l^duftg, bei Mar- 
 ryat nid6t felten, bei Smollet njar eg fiel^enbc 
 Siegel. <So : I will trust no man from 
 hence-forward. The place from whence 
 we set out in the morning — . @inen dl^ns 
 (idien ^JteonaSm in 2lngabe ber entgegens 
 gefe^ten 9iid>tung („gegen ... w Arts") 
 f. Sofua 8, 9. 12; 17, 9; 15, 11 unb 19, 
 11; 2. $mof. 26, 35. 
 
 Her: 1, Objectio ju she, f. Personal, 
 2. — 2. Her imb hers f» Possessive pro- 
 nouns. 
 
 Herself f. Reflective, A. 
 
 Hexameter, ber fc*8fuiitge iBerS be3 
 ^elbengebid|t3 ber Stiten ; in aSerbinbung 
 mit bem ^Pentameter (ber nie aKein »cr= 
 fommt) bitbet er bag 3jifiidlon, the 
 distich. 3m @nglifd)en f cl^ r ivenig an= 
 gewenbet. 
 
 Hiat'ns, ©d^ntaut, b. 1^. bad ubellaus 
 tenbe unmittclbare3ufammcntrfffen jweier 
 QSocnle. llm il^n ju »ermeiben, ttjirft man 
 
68 
 
 Him 
 
 1. ken eiiien SSocat njeg unb fe^t bafut ben 
 3li3 0fir 0^3^ : d'ye, I'm, she's; [.Ab- 
 breviation. 2. aJian fe|t an ft^itta: an 
 apple jiatt a apple ; f. y/, aw, B, II, sgU 
 oudti Possessive Pronouns, B, II, 2 unb 
 No, 1. — 3. aiJan jiel^t in ber 2lu8f)3vad)e 
 jtoci ©itten in einc jnfammcn: e'er, ne'er 
 = kv, nar. ^al^er gum ^^eit bie unter 
 Euphony, A, errtjcir^nten SSerfitrjungen. 
 JDa^cv ci\\6) mag bie ^t^xifxijii ber 93ocat= 
 bigvvi^jl^en fi^ erltciren : man htf^itit gttjei 
 Sautjei^en 6ci, ftirad^ a6er nur einen Saut 
 auS. ®c entfiant) bie (gdjnjierigfett ber 
 Ort^ogra^jl^ie, baf man einen 93cca({aut 
 mit ben »cvfct)tebenften ^u(fej!aben ((fcreis 
 ben !ann. @o »of aUem bag i: 1, ea 
 fann einen I a n g e n , 2. ae, 3. ai, 4. ay, 
 5. ee, 6. ei, 7. ey, 8. eo, 9. ie, JO. oe, 
 \\, oi fcnnen ! u r j e unb I a n g e S^Saute 
 icjcic^nen. !X)a nun, au^ec 12. bem e 
 felbft, audi 13, i, 14. y, unb in einjelnen 
 Sdlten fogav 15. o, 16. ia, 17, ui, 18. iiy 
 imb 19. oei to'xt i ffingen fcnnen, [o l^aBen 
 ttjirr efcen nidjt njeniger al8 neunje^n 
 »crf(fiicbene Ort^ogra^l^ie'n eine« 
 Sautes 1 (35er Sfieugviec^e trofte fi(^ alfo 
 fiber ben 3=Saut feineS /, e/, ^, f, «/-, ot,!) 
 aSelegc nad) ber 9tei:^enfoIge ber cbigen 
 3iffcrn (hjo 2a3eifpiele fte^en, ]§at ba« erfte 
 ein I a n 9 e 3 , baS jweite ein f u r j e 8 i) : 
 1. sea. 2. aera, caesura. 3. raisin, 
 captain. 4. quay, monday (and) monda 
 geftsrod^en). 5. beef, been. 6. Seine, 
 foreign. 7. key, money. 8. people, 
 pigeon. 9. field, sieve. 10. diarrhoea, 
 oeconomy. 11. Turkois, tortoise. 12. 
 mere, desire. 13. machine, fit. 14. 
 mystery. 15. women, 16. marriage. 
 17. built. 18. plaguy, 19. Onomatopoeia. 
 5Den tontofen, unbefiimmten , aber bocfe 
 bem i nal^e fommenben (oft auc^ in ©rams 
 matifen unb aGBorterbud)ern buvd) i be* 
 jeidineten) Sauten ai (ay), ei, ey, eo, oi, 
 ia, uy liefie fidi aid 91r. 20. nod^ ba« a in 
 China, village, orange u. bgt. gugcfeUen. 
 2)ie neuereOrtJ^ogvav^ie befeitigf iibrigeng 
 aud) mandicn biefer JDigrajj^en u. fdireibt 
 J. 93. nur cesura, economy, njie in alien 
 romanifc^en ®))rac^en. 
 
 Him, ©bjectic ju he ; f. Personal, 
 
 Himself f. Reflective, A. 
 
 Homographs. 
 
 His f. Possessive pronouns. 
 
 Hissing sounds f. Consonants, 2, 
 a unb b; Euphony, D, 4. Unter the hiss- 
 ing aspirate »erfie^t man ba« sh (ch). 
 
 to Hold = Semanben fiir (5t\t)o8 '^aU 
 ten : f. Accusative, B, I, 2 u. 5 unb Par- 
 ticiple, B, 3. I hold pillaging a very 
 great crime. He held himself boimd to 
 Lord R, «Paffi» : These men are held 
 very pretty gentlemen. 
 
 Homographs, SGBcrter »un glei = 
 c^ e r Drt^ogra))^ie unb oerf^iebener 
 33ebeutimg (2D o ^ t^ c I g ci n g e r), @. Am- 
 biguity, corgiigtid) Sir. I. — I. Homo- 
 graphs, bie gugleic^ and) Homonyms finb, 
 b. ^. bie aud) g(eid) auSgefurod&en 
 n^erbcn (f. ben fclgenben 'Slrtifet), fmb 
 g. 33, divers (= diverse), mel^rere, unb 
 the divers, bie Jlaudier (»ergl. frangijf. le 
 convent unb ils convent; vous peignez 
 »cn peigner unb »Dn peindre) ; to light, 
 angiinben, to light, treffen; to lighten, er* 
 leidltern, to lighten, leu^ten, bli^en ; I 
 savv^, xi:^ fage, id| fa^ ; I lay, idi lege imb 
 ic^ lag tion I lie; to bear — the bear. 
 
 II. ®otd)c, njo bie 2lu8fijrad>e cber 
 berStccent einen Hnterfd)ieb l^erfiellen: 
 I read, xi:^ lefe ; I read, id& Ia8 ; I beat, 
 id) [{filagc; I beat, id) fd)lug; to desert, 
 toerlaffen, desert, njuft, the desert, bie 
 aCitftc, the desert, baS ajerbienjl; the 
 gallant, ber ©tu^er, the gallant, ber 
 3;a))fcre; minute, unbebentcnb, a* miuute 
 = minut pber minjt, eine ajJinute; to 
 pred'jcate, a predicate. @. noc6 "5,2; 
 Th, 4, fottie Accent, I, B, 1, c u. 2, c, — 
 
 III, aDJanc^mal gel^en ein ^aar «&omogra= 
 )3]^en hix ber flexion au^einanber in »ers 
 fdjiebcne Gormen ; fo finb to lie, lugen, 
 unb to pen, f^reiben,re9clm(S^i3e3}crben, 
 aber to lie, liegen, unb to pen, einfperren, 
 unreqelma^ige. aSergl. Euphony, D, @, 
 — IV, S)a8 ©cgentl&eil bilben aBins 
 ter, n)eld)e bei gteid)er 93ebeutung 
 »ctfd)iebene gorm l^aben fonnen; 
 fo zechin, zeccbin, zecchino, cecchin, 
 sequin ; plane unb platane ; to con unb 
 to cun ; to threat unb lo threaten ; to 
 wake unb to waken; overrode, over- 
 ridden ; I began, I begun ; fol(^e D o))s 
 
Homonyms 
 
 )) elf or in en, wotocn meifi bic eine 
 Beffer ober getrdudjlirfjer , aU bie anbetc 
 ifi, fijnnte man Doubles nennen. 
 
 Homonyms, aSBorter t»on »erfrf)ieb= 
 ner JBebe'utung, cibex glei^er 2(u8frrac&e 
 (® lei (^flange). I. ®ol(^e, bic aucf) 
 glei* gefc^rieben trerben, f. unter 
 Homograph, I. — U. <Bef)x t»ie(e a6er 
 l^aben eine unterfd)eibenbe Dit^o= 
 gvajj^ie: ale, Sier, ail, ©djmerj; ere, 
 jttttot, e'er = ever, air, Suft, beir, 
 Qthc; hair unb hare; aunt unb ant; 
 aught unb ought ; cord unb chord , betbe 
 »om franjijf. la corde ; corse, coarse unb 
 course; dear unb deer; I unb eye; the 
 ware, to wear, we were, (wliere) u. [♦ f. 
 aGBagnet'g ©mmmatif gi6t eine 14 
 ©ijalten t a n g e Sifte fclc^er J&omonl?men I 
 III. 3)a3 ©egentl^eil tilben Shorter, 
 wetc^e beigleicfeer^ebeutung »ev = 
 fc&ieben an^gefy vo <^ en n^erbeu 
 tonnen (35 o J? )) e 1 1 1 a n g e im @egenfa|e 
 ju ben ® 1 e i d) f I a n g e n , abet ni^t mit 
 iDo^^jeUautern, Diphthongs, ju »er= 
 iwed>felu) : fo zechin = zekiii , tshikiu, 
 tshe'keu, tsh'ikan ; china, ^Porjetlan , fa= 
 milivir tshani mtlgefpvo^cn (mit SSers 
 fe^ung bev Saute) ; fo aucfj minule f. Ho- 
 mographs, 11. aSergl* noc^ Emphasis, 
 1, a. 
 
 Horse f. Foot. 
 
 How = tt) i e , in birecter unb inbirecter 
 gfrage unbim SluSruf: How old is he? 
 I know how old he is ; f. Exclamation, 
 As, Like. 
 
 Hundred unb thousand nefemen a 
 »or jtd?, njenn fie eine c o H e c t i » e 3al^I, 
 eine runbe @umme, nad) ber man ju re^^ 
 nen vPcfit, obci- aud) u n g e f d 6 r ein ^un= 
 bert, etn)a(circa) ein Jiaufenb bebeuten 
 (= une centaine, uu millier). 3n anberen 
 Sattcn fie^t one bacor : I had shot a 
 hundred wild geese. ^ hundred of 
 segars. He has seen a thousand strange 
 animals (= 3;aufcnbe). There are a thou- 
 sand ways of living. 3n bemfclben ®inne 
 flc^t aud^ Der gphtral; The larks in hun- 
 dreds. There are MoM^wnt/* of men in 
 London who live in a similar manner. 
 iBeiSal^regjal^len )jf[egt man one ju 
 
 I. 
 
 69 
 
 braucften: He was born in the year 
 one thousand eight hundred and twenty 
 three. 
 
 Hybrid, 3Jt i f dj I i n g , ein }ufammcn= 
 gefe^teS 2Dort, bejfen %^t\U » e r f d? i e b e = 
 nen @)?rad)en entle^nt fmb, njie flowers- 
 de-lis— ]^at6 engtifd), ^alb fcanjofifd). @o 
 fe^t man befonberS bie gried)tfd)e SCorfiCbc 
 anti— , ttjiber, gcgen, an einen lateinifd&en, 
 frangofifdjen ober anberen ®tamm: anti- 
 revolution , anlicourtier, anliamerican. 
 Ober eine englifdie 91ac^filbe an ein 
 Srembujort : tenderling , ingrateful , 
 beautifully, ironical, ^ergt. ba8 llmge= 
 febite ; Latin, IV. 
 
 Hyphen, ber2lbt^eitung«flric^ 
 am (Snbe ber 3eilc unb ber 93 i n b e ft r i d) 
 in 3ufammenf«|nngen : grand -father, 
 plum-tree, night-scene, swift-sailing, 
 man-of-war. ^dufig Idpt man il^n njeg 
 imb »creinigt bie beiben SGBorter in ein 
 ®anje8 : seveuteen, nightmare, herself, 
 downcast, ober man fc^t fie un»erbunben 
 nebeu cinanber: the ebbtide, a bringer 
 in, a tea spoon. JJommen mel^r ate jttjet 
 3Borter jufammen, fo finben fid? bie le^tes 
 ren beiben @c^veibarten gemifdbt , atfo : 
 windmill - sails , Avhitsunlide , aber : 
 whilsuntide-beer; high-watermark. 9?e5 
 fonbevS bient ter JBinbeflric^ auc^ in uji 1 Is 
 furlid>fe(bfigebilbcten 3ufammen= 
 fc|imgen : out-of-London-ish ; we mar- 
 velled at the quarter-of-a-mile-longiv&xu. 
 of luggage-trucks arriving from some 
 out-of-town London in the north. She 
 was a good-tempered , well-spoken, 
 bunch-of-keys-at-her-waist sort of per- 
 sonage. A devil-may-care fellow. A little 
 man with a puffy Say-nothing-to-me, -or- 
 I'll-conlradict-you sort of countenance. 
 (2lrij!oi>'^anifc6e Sdnge!) A touch -me- 
 not-ishness in the walk. 
 
 1. 1, i, iBocal, namen* i (ei) , nidit ju 
 »erwec^feln mit J, j. 2lu«f^rad)e: 
 1. i = ci : fine ; — 2, i = i : fin ; — 
 
70 
 
 3. i = I : machiae ; — 4. i ttor r = e 
 
 obcf ii (f. b.): fir; — 5. i in tonlofen 
 @Uben mt a, e, o, ii, y, ciii furjcr 3= 
 Saut; «orrbmn))fer; algfonfi: digressive, 
 elixir. 2llfo §at»en "nix : ein ci (I) , ein 
 fui-jcS ant) ein tmigeS i (i anb i) , ein biimi 
 :pfeg unb ein ffiic^tigeS i ('i unb i). !Dte ba= 
 niit gebitbetenJDigraiil^cn unb 5)ip^t|>ongcn 
 f. a. i* O. — D r t ^ 9 r a i» T; i f d) e din 
 get: 2lm @nDe etne8 aaSovteS ftel^t n i e i, 
 fonbcrn bafiir y : hilarity, family, happy. 
 3n ber gtexion aha txitt 1 oft fur y ein : 
 f. r, ©nbe. 
 
 2. I, ali 5Pronomen, jletS grcp gef(f)iies 
 f>en ; uBrigenS f. Personal unb Abuse. 
 
 la lautet in tonlofen ©itkn = ja : filial, 
 ©ctrennt ifi e8 in diamond, diameter. 
 
 Iambic, ber Sambe , ein SSeigfuf : 
 ^- ober ^^: betray, consi'st; f. norf) 
 Alexandrine. 
 
 Idiotism, (Sigenl^eit einer ©Vnadje, 
 alfo im ©nglifcfeen bie 5fng(ici8ntcn , im 
 granjofiftficn it« ©atlici^men u. bgf. 
 
 le. a. 3113 aJiono)5]^t]^ong. 1. = ie 
 (i) : fierce; — 2. = i: mischief; — 
 
 3. = e: friend. — b. 21(8 2)it'^t]^ong am 
 @nbc »on ©infitbtern = ei (i): lie. — 
 c. 3ft iaS ie in ber i^lerion awS y ents 
 fianben , fo 6el;a(t ei ben Saut, ben biefea 
 y f^citte: alfo =j in flies, cried, aber = i 
 (tterldngevt au8 y) in studied, — d.^va e^= 
 fi ( b i g ift eg (babei e meiji e, fettner = e 
 
 1. in ©u6ftanti»en aufier, bie «on 33ers 
 Ben auf y fommen: flier, carrier; 
 
 2. in ben Som^arationSenbungen -ie?- unb 
 -test unb in ber ©nbung -iet/i t>ei ben 
 Dibnungaja^ten (6eibe jiel^t man jebod) 
 and) in i jufammen) : drier, driest, twen- 
 tieth ; — 3. in ber ©nbung -iety: society ; 
 
 4. in cinigen einjelnen 2B6rtern, nne fiery, 
 quiet, hieroglyph. 
 
 leu unb iew lauten tvit u : adieu , to 
 y-iew; ieu aud) = n : messieurs. 
 
 If: 1. iuenn, njofern, falls, » or an « = 
 -gefc^t, ba^, fronjoftfd) si (ni*t 
 quand; bie? ifl ttjann, ivhen). @8 gibt 
 eine SSebingung, einen angenommenen Ball 
 <in, ftel^t ba^er in Sonjunctivfa^en ; f. jes 
 bo(^ Conjunctive, B. — 2. Dft ttjirb if 
 weggelaffen unb bann tritt ba« ®ut>iect 
 
 I Imperfect tense. 
 
 ^ i n t c r bag 93ert) (g r a g ftellnng) : Had I 
 seen you, I should have spoken to you. 
 Man is born free and tvere he born in 
 slavery. — 3. @8 fte^t and) in inbirecten 
 gragen fiir whether (ob) , Jwcld^g bie ge^ 
 firengen <Sprad)regter verlangen : I do not 
 know, (/"this poor man's situation be so 
 bad. Mr. Nash asked her , if she could 
 inform him of the name of Tobil's dog. 
 
 Ill: bie ®teigerung f. untcr bad. 
 
 IniperatiTC Mood. j4. 5^ormel = 
 leg : f. Conjugation, I, 2. 2)aju ift noc^ 
 ju ethjci^nen: 1. 3ur QSerflcirfung tritt 
 <x\xd) bag ^ronomen you atg 2(nrebc 
 (anftattbeggflameng ber.^Pevfon) ba^inter : 
 Think twice, yoti. Be silent, you! — 
 2. 3n ber erften ^Perfon $tural n^irb fiatt 
 ber llmfd)reibung niit to Let (f. b.) aud) 
 bag $rdfen8 in gragjiellung (mit 
 bem ^ironoinen n a d) ftd>) gebraudjt, ganj 
 nacfe b e u t f d) e r 2(rt : Well, march v)e 
 on 1 (Skakespear.) Talk tve not of these 
 matters! (Bulwer.) MountJi;e our clouds ! 
 (ByronO — jP. ® e b r a u i&. 1. (5r britdt, 
 je nad) ^on unb Sarbung beg ®afeeg, 93 e = 
 fcH, (Smiajnung, aSitte, SBunf* 
 aug. Co away! Go a little aside! Turn 
 
 over if y. p ! Cive us this day our daily 
 bread ! ( 2)ie »erfd)icbenfte 5lb|!ufung ! ) 
 ®e^r ftarf ifl j. 33. ber ^efel^t : Be gone ! 
 (5r »erlangt nid)t nur, ba^ man (Stwag 
 t§ue, fonbern eg fc^on gct^an l^aben 
 [oil, fd&on in ben banac^ folgenbcn 3u = 
 ft anb iibergegangen (ein foil ! 93gl. unfer 
 energifdjeg: ©till gef djn; icgen! 3>Vi' 
 g e m a d) t ! 51 u g g e t r u n f e n ! — 91 i e = 
 bergefniet! abgebeten! (©otter.) 
 a)g(.' Sefaiag, 44, 28 (5nbe. @. au(^ nod) 
 Future, B, 2. — Ueber bie 5Bcrfldrfung f. 
 to Do, B, II, 4. — 2. 3Kan fe^jt ben Smpes 
 ratio aw^,"! , mit lebenbigercm 3lugbrucfe, 
 ftatt eineg aScbingunggfaljeg mit 
 if; alfo njenbet man ® I e i d) orbnung jiatt 
 Unterorbnung ber ®d§e an: Co there 
 and you will see it. Master them and 
 the ship is ours. Give him au inch and 
 he will take an ell. 
 
 Imperfect tense : j. 58. : I was, 
 I loved , I spoke. J. S o r m e 1 1 e g ; f. 
 Conjugation, I, A, 5, Conjunctive, A, 2, 
 Ambiguity, III. — B. ® ebrouc^. 3m 
 
Impersonal Verbs 
 
 2{llgeraetnen mit bem 3)eut[(t)en iibereiiu 
 ftlmmenb ; befonfcer^ auct) aU crjd^IenbeS 
 Jleiife. Oft aber fie^t eS fur iinfer 5|J er = 
 feet, namlid|irennt»DU cincr wollig »ei" 
 gangcnen, abgefcfeloffenen 3eit bie9tebc ifl, 
 t. I), won einer folct;en, in ber wir nirf)t 
 mcl^r ftel^en, con tt?eld)er fein S^eil 
 ubrig ifi; bemnad) Bei yesterday , last 
 night, last week, last month , last year, 
 the twelfth of April u.bg(. 5llfo ganj mt 
 iai Imparfait second itn Sranjcfifcfien 
 (je fus, j'aimai, je re^us). The day be- 
 fore yesterday I was at the theatre (bin 
 i* . .genjefen). @.ubrigcn§nod) Perfect; 
 Periphrase,XVII, B,2; Conjunct,, B, 4. 
 Impersonal Verbs. 1. ^Pcrfon^ 
 I i ^ c (personal) iBerbS finb feline, )^}dA)t 
 atte 3S)3erfonen be3 ©ingular unb beg 5[}fu= 
 rat l^aben. ^ie un)3 er f onlicfc en (im- 
 personal) l^ingegcn finb 93erbcn, biennr 
 im 9^ e u t r u m bet britten $erfon ©ingu; 
 lar jie^en fonnen , n.ne : it rains , it 
 snows, lY hails, it freezes, it thaws, it 
 dawns, it betides , it befalls, it misbe- 
 comes , unb bic ni^t attju nioberneu : 
 meseems, methinks. — 2, ^luierbcm n5er= 
 ben and) ttielc ^jerfontic^e 93erbg ofterS 
 nn^jcrfonlid) gebrawdjt: fo I become, 
 id)njerbe — it becomes, tB jicnit. He light 
 the gentleman down stairs ( = '« Ieud5= 
 Me) , — it lights (ober lightens) eg n)et= 
 terteu^tet. — 3» llmgefel^rt jle^cn cin = 
 jelne eigcntUd) unijerfonti^e 3«itn)orter 
 4?er[cnUd) : it thunders, eS bonnert, — 
 tm ftgurlidjen @inne: the pope thun- 
 dered an ecclesiastical answer against 
 them; balder bcnn andj ijaffio: He has 
 been thundered about , er ift tuc&tig aug= 
 ge[c^otten (vulgar : angcbonnert) ttjon 
 ben. — 4. S)a3 , o^^nel^in nur fdjeinbare, 
 attgcmcinc , blop anbentenbe , Subject it 
 f d H t/ nj. i. 3)., babei oft n? e g : meseems, 
 inir fci^eint, fiatt it seems to nie; me 
 thinks , mid) biinft u. a. ; f. It, C, 1. — 
 5. 3m @ngtifdjen fte^en oft ^erfonli^e 
 SSerben, two im SDeutfdjen im)3erfonltd)e 
 ftel^en , unb umgete!^rt : 1 am cold , mid) 
 fciert, I am warm, el ift mir])varm ; I 
 dreamt, mir trdumte , I pity him, mid) 
 jammert [einer ; f. nod) lo ail, lo chance, 
 to come, to happen, to like, to repent, to 
 succeed, to want. — Ueber unfere f d) e i n; 
 
 Incorrect. 
 
 71 
 
 bar uni?erf6n(i(6 e Sonftruction ht\ 
 95oraugna^me beg (Subjected f. It, A. — 
 7. Ueber unfer Snujerfonat ,,ti (apt 
 fi(^" f. There is. 
 
 In. 1. ©-g bcjetd)uet, iutc «^, 9tu]^c 
 an einem Orte, auf bie grage Ujo? ifi 
 alfo gteid) unferm in mit bem 5Datiw: 
 in the house , in b em «^anfe. — 2. Into 
 bagegen gibt bie 9tid)tung, 33 ewes 
 gu n g n a d) einem Crte an, c^wx bie grage 
 wo^in? entfpric^t fomit unfetm in mit 
 bem2lccnfati» : into the house, in bag 
 ^aug. 2)ief€r Unterfd)ieb wirb , njie mans 
 d)er anberc (f. On) , rft infofern bei @eite 
 gefe^t, bap in and) fur ?'«^o fle^t ; f. ben 
 1. Sa§ unter Comma, A, 3, unb vergt. 
 1. anacc. 1,18; 3Jiatt6- 2 , 14, wo i n = 
 \\c^^ Mt; 1. 9Jiof. 49, 29 wo bei fiir 
 ju gcfe^t ifi. — 3. Jt fie^t befonberg »or 
 ©ubftantioen obnc 2trtife(: at cards, at 
 pleasure, at first sight, at table, at 
 dinner; f. nod) The, C, 8; ba^er auc^ 
 ht\ ©tab ten am en: at Loudon, — 
 4. 5 n fiel^t fowo&l bei 9tamen ton @ t ci b = 
 ten, a(g bei bcnen ber Sanber; eg be= 
 jeidjnct bag Sanb ober bic Stabt bann alg 
 ben einfd)Hepenben Ort: alfo ijt at 
 = a u. in = dans imf^ranjof.; fo : in Eng- 
 land, in cbet at Paris. — 5, iBor anbern 
 artifellofcn SBortern braud)t man in oft in 
 abti erb ia tifd? en ober abftractcn 
 2tugbriiden, wic in bed = a bed, in good 
 health, in great trouble, in times past, 
 in respect to him, in contempt of her, in 
 token of his friendship, in comparison of. 
 6. 3JIit einem r c f ( e c 1 1 » e n ^Pronoun fier= 
 bunben i^eipt eg : a n unb f u r (fid)) : Your 
 passion is not in itself illaudable. 93gt. 
 Of, 8 unb ben ©d)Iup iumi By unb To. — 
 7, In ]^at (wte bag franjofifdie en) oft einc 
 Sal^rjal^l ol^nc ben 3nfa§ „the year" 
 nac^ ficfe: The famous Jesuit Schreiner 
 who discovered first some spots in the 
 sun in 1611, died, I believe, t« 1621. 
 aSgl. Of, 1. 
 
 Incorrect, nad)ldffig, fe^ter = 
 l^aft, nennt man einen gcgen ffiramma^ 
 tif Ober ©ttradigebraud) serfiopenben 2lug= 
 brud. ®o: What are become of these 
 men? ()latt is), I shall arrive to London 
 (ftatt at). They write me often fiatt they 
 
72 
 
 Indelinite Article 
 
 often write to me. It is now three months 
 ago since he died , ftatt: It is now three 
 months ago that he died, pbcr : It is now 
 three months since he died. @. nod) 
 Abuse. Sube^ l^iite man ji^ toc^, bie 
 gerabe, ebenc, unteugfamc 9iirf)tf(f)mtr 
 grammatifc^er 3Sorbcfiimmung in j e b e m 
 j^attc cdi 3J?afifiab an ben btii^cnben, 
 fc^njitngl^aften, origineHen @ttjf cineS gcs 
 biegcnen (S(^riftfleUer8 ju Icgcn» „®rau, 
 Srcunb , ift aUe Jl^eoric !" 5lnberer ®ett8 
 a^mc man after auc& nic^t jebe ©igcns 
 tl^umlicfef eit eine3 5(utor« nart), auf ba^ 
 nid&t bev gvobe JJritifec f^n-ec^e: Quod 
 licet Jovi . 
 
 Indefinite Article f. yi, an. 
 
 Indicative Mood. X 2)ic Sits 
 bung feinec Tenses f. nnter Conjugation. 
 B. ©ebraucfe. 1. 2Gtc tm 5)eiitfct)cn ; f. 
 Conjunctive, B. — 2. Siiv unfeven 
 Sonjunctiti fiel^t ec tioqitgUcf) nadiben 
 33er6en be^ ©agenS, aSerfid^crnS: 
 I told them thai I was ill (= hjave). He 
 wrote me word that the affair was. 
 finished. 2)a8 (Sn^iii^t ^dft fictj fier 
 alfo oftjectitjer, jlvcngcr an ba8 SBort 
 bc8 ®^3rec^enben , ol&ne eg , wie un= 
 fer Scnjunctit), einem 3»«ifft Ju unter= 
 fictlen. "M'Dermott has staled that I am 
 a tithe collector and an attorney.'' 9]nit 
 benfen rote (eicfjt, bte6 / am gefce bie 5iu8= 
 fage ju ; aber neiii, Marryat fdr;rtfort: 
 I am no such thing. SSon eiuer ^Jcbten 
 roicb gefagt : „One would think she is 
 asleep." — 3. !l)orf) fann bee Snbtcatiti 
 oftefS n i rf) t ftel^eu , roe tuir i^ii braticfeen : 
 f. Conjunctive, B, 2. — 3m 2lUgemcinen 
 nsirb aber ber Snbicattc l^dufigcr, ber Sons 
 junctto feltjter, al8 i. !D. gebi:aud)t. 
 
 Indirect, un gerabe, mittelbar, 
 ab f) dn g i g, im ®egcnfa|c ju bircct ; f. b. 
 — l.SnbirccteS 9tegimen nenntman 
 jeben »om 93erb abl^dngigen unb mit i^m 
 burd) etne 5JJrd^3ofition terbitnbenen 
 ^ix%t1inl, alfo im ©nglifc^en aucft ®e= 
 niti» unb !Datit>. — 2. Snbirecte 9tebe 
 brau<^t man , toenn man 3emaiibe8 SBorte 
 nict^t in berfelben (Sonj^ruction roiebergibt, 
 njie er fie gef^rorfjen , fonbern fo , roie ber 
 J&orer fie fa^te, balder auci^ jnit Son* 
 junction en eingeteitet unb i. 35.,, 
 
 — Infinitive Mood. 
 
 nid)t abcr im @nglifc&en, l^dufig 
 auc^ in ben 6 n i u n c t i » gefe^t : he told 
 me that he rvas a poor man : er fagte mir, 
 ba^ er ein armer aWann hj are. 9}orbcr 
 inbirecten 9tebe fle^t i. 3). cin Somma, im 
 ©ngJifc^en fann e8 auc^ roegbtciben (f. 
 Comma, A) ; tjor ber birecten 9fiebe flel^t 
 bei unS fietS ctn Solon, im Snglifrfien 
 enttteber bieS ober ein Somma (f. Comma, 
 B, 6). —3. Ueber bieinbirectegrage 
 f. Interrogative, B, I. 
 
 Inflexible, f. Invariable. 
 
 Infinitive Mood, bie ®runbform beg 
 aSerb. J. (5ormclte8. ®. jundcbft 
 Conjugation, I.— 1. To mu^ unmittcls 
 bar toor feinem Snfinttto fiel^cn , nicf)t 
 burc^ DIegationen ober fonfi irgenbroie pa= 
 won getrennt roerbcn : It is impossible to 
 tread on the soil of America and not to 
 bless it : — nj. i. 2). , abcr ni(t)t roie im 
 Sranjoflfdjen : de ne pas le benir. 2)as 
 &er roirb j. 95. g e t a b e 1 1 : Her eagerness 
 to again meet her friend (bei Miss Bur- 
 ney). To sit on rocks, to slowly trace 
 the forest's shade scene, this is not so- 
 litude (Byron), 9lu(^ in Dickens, House- 
 hold Words, XII, p. 260 finbet ficft : To 
 mature the germs of natural thought, not 
 to forcibly engraft a conventional set of 
 ideas upon a repulsive stem , was the 
 principle of the Reverend Lucas Sprin- 
 ger, llnb in Marryat's Japhet; I despise 
 you too much to ever wish to be ac- 
 quainted with you. Slel^iilidjeS bei Scott. 
 
 — aSergl, iibrigenS Preposition, F, 2). — 
 2. golgen mel^rcre Snftnitirc axx^ tin- 
 anber, fo braudit man to nur beim en 
 fien gu fc^en : I desire you to come and 
 stay with me. Such an ideal of child- 
 like beauty as Lawrence had loved to 
 paint or Chantry iuodel. — 3. QJieift 
 entfvrictft to and) gfeid) nnferem: um 
 J u (pour) , unb braucfct au(b banu niitit 
 ttjicbcr^olt JU werbcu: I come to 
 save, and not destroy. 3u befonberer 
 J^er» or 1^ ebnng ber 3lbfi(fet, be« 
 93or]^aben« ftel^t bafiir in order to. 
 (S. nod) Vulgar, (§. — 4. aOB e g g e t a f = 
 f e u iu i r b to : a. 9tad> alien Auxiliary 
 verbs (f. b.), aufigenommen / ought (f. 
 b, unb Bfll. ttudj to Be, B, 3 unb to Have^ 
 
Initials 
 
 A, 1). Let theoi go. I can speak. They 
 must stay. — b. Diac^ to behold, to bid, 
 to dare, to discern , to feel, to have (f. 
 
 b. A, 1) , to hear, to help, to know, to 
 make, to need, to observe, to perceive, 
 to see; (f. ble curft» gcbrucftcu einjetn a. 
 i. £). unb »ii(. And, 1, fotwte Accusative, 
 
 B, I, 2 unb 5). 9ta(^ i^nen if! ber 3nftnitit> 
 cAi Object anjufel&en. @3 finbet fid) 
 aber aurt) ber 3nftniti» mit /o nad) ben= 
 fetSeti, Befonbev? innactjbrucffic^crer 
 ©ijra^c; unb er mup auf biefe S3erl)8 
 fotgen, fobatb fie ^affi\5 fiel&en: 
 balder: I saiv him /f^m the race; afccr : 
 He wfl« seen to ivin the race. She bade 
 me write, aber : I was bidden /o write. — 
 
 c. 9tarf? I had good [better., best, lief, 
 rather) , f. to Have, B, 6. — d. 9(Jad) / 
 cannot but . . . , f . But, o. — e. !Dcr frdf= 
 ttgeren J?iirjc l^aber audi in ?5 r a g e n unb 
 oft (nid)t tmmer!) in 2lu8rufen, 
 tDcnn ber Snftnitic fc^einbar unab^an = 
 gig fie^t, fo ba§ man 'ocxijtx cin 93cr6 ju 
 ergdnjen ^ai ; And why not live and rtc/ 
 with other men ? But why delay the 
 truth? Why, Nature, waste thy wonders 
 on such men? iDagegen : What ! not one 
 left ! not to leave me one ! — 5. Ueber 
 ben @r|"a^ be3 fc^ tcnb en 3nf ini = 
 ti» u. [♦ tt>» bci ben befectitten ifier - 
 b c n f, biefe einjetn. 
 
 B. (Sebraud): ©te^c 1. Participle, 
 A, F, 2 unb 3, m&i II, 3 unb III, 1» — 
 2. Accusative, B, 1, 5. — 3. Absolute, II, 
 2. — 4. Active, C. — 5. Auxiliary Verbs, 
 D, I. — 6. Ellipse, B, 9, a. — 7. to Come, 
 2; to chance, to go, to happen, to offer, 
 about. 
 
 C. ® t e t ht n g. 35ap ber Snfinitio nid)t 
 fietS 1^ i n t e V bem 2Botte fiebt, trocon er 
 abl&dngig ifi, jeigen j. 33. bie le^ten 4 @d§e 
 unter Inversion. 
 
 Initials, gro^e 2tnfang8bu(!6s 
 fi b e n , a«(& Capitals gennnnt. ©ie rters 
 ben wett weniger gcbrau^t, <\\i im 5)eut= 
 fc^en, ndmli^ nur: 1. 3u 93 eg inn 
 eineg @ a ^ e 3 ober einer 93 e r 5 j e i I e ; — 
 2. balder au(!^ bei Slnful^ru ngen nad) 
 bem Soton ober Sommci ; — 3. hti @t- 
 g ennamen unb bei 5;iteln, bie Bor 
 biefen fie^en: toie King George, Miss 
 
 Interrogative. 
 
 73 
 
 Micawber ; — i. ^n ben, meifi tion Proper 
 Nouns abgeleiteten 2lbjecti»en ber 
 SSolfernamen: English, German ; — 
 5. bet ben Diamen , iBeincimen unb (5igen= 
 fd^aften ber ® o 1 1 1^ c 1 1 : God , the Crea- 
 tor, the Holy Ghost; — 6. ebenfo jur be= 
 fcnberen 5lu3jeid)nung ber ^au)5tfad;cn in 
 Ueberf^r iften, Sudbtitein unb 
 bergt., aud) tool^I bei Sr embttjortern : 
 The British Aluseum; As You Like It 
 (ein (£^afefvear'f(^cg <Stud) ; Musard's 
 Quadrilles, Strauss's Waltzes, and Jul- 
 lien's Polkas, ^nblid) 7. n^erbcn / n. ! 
 ftetS gro§ gcfcfcrteben , baniit flc fid) bei 
 ibrer kuvit nid)t »frlieren. 
 
 Interjections, cinfadie 5Katurfaute 
 fitr unfere ©mpfinbungen , baber grcpen 
 %^tilS Onomatopoeias unb in ben vers 
 fcbicbcnficu ©}?rad)en einanber d^nlicfe : 
 ah! eigh! oh ober 0! fie (fy) ! hum! 
 pooh (pugh) ! heigh-day! whir! whist! 
 wisht! whoo! whoop! whow! ho! hoa! 
 5Iud) jufammengefe^te $^rafen fxnb bur* 
 l^aufigen ©ebrviucft ju 2lu8rufen gettjorben, 
 n^ie fy, for shame ! aJian »ermeibe ubrigen* 
 \a eine immd^ige 5lnn?enbung von 3nter« 
 jectionen. Uebcr bag 3tegimen einjels 
 ner Snterjcctionen f. Accusative, B, 4. 
 
 Interrogation. l.(5ragfa§, f. b. 
 nd(5flen tMrtifel, C. — 2. Sign, Point ober 
 Note of Interrogation beipt bag S r a g = 
 J e i c^ e n. Sein @ebrau<^ ifl tt>. i. S). 
 
 InterrogatiTe^ yi. Interrogative 
 Pronouns finb who, which unb what, f. b. 
 3m Slttgemeinen ifi noc& ju merfen : 
 3)ie fragenben gurworter ftel^en 
 fletS tor bem 33erb : alfo audb, vocnn fte 
 Dbject fmb. ©ie madjen fonac^ eine 
 bot>»eUe 2lu«nabme: erftenS oon ber un^ 
 ter Subject, C, 1, unb jmeitenS »on ber 
 unter Accusative, C, 1 gegebenen Steget 
 (oergl. C, 3 bafetbfl). 5)a8 bilbet 
 eben ben Untcrfdbteb jttJtfdien ber Srage 
 unb bem gewijbnti^en 2tu3fagfa|e. — 
 
 B. Inten-ogative Jdverbs finb J. 33. 
 how, where, wheu, whence, whither? 
 
 C. Interrogative Phrases, grogfdfte. 
 I. (Sie finb entweber b i r e c t , j* 93. What 
 o"' clock is it? ober inbirect, j. 93. 
 He asks what o' clock it is. — II. S^re 
 SB ort fie Hung fann, Joie in anbern 
 
74 
 
 Into 
 
 <St)vad)in, 1. ganj f o < Voie tm ge^ 
 njoj^ntidien (2a§e feiii ; bann briicft 
 n«r bee 3; on beS ©^recbeiiben (uiib bag 
 ?5mgjetct)en) bie Srnge au8. ®o befonberS 
 bnnn, jueim man augbntcfgwottcr fragt, 
 ober bie cvfofgcnbe 5lntt»crt fct)on ttoraxtS? 
 fe^t : Vnu will not go there ? Weil ! — 
 Indeed! i/ou will kill liiin? T/iou dost 
 not mean to menace me ? @o fletS, tuenn 
 cin S r a g )) r n m e n baS ® u b j e c t ifl: 
 rV/io talks of peace? (Which book is 
 the best?) ©♦ obcii A, uub bagegen baS 
 ©nbe ber folgenbcn 9ii% 2.-2. ©es 
 n) ij 1^ n I i c^ e r ifi c3, bag © u tt j e c t ^ i n J 
 t e v'8 93 e r (), in J u [ a m ni e n g e f c ^ t e n 
 3eiten l^intejr bag .& i I f 3 » e r b ju fe^en : 
 Had he? are i/ou ? (love they ?) will 2/o^^ 
 kill him? Have / said so? Has the ser- 
 vant of the physician been here? 3)iefe 
 llmfleUung mup j^attfinbcn , fobalb ein 
 fragenbeS 2lD»erb (f. cben B) ober ein 
 ^ V a 9 )3 r n m e n a t g 9i e g i m e n im 
 ©a^e ijl. @. oben A, unb bagegen ben 
 @c()(u^ bei- »ciigen S^r, 1 : Where have 
 you been ? //o?/- does yowr brother to- 
 day? /^/<a< will he do? ^^/acA Z»ooA: 
 have they lost? — 3. TVof tritt bann f; i n = 
 ter'g (Subject; inancbnial and) ba; 
 yov, befonberg in gcnjo^nlid)er Son»er= 
 fation : Has your brother not been here? 
 Have you not (have not you) read this 
 book ? — Oh , Leonora ! Wilt not thou 
 reply? = 28iafi nirtjt 2)u antwocten? 
 3)agegen irdve : Wilt thou not reply? nur: 
 aBidjl 5)n nt(^t anthjorten? — 4. 5lu= 
 jjerbem tvitt in ber9tege{ to do atg 21 nr i = 
 V\^x in ben gragfag: Do you go? Did 
 she find it? @, to Do, B, II, 2. — 5. 3m 
 ^ 6 f; e r e n @ti?te flepen gragen jebod) anc^ 
 ol^ne bieg (matte) to do : Feel 1 not wroth 
 with those who placed me here? We 
 meet then ? where ? Why say ye so ? — 
 6* 3u «§ilfgjeiti»6rtern fe^t man 
 /o rfo n i e (f. to Do, B, 3) unb in ©ci^en, 
 beren Subject ein S v a g ^ v o n o m e u 
 (who, which) ifi, fie^t eg felten : Who 
 s-pohe to you? Which lady smg-*- best? 
 JDagegen JvcI;I: Whom do you seek? 
 Which of them did he praise? iT'cnn l^ier 
 finb ja whom unb which Object. 
 
 Into f. In, 2» 
 
 Inversion. 
 
 Intransitive Verbs, fotoiet ^\i 
 Neuter Verbs, f. b. 
 
 Invariable ober injlexible (un ^> e r = 
 a n b c r It c^ ) finb 2lrtif el , ^tbtoerb , qpra^ 
 ^jofitionen, (Sonjunctionen, Snterjectionen 
 imb toiete ^Jronomcn. 2lud) bet ben iibris 
 gen Stebet^eiten ift bie aSeugfamfeit gc^ 
 ringer , alg in anberen ©^rarfjen : f. na- 
 mcntlid) Adjeclive , Cardinal , Conjuga- 
 tion, Declension. 2)ie einformigen93eiben 
 (Conjugation, HI, A) fmb fap ganj un* 
 ttjanbelbar, nur bap fie bie ©nbungen ing^ 
 s unb st annel^men. @. / must. 
 
 Inversion, bie U »t ft e I hi n g, 93 c r = 
 fegung ber (Sa^t^eile aug ber ge= 
 tt>o^nli(^en, einfactj Irgifdjeu 6on= 
 ftruction l^eraug , fo bajj alfo bag 9{egierte 
 » r bag S'Jegierenbe tritt, bag 3ufammens 
 gc^ijrige bur(^ 3)ajn)if(^entrctenbeg ge = 
 tr enn t >cirb n. bgr. @o uamcntlict) im 
 ^l)ixtn (Stifle fe]&r I;diifig , um buret) 
 f u n ft tt U e Orbnung bie ©djonl^eit ober 
 ben 9iacf)brucf ber 9tebe ju erp^en, 93 e i * 
 f).uele: In came Mr. Mennil. Down 
 came my wife and daughters, dresst out 
 in all their former splendour. Dear was 
 his life, hui dearer still his fame. To 
 bed they went. With these and with 
 their victims am I classed ! He , to the 
 surprise of all Europe^ was seized as a 
 slate- criminal. From the Atlantic to 
 the vicinity of the Rhine the Latin has, 
 during many centuries, been predomi- 
 nant, ©efouberg ftarf in»ertirt unb auf 
 ©^annung beg Seferg bererf)net: Yester- 
 day , while walking with an intelligent 
 acquaintance, there advanced , towards 
 us out of the wood, a being that appeared 
 to me a bear in disguise. To beg they 
 are ashamed. — Remain here I cannot. 
 To go to the castle would be madness. 
 — I would essay as I have sung to sing. 
 3)ie ® e f e § e ber Sntjerfion ju erfc^iJtfen, 
 mupten mir eine dft^etifd|e ©tijlte^re f(l)rei= 
 ben ! aJian fet;e noci? : Dative, (J,, Empha- 
 sis, Proverb, Comma, B, 2; Not, Antici- 
 pation ncbfi There is ; It, C, I, 2; Subject, 
 C ; Accusative, C; Adjeclive, C, 6; Ad- 
 verb, C, II, 2 u. Ill ; Preposition, F unb 
 Possessive Case, bei bem bie 3n»erfion 
 jur gemeinen SHeget gehjorben. 
 
lou — 
 
 lou Uiutet = jo : bilious, na(()3if*c"i 
 nur = o : precious (ogt. Eou u. Ea, 1, 5). 
 
 Irishisms, bte voin guten ®ebrau(^e 
 abwei^enbeniBefonberl^eiten iu 5(u0fi?rad)e 
 unb2lu8bntc!bei-3i«n. 9iamentlid) fpridjt 
 bag aSolf in Srianb bie 93 o c a I e b r e i t 
 a\ii : to mane, to lave, lo spake, lo plase, 
 bould, ould fiir mean, leave, old u. f. xr}., 
 ober anbert fie in anbercr aBeife : ginile- 
 men, druv {= drove). @tatt s/ioll fe^t 
 bcr gemcine 3re mcifi will : „l'll be clane 
 ruined, your ladyship, 1 will." (Seine 
 Seibinterjection ifi och , och hone, och 
 bother! fein getrcucr^Bcgleiter, fein „dar- 
 lint" ber shillelagh, ©anj ber irifd)en 
 (S^tvic^e angel&orig, alfo in fein er 936= 
 jiel^ung jum icirftic^en ©ngtifd) ifi j. ®. 
 baS Syric^TOcrt: Croni a boo = I will 
 burn. CRur au6 bcm (Jnglif^en t>erberbt 
 ift biefeg : What can ye expect frae an 
 oolie - pig but oolie (= from an oil - can 
 but oil)? Srifrfic (Sigennam en fangen 
 l^aufig mit 0' an (= of, b. \). the son of—): 
 0' Rourke, 0' Donaghan, the 0' Tooles 
 (Patronymic). 
 
 Irony f. Antiphrasis. 
 
 Irregular, « n r e g c ( m d f i g , ifl bic 
 2lugftracl)e, bie 23ilbnng einer Worm ober 
 Sonfiructton, tDennfie t>on ben allgenieinen 
 Stegefn ivgenb abiueirfjt : f. A, 8 ; E, @., 
 L, a. u. f. f. : Comparison, A, IV; Plu- 
 ral, A, II unb III; Ordinals, 3; Adverb, 
 A, II, 1 — 4 ; Conjugation, III ; Inversion, 
 Accent, III, Ellipse u. f. iu. 
 
 It, bag Neuter jn he unb she; f. Per- 
 sonal. J. It fann ni^t uberaU ge = 
 branc^t hjerben, mo i. 3), cd fle^t. — 
 1. JBeibem3ettuiorte fein fe^ennjir „cd" 
 audj inSejug auf mdnntidje unb n)eiblicfee 
 SBiJrter {3P c r f o n e n) : @ « ift meine aJ{ut= 
 ter. ©inb @ie mein greunb? 3^ bin eg. 
 a. 5)afiic !ann it nur bann flel^en , iwenn 
 baburc^ bag nacfcfoTgenbe (Icgifrf)e) @ub = 
 iect anticiv>irt njirb (f. Anticipation 
 unb Emphasis) unb bann ^tijt bag 93erb 
 fletg im Singular nad) it, njeit it 
 felbft Singular ifi: it is, eg ifl unb eg 
 f i n b , n i e it are ; it was, eg war unb eg 
 iv a r e n , n i c& t it were : lt'\s a pity. It 
 was a beautiful day in May. It is my 
 father who has said this. It is those 
 
 It. 
 
 75 
 
 women. @o nun audt abniet<ftenb »cm 
 !S)eut[c6en : It is I , id) btn'g ; it is he; it 
 is they ; il was we ; was it you ? It is she 
 whom I look for. — b. 3n anberen gdls 
 (enaber, reounftr e g fic^ aufein VLU-aug= 
 g e ]^ e n b e g (Subfianttt) bcjie^t , mu§ im 
 @ngttfd)cn bag SPronomen fid) in ©6 = 
 fc^tc d)t unb 3al^I nad) jencm 
 @ub^anti» ricfeten, eg mufi atfo 
 enttreber he ober she , ober they fiel^en : 
 Who is this gentleman? He is our cap- 
 tain (eg ifi — ). And this young lady? 
 She is his daughter. Who are these 
 gentlemen (ladies)? They are ray cousins 
 (eg finb — ). Are you the man who saved 
 my child? Yes, I am he. 3)ann fann ba8 
 *]|?rcnomen and) njegbleiben : ,,WeIl," said 
 the captain , ,, where is the pilot?" ,,/ 
 am, sir," replied I. — 2. 2B i r bel^nen 
 ben ®ebraud> biefer 2lntici)5ation aud) auf 
 a n b e r e ©erben, a(g f e i n, aug : @ g f om= 
 men Seute ; e g fam ein @(^iff ; eg fanben 
 fid) »ie(e 93u^er. 35ag gebt im ©nglifc^en 
 n i d) t. 3)Jan fe^t enln?eber there fur e g 
 (f. There is), ober man nimmt bag togifd)c 
 ©ubjeet vor, fo bap bag formelle <£ub= 
 ject ,,eg" (bie 5tntici)jation) ganj befeitigt 
 ttiiib : 5. 93. @g l^ingcn eine ©Jenge JBienen 
 an biefem 93(atte : entwebcr : There was a 
 cluster of bees hanging on this leaf, ober 
 beffer : A cluster of bees hung on this 
 leaf, gcrnev gift 3.) nnfer e g a(g @rfa§ 
 I eincg bagettjefencn 2lbjectit», 2lb»erb, 
 93 e r b ober ganjen @a|eg: bann fiel^t 
 bafiir so : — They are happy and deserve 
 to be so. Of all the ruinous and desolate 
 
 places this was the most so. Do 
 
 you think he will come? I hope .90. I 
 thought so (id) bad)te mir'g). Who told 
 you sol Did you say 40.' Do not so 
 again ! — 4. 2Ind) 9(ebengarten, in benen 
 eg a(g unbeflimmt gelaffeneg, 
 a n g e m e i n e g Object fie'^t (fo ba^ eg 
 einen ganjen <B a^ iievtritt) miiffen im 
 @ngtifd)en oft ganj abtreidjenb gegeben 
 ttjerben. @o: @r meinte eg nidjt bofe mit 
 3r;nen = He did not mean to hurt you, 
 ober He meant no harm to you. >§ier be= 
 ifrage man bag 3)ictionart). 
 j B. 2(nbrerfeitg fl e ^ t iV oft fiir anbere beuls 
 I fd>e3Borter,alg c g. l.aGBir fe^en fehen „t 8" 
 Si a (6 einer ^Jtfi)) of it ion ; toir ne^men 
 
76 
 
 Italian 
 
 e^ec „baffe(bc" (biefeS); banii fie^t 
 bafur aud) nur it: — ®ib mir metn 33urf> ; 
 id& fann ntcf^t o^nc baffflfcc artciten. 
 Give me my book ; I cannot work wit/tout 
 it. 2Ba8 l^aben ®ie fur bflffclfec 6e= 
 jal^tt? What have you paid /or it? — 
 2. 2)er ^urje ^albcx fe^en mt abcv oft 
 aucij bie 5^} r ii J) f 1 1 1 n e n an 21 b c e r b 8, 
 6efonbei-8 an ba, ftatt ,,e$ ober bafs 
 f e 1 6 e " ju nel^men ; f. Preposition, C, 4. 
 ®ot(^e 3ufammettfe^un9cn (ofe man (5ng= 
 Itfc^bur*bic«Pra))ofittonunbi7auf: 
 He grew fat upon it; I heard of it; he 
 kept me from it (fammtti* = b a » o n). 
 She laughs at it; they spoke of it; 
 there are diverse opinions about it; I 
 leapt over it (aUe = bariibcr). He 
 protected us from it (basor) ; you may 
 depend upon it, barauf fannfl bu bid? 
 ttcrtaffen ! He hindered me from it (bavan); 
 What shall I do with it (baniit) ? I slept 
 well after it. ®o aud) : We sent to him 
 about it = barum, be^wegen ; he fell 
 into it = ^inein. @. aud> This, 3, Which, 
 A, 3. — 3. SSc^t. nocf) Anticipation, 2 u. 
 Emphasis, 1, b. — Stu^erbem Dative, @. 
 C. eitipfe son it: I. 3tt8 (Sub = 
 ject. 1. 93ov einigen Impersonal Verbs 
 (f. b., 9fir. 4) : methinks, methought, may 
 be (may hap) , as appears, as follows; 
 she is as like him as can be. — 2. JBei 
 ber @a§in»crfton, b. 1^. tcenn ein 
 SJJebenfa^ »oc feinen ^aui?tfa§ tritt , blclbt 
 e« aU formctleg ©tttject be? '^cint)U 
 ia^iS njcg (ba8 eigentlidje, (ogifdjc ©ubs 
 ject ifi ebcn ber ganje 3?cbcnfa§) ; To gel 
 a great reputation can happen but to a 
 few men. SBte tm <D. , jebocfe n^irb it in 
 biefem gaUe oft auc^ gefe^t: To get this 
 out of his head it (= bag) is impossible. — 
 II. Qltg O b j e c t : 1. 0iacf) : Who knows ? 
 I do not know, h). i. 2). 21 cl^ n ti (t) : No- 
 body can tell. — 2. @cl)einbar aurf^, 
 bem beutfcfien 2(u8brucfe nact|, in Slntujors 
 ten, ttjo ein ^i(f«ocrb fiatt be8 »orau8; 
 gel^cnben 93frb pe^t (f.Auxiliary, D, III, 2). 
 @tgcnt(irf| i^at man ba aber cben bieS 'oov- 
 l^crgc^enbc 33erb ncbft 3ttbe]^6r ju ergdn? 
 jen. Can you lend me this book? Yes, 
 I can = icf> fann e8 (namlirf): I can 
 lend you this book). Did they sing? 
 They did (sc. sing; beutf* : ©ie if^a^ 
 
 ten eg), 5lc^n(i^ : How can you tell? 
 (so.) 
 
 Italian. Stalien'g grcifiaatcn U- 
 l^crrf(f)ten einfi ben ^anbel jur See: 
 Statlen be^errfcftt no* baS 3tei(^ ber 
 5;6ne; ba^er fmb in atle moberncn ®l3ra= 
 c()cn itafientfc&e SSJorter libcrgegangen, \oth 
 (^e ber ©j)ra*c bet mufifalif(6en unb ber 
 J?a«fmann8 = aSctt ange^oren. ®o im 
 •^anbet: almarco, al corso , al pari, 
 ginger, discount, uso, endorsement (unb 
 ®i)3)3e), credit, banco, bankrupt, sardine 
 unb sardel, ducat unb ducatoon; — in 
 ber SKufif: al piacere, dal segno, volta, 
 volti, alia zoppa, ritornel, assai, vivace, 
 adagio, soprano mtt bem ^lurat soprani, 
 f. Plural, B, 5; pianoforte; viol, violin, 
 violino, violoncello. 2lu§erbcm aud) in 
 ber a)2alcret unb anberen Jtiinften unb ein* 
 jelnc atttdgltcfee ^lugbriicfe : cartoon, pallet, 
 fresco, arabesk, miniature, profile, (frag- 
 ments of) relievi, torse, Lagoons, piazza, 
 poetaster, burlesk, canto, stanza ; zec- 
 chino , macaroon , vermicelli u. a. IDte 
 © n b u n g e n ma^cn fte meifi fenntUdi. — 
 UeberbieSlugfvradbe itaHenifdJer 
 aCorter f. ?. S3. (7, 5 ; Gn, 3, unb sergt. 
 Gh, 1 unb Gu, 2. 
 
 Italics, btc (Surfitofc^rift , b* 1^. bie 
 fc^rdgttegenben Sud^fiaben , bie jur befon= 
 beren ^lu^ieii^nung eingetner SBorter (na= 
 mcnttid) grembn>orter) unb ©dfee bienen, 
 babergef^jerrte oberburd)f^o ffenc 
 Drnd ebenfonjenig im ©ngtifdjcn , als im 
 Wranjofifdjen unb Statienifdjen gebrduc^= 
 Iid> ift. a3cif)3iele bietet jebe <£eitc biefe« 
 i8ud)e«» 
 
 Its f. Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 Itself f. Reflective, A. 
 
 -ize, feltner ise, 33erbalenbung, glei*- 
 bebeutenb mit -fy , f. b. , fottjie mit bent 
 franjof. -iser unb bem beutfcfteu =if iven 
 (= madjen): to familiarize, to utilize, to 
 popularize, to nationalize, to demora- 
 lize, to Italianize neben to italianale in 
 gtcid&em, unb to italicise in tterfdjiebenem 
 @inne. @ol(ftc SSerbeu bilben oft and) 
 Sub^antioe auf -ation : nationalization, 
 naturalisation, subtilization. 
 
Latin. 
 
 77 
 
 jr. 
 
 J, j, 5eipt ja; nid)t ju oerivec^feln mit 
 I, i ; I a u t e t Pet8 n>ie iaS jifc^enbc g, f. b. : 
 joke, joy; trie feeutf(t)e6 i nur in halle- 
 lujah. a)a8 j miri) nie »erbc))tert, fte^t 
 auc^ nicf|t ju ©nbe eine8 2Borte6 ; f. I. 
 
 K. 3?aa afiei§t, fo ^ei^tkka. (5« 
 lautet trie im 3)eutfd)en = f, nicfct = 
 g!; kind, tosiuk, to sing; kick, gig. 
 iSov n ift e6 ftumm: to know (trie bie 
 anberii ©aumtautc, g unb c). 33te Dxt^a 
 <iva)p^'u frfjtoanft cftev6 jnjifc^eu k unb c, 
 [eltntr jttjifc^en g unb k : kabbala , cab- 
 bala; kerb: curb; knarled — gnarled. 
 S3erboi5fce(t flei^t ti nur inHabakkuk,fonft 
 bafurck: neck. 
 
 to Know; i. ®. »on 6 em erf en, 
 f e |i e n, ^at e^ nad) ftd) ben Snfinitit* o ^ n e 
 to, fonftmitto. (©.Can,®,) She is known 
 to esteem him highly. I never knew you 
 fail at that. He knew himself a villain (f. 
 Accusative, B, 1,5, @»). 
 
 L: 9]ame unb Sviut njie i. 2). : lip, all. 
 ©tumm ift eg ofterS »or f, v, m, k, 
 
 befonberS in ben Silben alve, alf, aim, 
 alk: half, to halve, psalm, alms, to 
 talk, folks; auc^ in could, should, would 
 (unb in fusil, naci) franjof. 3[rt). 2t(fo meip 
 in gcitlen; too bie ^dufung ber Son? 
 fonanten ben f d) nui rf? ft e n verbrcingt l^at ; 
 in SGBortern nun , too einec ber Sonfonan* 
 ten »cn ber @tlbe toeg jur nadjftcn tritt, 
 toirb bie ^aufung gcminbert unb ba^ec oft 
 baS 1 taut: fo in palmy, psalmist, almost, 
 talkite (in talker, talkative unb bcrgt. 
 f>teit»t eg ftumm). SSergl. N, (§. Suriofum 
 ift bie ©ebraucfe getoorbene StuSft^racfce 
 von colonel = ciirnel ! @o toie ^ier aug 
 1 ein r toirb , fo aiiit) in ber romanifdj* 
 
 gevmanifdjen 5oim beg fateinifc^en halec: 
 franjof. hareng, ita(. arenga, = herring. 
 '-Cergt. asparagus, bag familiar toie spar- 
 rowgrass unb Birmingham , bag wic 
 Brummagem ftingt! — llcber bie SSers 
 bo^ tie lung beg 1 f. Conjugation, If, 1, 
 Comparison, A, I, 3, unb LI. — L ifi bet 
 toeidjfteSonfonant, ge^t ba^er au* 
 Iei(fet in ben bum|)ffien SJocal, inn 
 iiber , jebod) feltner, a(g im granjofifAen 
 (audj in ben liBrtgen romanifdjen @i>ra= 
 <&en ge^t eg in mel^re anbere ©onfonanten 
 unb UJocale iiber) : a beau , a belle = 
 beau, belle uonbellis; aubade , toie im 
 franjof., »on alba, ber JEageganbrucft ; 
 bagegen ifi eg in alb, alba, bag S^orl^cmb, 
 beibe^alten ; fo an* alms neben bemSran* 
 §i3f. aumone (friil^er almosne) »on elee- 
 mosyna; fell ncben peau »on pellis. 
 iKg(. Latin. 
 
 Labials f. Consonants, 2, a. 
 
 Last f. Late unb The, C, 4. 
 
 Late l^at neben ber rege(md^igen @oms 
 ):taration later unb the latest auc^ latter 
 imb the last; later unb the latest mel^r 
 i. ®. »on fpdter, ber fvatefte, unb latter 
 unb the last me^r = ber te^terc , Ie§tc, 
 duferfte; f. noc^ Demoustrative. 
 
 Latin, Latinism : f. Etymology, 2, 3, 
 9. — I. S3eifpiete ber 3) e r d n b e r u n g beg 
 Sate in. im franjof. unb ©ngl. 
 bonilas, bonle, bounty, 
 
 eleemosynarius, almosnier, almoner. 
 
 (je^t aumonier) 
 tempus, temps, tense, 
 
 populus, penple, people, 
 
 novus, iiieuv, new. 
 
 (f^jfiter neuf) 
 extraneus, estrange, strange. 
 
 (etrange) 
 acris, aigre, eager. 
 
 Cauda, queue, cue. 
 
 aWan fic^t beutli* bie JtiJrV^ertoanberung 
 beg Sateinifcfeen bur(^ bag 21 1 1 franjofifc^e 
 in'g ©nglifc^e; f. nod? Multiplication. 
 — II. Oft toerben, toie fdjon in obigen 
 aSeif^ieten , ganje @ilben auggefto^cn: 
 penicillum : pencil (= ^pinfet) ; spiritus : 
 spright, neben spirit; palalium : place 
 (u. palace) ; corona : crown ; f. Euphony, 
 B. g3efonber8 ftotf dnberten ^d^ bie oft ge* 
 
78 
 
 ■le 
 
 Brauditeu @tqctinamen: Egidius = Giles, 
 Jacobus = James, Jemmy. — III. 95cr = 
 wanbte Suctjfiabcn, ttoriuggwcife 
 btc Liquids, iDurben nut einanbcr »cv; 
 taufdjt: pignus — pawn; lege — law; 
 pellis — fell ; piscis — fish. <B. nod) 
 L, @. — IV. 93or= unc 91 a (t) filOcn, 
 icic a-, ac-, ad-, com-, con-, de-, dis-, 
 oh-, pre-, re-, sub-, unb -ance, -ate, 
 -cal, -ous, -ion, -ivc, -ure niurben aufs 
 genommen : accompany, depress, return, 
 substance, nature, — aucb oft aCortevn 
 anbercn Uv^rungg beigegeben : to recast, 
 talka/iwff, f. Hybrids. — V. Untter; 
 cinbcrt bticBcn §. 93. erratum, stamen, 
 triumvir; mel^revc fattimt bei* late in. 
 $turalform f. unter Plural, II, 5. 
 SfiamentHd) »icl Sateiii ftnbet ficf) in bet 
 gf{ecl)t8njiffen[c()aft, 3Jifbicin, ©rammatif 
 It. bgt. ; auct) fcetm^anbet: ad valorem; 
 per contra; via Bremen per the same 
 vessel ; I paid 6 pence per pound = a 
 pound, unb fotd)er babblonifcfeen 3JJifrf)ung 
 me^c, leiber )D. i.55. ! 3n<Srf)anfpie(en: 
 dramatis personae, exit, exeunt u. bgt. 
 
 . -le, ©nbfilfcc, nact) franjof* 3lrt = el 
 
 ju f^iredjen : table (= tlib'l), people, ivie 
 ' table, peuple. ' 
 
 to Leave: 1. i. ©. ». toerlaffen, 
 f. to Cause, (§. — 2. L ®. 'o. ut>er = 
 iaffen, f. Dative, 3: I leave it to your 
 choice (care). I was left to myself. 
 i5ebocf) and) : The anguish I felt left me 
 no rest. His father left him no fortune 
 What is left ?ne now ? 3» i, ©. ». 1^ in^ 
 tertaffen, f. Accusative, B, I, 2: He 
 left his daughter his only heiress. 
 
 to Let; 1. meifi «§itf8»ei6, mit bent 
 Snfiinit. ol^nc to : Let me know it. <Da]^er 
 aud) jui- llmfd)retbung beS 3nH)ci-ati» in 
 ber evftcn 5Pevfon t let us go (= allons) ! 
 (g. bagegen Imperative, A,2. — 2. @beufo 
 i. @. ». julaffen, gcjiatten , f. to 
 Cause, 2: He let his friend guide the 
 man. 3. 2118 f etbpflanb ig e 8 ftJerb 
 jlei^t e8, \v>i\m [ein <Sinn bwrd) eine abs 
 j c c t i V i f (i^ e ober a b » e r b i a t c a3eftim= 
 mung eigcinjt roitbtHelethis dog loose 
 upon them. Hcleto^a pistol at me. Let 
 me a/one., The curtain was let rfojt'n. They 
 ^ leth'im into t/te town. @, to Cause, @. 
 
 Linguals. 
 
 Letters, a3ud)fiabcn, f. Etymology, 3. 
 
 9)ian tocrjog baS latein. v in iv, wcil^renb 
 V fetbft, fottJte x, z, k, qu erfi ju @nbe 
 beS ll.Sa^r^. in« 2U))]^abet tamen ; fvn^er 
 fd>iicb man j. 58. cween ft. queen, heofen 
 ft. heaven, gif ft. give, unb fing erfl frcitec 
 an, bem jebcnfallS jhjeifacftcn Saute biefeS f 
 jttjci ticvfdiiebenc 3cic^f« JU gebcn; »ergl. 
 Euphony, D, @. 2)en eigent^iimlidjen bs 
 Saut bejeid)nct man erft feitbem 13. 3a^r^. 
 burcfe th; fru^er l^attc man bafiir jwei 
 au6 bem gebitbetc 3eid)en, eincS fur ben 
 fdiarfen, ba6 anberc fiir ben fauften 8aut. 
 
 Like. 1. 3Ibjiecti», l&at au§na^m6iBeifc 
 (f. Dative, 2) ben Dbjectio ol^ne to nac^ 
 fid) : The end is like the beginning. 
 @benfo unlike. 2. 5lbtterb bev 33erg(et= 
 d)ung, me as. !Dei: toon manc^en ®vam= 
 matifern angcgebcnc Unterfd)ieb : as fage, 
 ttjag Semanb iB i r f n d) fei , like nur, 
 tt)em cr dl^nlid) fei, tft nid)t begrunbct, 
 ibIc bie 2 erfien SSeif^jielc nnter as jeigen. 
 33ergt. aud) ben te^ten ®a& untec Vet mit 
 biefem ; The masts bent and quivered 
 like twigs (@mo((et). iJfeilid) fann like 
 nld)t angeben , n) a 6 , [onbevu nur , tu i e 
 Semanb ift, as aber tl^ut b e i b e S. They 
 looked all like dead men. @, no^ 
 How. 
 
 to Like ^eijit eigenttii^ lieben, 
 gem l&aben ; iBir fc^en aber bafur meifi 
 ge fatten, unb bann n^irb nnfcre ©on? 
 ftruction ber engtifd|en entgegengefc^t : 
 to like f)cit bie 5P e r f n , njeld^er (StwaS 
 angene^m ifi, atS ©ubject, bie ange- 
 ne^me® ad)e atsDb ject; bci„g efa ts 
 ten" bagegen ifi bie <S a d) e ba« ^ni' 
 jcct, unb bie^Perfon fte^t im SDativ 
 (ebenfo bei to succeed): biefeJ 5)8ferb 
 gefaltt m ir = / like this horse. I don't 
 like Dresden = (§8 gcfdtlt mir nid)t in 
 <£)♦ Oft tdft fid) to like burdi ctn bto§e8 
 Slbtoerb geben: gem, unb ^at bann ent- 
 weber ben Snftn. ober ein actiweS $aittciD 
 nad) fid) : We like having the best of 
 every thing. He liked people to sit 
 down there. She likes to go out early 
 in the morning. @. ben cortefeten ®a^ 
 unter Periphrase, XVII, B, 1. aUergt. 
 to Love, to ff^ant, to Succeed, to /til. 
 
 Linguals, f. Consonants, 2, a unb b. 
 
Liquids - 
 Liquids, f. Consonants, 2, a unb b. 
 
 Little, flcin, iwenig, l^atim Somijaratb 
 less, irenigcr, geringcr, imb lesser, f(cincr 
 (na(^ Kenyon) ; im ©iipctl. the least. !Der 
 ^Jfural ju little i. ®. ». w c n i 9 (9)2 af f c) 
 iH few (^Jtnja^t): little money, ttjentg 
 ®etb; little houses, Heine J^dufev; few 
 houses, hjenig >^dufer; few little houses, 
 hjenig Heine •§fiiifcr. Little l^eift nur 
 wjeiitg, unbebeutenb; a little abtr 
 ifl ftdrfei- = @tt»a6, wenn au^ iiirfjt 
 cben »{et. Q^ergl. Few unb Much. 
 
 LI: 1. JU 2lnfau9 uon (2Baatfcr) 
 ©igennamen = 1: Lloyd, Llewelliu. 
 
 2. 2)ie @n b u n 9 // ivirft ein / ab, fobalb 
 bie 2lbteitunggfj)I6en less, ness, ly, ful 
 bal^inter trcteu : skill — skilful ; dull — 
 dulness (jcbod^ auct) dullness gcf^rieben). 
 
 3. 2;rttt all oor, oitx/ull i^inter ein SBort, 
 fo serderen fie ein 1, all abet nid^t immcr : 
 alwajs^ alniighty — abe r.allwis e ; hand- 
 ful, dutiful. Sle^nli^ in einjetnen (VdUcn : 
 wic tobefal, toforelel, to fulfil, 3)a8 
 @egcnftii(f f. Conjugation, II, 1. 
 
 to Love, flcl^t fehen t. @. t*. to like 
 (f. b.) = gem : I always loved to be at 
 church — . I loved to see them happy. 
 
 M. 
 
 HI, l^ei§t unb kutet tt). i. 35. : mamma. 
 33 e g i n n t ein 325 ort init mn, fo ifi iai m 
 {)umm : mnemouicks ; f. bagegen 3'^. 
 
 to Make: 1. taffen (f. to Cause) mit 
 bent Snftn. 1^ n c to : He made me stand 
 during the whole lime. — 2. 3m @. ». 
 madden: f. Accusative, B, I, 2 unb 5, 
 Adjective, B, 4 unb Participle, B, 3: Art 
 made him more than ever reserved. A 
 firm will , making death a victory — . 
 Make his secrets ours! We made them 
 l"riends again. Her position made her 
 looked up to by her relations as the 
 head of her family. / am not to be made 
 such a fool as to make me believe that 
 the moon is made of green cheese. I 
 will make you find your legs. You will 
 make yourself miserable. 
 
 — May. 79 
 
 Male f. Epicene, 3. 
 
 Man unb feine Bufaminenfe^ungen f. 
 Plural, III, 1 unb 2. 
 
 Man-of-war, in bcr ^erfoniftcation 
 (U b.) tvelbli(§ : The man-of-war sent 
 out y^er boats. 
 
 Many, ^Uivai ju much, f. b. ^Ht a 
 fte^t e8 — ganj feiner Slbftammung »on 
 ,,mand^" gemdp — <\iS ©ingutar: f. 
 //, an, C, I, 4. 5lu§crbem ifi eS aitd& 
 ®ubfianti\3 unb flcl^t bann nur im 8ingu= 
 tar : f. Few. <Da§er er!(drt fl(t> a .... 
 many: [. ^4, an, C, III. 
 
 Masculine. J. Masculine Hhyme, 
 ein m d n n I i d) c r, b. 1^. einfitbtger 9Jetm, 
 njic man unb can, away unb decay, hour 
 unb bower, sigh'd unb hide, grave unb 
 brave. ®» Feminine, A. — B. Mascu- 
 line Gender l^aben bie Stamen mdnn(ict)cc 
 ^erfonen unb %\)\txt. llcbrigenS f. Per- 
 sonification, Common, Epicene unb Fe- 
 minine, B unb C. 
 
 Master, un»erturjt gef^rieben, mirb 
 master gefproc^cn unb bebeutet QJJeificr, 
 Sel^rer, ©ebieter u. f. to. %U %\Ul »cr 
 ^igeunamen fdireibt man Mr. unb fprictjt 
 mister; man brau(^t e« bann auct> nur 
 im ©ingutar, im ^jpturat fefet man 
 gentlemen. ©.Abbreviation u. Mistress. 
 (5^ njirb ni^t, ttjic unfcr'^err, »di- an? 
 berc !XituIaturen gefe^t : nicfct Mr. Doctor, 
 Mr. Professor, fonbern nur : Good morn- 
 ing. Doctor (Professor) u. f. tt). Sebccl) 
 finbct eg fid^ »or 2tmt^ttte(n, r»ic Mr. 
 Justice, Mr. Maire, Mr. Chairman. 
 
 I May. $rcf. %. : I may, thou mayst, 
 he may — . Sm^erf. %.: I might, thou 
 mighlest obcr mightst u. f. f. 1. <Da« 
 ge^leube njirb erfefct, rt»ie bei Can. @o in 
 coniunctit?ifcf)en Sd^cn mit „]^dtte" : The 
 contest might have been long = l^d tte 
 (ang fein fonnen. We might have 
 sent it back. Without your assistance 
 he might have died, ol^ne 3^rc <§ilfc 
 l^dttc er njo^t fterbcn fonnen. ^ier 
 fte^t ti alfo im b e b i n g t e n ® a|e; eg faun 
 aber biefetbe Son^uction aucft eine 3S e r = 
 mutl^ung, cinen a(3 mogti* jugegebc; 
 nen Sail bejeicfinen, unb bann uberfefeen 
 n)ir fie n)6rtU(^: There appeared a 
 
80 
 
 Me 
 
 lurkey, that might have died of jungle- 
 fever = ber "m c\ji am Sungtefieber gcs 
 |tov6en fein mo (6tc (Boz). giir baS 
 rccfjte SSerfianbnIp forgt ber 3»fammen= 
 l;aug. a)gt. I Shall, @. — 2. Oft blent eg, 
 )Die mi) gen, nur ju Umf^reibung 
 beg Sonjunctb : All three kept aloof that 
 Ihey might not be seen. 
 
 Me f. Personal. 
 
 Mean, 1. bte aRtttelflra^e ; 2. ba« 
 SJitttcl; in btcfer SBebeutung ftel^t aber 
 geJVD^nti^er means, fcruol^l old ©ingits 
 tar, tDie at« ^(ural: a means, by that 
 means, by these means. 
 
 Metaphor fo»ieI alg bi lb ticker 
 2lu3bvucf ; f. Figure. 
 
 Metonymy, eine Otebeftgur, njelrfie 
 bie llrfacfee flatt ber 28irtung , ben a:^eit 
 ftatt beS ©anjen, ben '-Befi^ fiatt beg 93e= 
 fibers u. bgt. nennt: alfo immer ein un = 
 cigcntUt^er 2tu8brurf. So ^eifit the 
 brow juerft bie Qlugenbraue, bann aber 
 aud) bie ©tirn unb ba8 ©efidjt ; two horse 
 = Steiter; the upper house, the house 
 of Lords opposed the king. @. no^ 
 Ellipsis, A, unb Parenthesis. 
 
 Metre, 33er8ma^; bie SCBiebevfe^r 
 einer gleicfcen 3af;t »ou aSergfii§en tiarf) 
 gettJifTev Drbnmig. !Die CUJetva fmb na(t) 
 ben aJergfii^en, t»orau3 fie beftel^cn, cers 
 fc{)ieben ; bie getrcl^nlidjfien finb : ba8 tam= 
 bifd)e, trodjdifcfce, bacti?Ufd|e, ana>3dfli[(^e. 
 
 Mine f. Possessive pronouns. 
 
 Mistress , untierfiirjt gefc^rieben, 
 fpticbtman (x\\i : misiress=^errin, 3)ame 
 u. f. f» 2113 blofien Xitet t>ot 9Tamen (= 
 grau, SJabam) fcbreibt man e8 Mrs. mib 
 fprid)t niTssjs. SScrgt. Master. 
 
 Modern words, modern construc- 
 tions: wtwt, nengcbilbcte SDorter ober 
 alte, aber in einem neuen®inne gebraud)te 
 SiBorter ; neue, eigent^itmUcije obei- bem 
 J^erfommtidten nur d^nlidie (5onftructio= 
 nen. OJJanc^e foldicrSieuerungen miif fen 
 atlgemein merben, iueil bie Sortfdjritte bev 
 SBiffenf^aften, Jliinfie, gefelligcn SJers 
 fealtniffe neue JBegriffe bringen , fiir 
 bie man bod| aud) Slamen l^aben muf 5 ans 
 bere, uieUeidjt in augenblidlidjer Saime 
 vom 9lutor gebilbetc, ftnb minbec not^ig, 
 
 Mrs. 
 
 madien aber bod) mitnnter aud) (SHicf. 
 SSeifpiele: holel, grog, hypocaust, aboli- 
 tionist, autirevolution, fatherland, keep- 
 sake, to yacht, flugelman, guttapercha, 
 guano, to lint, to veto, electro-magnetic, 
 air-speaker, revolver, vesta (f. Antono- 
 masia), 2meS, hjaS mit bem 3) am^^ f ju* 
 fammen^dngt u. a. 
 Monophthong f. Digraph, A. 
 Monosyllable, (5 i n f i t b t c r, aBocter 
 tion nur einer (Silbe, wie : I, you, house, 
 he drenched, I showed. 3)cn ©egenfa^ 
 f. imter Accent, I, B, 1—3. 
 
 Month l^at ben ©igennamen mit of 
 na^ ft^. ®. Apposition, HI. 
 
 Moods, afiebetreifen, f. Infinitive, Par- 
 ticiple, Indicative, Conjunctive, Im- 
 perative. 
 
 Moon, in aUtdgtidjer @^3rad)c al3 
 0leutei-, in i^oetif^er *]3evfcnification ge= 
 minin (= Sima) : The moon threw her 
 light upon the scene. 35a|ier l^ei^t er 
 aud) the Queen of Night = ber ^onig ber 
 SSl(x6)t. @» Sun unb Personilicalion. 
 
 More f. Much u. Comparison, A, 11. 
 di flel^t oft al« 3lbjecti», wo tvir ein 2lb = 
 » e r b ju fe^en vPegen : = n d) , twieber. 
 I shall write 07ie inore letter to him {= 
 no(^ einen ^licf). Six more horses were 
 lead after him (= nod) 6 qSfcrbe, 6 we is 
 tere, fern ere ^ferbe). Once more 
 ^eift: nDd)malg; atiy more, nod) wcl^e? 
 not any more, feine me^r, ni(^t me^r. 
 
 Most f. Much, Comparison, A, II unb 
 Adjective, A, I, 2, b. 2118 5lb j e c t i» 
 ber 31 n J a ^ t — atfo im ^Plural — ^at e8 
 gewij^nlid) the n i (^ t bei ftd). Most of 
 us. Most sorls of berries. Most of them 
 were born in France. We were visited 
 by the gentlemen in the neighbourhood, 
 most of them our relations. 
 
 Mount l^at weber ben Jirtifel ttor, no* 
 o/nnd)rtd): Mount Cents, Mount Ver- 
 non, Mount St. Godhard, Mount Etna. 
 2)agegen pe^t 
 
 Mountain mit 2rrtifel unb of: The 
 Mountain of the Andes. @.Apposilion,ni. 
 
 Mr. f. Master. 
 
 Mrs. f. Mistress. 
 
Much — 
 
 Much, SCngaBe ber 9Jiaffe, f)at im 
 $Iiirat mani/, SIngabe ber 3^1^;!; i»" 
 Gtcmt»aratb 7nore unb im ©iiterlatiw 
 7/10*^- f. b. unb t»crgl. Liltle. Much ifi 
 .^ronointnali obfr 3n^I=5tl)|ectttt unb 5lb= 
 X)cxh : He has much money , but many 
 children too ; — too many people. Think 
 much and speak liltle, @. auc^ noc^ 
 Very, A, 1. 
 
 Multiplication. Numbers of mul- 
 tiplication , SSertiictfaltigungSs 
 5 a 1^1 en, gibt ti nur tttenige, fammttict) 
 lateinifd)£n ®f^>ragcg : single, double u. 
 treble ober triple ; bie iibiigen: quadru- 
 ple, quintuple, sixtuple, octuple, decu- 
 ple, centuple fmb hjcntg , fafl nur in twif- 
 fenfcf)aftlict?en SBerfen im ©ebraud) ; gc; 
 njo^nlidj crfe^t man fie burd) Slnl^cingung 
 Mon-fo/d =. sfaci): fourfold, sixfold, a 
 hundred-fold u. f. fv., aucfe fct)on two- u. 
 threefold fiir double unb treble. 
 
 I Must, gcinjtic^ untoervinberli(!&e8 
 aSerb; ift eigent(ict) nur ^refent Senfe, 
 fte^t aber oft nud} nU Smjjerfect, obfctjon 
 c3 mandjc ber >gerren ©rammatifer nid)t 
 leibcn njotlen; ei f)cit bann, fonsie ought, 
 ben mit to have jufammengefe^ten 3nfi= 
 niti» (ter aSergangen^eit) nat^ fid) : 
 Mrs. Filzpatrick must have been ac- 
 quainted with her. Nad John inherited 
 the great qualities of his father, ... the 
 house of Planlagenet ?nust have risen 
 to unrivalled ascendency in Europe 
 {3Iacaulay); i^ier Uepe fic^ ftatt must 
 and) — mit etnja^ »erdnbertem ®inne — 
 might, could, should, would eiufe§en, 
 lauter unbejn^eifcUe 3mpevfect«. 5Ufo nur 
 nid)t „engbriiflig" in ber Uieurt^cihmg, 
 iuenn auc^ ttcrfiditig in ber Slnttjenbung ! 
 3m lUbrigeu mirt baSSe^Ienbe tourd) 
 shall, unb n^o cieS nid)t au6reid^t, bard) 
 bejfen @t[a^(eute ergdnjt; f. audi to Have, 
 
 B, I, 2 unb ben 3. Safe unter Accusative, 
 
 C, 1. nBeifpiel einer umgefe^rten 6on= 
 ftruction : He must have ended his life in 
 poverty = er ^ at t e .... enb en muf fen. 
 
 Mutes: 1. im engern ©inner f. Con- 
 sonants, 2, b.— 2. 3m weitern ©inne nennt 
 man einen 33ud)flab€n mute cber silent, 
 fobalb er nid)t mit auggefprod^en wirb. 
 3 e b e r SSudJflabe, q auSgenommtn, ifi in 
 Si. 9lltred)t, (jrammat. Ofiorterl*. 
 
 Nasal. 
 
 81 
 
 irgenb einem italic cinmat fiiimm. 55ie8 
 jcigen fotgenbe Shorter (ber f c 1 1 e 
 iBnc^fiabe ifi ber fiumme): marriage, 
 doubt, cnasler, victuals, yacht, hand- 
 some , Hidepark, formed, life, half- 
 penny, gnat, phlegm, sigh, heir, friend, 
 venison, knee, calf, fusil, mnemonicks, 
 hymn, kiln, reason, psalm, corps, 
 phthisic, Mrs., island, castle, currant, 
 corinth, clothes, pique, guest, seven- 
 night (aud) sennight gefd)riebcn), wrong, 
 Avho, twopence, toward, housewifery 
 (hiizifry), a billet-doux (f. x) , day, 
 rendez-vous. Unb nun ttcHenbg in ^igens 
 namen I 3fliefen fiirg 3iuge, 3n)ergnoten 
 fitrg Of)v: Brougham = Brom , Chol- 
 mondely = chiiraly, Knowles = nolz, 
 Marlborough,Hngdes=uz, AInewick. 
 ®. nod> -cester vrnt Digraph, (§. 
 
 My, betont, im ©egenfa^e, f)5ric^ my ; 
 fonfi my : This is my dog, not yours. 
 My dog is as pretty as my cat. 35a]^er 
 au^ myself. SJergU By. Uebrigen3 f. 
 Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 Myself f. Reflective, A unb My. 
 
 N: SfJame unb Saut ic. i. 5). : nine; f. 
 nodj Nasal. ® tumm ifi eg in ben @n = 
 b u n g en In unb mn (f. bagegen M) : kiln, 
 autumn. 3li ein flummeS n ©nbung beS 
 Snftnitiw, fo bleibt eS au^ in ber g I e y i c n 
 (b. ^. in alien (SonjugationSformcn) 
 fiumm : to condemn, condemning, con- 
 demned ; in ber 3) e r i » a t i n aber (b. ^. 
 in antern 2lb (e ttungen) nurb ba« » 
 laut: fo in condemner, condemnation (f. 
 2te^nnd)eg unter L). 
 
 Name : ber n^irflicfte ©igennamc fiel^t 
 mit o/ljabei: The name of Maria. The 
 name of second Calo delighted his ear. 
 @. Apposition, III. 
 
 Nasal sound. S)en 9iafenlaut 
 ^at n tjor alien ©aumenlauten, alfo »or 
 g, c, k, ch, q, X (nsie in 9lngft , bang, 
 ®ang): uncle, anchor, bank, banquet, 
 lynx, to sing,^lo sink; unterfd)eibe TOcfli 
 sinking = fingsfing , ttnb singing = 
 
82 
 
 Near 
 
 fingsing, ntc&t [ing^ging, iinb singeing 
 (toon to singe) = sin-jing, oT;ne Slafal in 
 bcr eifien ®il6c. 
 
 Near: 1. Somjjaratb : nearer, @nijer= 
 Iati» : nearest unb next. — 2. 9ta^ near 
 fte^t berC&icctio Balb mtt, batb o^ne 
 ?o : Drawing his chair nearer the fire — ; 
 near to the eye ; the place then nearest 
 lis — ; next to the city ; a(fo tvit i. 2). : 
 na^e ber ©tabt unb nnlje b e I bev @tabt ; 
 »evgt. ^Pf. 88, 4. 
 
 to Keed Ijat meift ben Snfinitto o^n e 
 to nadf> fid); nur roenn it needs ftreng 
 nn^erfcntirf) ju ne^men ift, b. f). ivenn 
 untet bent it nic^t irgenb fceftimmte ^txio' 
 nen gu »eifte^en finb, fut^t ber 3nfinitt« 
 mit to, namcntUA n^enn fttntet needs nod) 
 ein Object ftcl}t: You need not go 
 there. It needed no more to ruin him 
 (no more ift bag Object ju bem ftreng im= 
 ^jerfonateu it needs). „It needs not g-o 
 there" ifi nid)t fcf)Icct)tevbtng8 un)5erfonlicf), 
 man bcnft bet bem it an bic 5^ erf on, 
 tuelc^e nic^t ju ge^eu bvaurf)t (njtc bei 
 ,,man" = 'I ne faut pas y aller) ; ba"^er 
 fann to niegblcibcn — eg fonnte nber aud) 
 gefe^t njerben. 
 
 Negation, neg'ative, ©ernetnung, 
 »erneinenb: f. Affirmative. 1, SSoUe 
 Stlegattonen finb not, no, none, never, 
 nor (f. b.), neither, nowhere u. bgt* — 
 2. ^albnegatito ift any (f. b.) unb fetne 
 3ufammenfe§ungen anywhere, anything, 
 anybody. — 3. 91act) einct: 9Jegation 
 miifCcn bie ^^tonominalfovmcn buvdjs 
 g an gig l^atbncgatiw fein (?l 1 1 v a c - 
 t i n ber Si c g a t i o n e n) , mfi^renb fie 
 i. 5). beja^enb finb : (5r gab n i e 3 e m a n s 
 b e m @ t n? a 8 : He never gave anytlnng 
 to any one, nidft : He never gave 
 something to some one (il ne donna 
 jamais rien h. personne : ebenfo latcinifc^ 
 unb italienifdi). I could not do it for 
 anything (= fiic OllleS in ber SBeit). 
 He should never see anything. I was 
 refused without ariy reason {o^wt ollett 
 ®runb ; bie 9legatton ticgt in without = 
 there was no reason, franj. sans aucunc 
 raison). ®b aud) in S r a g e n , toenn fl(& 
 ivgenb eine »ernctnenbe 3lntn?ort eintarten 
 
 ■ Neuter. 
 
 Xci^t: Will you have anything with nie? 
 Is there any hope? Has anybody hcea 
 here (= personne). 3m !Deutfc6en ifi 
 foldje befrdftigenbe Siegationen^aufung 
 vuIgdrobev»erattet(93avud:6, 36;l.<2am. 
 6, 7; 5Pf. 140, 11 ; ^iob G, 13; 3. aTfof. 
 26, 1 ; 4. ajJof. 19, 2 u. befonbcrg 4.3}iof. 
 16, 15. @o auc^ bet 5) e c i u g : ,,barum, 
 ba^ nun unb n i m m c r m e 1^ r ung riibren 
 fann fein @djabe," unb bei Sutler: 
 „c3 if! ja bod) f ein anberer ni d&t." — 
 „ J?aiin ung bod) fein Job n i d) t tobten." 
 ^. ©eri^arb. Unb jtuei n o H e a3ernei= 
 nitngen biirfen jur SSerfidrfung aud^ 
 im @ngtifd)cn n i d) t nebcn einanber ftcl^en ; 
 fie :^eben einanber auf unb biiben eine 23 c = 
 f al^ung , U). i. 3). <S. Vulgar, 1. 
 
 Neol'ogisin foBiel o(g Modern Ex- 
 pression, f. b. 
 
 Neuter. J. Neuter Gender, bag ©es 
 fc&tect)t alter Xiamen »on J'^ieren unb Ieb= 
 iofen !£)tngett; f. jebod) Epicene u. Per- 
 sonification. 1. Unter ben pronouns finb 
 it, its unb what (i. @. son mag) aug= 
 fd^lie^lid) neuter ; it ift bag Sieitter gu he 
 unb she, its ju his unb her, 2y/^rtf juwho. 
 Sebod) ifi bag aSerI;dttntp »on his, her, its 
 n t ^ t ttma. fo, baf; alle brel gleid)e a3ebeu= 
 tung i^dtten unb ba^ his »or einem 3JJagcu= 
 tin, her ttor einem Seminin, its «or einem 
 atcuter ftdnbe (ttjie suns, sua, suum) ; 
 toictme^r gibt his nur an, ba^ bie @ad)c 
 einem Q)iagculin gel^ore, nid)t bap fie 
 f e t b ft gjiagculin f e i ; her, bafi fie etnem 
 Seminin, its, bafi fie einem S^euter (alfo 
 aud) einem Ji^iere ober tobten 2)inge) j«s 
 gel^ore: The man has lost his brother, 
 his sister, and his child; the woman has 
 lost her brother , her sister, and her 
 child ; he loves sugar for its sweetness. 
 The town and its inhabitants. His, her 
 unb its rid)ten fid) alfo in ®cfd)ted)t unb 
 3a]^t ni(f)t nac^ bem S^efi^f^umc (ber 
 (Sad^e) , fonbern einjig nac^ bem Sefifecr, 
 tt)ie i. ®. fein unb i^r fid) untcvfc^eiben. 
 @. nod) Possessive Pronouns, A, I. — 
 2. ®o nsic who nad) m d n n t i d) c n ober 
 tueibticft en ^Jcrfonen, what aber nad) 
 (&ad)en (Df^ enter g) fragt, fo tiegt and) 
 in bem tierfd)iebenen ®£braud)c »on who 
 unb which atg Stetatiten berfetbe 
 
Never ■ 
 
 ®€f(f)(ec^t3itntfifc^ieb, ba which fic^ nur 
 auf 5) t n g e begie^t. Jt'lin (bag aKaSculin 
 unb Seminin) ^at bcmita* j nj c i 9tcuter : 
 what alg f r a 9 e It b c 3, which oXixxid^ 
 iejuglicfecS giiriDort. — 3. SSrauc^t 
 mail ein SBort a(g ^ciui^twort, toelc^cg 
 cigentUd^ fein ^au^tmort i|t, fo iji ti 
 0leittcr, ttjie i. 2). : I do not like ivriting, 
 it gives me too much trouble. 
 
 B. Neuter Verbs, 3ufianb8\)er6cn, 
 objectlofe SSerbcn, bag Oegent^cil 
 gu ben Active Ferhs^ f. b. 9Jtan nemit 
 fic auc6 Intransitive: j. 93. to sleep, 
 to go, to stay, to laugh. — I. 93iele 93cr= 
 Ben fmb 6a(b acti», balb neuter: to enter 
 into a league, neuter ; to enter a house^ 
 acti». ©tenfo : He is wont to eat well ; 
 This veal eats well ; unb The soldiers 
 had eaten the whole country. He rests 
 in his grave. Have you rested the 
 children (= coucher). SVe returned on 
 our way. I returned to him all the 
 commodities which he had sent me. — 
 2lurf» finb ni^t flctS in fieiben ®)3racften 
 biefcI6en 3Serb3 tranfitb ober intranfitb : 
 »ieiinel^r ifi ba3 ©nglifc^e lueit reid)cr an 
 Slctitjen, alg njtr , t al^ er auct) an 2lccufa= 
 ti»en nnb an toafficen Sonfiructionen. @* 
 Accusative, B, I, 1 unb Passive, B. — 
 JDagegen l^aben ttjtr g. 93. fur ba3 intran; 
 fltioe to feast upon . . . ein 5^ran)itiv> : (5't= 
 i»a8 fd&maufen. @. uBrigenS no* Reflec- 
 tive, II, B, 1. — II. 5)ie gufammenges 
 fe^ten 3eiten bet 93erb8 neuter bilbet 
 man m e ifl mit to have, wid ber 93egriff 
 ber <§ a n b t u n g cormaltet : I have been, 
 gone, walked, come, started. 3tii S)cut= 
 f^en jle^t bafur oft fclu (bei Sutler 
 fettner, al6 je^t \ ttgl. ,,n3ir ^ a 6 e n genjan= 
 belt/' 1* ®am. 25, 15), alfo ber Segriff 
 be? 3uftanbe8: id} bin gewefen, ge? 
 gangen , gefonimen u. f. f. To be fie^t im 
 @nglifd^en nur bann, tuenn man fagen 
 »in, ba^ ber auf bie Sil^dtigteit foIgenbe3 «= 
 flanb eingetreten fei unb fortbauerc, 
 fo ba§ mit^in ba« $articit gang abjccs 
 t i tt i f (^ c n ®inn l^at : he has gone l^el^t : 
 er ifl ttjeggegangen , aber he is gone : er 
 ijl gegangen imb ifl nun fort. 3)a^er: 
 He is dead and gone for ever. 5lber: 
 He has gone a great while under an ill 
 report. — I have gone too far ; aber : And 
 
 — No. 83 
 
 ao 't will be when / am gone (wenn t* 
 ^ i n u b e r bin). Those joyous hours are 
 passed away (=r cntjToben). His head 
 %uas sunk upon his bosom (ergcinge : and 
 rested there). — Is she come? — '\\i fic 
 ba? bagegen : She has come twice here 
 (unb ii^ reteber fortgegangen). — 
 iDap in ben beiben Preterite Futures (f. 
 Future, A, I, 3) n ur to have Pel^en fann, 
 \\\ felbfttjerfianblid) ; benn f shall be imb I 
 should be mit bem ^jaffttten^artici^iuaren 
 X^ a f f i tt e Sormen : fo I shall have borne, 
 ic^ roerbc getragen 1^ a b en unb I shall be 
 borne, ic^ werbc getragen njerben; I 
 shall have awaked (actio unb neuter) fann 
 i^eipen: id) n^erbe genjecft l^abcn unb: i^ 
 werbe erwadit fein ; I shall be awaked 
 aber nur : i^ hjerbe genjecEt n^erben (Jjaffiu). 
 
 Never f. 1. A, an, C , II, 3. — 2. Ad- 
 verb, C, a, 7. — 3. SWandjmal fle^t never 
 so fur ever so : They will not fear to 
 engage the enemy, be he never so nume- 
 rous. (®ebanfc: He will never be so 
 numerous as to be feared by them.) She 
 observed, that, let people be newer so 
 much in the right, there were some folks 
 who would never do them justice (Smol- 
 let). We will tame them be they never 
 so fierce. 3)ie8 never — fon manrtjett 
 ®rammati!ern angefod)tcn — flel^t frdfti= 
 ger, mel^r ijeraHgemeinernb, aU ever, d 1^ n^ 
 t i iti bem frang. jamais. ICgl. anii) But, 7. 
 
 News ift cigenttic^ Plural noun, njirb 
 aber and) aU ©ingurar gebraud^t : a true 
 news; this news. 
 
 Next f. 1. Near. — 2. The, C, 4. @« 
 tritt auc^ 1^ inter fein ©ubjlantto : on 
 friday next = next friday. 
 
 No, fein, 1. fie^t mit, 7ione aber 
 oi^ne ©ubflantiB, njeit e3 anS no one 
 gnfammengegogen ift (»ergt. bem @inne 
 nad) = nul unb point; ber j5orm nait) ifl 
 chaque u. chacuu gang dl^nlic^). ®. None. 
 A'o power in death can tear our names 
 apart, as none in life could rend thee 
 from my heart. 5 r it § c r in ber 91 e g e t, 
 je^t nur felt en fe^t man none audi) »or 
 ©ubftantioen, bie mit einem SSocat anfans 
 gen, unb sermeibet baburc!^ ben «&iatu6 : 
 none effect. SBql. Possessive, B, II, 2. — 
 
84 
 
 Nominative 
 
 @tatt no tritt none auc^ mand^maf ein, 
 inbem ei iei 9iacf>bvu(f3 tvegen t>on feinem 
 @ubftantb g e f eft i e b e n irirb : E mploy- 
 menl, income, have they none = They 
 have no employment, no income. (2le^n? 
 lic^ in @ubbcutfd)tanb : (Sinfommen ^at 
 er f einS.) But of education she had 
 none. — 2. No jie^t fvir not : a) wov Sotn; 
 Vavatioen (loon 5[t»»crbien), mt no less, 
 no more, no longer; ftel^t abet nodj cin 
 SIbBerb »dv bem Som^aratiw, fo fe|t man 
 not: not a?ii/ more, not any longer. 
 -3ttfo: I shall wait no longer obev I shall 
 not wait any longer. SSeigf. ^, (in, C, 
 I,5unbE,2. @o fte^t ,,fein" in$f. 
 fiO, 13. — h) ©benfaUg file not iiac^ 
 whether im jtreiten ©afeglicbe : Resolve 
 whether you will or no. Siibc^ fann l^ier 
 aucf) not ftel^en. Slel^nticf) : Will you do 
 it or no? (!l)opl>eIfvage.) 
 
 Nbm'inative. JDcv ©cbrauc^ biefcS 
 SaltcS fiimmt ganj mit bcra 3)eutfcOcu; f. 
 noct) Subject itnb Accusative , C , 1. 
 9luperbem fiel^t bcr bo)3))ette 511 o mis 
 nati» in jwei iJdUcn, tt>o ivir meifi an 
 jweiter @tcHe bcr ^rcHjofitionen 
 ,,al8, ju, fiir" bebitrfen; ncimlici) 
 1. na* bem 5Jaff ttt bcr SSerbeu, bic im 
 Stctitt eincn bcw«iten 2lccu[ati» regievcn: 
 f. Accusative, B, I, 2. — 2, 9iad) ben 
 33erben, bie aU ^Jrdbicat ein2lbjecti» 
 l^aben fonncn — f» Adjective, B, 4 — nnb 
 nart) ben il^nen finn»ettt)anbten fann flatt 
 beS 5lbjcctit)8 au* ein (Subftantit* flcfien : 
 He came in a rich man and went out a 
 beggar. ®o t ,,@r !ommt, er fommt ein 
 ^onig — ." $aut ©cr^arb. He com- 
 menced doctor two years ago. He com- 
 menced an author by profession. He 
 died a martyr lo the cause: abfo lutcr 
 9]ominattx> ; f. Absolute, II, 1 unb As. — 
 3. Ucbcv ben Nominative with the Infini- 
 tive f. Accusative, B, I, 5. 
 
 None f. No. (gtc^en fur none feinc 
 beiben %^i\it'. no one, fo ifl bcr @a§ njcit 
 nac^brucfli(t)er; I crouch lo no one, obey 
 no one, respect no one. 5lb|ectit5ifct) : 
 No one hoztse had escaped the general 
 ruin (= fcin einjigeS). 
 
 Nor. 1. Nor .. nor (mtr bi(i&terifcfe) — 
 obet neither . . . nor = weber . . . no(^ 
 
 — Number. 
 
 (ni .. ni). — 2. gur and not im jweiten 
 ©Hebe eineg tterncincnben <B<\%ti (\X)\t 
 n d^ unb tu eb c r bci Sutler $f- 66, 20) : 
 The soldier did not know, nor did Ar- 
 thur remember that there was no charge 
 in the musquet. I had no mind to hurt 
 you , nor (norf) aurt)) had I the power to 
 do it. Nor I ober Nor 1 either = ni moi 
 non plus. 3)ie SBeifpiefe jeigen, ba^ ^iev 
 ba« @ub|ect Winter bag SBcrb tritt» 
 
 Not jl e 1^ t in bcr 9tegct bi*t 1^ i n t e i- 
 bem SSerb, jeborf) t)or SJarticii) u. 
 3nfiniti»: He has not; he has not 
 been; he ivitl not be. I cannot wait. 
 Aye, returned I, not knowing well what 
 to think — . (So aurf) in 5r a gf d^ en : 
 Had not your friend been here? f. no(ft 
 Infinitive, A, 1. 51 u g n a 1^ m e : ^erfons 
 Vx&it ^^ronoung fonnen jtvtfctjen ba8 
 93erb unb ?^o/ eintieten, ober naturlicff 
 nuv in e in fa c^ e n 3eiten (f. Accusative, 
 C, 4). @o al« O b j e c t im gett)6l^nn(t)en 
 (Sa|e : I have it (them) not. I love 
 you not (= I do not love you). @benfo (xH 
 Subject im ?5r a gfa^c : f. Interroga- 
 tive, C, II, 3. 2(ud) beg giadibrucfg ^albec 
 to'xxX) not inttcitirt : I do fear him not ! 
 @. nocf) No, 2 unb to Do, B, 3. 
 
 Noun, SfJennnjovt, bcr gemeinfd)aftlt(^c 
 3tame fiir Substantive, Pronoun, Adjec- 
 tive, Numeral. 
 
 Now , 2lbt5evb , nitr felten afg 2lbjccti» 
 gcbraud't: Her now benefactor; f. Ad- 
 verb, B, 2. 
 
 Number. I. f. Numerals. II. iBei 
 (SubPanti»en : f. Singular unb Plural. 
 III. a3cim93eib: f. Conjugation, gfir ben 
 ®ebvau(^ beg ©ingular unb plural 
 bctm33erb ift noc^ im 211 1 gem ein en 
 gubemevfen: 1. SCerbeu me^rcve ®ub; 
 fiantiioe aneinanber geteil^t (mit 
 and wcrbunbcn cbcr aud) aftjnbctifd)), fo 
 folgt bavauf ber 5)3 1 n r a t : Socrales aud 
 Plato were Greeks. iUergt. Plural, B, 6; 
 Person, 5 unb Collective. — 2. (S (^ t i e ^ 
 ^en bie tierfdiiebnen ©ubpantite einanber 
 aber gegenfcitig aug (a(fo bei ent* 
 gegenfe^enocn ©onjunttionen, trie or, nor, 
 either, neither, whether), fo flc^t bag 
 aSerb im @ i n g u I a r , benn eg bcjicl^t Tic^ 
 
Numerals — 
 
 batin niir anf eine6 blefer Ǥau)3ttt3crtcr: 
 Neither one nor the other was there. — 
 3. @inb (Subject itnb $ r Abie at jn^ei 
 ©iibfiantbe son oerfc&icbnec 3a]^I; 
 form, fo rt*tet ?tc^ bag 33erb nac^ bem 
 ® u 6 i c c t e rcic genjD^nlidj : Her figure 
 was the very antipodes of his own. The 
 wages of sin is death. Its weight is 
 three tons. His next work was his Tra- 
 vels through France and Italy. Physics 
 are a very interesting study. What is 
 the city, but the people ? True, the people 
 are the city. The government i* the 
 people themselves. — 4. 3n 2)cfini = 
 tionen (JBegriff^crfldrungen) fann fidj 
 bag 93erb na^ btm erflen, obtr auc^ 
 nact> bem jioeiten ©ubfiantiw ric^ten, 
 ba i^iec bcibe cinanber gletc^ jle^en (bag 
 gtocite tft ber ©teHttertr et er beg er^ 
 ften) : Physics are the science which . . . 
 cber Physics is the science which .... 
 
 INumeralsi , f. Cardinal , Ordinal, 
 Fraction , Multiplication , Repetition, 
 Date. 
 
 o. 
 
 O, ]^ei§t 0. S a u t : 1. 6 = (in 9lote) : 
 no, note, lorn, in unBetonten @ilben tiir; 
 jer : echo, negro. — 2. o = o mit [c^ttja- 
 c^emSlnflang »cn a: (gteirf) bem franjof. 
 o in Rome) not, torrent. — 3. o = lan^ 
 gem u : move. — 4. o = tiefem o mit 
 fiarfem SlnHnng t>on a , ttergf. a : nor, 
 order. — 5. o = o mit 2lnf(ang »cn c = 
 0/6, ttiie ii: done, some. — 6. o in torn 
 Tofen ®il6en , Bor r wit ein bum)?fe«, 
 ]^aI6fauteg c (in SScrbot), ■cov anbcrn 
 a5urf)jlaben t»ie o {^v. 2) , aber g a n j 
 fur J : actor, confess. — 7. @tumm ijl 
 o ijfterg in ber (5nbung on : to reckon, 
 cotton, pardon, lesson. @g gibt alfo : ein 
 reineg o (o) ; bann mit @ r 1^ 6 ^ u n g beg 
 Sauteg ein o unb ein o mit 5{nflang »on a 
 (0 unb 6) unb ein o mit 3lnf(angBon e (o); 
 mit a?crtiefuug begSauteg:6, (angeg 
 »i ; ein »erflud)tigteg o (o) unb ein fium; 
 meg. — 8. Slugnal^mg'njeife ftingt o 
 no^ tt)ie hirjeg u in : wolf, woman ; trie 
 
 Objective. 
 
 85 
 
 wo in one, once ; njie i in women. — iDie 
 Saute 5 u. 6 ftei^en oft fur unfer ei : bone, 
 stone , hoi , row ; 6 au(^ fiir anbere 93o5 
 cate : love (Siebe) , dove (Slaube) , to rob 
 (rauben) , rod (SRut^c) ; 9 fiir tontofeg e : 
 forgotten, to forbid. — !!Da o ofterg gteis 
 d)e 2lugi>rad)e mit « ^at (o = u) , fo 
 fc^ttjanft auc^ man^mat bie Ort^o = 
 g r a V 1^ i e jtt3if(f)en beiben 33oca(en, jeboc^ 
 ifi o meifi corjujie^en : fo to con unb to 
 Clin, Avhilsuntide unb whitsontide, to 
 pommel imb to pummel , diachylum unb 
 diachylon (Jateinifcftc unb gried)if({)e @ns 
 bung). — 5)ie 5)igra)?]^en imb Dis 
 ^^t^ongen, luelc^c O bitbet, f. a. i. O. 
 
 Oa, 1. = o : coach ; -^ 2. = o : broad ; 
 — 3. = o : waistcoat, ©etrennt in co- 
 acted u. a. 
 
 Object , ber ®egcnfianb , auf ben fidj 
 bie -^anbhrng eineg 93erb erftrerft. Dag 
 nal^ere (birecte) Dbject jlelgit im 2(ccufa- 
 tiio , bag ent f ernter'e ( inbirecte) im 
 3)atir>. ^a biefc beiben Safug im ©ng* 
 tifdjen meijl in cine Sorm jufammenfaUeit, 
 fo nennt man fie aucf) jufammcn ben 
 
 Objective; bag 3Ceitere f. bei Dative 
 unb Accusative, B, I, 1. Diefetbe 3Ser= 
 fc^meljung jroeier ©^jaltungen in i^rc 
 ^ijl^ere ©inl&eit l^aben njir im Deutfc^en 
 bei: fi(^, f. Personal, B, 5, ein an* 
 ber, eu^, ung, bei toielen (5igen = 
 nam en (granjen, Souifen), auc^ bei ttie« 
 ten^turalen aufn (33Iumen, Stcgein, 
 aJienf^en), ben 35 e r li n e r 5) i a I e c t unb 
 bag Sei)3jiger ,,^^mn" fiir „@ie" ni(i)t ju 
 erttja^nen ! ©benfo im granjofifcben me, 
 te, se , nous , vous ; aud) in ben iibrigen 
 romanifcfeen ©^jradjen. 3m (5nglifd)en aber 
 entfpringt aug bem attgemeincn 3ufammen= 
 fluffc ber beiben (Safug and) eineJJiirjc 
 beg 2lugbrucEg; benn ein unb baffelbe 
 SGBort fann nuntion jmei »erfd}iebenen ifiers 
 ben abl^cingig fein, beren eineg (in anberen 
 @prad)en) ben 3)ati», bag anbere ben 5tc5 
 cufatio regiert ; eg brauc^t bann atfo nur 
 einmat gefe§t ju twerben, jua^renb eg in 
 anberen ©^radien in »erfd)iebener 
 5 r m ttjieber^olt toerbeu mup : He loved 
 and served his father = @r liibtc feis 
 nen 93 at er unb btente il^m. He loved 
 
86 
 
 Oe 
 
 and served God. SiU^ec jiel^t elJenfo iu= 
 fammen : 3. 3)Zof. 19, 13. 
 
 Oe, 2)t9ra)5]^ : 1. = o : doe ; — 2. 
 o : shoe ; — 3. = o : he does. — 4. = c : 
 anioeci ; — 5. = e in oecou'omy unb tt)ie 
 e in oeconom'ic (beffec economy unb eco 
 nomic gef(i^riet»en). ^treifilbig in poem u.a 
 Oeii = fi in manoeuvre, alfo S^iigraj^^ 
 Of, bag 3eic^cn bcS @cniti», nebcn bem 
 's beg ^JoffeffiW; f. Declension. a)ian 
 bvaudtt bicfe ®eniti»form T 1. SBo 
 !ein SScfi^ angcgcbeniuirb: The chief 
 mountains of Europe; f. Active, E, From 
 itnb By. @o Juirb o/oud& unmittelbar mit 
 finer 3al^vja|itt»erbiinben : The champaign 
 of 1780 (betgt. In). — 2. Scborf) fte^t eS 
 auc6fiattbe8 $offeffi», namentU(^ 
 njo mel^rere @eniti»e jufammenfonmicn : 
 [.Genitive; ferner fcei einem fubfian^ 
 tiioifd) gebraudjten 2lbjecti»; 
 The happiness of the wicked (ntcf)t the 
 wicked'* happiness). 2lUein au^ bei 
 biefen SlbjectiBcn bitbet man mituntcr ben 
 $cffe[fl» : the poor's box , the learued's 
 task. 3. Stu^crbem bient o/ ju 93 e r = 
 binbung eintS Dbevbegriffg mit 
 feinemUntevbegr if fe: f. Apposition, 
 III. — 4. 3ur ^erausiiebung ein= 
 getncr au8 c in erOJi en ge won S)ingen: 
 Of all the men I know he is the most 
 cautious, ^iebei »evfa:^rt abcr bag (^ng^ 
 iifrfje, njcnn »Dn einem 58 efi^e bie JRebe 
 tft, anberS, ciU itnfrc @)3cacfee: a.) aiBiv 
 fc^cn bag Ǥ a u Ji t n? o r t ber a)lenge, tuoj 
 rang (Sinjelne l^eraugge^oben iuevben, in 
 ben ® e n i t i » ^ I u I- a I (obcv mit » o n) : 
 brei i^rer Sriiber, jtoei »on mcinen 
 5|i f e vb e n. (Jnglif^ aber fe^t man biefeg 
 ^am^trtjort gfeid) ju itv^a^l unb lapt 
 baun nur bag befi^anjcigcnbc g it r n? o r t 
 im ®eniti» folgen: three brothers of 
 hers ; two horses of mine. Siatiirnc^ 
 jte^en bann auct) bic unio crbnnbenen 
 Oatt bei- tteibunbencn ^offeffi»)3voncung : 
 tvie l^iei- hers unb mine jlatt her unb my. 
 <So : ^ny friend of yours. That is no 
 business of mine. That pretty girl is 
 none of yours. @anj baffelbe finbet auc^ 
 flatt, wenn (i. fD.) ein bemcnflrati»e8 
 *4Jronomen »cr einem )5offeffit)en flel^t, 
 ttjo bann an ein eigent(id)eg ^etaugs 
 
 Of. 
 
 ^ e b e n nirfet tt)o]^{ ju ben!en ifi, befonbetg 
 ba oft ber befeffene ©egciiftanb gar nicl)t 
 im Spfnral ftel^en fann. (£o : biefe 
 3 § r e aiBorte reicfeen l^in = Those words 
 of yours are sufficient. He has put all 
 my substance in that fat belly of his. 
 The eleven hundred Ions of coal , and 
 the three hundred tons of cargo, which 
 she (the ship) stows away in that big hull 
 of hers. 3n biefen gciiien evjieit bie Son* 
 ftruction einen f o m i f cf) e n ©inbvucf. @o 
 befcnberg : That long pigtail of his! That 
 nose of yours ! 2)aneben finbet fic^ jebod) 
 cm&i : These thy servants ; this my paper. 
 These their adventures. 2Beitcr gilt fitr 
 bie in 9tebe fle^enbe Sonftrnction : b.) 2Ctrb 
 nur eine cinjigc ^erfcn ober @od)e 
 I;erauggcl^oben, fo fe^en n)ir bag Ba^^Imort 
 eincr, eine, ein eg; im @nglifc6en 
 aber fiel^t a, ebcn niett g(ei(t) barauf bag 
 ^au^tnjortfofgt. @o: tiner i|rerS3riiber: a 
 brother of hers. — No free-lhiuker shall 
 ever have a child of mine, ©iefelbe Son? 
 firnction \)^t f!att, toenn fein v^offeffl»e8 
 pronoun, fonbern ber SPoffeffioe Safe babei 
 fiel^t : A house of my father's (ncimlic^ 
 houses). A friend of our friend's (viz. 
 friends). 2)ieg ifi bag ® e«) 6 ^n(i d) c. 
 gatfrf) ifl eg aber nid)t, fid? n?. i. 25. 
 angjubrucfen : Three of her brothers, one 
 of my friends, one of my father's houses. 
 Unb biefe bewtfdje 2(rt ift bie gen)o^n = 
 Uc^e, njenn ntdjt ein 33efi^ ange= 
 geben njirb : One of those men ; four of 
 these soldiers. Few of all the books I 
 know are better. 93gt. Possessive Case, 
 C, 2, Personal, B, 3 unb Which, B. Qlng 
 biefem l^eraug^ebenben (Sinne ertlcirt ftd) : 
 
 5. Of nad) ajiengettjijrtern, f. Parti- 
 live, 4 unb »ergl. Date. SBeiter fie^t eg : 
 
 6. 3uv Slngabc einer ^tit, h). i. 3), : 
 of an evening, (etneg)5lbenbg. @. bagegen 
 Accusative, B, II, 1. — 7. ^\\x 3lngabe 
 ber ©igenfc^aften ober beg ©toff eg 
 einer ®ac^e: A man of great learning. 
 Queen Mary , of bloody memory. Me- 
 dals of gold and silver (ben ®runD l^ierju 
 f. nntcr Substantive, C, 2). a3g(.: „®cib 
 gut eg QJJut^eg! fr6]^Tid)en ^er* 
 3 e n g ! " and) ^UH%- -^ 8 ; i45f. 86, 5 u. 
 15; 34, 19; J. ©am. 25, 2; @))r. ®at. 
 11, 13 ; 2. 2«of. 28, 3. — 8. W\i eincm 
 
Offer — 
 
 rfflectbcn ^pronoun i>ebeutet c8 »on 
 fclbft (c^nc Slnregunfl »on aupcn), an 
 unb fur fic^: The machine moves of 
 itself. Thy calm clear brow . . . which 
 of itself shows irnmorlalily. SSergt. In, 
 By , To. — 9. (Sn%Ud) ifi of \>on sietcn 
 aScrfi en (f. From unb togt. Preposition, 
 A, (§.) unb 2lbjectitten (f.b., D,l) ah- 
 pnijig. — 10. aC c 9 i3 e I a f f c n mivb of 
 l^ciuftg bet worthy , unworthy, on board, 
 on — side, oft ober and) gefc^t: They 
 are worth a better fate. He went on 
 board a steamer. <Bo and) bet despite, 
 voel^ii fe^r oft unb bei ben anerfannte= 
 f ffff ften ©(^riftfieaern fiir in despite of )le^t 
 ^^mp'j __ tDO^I unferem „tre§" nacfegebtlbet. 
 UV^*^'(<go befonberS bei Bulwer unb Boz.) 
 ^Jj?4v to Offer mit einem Snftnititt ^eipt : i m 
 33e griff fein, cben tuoUen (= 
 aller) , au^ : fici) unterfte^en. We came 
 close to the shore and offered to land. 
 «ergr. to Go, 2. 
 
 Oi unb oy, a(« ©i^j^t ^ ongen = oi 
 (wie oi^ in Di)bin): noise, oyster; a(8 
 iDigva^^ 1. = i: Turkois; — 2. = i: 
 tortoise ; — 3, = e : avoir — du — poids. 
 Sweifilbig: heroic. 
 
 Old ]^at bo^^elte ®teigcrung: elder 
 unb eldest » c r © u b fi a n t i » e n , older 
 unb oldest nac^aSerben: in elder 
 times ; the elder of these two brothers. 
 My friend is older than his eldest sister. 
 Seboc^ brauc^t man »on ©ac^en elder 
 unb eldest felten. 
 
 On bejeic^net etgentlic^ JRul^e, upon 
 ^eroegung; njtc bei at, in unb into 
 ]^d(t man and) ^ier tiefen Untevfctjteb nid^t 
 ftrcng inne : Newcastle - upon - Tyne (f. 
 Proper Names, 1). His head rested upon 
 my bosom. Innocence sleeps as sound 
 7ipon straw as on down. SSorjitgtid) fiel^t 
 oft ba8 bequemcre on fiir upon : On me ... 
 let all thy fury/a//. SSergt. In, 2. 
 
 One (f^^rid) won ). I. ^a^^fttjort, 
 iDA^renb a nur 2lrtifcr iji: a fault, tin 
 'St^ltx; one fault, ein gcl^Ier (ein 
 einjiger) ; f. Cardinal unb Ordinal. — 
 H. 2U8 ?pr onomen bi(bet tS einen 5)Jcf= 
 feffiio : one''s (f. Reflective, A) unb einen 
 Spfural ones. %iiv b i e f e 3 gelten folgenbe 
 
 One. 
 
 87 
 
 9tcgeln. J. One ift felbftllanbige§ aU> 
 gemeine^ Pronoun personal: 1. 3m 
 ®. ». man: f. Personal, @. — 2. 5m 
 @. \). S e m a n b , @ i n e r ; bann l^at e8 
 oft ein 21 b J e c t i » cber ein vaffineS 5P a r = 
 ticiv nac^ fid), ivcfur i. 2). ein rela* 
 tt»er ©a^ fiel^t: He was going to sa- 
 lute my daughters as one certain of a 
 kind reception. There were two ladies... 
 The one selected was the younger (bic 
 ern3ar;(te). He stood like one planet- 
 struck = mie (5iner, ben fein ©djidfat er= 
 reiditl^at; dbniid): nne ein »om 2)onner 
 ©etroffener. Your nature is one formed 
 to wrestle successfully with the world. 
 2lud) ein ©igennatne wecbinbct ft* bamit: 
 one Vale, ein gchjif fer 33a(e; One Pick- 
 wick , One Gabriel Grubb. 2)icS flibt 
 fdion einigeS Stc^t fiir ba6 Solgenbc, 
 @d)njicrtgerc. (Jfiergt. ctud) bag pronoun 
 T/iat, A, 3). 
 
 B. 21(8 ©teltttertreter eine8 » o r = 
 ^erge^cnben @ubjtanttt»8: He 
 was a poet and (unb Jtrar) one of the 
 best, I resolve to set up as a gentleman, 
 having as legitimate pretensions to the 
 rank of one (= eincS fcld)cn) as many 
 others. 1. @o befonber^ bei 2(tjiectioeri 
 unb ben bemonfiraticen QJronomcn. Oft 
 aud) im ^PrAbicatc , njcnn bieg bie ®adic 
 genjiffermapen in etnc Slaffe ftellt, tvo 
 ba^r im ©ingular a i>or bag 2lbjectii9 
 tritt. ®o itn 2. unb 3. ber folgenben @d^e. 
 Dann fie^t meifi i. 3). gar giidjtg bafi'ir: 
 There are two dogs , a black one and a 
 grey one; the black one is my own. 
 Your heart is a good one. Chapter V : 
 — a short one. Your breakfast will be a 
 disturbed one. A Paris winter .... and 
 a Brussels one. From the sublime to the 
 ridiculous there is but one step; and 
 from old clothesmen to old clothes there 
 is but half a one. I think it was in this 
 one {(§ Qif)t these temples t>orl^er). Good 
 hotels and bad ones. This man is wiser 
 than that one. Your former days and 
 your latter ones. A he -goat and two 
 she-ones; f, nocfe ^4, an, E, 2. — 2. SDianc^s 
 mal rertritt one ein n i d^ t tt o r a u a g e = 
 gangencg, aUgcmeiueg, letd>t au« 
 bem 3ufammenbange ju ergdnjcnbeS 2Bort; 
 bann ifl eg genjifferma^en fetbfl ©ubfians 
 
88 
 
 One's self 
 
 ti» ; fo in : any one , every one , such a 
 one ; it is all one to me ; my little ones= 
 children; the great ones of the world 
 (bie ©ro^en). A bad great one is a great 
 bad one. Avaunt, ye evil ones! (= 
 spirits). A knowing one, ein Jtcnner ; a 
 Mt ^icv cSenfo, h>ie in ben obcn (B, 1) 
 ijegeSenen SStifpiefcn; e8 gcl^ort ni^t 
 gum 2lbiccti» (tuic ^crv ©vorfcfcit nuint), 
 foubei-n ju one, ober toielmc^r jubemuntei- 
 one tiei-i^anbcncn @ubpanttt» (man). 
 
 C. 9lt(^t gefc^t n)irb one 1, t>ei 
 Slbjectittcn , bie fic^ auf cin 21 b fi r a c t u m 
 ober einen © t o f f n a m e n bejie^en : I am 
 going to buy cloth, shall I take black o 
 brown. (NB. ^iec fie^t aber and) nid)t a 
 black or a brown, ebcn tviii eS tin ® t o f f 
 ift.) Swift was born for turbulent times 
 not for cahn. — 2. ^)UA) (Som^cixa' 
 titten unb @uj3cvlati»en: I have 
 two sons: the elder has gone to America 
 aSgf. ben jnjetten ®a^ oben, A, 2. 21 u 8 = 
 n al^m Sif eife: a maiden of forly ami 
 two younger ones. — 3. 2lud) nad) 3 a I; = 
 ten fiel^t ti nirf)t: You have ten dollars, 
 give me ttvo. 2Birb nad) biefen cine 33e= 
 fiimmung nijl^ig erad^tet, fo fe§t man :pev= 
 font. $ronDun« : You have many books, 
 lend me two of them {pretes-tn''en deux, 
 franjof.)* ®o awdi x Should Bombay ever 
 be laid under contribution by a French 
 line-of-battle ship (and one such would 
 be sufficient for the purpose) = unb e i n 
 fo(d)c3 ttjurbe — . golgt ein Slbjectit) 
 auf tie ^a^l, fo erl^eifdjt b i c f e 8 natiir; 
 Iic^ meitv one : I have heard an Italian 
 song, and two English ones. Wlan tiet= 
 geffe jebod) bie sorige Stummer (2) t;icrbei 
 nid)t! Siir bag blope one mup a one 
 fiel^en , iuenn bie unter ^, an, E, 1 unb 2 
 
 gegebenen j^ciUe eintreteu: it was as 
 
 vindictive a one as could well have been 
 resorted to. In the yard of one of those 
 inns , of no less celebrated a o?ie than 
 the White Heart. 
 
 One's self f. Reflective, A. 
 
 Only tritt aU 2lbwerb in ber 3fiegel 
 »or ba« aaSovt, iue(d)e8 eS einfd^rdnfen 
 toitt: I only say that — . He did it only 
 for Jest. 3JJanc^maI fiel^t e8 au* b a 1^ i u = 
 ter: 1 only stirred in this black spot, I 
 
 Onomatopoeia. 
 
 only lived, ©o namentlid) md) Objecten 
 unb iiberr;au)Jt ba, njo feine 2)ovve(beutig= 
 feit mogtic^ ifl. 
 
 Oo, 2)igra^j5§; 1. meifi twie 6; poor; 
 — 2. tcv k= u : book, cook, aud) in good, 
 wool; — 3. = 6 nur in door, floor; — 
 4. = o nur in blood unb flood. 3nje'ifit= 
 big in zoology. 
 
 Onomatopoeia, cin JJ t a n g lu o r t, 
 
 einc Worm , beren bloier I* a u t fc^on ben 
 Scgriff beg moxM erhjerft; eine Sou; 
 m a r e r e i , bie ben <Bd)M nacfeal^mt, ben 
 eine @ad)c ^ertoorbringt. 1. (Btljt oft in 
 einfacfien, meifl »on ber beutfdien abutter 
 eretbtcn ®runbn)6rtern. 9iid)t jufattig u. 
 nidit umfonfl^eifit biequeKenbe, fc^tveU 
 lenbe, waftenbe aBaffernjoge the toell, the 
 wave, ber treibenbe, brel^enbe (gtrubet 
 the whirl, (wherl , whorle) , bag SBel^en 
 ber Suft the wind; d^nli* the whifl", 
 whiff'le, whip, whistle, to lisp, whisper, 
 bluster, to blew, to buzz, to whiz, to siss, 
 to hiss, to whinny, to wing, swing, to 
 sw ingle , to swell , to wave, to rush, to 
 sigh, to rustle, to brustle, to crash, tc[U= 
 ter aSejeidinungen xxS iBdimUtnS , 2i[>e= 
 ^en«, aSIafeng, ©aufelng, 3ifd)eng. To 
 whine, to cry, to creak , to screak, to 
 squeak , to scream , to tweedle , to 
 twaddle, to pip , to pipe, fieHcn , po^e, 
 grelte, fd)riac, fdjneibenbe 2aiitt bar; 
 towraul, to brawl, to growl , to yawl, 
 to grumble, to howl, to wow, to pur, 
 to whurr, to snarl, to rattle , to clatter, 
 to croak, to crow, to caw, to groan, 
 to roar, to low, to hum, to murmur, 
 to yawn, to 'grind, to crackle tiefere, 
 ftdrfcre, raul^ere; man l^ore ferner: to 
 knock, a pat, apitpat, ticktack, tittle- 
 tattle, tirwit, squab, squabble, to knoll, 
 to knick, to blunder, to rub, to scrape, 
 to grabble, to stretch, to split, to shrink, 
 torpid (latein.) u. ». a. : „There's music 
 in all things if men had ears !" SSergl. 
 namentlid? nod) btemeiftenSnterjecttonen. 
 — 2. Oft fud)t aber au* ber (Sd)riftpet= 
 (er burc^ befonbere SBa^i unb Orb: 
 nung ber SBorte eine fotdje mafenbe 
 ^arPellung ju erreid)cn. (£o hjirb eine 
 $ut»er;Jlijrnmafd}iue in i^rer iBemegnng 
 bffdiriebcn : The wheels whirl and buzz — 
 
OVder — 
 
 iron leelh play into brass leelh — copper 
 winks at iron — it. f. f. Dbet: „The 
 cruel morning - bell" : "Ding-a-ding- 
 dong, ding-a-ding-dong, it went ruth- 
 lessly, remorselessly, unceasingly, as it 
 seemed/' 9Scrfl(. Alliteration unb Asso- 
 nance. 
 
 to Order: i. ®. »on tafftn (f. to 
 Cause) mit bem 3tccufatio unb bcm 3nfi* 
 nttb : We have ordered the principal 
 conspirators to be apprehended. Da^er 
 Jjaffit) : The portmanteau was ordered to 
 be brought up. The Americans ordered 
 every British ship of war to quit the 
 ports. 
 
 Ordinals, bie Drbnunggjal^ren, 1. 
 2JJaii Silbet fie »cn ben ^au)jtja^Icn 
 buret) bie ©nbun^ ih : four — the fourth ; 
 six — the sixth ; nineteen — the nine- 
 teenth ; hundred — the hundredth; thou- 
 sand — the thousandth ; bci eight fe^t 
 man nuc no(^ ein h an: the eighth (fo 
 njirft ii fd^on hti eighteen fiatt eightteen 
 ein t ab; ticrgt. Adverb, A, II, 3). — 
 2. @tumme« @nb = e fciUt iaid 
 ttj c 9 : nine — the ninth. — 3. v »cr\»an-; 
 belt fic^ in f, unb y in ie: Ave — the 
 fifth, twenty — the twentieth (tigf. Plural, 
 A, 11, 4 unb f. Ie). — 3. giic : b er crfie, 
 ber jtDcitc unb ber britte ^at man 
 bie unregelmapigen gormen : the first, the 
 second, the third. — 4. 3n jufam = 
 mengcfe^ten Sal^ten ttirb nur bie 
 lc§te3a^t orbina(,n).i*!D.: the twenty 
 first , the seventy seventh , the one 
 hundred and twelfth. — QtDgefixrjt 
 fc&rei6t man fie fo : the 1st, the 22d, the 
 33(1, the 44tli, 45th u. f. W. — 6. 93ei 
 fteineren^a^len (tjgl. Cardinal, A, 3) 
 f ann man bie @ i n e r v o r bie 3 e ^ n e r 
 fe^en : the eight and twentieth ; natiidic!^ 
 fii\)t bann aur^ one, two, three jlatt first, 
 second, third: the one and twentieth = 
 the twenty first. ®etvD§nIic^et aUt fte^en 
 bie dimx ^inter ben Bel^nern. — 7. ® es 
 brand) unb ©tetlung ber Drbinat; 
 jal^rcn ift ganj nj. i. !D. 9^ur bci 9legens 
 tennamen, in Ueber f (^ r iften unb 
 bergt. fte^en fie :^ inter bem ®ub = 
 ft a n t i » : Lewis the sixteenth = Lewis 
 XVL died. (NB. mit ^Junft ba^interj 
 
 Other. 
 
 89 
 
 nid)th)ie Louis XVI= Louis seize.) ^in- 
 ter fofc^en 9^ a m e n treten fie au^b in ben 
 ^Joffcffio: Lewis the sixteenth''s life. 
 ,,Act II, Scene 4." lefe man : Act the 
 second. Scene the fourth, ober auc^ : Act 
 two. Scene four, nj. i. CD. SWan finbet 
 aixit) , ber Jtutje ^alhet: End of Act 
 Second, pl^ne ^Irtifel. llebrigenS f. np(6 : 
 Date unb Fractions. — 8. 9Son ben Or- 
 binal8 first big tenth leitet man 5tb = 
 tterSien ah, anitf Numbers of Quo- 
 tation ( 21 n f ii ]^ r u n g 8 = 3 a ^ I e n ) ge= 
 nannt: firstly, fifthly, lenthly. SQBeiterl^in 
 umfdjreibt man fie burd) abcerbiale 9Ie= 
 bengarten, ttie : in the eleventh place., in 
 (he thirteenth place; fo fann man aud) 
 fd)on fagen: in the first (second n. f. f.) 
 place. First bient auc^ felbfi aii 5lbtterb : 
 First come, first served. 
 
 Orthoepy, bie 9t ecft tfj^r e dbung , 
 bie Sel^ve tocn ber 2lugfrrad)e : f. Pronun- 
 ciation. 23ucbltaben, tteldje nur gefdjricben 
 ttierben, um bie rid?tige2(u8fprad)e anberer 
 anjubeuten, l^ei§en ort^ oejjif c^e 3et= 
 djen. @o e nad) g unb c: f. E, I, @., 
 Ea, \, 5, Eo, 3 ; ferner u unb h nad) c : 
 f. Gh unb Gu ; cergU auc^ Gn. 
 
 Orthography, bie JR e d) t f c& r ei = 
 bung, ein befouberS fc^ttierige^ ©a^itet 
 in einer @)5rad)e, bie eine fo ganj anberc 
 fiirbalD^r, al« fiir bag ?luge ift! 3)te 
 beftc Sel^re ift pterin cine bebdd)tige Sectiire. 
 (Sinige 9iegetn attgemeinerer 2(rt — 
 anbere flnb fein ni'i^e — f. unter Adverb, 
 A, II, a, Comparison, A, I, Plural, A, 2, 
 Conjugation I unb II, Euphony, D, 
 Division, Initials, Comma, Semicolon, 
 Colon, Dale, Hyphen, Derivation, Pos- 
 sessive Case, — gh, gn, gu, el, II, sc, 
 sh, sch unb unter ben einjetnen93u(^jta6en 
 be8 2ll)3^abet8. 
 
 Other l^at, aHeinfte^enb , ben 5)3(urat 
 others unb bie ^cffeffite other''s unb 
 others'', <xU ^vciicmmj bejiel^t ti ficft 
 aber an^ ein @ubftanti» , fo bteibt e3 un= 
 i^eranbert other, uiie ein 2lbjecti» : Others 
 may behold this with other eyes. One 
 sees others' faults sooner than one's 
 own. OMer ftel^t aucb fubjtantioi fd) 
 »on einer ®a(^e (= an other thing): I 
 can expect no other (= ntd|t« 2lnbre«). 
 
90 
 
 Ou 
 
 Did you Ihink any other? (Se hiiUt aiicf) 
 tie Sitfammenfefeungen another unb each 
 other, D^ne $luraIfovmen, abet niit $of= 
 fcffit). @. Reciprocal. 
 
 Ou ali IDi^l^tl^ong = ou, au] 
 county; — a(S JDigra^'^: 1. = o: 
 court ; — 2. = o : shough, lough ; f. gh ; 
 
 — 3. = fi: soup; — 4. = u: could, 
 should, would; — 5, = a : ought; — 
 6. = u: country, housewife (= huz.if) ; 
 
 — 7. in tonlofcn ©nbfitben = o otix u : 
 famous, honour. 
 
 I Ought, t/iou oughtest, he ought — , 
 ifi^Jrefent unD 3m:|3erfect5:enfe; f, I must. 
 I ought ip bag e i n J i 9 e ^ i I f g » c r b, bag 
 ben Snftuitb in it to nact? fid) !^at» She 
 ought to do it. (Sg ift befectit), unb feinem 
 aJZanget f;i(ft shall unb beffen (^rfal^njor; 
 tec at) ; f. b. 3n conjunctii^en ©aj^en mivb, 
 ivie 6ei aubern 2)efectiv)8, bic Son jti-uc = 
 t i n u m 9 e ! e 1^ V t : She ought to have 
 do?ie it = fie l^atte eg t^nn foUen. 
 These ought you to have done. You 
 ought to have satisfied the expectation 
 you had raised. 
 
 Our, ours f» Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 Ourself, ourselves, f. Reflective, 
 A, unb Plural, B, 3. 
 
 Ow flingt atg JDijj^t^ong (n^ie ou) 
 = ou, au: how, now? 2llg 2) i grap^ : 
 1. = o: bellows, I know; in bev tonlofen 
 (§nbung ow fiirger (bie ^itti jmifdKn o 
 niib o) : shadow, morrow ; — 2.-6 nur 
 in knowledge ; — 3. = o nur in gallows, 
 ©etrennt in froward u. a* 
 
 Owe : biefer Sivigrajj^ bilbet nnv bag 
 3Cctt to owe = 0. 
 
 Oy f. Oi. 
 
 IP. 
 
 P l^etfit pe , I a u t e t = V / "icf)t h: 
 pack, back, ^. B. ©tnmmifieg: 1. ju 
 51 n f an 9 beg SiCoiteg «or n, s, t : pneu- 
 mony, psalm, Ptolemy; —2. inmitten 
 unb ju @n b e bcv 2C6vtcr jiwifcbcn m nub 
 t: empty; prompt; — 3. in mel;icin ein= 
 jelnen: receipt (n^ie recclte, jve(ct>cg bag 
 
 Participle. 
 
 p ttcn receplum aurf) in bcr ®c{)rtft aug= 
 fto^t), corps (=cor, franjof. Qlugfjjradie). 
 — P fler;t oft fiic nnfcr ^f , and) fitrf: 
 the pale, panikin, penny, pipe, pepper, 
 to hope, to hop. 
 
 Pair, geii3ijf;nli(^ fiir ©ingnlar iinb 
 $Ini-a( gifid) , W. i. i), t three pair of 
 gloves. We hired a bed-room , up two 
 pair of stairs. ®. noH) Singular, 1. 
 
 Palatals f. Consonants, 2, a. 
 
 Paren'thesis , bie ^lammcrn, 
 (. . .) ober [. . .], ai\<i) Brackets obcr Crot- 
 chets genannt. ®. and) Comma, A, 1 nnb 
 B, 4 nnb 5. 3)ietoni?mifd> nennt man auci) 
 bag @lngefd)altete, in ben ^tammern 
 ©tel^cnbe „Parenthesis," tt). i.2). SSergt. 
 Ellipse, A. 
 
 Part flci^t civile a, iuenn eg einen un« 
 6 e ft i m m t e n 5:^eU, i r g e n b c i n <BtM 
 tion ©tttjag bebentet; l^ebt eg aitv eine 
 t> c ft i m ni t e ober benannte^lbti^eis 
 lung einjein l^eraug , fo ftel^t eg mit 
 bem 21 ft if cl: Part of the town was 
 abandoned. Here he wrote .... part, if 
 not the whole, of his tragedy. West- 
 minster is a part of London. 
 
 Par'tieiple. llcbcr bag ^ovtntllt 
 f. Conjugation, I, A, 3 u. 4 ; iifier ben (§vs 
 fa§ beg ^affitien ^articii? bei ben !Defec= 
 ti»g f. b. einjeln. — J. Active Par- 
 ticiple, g, 33, loving, being. @g if} eon 
 tveit auggebel^nterem ® e b r a u (t>, alg i. 3). 
 5)a eg an ber 9latnr beg 33erb, be« 
 21 b j e c t i » unb beg @ n b ft a n t i y t^eit= 
 ninunt (= )> arti cil-Urt — baiter bet 
 9iame), fo iji eg in breifadjer ^^inft^t ju 
 betrad)ten. I. 2H g veiner %\)(H eis 
 neg 33evb blent eg jur ©erfurgung bev 
 (Sctge. 1. 3tvei gl eid) g eft elite 
 (coocbinirte) (Sci^e locrbeii einanber um 
 tergeorbnet (fubcrbinirt), iubem ber 
 eine ing $avtici^ tritt, njobei bann bie 
 Conjunction e r f )5 a r t n>irb ; anftatt : 
 He sal there and read, fagt man beffer; 
 He sat there reading. !Die Jpauptfac^e 
 iuar fein3)afein, I)afi$en, ber Sfiebens 
 umftanb [bcr nntcrgeorbnete] bag Ses 
 fen; bieg fJel;t ba^er im *|}articip. I 
 stood gazing on the wild forest scenery. 
 ®o oft an* i. 2). — 2. 2)ag act. 5Partic. 
 
Dtent ferner jur 93 e v ! it r j u n g von 21 b = 
 j ecti»5 unb Slbserfcialfa^en, b. ^. 
 ijon @d§cn, bic eine JRefatiBfecfttmmung 
 ;5U cinem ®ubj!antb obec JCetb ent^altcn, 
 ^ahd ttjirb baS 9ielattv erfpart. @. 
 Absolute, II, 3, a. !Dn^er fie^t eg and) : 
 
 a. narf) ben 93ecben , bie ein 2lbjectb aU3 
 SJvdbtcat ^ahen fimnen, f. Adjective, B, 4, 
 itnb nad) niand)en beret, bie ben 2(cciifativ) 
 mit bent Snftnitb nad) fid) l;aben: (.Ac- 
 cusative , B , 1 , 5 , cibcx niir bann , wenn 
 bie >§anblung al9 b a u c r n b , glett^fam 
 cilS 3 u ft a n b bargeiiellt nnrb ; fcnfi fie^t 
 bet Snftnitit) : f. Periphrase, XVII, B, 1. 
 We saw him joriting a letter = when he 
 was writing, when he was occupied with 
 writing. I saw him standing alone ; aber I 
 saw them part (momentane-^anbfc;.). I find 
 the plate ..groiving into a compauion(aU« 
 malig). A blackbird imitated the crowing 
 of a cock so well that he continually set 
 all the cocks crowing who were within 
 hearing. JCa^er feT;v augbnicf^woU unter= 
 frf)icben : I saw him lying (ttjie er bakg) 
 Avith his head upon his arm , as I had 
 often seen him lie (liegen) at school. — 
 
 b. Sei ben SerfcS ber iS e id e g u n g , idd 
 n)ir (nac!^ f o m m en) bag jjaffiue SUarttci)? 
 fe^en : cc f am getaufen, geritten, 
 gefal^ven = He came running, riding, 
 driving (il arriva en courant = al8 ein 
 Saufenber). 55a8 ©egenfiucf f. Peri- 
 phrase, XVII , B , 3. — 3. 3ur aSerfiit. 
 5ung »on @ubfiantittfd§cn, b. 1^. in 
 Sd^en, bic eigentlic^ nur fo»iet alg ein 
 @ubjiantiB augbviicfen , e8 nmfdjreiben. 
 @o a. fiir einen 06 j ectiwf a^, fo ba^ 
 bag 5^artici)) felSfi atg Object fiej>t ; bte§ 
 gefd^ie^t bcfcnberg nad) acti»enS5etbcn, ivo 
 rcir ben 3n ft nit it? fefeen, ber feltner 
 auc^ iin @ngtifd|en fte^f, mit *Seobad)tung 
 be3 obcn, bei 2 a angegebenen Unterfd^iebeg. 
 @. no^ Grecism. iCabet fdHt bic Son; 
 junction that n^eg : I have forbore writing 
 at all (= bag @d)reiben). I could not 
 help laughing ( = icf) !onnte b a g S a d) e n 
 nic^t — ). I cannot omit mentioning au 
 anecdote (= bic ©rwd^nung). We had 
 done writing. I remember making him a 
 
 Participle. 91 
 
 of it. He intended giving a ball. I wish 
 putting my children forward in the 
 world (bag Sortfommen). It is not worth 
 mentioning such a trifling; f. Worth. — 
 5)agegen mit bem 3nfintti»: I at- 
 tempted to restrai7i their affliction. I 
 have omitted to tell you this. I regret 
 to have left him. He proposes to be in 
 town next week. — b. @benfaHg fitr 
 ben bcutfdjcn3nfiniti» fte^tbag 
 active Q5artici)3 nad) alien $rd = 
 ^ofttionen o^ne 2[ugnai^mc: l^ier 
 ftel^t man beutlid)er nod), alg im SSovigen, 
 bap bag active ^Jarticiv gleidjfam alg Db'^ 
 jectiv beg 3nftnitiv be^anbelt iuirb. ©o 
 nennt man ja au^ im 2ateinifd|en bag 
 ©eritnbium ben beclinirten 3nfini = 
 t'x'o-^ d^nlid^ in faciendo., lateinifc^, en 
 faisant cela , fvanjijf. 33ci-gf. iibrigeng 
 unten III. @o: We prevented theniy)o»i 
 penetrating — . I scruple at refusing 
 it. Without much spelling. By pu- 
 nishing ; they were within hearing; 
 on hearing the melancholy story; in 
 thus judging for myself; after once 
 more silently pressing my hand; in 
 telling ; for pickling; upo7i leaving col- 
 lege. He was incapable o/ forming ex- 
 tensive political combinations. Jfter 
 taking leave. Instead of pursuing the 
 chase he stopped short. On Mrs. fVeller 
 advancing towards him, he appeared to 
 relinquish his intention. 2Ug 2luS = 
 nal^me fii^ren vieic ©lammatifer an, 
 nad) to !onne f ein ^Jartici)) ftel^en, foits 
 bem nni- ber Snfinitiv; anbere geben 
 tt)enigfieng bag ^JJarticip alg ©elten^eit ju. 
 @g ift aber ein gvoper U n t e r f (t| i e b , ob 
 nac^ to bag *P a r t i c i p ober ber 3 n f i s 
 
 present (= bap tc^ i^m — ). I could not 
 
 avoid observing the great number or|3nfinitio /o */?/</y nnuc l;iei- ftnuegbar 
 
 soldiers. I must intreat being informed jioanbte feinen ®etft, urn j u flubiren 
 
 nitiv fotgt. 3ft ndmlid) to -^^rdVos 
 fition (3eic()en beg2)atit)), fo folgt gattj 
 natiivlid) bag ^Jarttci)) ; betin alte Spvd)3o= 
 fttionen regieren benObjectiv, unb bag act. 
 ^avtici^^ gilt i<x eben alg Objectiv »om3n5 
 fiiiitiv , ober alg ©ubftanttv. 3ft to aber 
 nur Conjunction, nur sign , \o l^at 
 eg ben 3nftnitiv nad) ftd). 2)emitad) : He 
 turned his mind to studying = er wanbte 
 feinen @eift awi bie ©tubien; to gibt 
 atg ^3rdv>ofition bie 3ftid)tniig an; bee 
 
 er 
 
92 
 
 Participle. 
 
 (SKan iDiirtc bann siudy el&er nod) fiivr ba8 
 ©ufcftvintb anfel^cn.) Sophia's horse fell 
 suddenly to prancing and capering 
 The young lady fell to compassionating 
 my case. Many betook themselves to 
 cultivating. Your mind is superior to 
 being governed by prejudices, or to 
 opposing any important cause (= er^a= 
 ben itber). He demanded if I had any 
 objection to giving prayers (= gegen 
 bag 33 e ten). What! he pretends to 
 learning? JDagegcn : We had some letters 
 to write. — c.) @nbficf) f. no<ij Cotijunc- 
 tion, 4. 
 
 II. 35a« actl»c jpartici)) atS 9lb = 
 jectt» f. Adjective, A, I, 4. These 
 books are very amusing. Marching re- 
 giments ; a thievish -looking dog; a 
 sleeping partner = ein fitfler (Somjjagnon. 
 3n ^ejug fetnec ©teUnng untcrltegt e8 
 bann benfelBcn Qiegetn, ro'xt bag 3lbjectiti. 
 9lamentUcl) fte^t e8 nact) felnem ®u6 = 
 flantiio: 1. JlCemt H ein JKegimen 
 :^at (a(fo bem r e ( a t i » e n ^Ibjectio gleid); 
 jnacfeten ip) ; bann fadt eg mit 91r. I, 2 a 
 gufammen , t>evflf. itiiten B, 5. — 2. 2Benn 
 eg ein 21 b « e r b »oi- fic^ \:)(it : A time which 
 is within the memory of men still living. 
 — 3. JDeg gtad)bru(fg Ulbtt (3n»ers 
 fion).— 2(ug bem ^Ibiectiijfmne beg 5Par(ici^ 
 erftart fic^ aui* bie t'erijj^rafiifcfie Son|u= 
 gatton, f. Periphrasis, XVII. SGBo tt)ir 
 aberunfet acti»eg5Particip mit „ju" 
 in ))affi»cm @inne fe^en, ba fann im 
 englifcfcen ntrfit bag ^articij), fonbevn 
 eg mu^ bei-)3afft»e3nf initio fte^en; 
 j,93. cine ni(f)t j n 6 e f cf) r e i b en b eSiebe : 
 Affection not to be described; ein nic^t 
 3 It wermcibenbcr Srrti^um : an error 
 not ;o 6e avoided; ein teirfjt jU ertra = 
 (jenbeg Ungliicf: a misfortune easy /o 
 be borne. 93erfl(. Ellipse, 11. — »i3on 
 bem abjectbifct)en5Pavtici^ bllbet man audj 
 2[b»crb«, f.b., II. 
 
 III. Dag acttuc i^arttctVaTg (xh-- 
 (tract eg (Subfianti«, tvofiir xo'xx 
 njteberbcn Snfinittto braudicn, feftner 
 bag ^IJarttcip , ^duftg abei- and) ein ©ub; 
 ftantia auf =ung (ibentifd) mit bem engt. 
 ing). 1. ©g ftebt foment atg ©nbject, )vie 
 atg Object , aud) nad) ^Crd^ofitionen, »gf. 
 oben 1 , 3 , b. The observing of the 
 
 rules (SeobadUung). There is something 
 touching in his air (etwag 9M^renbe«). 
 Holystoning is music compared to her 
 play. She insisted upon her landlord's 
 stepping in. Swearing is perfectly un- 
 fashionable. (!Dag @6wiiren = i;u fc^tvo- 
 rcn — ). It was a common saying (bie aU= 
 gemeine 9tebe). I fear his coming (fein 
 Jtommen, [eine 21iifunft). I did not at all 
 see how Strulwell's being a rascal alle- 
 viated my misfortune. The first lieu- 
 tenant's going down below. To prevent 
 
 the ladies' leaving us He feared 
 
 the officer's drawing his sword. Upon 
 his leaving the room. He was ignorant of 
 our being so near. Before his wedding. 
 The pleasure of travelling, bag SSen 
 gnugcn beg 9ieifeng, ju reifen. At 
 his ifirst coming. aJian fie^t, eg treten 2lb- 
 »erbg, 2lbjectitig, 5tJronoung unb $offefflt»c 
 @afeg bacor. ©ettner ftel^t bet 3 n f i n i t i » 
 atg @ubftanti» : To err is human , but 
 to forgive divine. — 2. @6enfo erflart 
 fid) aud) bag actioe ^avticij) nacfe there is 
 no. . ., ixi Scjeic^nung ber U n m o g t i d) = 
 f e i t«= eg ift fein . . . , eg Id^t ficfe ni^t ...» 
 man fann nid)t. . . There is no dealing 
 with this man : eg ift fein Umge^en mit 
 i^m , eg td^t ftd) nic^t mit i^m umge^en. 
 There is no reasoning with a fool. There 
 is no telling, whether— man fann nicf)t 
 fagen, ob — . SScrgt. There is, 3. — 
 3. lleber ben 2lrtifel •oov bem fubftan^ 
 tt\3ifd)en $artici)) gitt baffetbe, tvit bet ab= 
 fii-acten @ubftanti\)g : f. The, C, 8, a. 
 •i^at eg einen ©enttio nad) fid) , fo fiel^t eg 
 m i t 2Irtifel : the leaving of a neighbour- 
 hood ; the original surrounding of Ihc 
 steel with iron. — What boalsful of 
 barbarians went out, amidst the mutter- 
 ing and chanting o/ charms, to the diving 
 for the shells for our handling! But for 
 the culling of the thread .... pearl 
 buttons would wear for ever, y/ pouring 
 forth o/ invectives. 3nbcp (d^t man lic^ 
 bet ben 2lrtifct n?eg unb fe^t l^inter bem 
 $artici)) ben Sad, ben fein U?eib regiert : 
 leaving a neighbourhood ; for washing 
 decks. In leaving these people. Many 
 betook themselves to cultivating the rich 
 vales. iBergl. bag Satcin. : in faciendo 
 hancrem, otit hanc rem faclu. 3a, felbft 
 
jweiut tB mit bcm 2trtifcf obcr einein 5Pro; 
 nounflel^t, atfo ©uDfl nn tic ifi, ftnbet 
 fid) bennodj ber Safu8 fcal&inter, ben e8 at? 
 93 er6 regiert (h)te im 3tal.) : the leaving 
 a neighbourhood. The forming the 
 little channel. My doing anything. 
 Here are many rooms , devoted to the 
 making an article so small — . Why did 
 you consent to my leaving youl The 
 forming the little cup in the middle of 
 the button ... is called counter-sinking. 
 It contributes to my enjoying my new 
 situation. Thy seeking //ie/« is vain and 
 fruitless. Their having given up all 
 hopes. Their taking three bottles each. 
 (StwaS Slel^nlictjeg ill im Satein. : amans 
 patriae unb amaos patriam ; uiib ganj fo 
 fte^t ber 2lccufati» ftatt bc« ©enititj 
 luicfe unferm fubflantitiifc^ 9«f«^t«" 
 3nfinitt»: dm 3,11: ,,mit Soben 
 bcn <§ ervn/' unb 9iel^em. 13, 27 : „niit 
 au§ldnbifrf)em 2C e i b e t n e ^ m e n." (NB. 
 and) nicf)t auSlanb tfd) et», fonbcrn 
 au^Ianbifc^em, iiber „5fficiber" 
 l^invueg ju bem „gie^men" bejogen !) SBeibe 
 (kafuS nebcn einanber fiuben fid) cbcn= 
 fall6 : „Al>nsgiving takes the place of 
 our workhouse system .... The giving 
 of alms to the helpless is ia Catholic 
 countries a religious office" (= b a 8 51 1= 
 niofengeben — unb: Sllmofenju 
 9 c b c n). Dickens. ®d jebod) nur bet bem 
 a c t i t) e n ® enitio , nja^renb beim vafli^en 
 of natiirlic^ bleibt, ba mnn biefem n i c^ t , 
 irie bem acti»en , ein Object beigeben 
 fann (f. Active, E) : The singing of birds 
 (the singing birds ^ie^c ja : bie fingenben 
 35cget) ; the crowing of a cock. ©8 
 evgibt ft(6 tweiter: 4. 3u einem ^avticip 
 m i t Slrtifel (alfo @ u b j! a n t i ») tritt ein 
 21 b j e c t i » ; ju einen $cirtici» o 1^ n c 2(r= 
 tifel nur ein 2lb»crb (njeK e« nod) cAi 
 SSerb gi(t) : The ^ne singing of the 
 birds (= ber fd)LVne @ e f a n g). Thinking 
 freely of religion may be involuntary 
 with this gentleman (= grei ^u b e n f e n). 
 That very keeping your temper made me 
 more angry. 
 
 IV. 3lud) in 3ufammenfe^ungen 
 fiel^t bvig active ^avticij) balb abjecti = 
 » i f d} , aU S3 e ft i m m u n g 8 ttj V t , 
 »ie : a dancing lesson , a swimming 
 
 Participle. 93 
 
 master (fettnet ber 3nfiniti» : a brew- 
 house, a saw-mill), — balb fubfians 
 tivifd), aU ©runbTOort: house- 
 keeping, ship-building. 
 
 B. Passive Participle, twie loved, 
 been. @cin ©ebraucf) ifi meifl, "m. i. 2). 
 
 5. jebod) Passive, B. — 1. 3n jufams 
 mengefe^tcn 3eitcn fann e8 t)om >&ilfSt>erb 
 getrennt nserben: He had ever after 
 that been liberally supplied, — e8 fann 
 i^m aud) woranSge^en: Borne wiih 
 uncovered face on a magnificent gilt bier 
 is the corpse of a woman (Sntjcrfion). — 
 2. (§9 btent ebenfa(l8 jur S a^to e r!iir = 
 I u n g : f. Absolute, H, 3, b. — 3. @o auf6 
 mit (Sonjunctionen, f. b. , ^Hr. 4. 
 ff^hen gone, our conversation at supper 
 turned upon our late /nfortunate guest. 
 
 — 4. ©tatt beg 3nfinttio« fle^t e8 
 nad) ben oben A , 1 , 2 , a angegebenen 
 SSerben. She imagined her daughter's 
 pockets filed with farthings. 3)a bie8 
 biejenigen 33etb8 fmb , tveld)e fonft ben 
 2lccnfati» mit bem Snftnitiw nad) fid? ^aben, 
 fo Ia§t ftc^ l^iec bie ©Uii^fc »on to be an= 
 nc!^men , rtjie wir unter Accusative, B, I, 
 5 a. (5". gejeigt. SBeitere Seifpiele bieten 
 bie 5trtitet to See, to Hear, to Get, 1, to 
 Have, B, 1, 4, to Make, to Hold, toCome, 1. 
 
 — 5» ms 2lbjecti» (f. b.. A, I, 4) rid)= 
 tet c8 fid) ganj nad) beffen 9iegetn «ber bie 
 iStellitng: a broken heart; an unlooked- 
 for shock; the unheard-of adventures; 
 a well-known man; in proving every 
 poison knoion. Other similar acknowl- 
 edgements, known to the legal institu- 
 tion (r e 1 a t i » ; fdflt mit 1 jufammen ; 
 »ergl. i. SD]accab. 2, 67 ; 6, 30 ; 9, 42). — 
 
 6. ^at ein CSerb jtuei pafficc ^jiartici^jien, 
 fo brau(i)t man nur baS auf n ober en 
 aU 2lbjecttv »or ®ubflanti»en, ba8 ans 
 bere ali Slbjectio nad) ©ubfiantitjen unb 
 a(§ ?|3arttcip in jufammengefe^ten Beiten : 
 fo the drunken men, aber I have drunk; 
 he has melted gold, ev ^at @o(b ges 
 fd)mctit (ober gcfd)moljcn), abec : he has 
 molten gold, er ^at ge f d) m o t jcn e 8 
 ®olb; he was swelled with pride, — 
 swollen limbs, a s/>oAen language; the 
 language spoke in Bengal. — 7. !I)a8 
 ^affiTje 5}3artici)) fle^t fogar al8 2lbjccti» 
 in acti»em @tnne: a person well read 
 
94 
 
 Partitive 
 
 (= belefen). ®. oUn A, 11, 3 bag ©cgen^ 
 tl^eit fcaju im JCeutfc&cn. 
 
 Par'titive. iDog gr an jof i f (!&c l>e= 
 jeicfjnct ben 2:;&eilung§fitm rcgetmd^ig 
 bur(^ etgenc gormen (du pain , de bon 
 paiii) ; ba6 3) e u t f d) c Itcjetrfinet i^n f e I = 
 ten (»om fcepen JEucfte; er Incite fic^ 
 Siatf)6] ,,t§ fdKtiftc ber SBo^me beS 
 ^eclcnben SGB ctnl;" wgl. ®l3r. 9, 5; 
 ^fatm 16, 4; 1. eor» 13, 1—3); ba3 
 engttfct)c fti'^t, ttJte baS StaHeuifc^e, 
 mitten inne jwifdien beiben. 1. ©8 
 bejeirt?net ben JJ^cilfinn burc^ of, so?ne 
 nnb anj/ , f. b. He drank of this wine. 
 I tasted of this glass of beer. Will you 
 have some bread o?" some cheese? Give 
 me some bread arid cheese. Have you 
 ani/ beef? Xlnb btefc SSovtcc bienen and) 
 nic^t nur jnr 2lngabe ctneS unbeftimmten 
 Zf)dUS (einei- SUJaff e), foubern and) alS 
 $ t u I- a t b e 8 u n b e ft i ni ni t e n 21 r t i = 
 f e t g (trie toon uu enfant — des enfants, 5tn- 
 gabc bevSDicuge): have you any children? 
 I have some boys. — 2. ®otl aber btog 
 e i n ® i n g bcm anbern gegeniiber 
 gcfiettt rcerben, fo fommt eS eben nur im 
 2tUgemeinen auf ben SSegriff be8 <Dinge6 
 itSer^aupt an , nnb ber 2;§ei(riun ifl n id) t 
 fcetitdfid)ttgt ; bann fe^t man ba« Mope 
 ®ubftflnti» Dl^nc some ober any (njie im 
 3tatieniid)en) : What are you reading, 
 books or lettersl Can you smoke to- 
 bacco? (im 'JUtgemeincn.) Will you have 
 some tabacco? (einen %^t\{.) Did you 
 eat beef or veal? I ate some beef. — 
 
 3. 2lud) ber unbefiimmte Slrtifel ftef;! im 
 ^^eitfinne: f. ^, an, C, 1, b, 2. — 
 
 4. 9t e g e I ift e« , o/ al8 )? a r t i t i » e n 
 @ e n i t i tt ju fefeen , b. ^. jur aSertinbung 
 gnjeier >§auptm6rter , beren erfteJ ein 
 aWcngeivort (a word of quantity) ifl, 
 atfo einen %^i\{ beS jmeiten auSbriidt : a 
 piece of cake, a sheet of paper , a pair 
 of slippers, ahostof railroads, of names, 
 a kind of cloth; f. jcbod) Dozen. — 
 
 5. ®(eid)faU6 jjartitiiaen ©inn ^<xi o/nad) 
 to accept nnb bgl., (njte imSranjoflfdien : 
 Quand j'aurai re^u de vos lettres — . 
 
 -Vous ne voulez done pas de mon bou- 
 quet?) @d: I shall accept of his offers. 
 1 begged him to accept of my watch. 
 aSergt. 5Pf.81,12; 101,5. 
 
 — Passive. 
 
 Passive. I. Passive Genitive , f. 
 Active, E. — 11. Passive State ob. f^oice, 
 bie Seibeform be8 SQnb ; [» Active , B. — 
 ^. gormeUeS. gur unfer ^ilfg»erb 
 w e r b c n ftel^t to be; babei ba3 ^jaffivc 
 ^Partici)?, n?. i. 2). Sllfo : 5Prcfent 
 Sienfe: I am loved, id) ttjerbe geliebt, 
 thou art loved , bu ivirft geliebt , he is 
 loved, er h)irb geltebt, we are loved, wir 
 njerben getiebt, you are loved, i^r njerbet 
 geltebt, they are loved, fie hjerben ges 
 Ikit. 3mi5erfcct2;cnfe: I was loved, 
 id? ronrbe (»varb) getiebt. — 5Uerfect 
 3;!enfe; I have been loved, id) bin ge= 
 liebt ivorben. 30(nV>erfect 2;enfe:I 
 had been loved , i^ tvav geliebt morben. 
 1. gnture JJcnfc; I shall be loved, 
 t(6 h)erbe getiebt Icerben. 2. gnture 
 3;enfe; I should be loved, id) njurbc ge; 
 liebt icerben. 1. preterit Suture : I 
 shall have been loved, ic^ njerbe geliebt 
 njorbcn fein. 2. preterit future: I 
 should have been loved, id) tt)iirbe geliebt 
 ivDtben fein. — @onjunctit> beS 
 ^ r e f. 2: e n f e : I be loved, ic^ njcrbe ge= 
 liebt, thou be loved, bun^erbefi geliebt — ; 
 beS 3m)5erf. : I were loved, id^ unirbe 
 geliebt. — 3m J) cr ati»: be loved, n?erbe, 
 tt>erbet geliebt. — SSor 2lllem fiitte man 
 fid) »or a3erh?ed)Slung be8 ijaffiwen 
 ^refent %enU n\it bem a c tit en 
 gnture S^cnfc, bie beibc mit id) 
 m e rb e gufammengefegt finb ! 3m acti\jen 
 gutur fti^t id) njerbc mit bcm 3nfi = 
 nit i» : id) njerbe fie ben, I shall love; 
 im ^affiwen $rdfen8 ^c^t i d) m e r b e mit 
 bcm ^aff. ^Partici)): id) »»erbe geliebt: 
 I am loved. @bcnfo : icS tuurbe Ue = 
 Sen: I should love; i (6 njurbc ge = 
 liebt: I were loved. — ff. !Der ®c: 
 Brand) bc« $afriu ift ungel^cuer, ba fcl^r 
 »ielc aScrben actis finb , bie in anbern 
 @);rad)cn 91eutra finb , nnb ba ber SJatii^ 
 nnb 2rccufati» in ber 9tegel nid)t nnter= 
 fd)ieben ttjcrbcn. ^(it bag SSevb im 31 c t i » 
 jiu ei Db jccte, fo be^dtt ti and) im 
 ^a^fi'o bag jweite bci. Berner fann ein won 
 einer *4}r 5^)0 f iti o n abl^dngigeg 2Bort 
 (Subject eineg j) a f f i t» c n ©a^eg wtv^ 
 ben! !Dic ^Prd^ofition tritt bann Winter 
 bag ^affwe aScrb. — 33 e i f p i e I e : It 
 pleases me : 1 am pleased with it. They 
 
Penny — 
 
 showed me a room : I was shown a 
 room. The evil was submitted to (niviit 
 ergaft fief) in baS Uebel !) I wish to speak 
 to him ou a business which he does not 
 like to be spoken to about (etgentUct) : 
 er tie6t c8 nict)t , u6er baffelSe aiiijefpro^ 
 (tien jit werben ! b. ^. er ^at ntcf)t gern, 
 bap man il&m ba»cn rcbe). He tuas refused 
 leave of absence by his colonel. He xvas 
 supposed to be the author of this mis- 
 chief. They shall be made an example 
 of. The windows were looked out often 
 enough. He was denied a christian 
 burial. They were given christian bu- 
 rial. War is spoken of (z= they speak 
 of war). They were never heard of 
 since. He was seen by all of us to do 
 it. She was allowed by all to be com- 
 pletely pretty. They passed us, followed 
 by four persons more (= suivis). For 
 this I was thanked by the chaplain. 
 He was quite happy at being permitted 
 to dispute. 1. a)Jan bilbet, njie bie Sci= 
 ffcielc jcigcn, aucf) auS bem actittcn 
 2lccufati» mit betn Snfinitit* ci= 
 nen ))affi»cn9tomtnatl»mit bcm 
 3nfiniti», gleidjfam eincn umgc = 
 fel^vten 2(ccufatiio mit bem 3nftniti» ; f. 
 Accusative , B, I, 5. 9}evgf. Personal, 
 E, 4. — 2. 2lu(t> finbct fK^ bie 3u = 
 fammcujiel^ung jhjeier @a§e , beren 
 cinec ein gctuol^nlir&eS einfaci^eS Subject, 
 entf^jrcrfienb bcm Dbjecte be3 acttiicn ©a= 
 tea , ber anberc abcr ein fo(d)e3 ®ubj[«ct 
 l^at, bag im acttoen <Sa^e »on einev $ra; 
 Vofttion ab^angig trdre (f. oben, ben ©cfituf 
 actigcr ®eite); j. SS. No such thing as 
 retiring from business is kjioivn or 
 thought of. Dies iudrc actio fo augju^ 
 brucfen: They know no such thing, they 
 think of 710 such thing as — . 3)iefe bei= 
 ben ®d§e liepen fid) auc^ fo »erfc^metjen : 
 They know, and think of, no such thing 
 as — . J&ier^abenteicalfo baffelb e beim 
 ^affis, ttjag rciv unter Accusative, B, 
 1, 3 in 33ejug auf bag 5lcti» gejeigt. — 
 3, !5)uvct) bie[e \3tet[eitige ?(n»venbung beS 
 ^Caffit) eriangt man einc fc^ijne, anbcrn 
 ©pracfien oft unerrcid^barc ^ ii r j e. — 2)ic 
 narfj bem^Jaffiw gen)6^nU^fle$ra))ofition 
 jU 2Ingabe beS SSetuivfenbcn ijl by, f. b, 
 C. 2)ag )3affi»e5particiv f. Parti- 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 95 
 
 ciple, B. — D. Ueber ben ^affitien 
 3n fin it i» fiiv unfcren acti»en f. Ac- 
 tive, C. 
 
 Penny f}at im ^Invai pence , njenn 
 »on bem SQBertl^c, 93ctrage mel^rever 
 folcfjer 9)h"in3cn bie Siebe ifi ; pennies abcr 
 bebeutet mebrerc CDJiinjen, beren jebc 
 a penny ^eiptj fo : He has seven pennies 
 from different reigns, but he would not 
 lake 18 pence for them. 
 
 Pentam'ctcr , tin bacttjtifc^cr 93er8 
 son 5 gupen ; f. Hexameter. 
 
 Peuiilt ober Penultima l^eipt bei 
 ber Sel^re »om 2[ccent bie » o r I e § t e @i(bc 
 eineg SBortcg. 
 
 People bfeibt {ali QolUcth) fietS un; 
 vcrdnbert, jeboc^ »erbtnbet eg fidj mit 
 SJlnratformen: these people, b iefe 
 S e u t e ; many people ; f, bic le^ten <gdbe 
 bei Number, III, 3. 
 
 to Perceive l^at, hjte lo see, ben 
 5(ccufatiti mit bem Snfinitiw o ^ n e ^o, ober 
 ein $articit> na^ ftd^ : f. Participle, A, 
 I, 2 tmb B, 4. We perceived the winds 
 change. I perceived her a little intoxi- 
 cated with the incense she had received. 
 
 Perfect , bie unbefiimmte 95ergangen= 
 l^eit: I have been, he is come. Ueber 
 bie ©ifbnng f. Conjugation I, B, 2 itnb 
 Neuter, B, 11. JDer ® eb r an * beg $cr= 
 feet entf)jrid)t meijl bem JDeutfc^en. Slug 
 bem beim Sn^jerfect Senfe ©efagten cr= 
 gibt fid) fiir bag perfect bag ®egent§eil : 
 1. ®^3rict)t man von einer noc^ ni6t 
 g d n } I i d) sergangenen 3eit (»on ber alfo 
 no(^ ein2;]^cil iibrig ifi), fo fiel^t bag 
 perfect: / have written ten letters 
 to-day. He has been here several limes 
 this month, ©ettner fle^t bafi'ir bag Sm- 
 ^erfect S^^enfe : I wrote to-day. — 2. fl^eitt 
 man ben nod> nidit ganj eerfloffencn 3ett= 
 raum in mer;rere 21 b f d) n i 1 1 e , unb 
 fi7rid)tbann»onelnem fd>on »erfloff e= 
 nen2lbfd)nittte, fo fie^t bag Smperfcct : 
 At two o'clock this morning, it rained. — 
 3. aSei gefd>td>tndjen SIngaben 
 fiei^t bag Sm^erfect, totnn man con 
 t>ergangcnen 5|Serfonen ober ©ac^cn 
 rebet ; jinb fie aber annoc^ corl^anben. 
 
96 
 
 Period 
 
 fo ftc^t bag 5)3 e"r f e c t {Af^niii^ bem 93ott= 
 gen). Napoleon lived several years at 
 St. Helena. 3m Sal^re 1820 tvuvbe man 
 abtv gefagt l^aBen : Napoleon has lived 
 these five years at St. Helena. SDarauS 
 erflcivt fid) bag untev Present Tense, 3, 
 ©cfagte. 
 
 Pcrfod, bie 93ercintgung mcl^rcrcr <B&1^t 
 {sentences) §u eine in ©afegcbciube. 
 
 Per'iphrase , Periph'rasis , bie 
 
 Umf c^ re ibuug; periphras'tlc, um= 
 
 fcfereibenb. <Bo ^cipt eine Icingere StBen; 
 bung, bie man fiic einen fiirjeren 2Ui8bruc{ 
 get>rau<^t; fo a twelve-month = a year; 
 at a small expense = cheaply; he will 
 pay you when two Sundays come toge- 
 ther (= never, auf ben 9iimnurme:^rS= 
 tag). ®. Euphemism unb Emphasis. — 
 aJieift ifl eg rein nnUfurlicb unb nur burrf) 
 ben ^wtd bc8 @).n-c(f)cnben IJebingt, ju ©rs 
 rei(t)ung einer fomifdjen ober fidftiqen 
 aBirfung j. 93. , c6 man cine fotcfee llm= 
 fdn-eitning bilbe ober nid)t. JtiMuifd) iP bie 
 llnifd)rei6ung beg 6e!annten (S>?rid)tt)or= 
 teg : 'A bird in the hand is worth two in 
 the bush' — njenn eg l^eipt: 'One member 
 of the feathered creation held in the 
 hand is worth two of the same species 
 in the bush.' (Boz.) 2;ragif(^ malt bei 
 Byron ein 2)dmDn ben trt»ialcn ©cbanfen 
 ,/2lbenbS" burd) folgenbe, feiner 2ln- 
 fdiauung ent^rcdjenbe Umfdireibung aug : 
 When the moon is on the wave. 
 And the glow-worm on the grass; 
 When the wilch is on the grave, 
 And the wisp on the morass : — 
 5)iefer ®ef>vaud) ber *Perii)^vafe ge!^i5rt ber 
 JR^etorif , ber *Poefie an. 3Jian ^iite fidi, 
 nad) [cld)en 5Perii?l;rafen ju l^afd)en (roie 
 •&err W. Micawber bei Dickens) : bag 
 wirbeine {dd)etlid)e $l;rafenbiefdKrei ! @g 
 gibt aber and) ?Peri)?^rafen , bie burd> bie 
 einfad)e 2B c r tb ilcun g ober burd) 
 grammatifd)e JHcgeln geboten 
 flnb, nja^renb in anbem ®prad)en ein? 
 f ad)e ijormen ^inreid)en. 2)a^in gcl;6rt, 
 bem iDeutfd)en gegenubev, bie Unildjreii 
 bung: I. ber meifien !Dim inut i«5Jl^e = 
 griffe; f. Diminutive;— 11. ber® e; 
 f d)led) t gformen, f. Common, Epi- 
 cene, Feminine; — III. ber (Singulars 
 
 Periplirase. 
 
 form bei ben ^ruralSiJoung, f. Singular, 
 B, 1 ; — IV. ber 6 a f u g ; f. Declension ; 
 — V. ber Som)) arifon, f. b , A, 11 ; — 
 VI, ber SBieberl^ olunggs unb VII. 
 ber 2ln fiii^run ggja^len: f. Multi- 
 plication unb Ordinals, 8; — VIII. ab = 
 »erbia(er iBegriffe, f. Adverb, A, 
 II, c; — IX. ber Son {unction 
 ,,jivar/' f. Conjunction, 5; — X. ber 
 mangel n ben gormen einjelner 
 95erben: f . I shall, will, ought, must, 
 may, can; — XI. beg Sm^jeratit), f. 
 to Let, 1 ; — XII. beg (5o n j un ct t» , f. 
 I may (nj. t. !D. aud> oft); — XIII. ber 
 3eitcn bei einflufigen93erben, f. 
 Ambiguity, Q. — XIV. f r a g e n b e r ober 
 mit not Berncincnber, aud> gc»tJD]^n= 
 Itdier b e j a I? e n b e r ®a§e, f . to Do, B, H, 
 2-4 ; — XV. r e f t e c t i » e r 93 c r b e n , 
 f. Reflective, H, @. [XVI. <35en aUen 
 ©i3rad)en gegen fiber gel^ort ^ie^er 
 aud) bie ben meijtcn mobernen @r»rad)cn 
 e{geneUmfd)reibungbeg perfect, $tu; 
 ^jcrfect unb ber guturc Senfeg, 
 fotvie beg ganjcn $affi».] SOSic^tiger 
 aber, atg bieg 5U(eg ifl 
 
 XVH. ^ie pcrl^F)raftifd>c <?oniu= 
 gatton. ^. g or melt eg. 9iian |e^t 
 ju alien *5ormen von to be tag ac = 
 titic^Particiti irgcnb eincg 93crb ; j. 95. 
 I am reading, t^ tefe ; I was reading, 
 id) tag ; he has been reading, er Bat ge= 
 (efen; we shall be reading, nnr tDcrben 
 tefen ; I were reading, id) Idfe , u. f. f. — 
 B. ® c b r a u d). 35iefe gormen fe^t man : 
 1. Urn eine an^altenbc ^anblung, 
 einen bauernben 3uftanb ju bejeid>nen, 
 ttjorin man eben be griff en, womit 
 man grabc b ef d)d f ti g t , tnoijon man 
 ganj in 5lnfvtrud) genommen ift. 
 They were travelling to their home. He 
 was edifying his pupil by long lessons 
 of wisdom from the stars. I am writing 
 letters the whole day. They have been 
 perambulating the streets since early 
 morn. I have been reading ihe whole 
 morning. Britons like (o eat and drink 
 when they are thiukiii". ©o ift eg cine 
 ff^r bejciitnenbe llnterfdieibung : Mad;ime 
 Gogo forbore to scold when he lost (as 
 he was always losing) his pocket hand- 
 kerchief. — 2. ^at)tx n)irb bag 3 m )) e r , 
 
Permit — 
 
 feet bation BffonberS 6et ber (Sleic^^ 
 J e i t i g f e i t jroeier ^anbtungen gebraud>t, 
 b. ti- 6ei fol^en <5anbtungen , »on bcncn 
 bieeineiiDC& fortbaucrtc (unb biefe 
 brurft man eScn burd^ iaS umft^ries 
 6 e n e Smj^erfect au«) , alS bic anbcre ein; 
 trat. @ona(f> entfprid^t biefeg Sm^erfect 
 bent erfien Snn?crfect beg granj6fif(i&en 
 unb Stallcnifc^cn (j'etais, je vendais, — 
 io era, vendeva), wenn e« neb en bem 
 jtoeiten Sm^erfect fie^t, itm ben 3u= 
 i^anb, bie 3eit abocrbialifd) gu bcjei(i^s 
 nen. 3)em jmcitcn Sm^erfect biefer 
 ©tjrac^en (je fus, je vendis — io fui, 
 vendei) entf^ri^t bann ba« e i n f a c^ e engl. 
 Sm^erfect (I was , I sold). QJian oers 
 gfeic^e: They were waiting for roe at 
 the door when / arrived; — lis m' atten- 
 daient k la porte, quand j' arrivai; 
 — M' aspettavano alia porta quando io 
 arrivai. (@o fc^etben a 1 1 e romanifci^en 
 @)jra(!^en.) — They were singing, when 
 we entered. As I was going to a convent, 
 I gathered my friends around me. When 
 I was in the garden , Louisa was play- 
 ing there. 
 
 3. enblic^ flel^eu biefe Gormen fogar 
 in jiaffisem ®tnne, aber nur, wann 
 auS bem 3ufnmmen^angc ffar ifi , ba^ bag 
 Subject nic6t acti» fein !ann: The 
 house is building, bag ^au8 ijt noc& im 
 iB a u e , n)irb cben gebaut. Dinner will be 
 preparing, when you arrive. The un- 
 happy young man was missing. While 
 this ballad was reading (ftdnbe : was 
 read, fo l^ief e bieg : gefefen n) orb en 
 trar, aber nic6t : gelefen tourbe). Some 
 absurd proposal was preparing for 
 appearing with splendour the next day. 
 35teg ift bag gerabe ©egenfiiicE ju unferm 
 acti»en ©ebtauclje beg ^saff isen $ar- 
 tici^ , f. Participle , A , II , @, — 2)a ein 
 einfacfieg 93erb , ivctdKg ben Uebergang 
 i n e i n e n 3 u ft a n b (alfo: n? e r b e n) aug; 
 brurft, nic^t ocr^anben war , fo fonnte 
 man ni^t to. i. 2). bag Jiaffiue $artici^ 
 fe^cn, ol^ne fd)on ben ttotlenbeten 
 Suftanb anjugcben. !Denn e3 l^ie^c 5. 
 33. : „The house is buill,'-' n i (t) t : „bag 
 ^aug ttjtrb gebaut/' fonbern: „eg ijt 
 gebaut." JDie Slniuenbung beg ac ti» en 
 ^arttcijjg erftfirt fi(^ bei ben v. neuter 
 Si. mbxt^t, grammat. QSJortnt. 
 
 Person. 
 
 97 
 
 eineg Z'^tili baroug, bap man fie 
 ftottber3f{eftecti»abraud)t. ©age 
 i^ einmat: the beef eats well (= laft 
 ft(^ effen) ; this book sells (reads) well 
 (=»erifauft, liejt flc^ gut); they were rough 
 to feel (fit^tten ftdfj rau^ an) ; fo ifl eg 
 bann mir nD(f> ein unbcbeutenber 
 ®(^ritt big ju ber beft*ro(i)enen (Sonfirucs 
 tion. 5tnbercn3;^eilg erfldrt ft* bie* 
 felbe au^ babnrc^, bap fruiter in »or bem 
 $avticti)fe fianb, unb eg alfo atg <£ubftan= 
 ti» (Participle, A, III) gait: The temple 
 was in building. 2lu(6 immobernen <Sti)Ie 
 ftnbet fict) in manc^mat noc^, wdl^renb 
 ber minber eble Qlugbrud »or aUen actiioen 
 $artici^Ieg a (f. t>.) fe^t: Corporal Trim 
 was in waiting. Your coat is a doing, 
 ©eltner , befonberg au(^ in ber Umganggs 
 fpradje , fe^t man bafiir auc^ being mit 
 einem i? a f f i » e n ^Jartici^j jufammen, unb 
 bann — all's well ! §. 93. What is beirig 
 done to that house ? A new room is 
 being built. Some efforts were even then 
 being made (Dickens). Quadrilles were 
 being systematically got through (2)er= 
 felbe). 5tu(^ bieg servwerfen mandje ©ram* 
 matifer ttjieber (njie Kenyon) tro^ ber beften 
 2lutoritdten. SKan »ergtcid)e noc^ , tvie 
 flit) bag gransijfif^e in gleidber ^lot^ ^ilft : 
 Le livre est vendu = ift serfauft; ce 
 livre se vend, n? i r b tterfauft, — 4» Ueber 
 to be going., f. to Go. 
 
 to Permit, laffen, iibertaffen: f. 
 to Cause ; eg l^at ben 5lccufati» mit bem 
 Snflnititi na(^ firf) : He permitted me to 
 read the letter. What! he permitted the 
 letter to be read?! 
 
 Person. 1. 3)ie brei SPerfenen ber 
 (S^ra^e fmb : bie e r jt e , bic f^redjenbc = 
 I, im ?I3turaI we ; bie jh) eite, bie ange= 
 fjjrorfiene, angerebetc = thou, you; bic 
 b r i 1 1 e , bie befj^ro^enc , bie, ttou tneldjcc 
 man rebet = he, she, it, ^furat they. 
 ((5ngtif(f) : 1. the person speaking = he 
 who speaks ; 2. the person spoken to ; 
 3. the person spoken of). — 2. 2Bag bie 
 erfte SPerfon befi^t, ^eiptmy, mine — 
 imb njcnn eg mc^rerc 93efi§er flnb : our, 
 ours ; itjag bie jrtjeite befigt : thy, thine — 
 your, yours ; ttjag ber britten ge^ort : his, 
 her, its, hers — their, theirs. SDeiter f. 
 7 
 
98 
 
 Personal. 
 
 Personal unb Possessive Pronouns. — 
 3. Ue6er bic gormen ber $ e r f o n c n eineS 
 33erb f. Conjugation, I. — 4. (Selbfi= 
 »erjidnbli(i& mit§ bie ^erfon beS SSerb mit 
 i^rem ©ubiect ubereinftimmen : I speak, 
 thou speakst, he speaks, they speak. 
 @. Personal, C, @. — 5. ®e^en mel^rere 
 Dcrfc^iebcnc ^Pevfoneu vor^ev, fo ftei^t 
 bag SBerb imSpturah You and he have 
 been present (ni^t has). SSgl. Number, 
 III. 
 
 Personal. 3)tc Pronouns personal 
 bienen fiatt bcr ®u6fianttBC ju93ejci(^imng 
 ber»crfd)icbenen/'er«o?«*, f. b. — J.^cv^ 
 melteg. ©icjinb, iicben who , bie eins 
 jtgen Shorter, wetc^e nod( cine eigene 
 ^Declination , ndmUd) eine Bcfonbve Sovm 
 fuv ben DSjcctitt unb fccfonbere ^luvaU 
 formcn l^abcn : I — me, thou — thee, he 
 — him, she — her, we — us, they — them. 
 You nnb it l^atien , njic bie ©utfiantitte, 
 9lomtnatio imb Objectto flteid). SmUebri? 
 gen bectinirt man bicfc ^Pronomen mit of 
 unb to glei* ben ^auvtttjiJrtern. @. An- 
 glosaxon, Ye, It. — B. 3^r @ c B v a u cf) 
 tjl meifl ID. i. 2). 3m SlHgemeinen 
 ifl nocf) gu mer!en: 1* @ie fijnnen cin 
 ^au^ttBOvt aU aSefiimmung ju ficfi nel^- 
 men : ff^e templars are a power and a 
 dominion within ourselves. You .... 
 you HEAP of Infamy! [2)a bic8 nunBtcS 
 in bcr 1. unb 2. $erfon angcl^t, njit aUv 
 in bcrSlnrebc im D. t)ic brittc ^crfon 
 (ftatt you) fefeen, fo miiffcn ujir ofterS au8 
 bci- abj[ecti»if^en aSejlimmimg cinc5t:ppos, 
 fition madjen. 2Sir fagen j. 33. luo^I: 
 „<Dir aSratjcm banf id) mcin Sebcn ! ©ud) 
 (SttUi banf id) meine 9ftettung I" abev ge- 
 njip nid)t t „3^nen aSrauen (Si^nen (Sbetu) 
 banf id) mein Sebcn I " fonbcrn : S^nen, 
 Iirawe aJidnncr , bant' id) — .] 2. SKand); 
 mal ne^men fic a\i6) , felbfl gtcic& (Sub; 
 fiantiioen, cin 5lbj;ccti» ju jt^ : You miss 
 me? even poor, giddy, stupid me? — 
 3. JEreffcn bie perf6nlid)en giimortec mit 
 ben 3 a ^ I a b i e c t i e n both, few, none, 
 many, all unc bergt. jufammen , fo fle^en 
 
 ®cnititt bal^inter: ttcrgl. Relative, 
 II, A, 3. fFe all three took beds at the 
 inn. Fleta looked us both in the face. 
 The ball was very close to both of us 
 (un3 beiben). 5(ud) abjectiwifc^ ol^nc of: 
 This gave all us landsmen no trifling 
 alarme. @. ben le^ten @a§ unter Most 
 unb vergL $f. 55, 19. ©o fte^t felbfi bet 
 ©enitio eincS cben tiorl^ergel^enben (ober 
 bod) im 35or]^erge]^enben liegenben) ^?ros 
 nomenS nod) i^Ieonajiifc^ jur SScrfidrs 
 fung : They all of them cried that — . I 
 thank Heaven that you are none of you 
 so afflicted. Go with me , some few of 
 you. KoM hear that, all of yo?/. ©benfo 
 l>(eonaflif^ : These cheeses are some of 
 them formed like loaves. SScrgl* nod) 
 Of, 4. — 4. 3m !D. fic^t bcr ®eniti» bet 
 pronouns »orjugU^ » o r befiimmten 
 3aHen: aQBir ftnb unfer fieben, e« 
 waren i^retr ad)t. 3)ann fe§t man i^n 
 im e. Winter bie 3«^I unb beginnt ben 
 <Sa^ mit there (f. b.) : There are seven 
 of us; there were eight of them. Scingt 
 bag ^Pronoun ben ®o^ an , fo bleibt l^iev 
 bcr ttjtebcti^otenbe ©enititt roeg : fVe are 
 seven (in all) , ^3oetifd) inficrtirt au(^ ; 
 seven are we = seven boys and girls 
 are we. — 5. ii(x%t bcr Bufammcnl^ang 
 feinen 3)o)3^)eirinn befiird)ten, fo fiel^en bie 
 ^jerfonlic^enSiirwiJrter ofterS au^ 
 ftatt bcr reflect i» en; ba8 bcr brit* 
 ten ^Jerfon foil jebod) nur bann , tocnn e§ 
 nad) einer l|3tdt>ofition ftcl^t , fo gebraud)t 
 ttjcrbcn ; inbe^ finbet ftd) : He lifted hiin 
 up from his painful bed (n?o him fiir 
 himself ftc^t) u. a. I shall bethink me. I 
 remember me. I did lay me down (fiatt 
 myself). ©. baf[elbe 1. SJiof. 3, 7 unb 
 22, 8 ; ©))r. 1, 5 ; @ft^. 1, 3 ; ^iob 16, 12 ; 
 ©ir. 3, 29 ; 6, 4 ; 21, 31 ; 37, 22 ; «Pf. 53, 5 
 unb ijfter. *) 5Den umgefe^rten gall f. Re- 
 flective, I, B, 3, — 6. 5)a8 «Pronomcn bcr 
 britten $erfon fiel^t ttor 9ieUti» = 
 fd^en oft im altgcmeinen ©inne = 
 Seber, wer, ober im ^injelfinne, 
 bcmonflratio = bcr , berjenigc, jebod) 
 nur »on SDt e n f * e n. ©o im Stalienifc^en; 
 
 fie entttjcber b a » o r , njte im !D., ober i m i »ergl. auc^ S3f. 25, 36 unb 71, 13. a. 3m 
 
 *) Sutfter brauc^t namlici) mcift „f i(J)" al« 21 c cu f a tiu imt> „\\)m" unb "'?"*"" "^,f 
 35atio be« 9lef[«cti»8 , wabrenb tjier in bcr f;eutigfn ©pra^^e bet be galle in ben Dbjectio „11<V 
 iufammenpieSen, roie eS im ffinglifc^en a U g e m e i n ©tfltt ^at. 
 
Personal. 
 
 99 
 
 angemcincn (Sinne: They who know 
 the most (=btc,n)e(t^e—). He who pays 
 his debts begias to make a slock (= tu e r 
 feme (gcfeulten . . .). He that desires too 
 much is always poor. He is a fool that 
 does not take good care of himself (= 
 Seber [hex] ifi ein Zf^cx , bev iiic^t...). 
 He that reckons without his host must 
 reckon again (= hjenn man bic Siedjs 
 niing o^ne — ). They that have no other 
 meat , bread and butler are glad to eat 
 OBenn man grab' nic^t* SSeffreS l^at, 
 madjt tms gem Srob unb 33utter fatt). 
 They as come after him .... — b. 3m 
 Befonberen, inbisibueUen @inne: I 
 am he who bids it pass. — giir they unb 
 fcefonbcrg fiir them ^ef)t jeboc^ aniti those; 
 fo : Those who hold to his principles. 
 Those who descend into a coal-mine; to. 
 i. 3). — ®. audj Such, 3; unb bie a3ei= 
 f^jtefe unter The, C, 11, bag te^te unter 
 Will unb unter to Want. (5ine Snoerfton 
 biefer gonjiruction bietct ba8 erfte Seifptet 
 unter Anticipation unb •^ioh, 6, 16. — 
 c. 2tu& o^nc ba^ ein 9ielati»fa§ 
 nad)folgte, fie^en bicfe J^ronoungin 
 bcmonj^raticem ©inne: They two 
 are in heaven = those two. The Mehmon, 
 the Borah , the Mussulman from the 
 Deccan , and he from the Konkan, have 
 all some distinctive Shibboleth. Uebri= 
 gen6 ifl aU 9fielati» who in biefer a3erbtn= 
 bung ebter, aU bie mel^r ber Sonoerfafion 
 »erblei6enbcn that obcr as (tjergt. ^px. 
 @al. 12, 20). 2(uc^ fann enba* bag ^xo= 
 nomen in folcften ©d^en toegfatten, 
 toenn eg cor tvho (nictjt cor that ober 
 as) jie^t: Who pays his debts begins to 
 make a stock; wie 6ei toer, franj6fifct> 
 Bei qui, quiconque; »ergt. What, A unb 
 3pf. 135, 18 a ; @))r. @a(. 3, 12 u. 15, 15. 
 JDieg ifi alfo : C. ^Ui^fe beg ^erf6n= 
 H^en Surtoortg. 2lucfe tjor bem reftec = 
 ti»en SPronomen a(g ©ubicct fdltt eg df= 
 terg toeg : Yourself have done it. Pick- 
 wick addressed the club himself had 
 founded. fDiefer gaft unb ber tjorige treffen 
 jufammen in bem 3Serfe : "Who would be 
 free, themselves must strike the blow," 
 ©. no(^ Ellipse , B , 1 , 4 unb 11 ; It, C. 
 eine fd)etnbare @nii)fc ifi eg, bem 
 S)tutf(t)en gegenuber, baf in 9letati»5 
 
 f d ^ e n, bie fidj auf eine c r fi e ober j to e 1 1 c 
 ?13er[on Iiejie^en, bag 5Pronomen ni^t 
 toieberl^olt toirb, todl^renb bo* bag 
 aSerbfi6nac^ bemfelben ti&ten 
 mu§; 77*0?/ who wert ashamed = bu, 
 bie bu 6ef<^dmt toarfl, cber : bu, bic 6e= 
 fctjdmt to a r ; im ^ngtifcfeen b a r f eg aber 
 toebcr l^ei^en : Thou who thou wert a., 
 noc^ : thou who were a. (= Toi qui 
 avais honte ; vous qui aviez honle.) Oh 
 (Cawdor Street), thou ihAl sulliest bright 
 mirrors with ignoble vapours — ! ®anj 
 fo ifi t* auggelaffen: 2. a«of. 6,7.— 
 D. Sur bic ® t e H u n g ber ^jerfonlic^en 
 gurtoortcr getten biefelben 9tegeln, toic bei 
 ben ^au^jttoortern , bie fie eben uertrcten. 
 ®. oben B, 3; fcrner Subject unb Accu- 
 sative, C ; Dative, @, unb Not. 
 
 E. (§rfa§ unfereg unbcfiimm= 
 ten, attgemcinen^Perfonentoors 
 teg man* 2)afiir flel^t: a man, one (a 
 body, a person), men, people (folks), 
 we, you, they — obcr au(^ bag $ aff i» 
 cineg S3crb. (35ie eingefd&toffenen 2Bottcr 
 tocrben fettncr angctocnbet.) 2lber eg 
 ifi fcinegtoegg gteidbguttig , toeld&er biefec 
 elf ftjccialifirenben 5lugbrucfe fiir unfer alt= 
 gemeineg ,,man" gefe|t toerbe; eg ifi »icts 
 me^r fietg ber @inn }u berucfficfetigen, ber 
 in jebem einjelnen Salle grabe in unferem 
 „man" liegt, ganj toic bei „taffcn," 
 f. to Cause. 2(uicrbem ifi genau barauf ju 
 fe^cn, bap bie nat^folgenb en, fic^ 
 auf „ttton" bcjiel^enben SEBorter auc^ 
 mit bem 2lugbrucEe flimmcn, ber fur 
 „m a n" gcfefet ifi ; eg barf j. 35. nic^t nac^ 
 we (itvoai »on one fotgen; „man reurbe 
 ft 6 Iditerltc&mac^en," nic^t: 7i;e should 
 render owe's self ridiculous! (f» 9(lr. 1 
 unten) ; bag l^ie^e an g ber Sonflrucs 
 t i n fallen! J^aujjtfdcljlic^ ifi ju un= 
 terfc^ctben: a.) ob unter „man" etnc 
 einjige 5lJerfon, ober mel^rerc eins 
 J e I n e, ober alleSeute im Slllgemeinen 
 ju ttcrftel^en finb ; 6.) ob man fic^ felbfi 
 mit baju redinet ober nic^t. 3)a= 
 raug ergeben fid) benn folgenbc 9iegetn: 
 1. Sfi nur eine 5Perfon gemeint, fo fon? 
 nen natiirlicft bie ^turalbcgriff e 
 men, people, folks, they nic^t 5SIa^ 
 greifen ; eg blciben alfo no^: one, a man, 
 a body, a person, we unb yow mogti*. 
 7* 
 
100 
 
 Personification. 
 
 Umftdj felBft au8brurf(i(f) mit einju= 
 f c& I i e ^ c It (fid& ber e i n e n ^erfon glei*? 
 jufietten, i^r ficft nitjufc^tie^en), fe^e 
 man one ober ive: foil bagcgcn ber <Sa| 
 atS Slnrebe an einen 3lnbern crfrfjeU 
 nen, fofie^cyow; file baS altgemeine 
 SSerl^dttnt^ cruBrigen bemnacfe a man, a 
 body, a person: j.S. One (obet we) cannot 
 please every one. One cannot always keep 
 one's word (= fein SBort, NB. ni(St 
 his word ; f. Possessive Pronouns, A, I). 
 One would render one's self ridiculous, 
 if one did not conform to new fashions, 
 obet teffer — ba man bie ;^ a u f i g e 2B i c= 
 b e t f e 1^ r »on one gern m e i b c t : We 
 should render ourselves ridiculous, if 
 Ave did not — . You cannot say so. What 
 is a body to say to such doing (= h)a8 
 folt ein SKenfdb gu fold&n- Sluffii^rung 
 fagcn? — familtdr). How could a person 
 do that? May a man ask you only one 
 question? JDa^cr auc^ fur ben Dbjecttt) 
 „@inem, @tnen/' bev bem ©inne 
 nad) ju ,,man" gei^ort: It is our duty to 
 do a man a service. It is not polite to 
 give one a box on the ear. How could 
 he hate one ? It struck you with awe. ~- 
 2. (Sinb mcl^rere einjelnc ?PcrfD = 
 nen unter „man" ju ticrflel^en, fo ent; 
 fljrec^en iuieber owe, a man (body, person) 
 nid)ti unb people, folks, men ftnb ju 
 allgcmein: e8 fcleiben miti^in nur we 
 unb you mit ben itnter 1 fiejcid^neten @in= 
 fd^rdnfungcn , unb fiir ba§ aUgemei = 
 nere aSer^ttnii fagt man au^er they 
 au(J| some people^ some folks (eingc; 
 f(!&rdnft). fVe cannot eat all this cake. 
 You could hardly put any question to 
 him, but you would get from him a satis- 
 factory sort of an answer. When you 
 come home to your own door , home 
 looks cheerless if there is no bright eye 
 to welcome you. Some folks have shown 
 me a bad trick. Second thoughts , they 
 say, are best. — 3. aScbcutct enblic^ 
 ,,man" [o»tet al8 : ,/oieSeute, alle 
 aJienf(Jten, Scbcrmann/' fo flel^t 
 men, people, folks, they unb, faU8 
 man fid) mit einrecfcnet, we. People 
 in adversity should preserve laudable 
 customs. What do they report of me? 
 They speak everywhere wilh great 
 
 regard of you. Men fear to see them- 
 selves as they are. fVe are seldom sa- 
 tisfied wilh what we have. — 4. 3n j c = 
 bem gatte abtx f ann man unfern a c t i » e n 
 @a| in einen t» a f f i » e n umhjanbetn, 
 ttorauSgcfe|t, bag baS 93er6 ein 5Paffi» 
 l^at. 2) ann ifi bie ^erfon ebenfo unbes 
 fiimmt gelaffen, n)ie im 2)., bie ganje S o ns 
 firuction aber hjieberum eine anbere: 
 a.) Ratbag beutf(!^e SSerb ein Object, 
 fo h)irb bieS ba6 ©ubject: SJian jiel^t 
 f^one $ferbe in @nglanb = Fine 
 horses are raised in England ; fo au(!& 
 im 3). : 3n ©ngtanb njerben fc^one $ferbc 
 gejogen. *.) 3fi bag <Subfian ti» buri^ 
 eine -iJJrdlJofition mit bem 93erb ser^ 
 bunben, fo trilt baS © u b fi a n t i » an ben 
 Stnfang, bie *4Jrd))Dfition an ben 
 ©d)tug be« ®a|e8: Wian f))ric&t toom 
 Jlrtege: JVar is spoken o/ (= eS tt)irb 
 »om St. g.). aOBeitere Seif^^iete ju a unb b, 
 bie ft* mit m a n ober aucb )) a f f i b geben 
 laffen : She is not to be spoken to. I am 
 shown two great penitentiaries. In 
 France, wine is mixed wilh water before 
 it is drunk. How is flour made? 93 cs 
 fonberS i^dufig fiel^t bag ^affw in 
 ©d^en, tt30 ttjir „m a n f a g t" ivau(!^en ; 
 J. as. €Kan fagt, ^err N. fei tobt: 
 a.) entttjeber u n )? e r f ij n li d), ttJie im 3).: 
 it is said (reported) that Mr. N. is dead 
 (= they ober people say); ober !iirjer 
 b.) ^erfonlid^, bag ©agcnaufbie 
 ^Jerfon )jaffi» fcejogen, fo bag biefc ba8 
 Subject njirb unb ben 3nfintti» nadi fic^ 
 l^at: Mr. N. is said to be dead (= bem 
 tateinifd)en diciiurunb bergt.)- The chief 
 of the robbers is said to have been 
 arrested. Religious and political socie- 
 ties are said to dwindle into factious 
 clubs. I have been told that the man-of- 
 war is arrived (= man l^at miv gefagt). 
 @. nod) to Say. — The Parsee knight, 
 Sir Jamsetjee Jeejecbpoy (at Bombay), 
 is reported to have given away , within 
 the last ten years , upwards of two 
 hundred and fifty thousand pounds ster- 
 ling to works of permanent utility. — 
 5. ©nbli^ f. noci^ Participle, A, III, 2. 
 
 Pereoniflcatiou, biedtebeftgur, ivtU 
 d^eeine@oc^e ober einen abflcacten 
 
Ph Pluperfect. 
 
 33 e g r t f f ata felfcfifianbige, UUhtt, §an= 
 belnbc ^ c r f o n barjieat ; 5. 33. Use is the 
 tyrant of all languages. J. JBefonbcrS 
 iemerfengtuert^ ift babei ba3 ® e [ c^ t e c£> t, 
 hjelcfoeg bem ^jerfonifictrten 2Borte fceige^ 
 legt ttjirb. 1. JEritt an einem 3)in9c bie 
 ©tdrfe, %f)atlvaft, ober ba3 ©erealtigc, 
 @ d) r c cE li ^ c , 9iau]^e bcfonberS l^erwOr, 
 fo 6etra(^tet man eg al« mdnntic^. 
 2. 2lt8 njeibti^ bagcgcn, ttjenn bie @a* 
 d|e at8 f^toa^, tetbcnb, em)?fangenb, 
 laxt, fcfjon, erjeugenb bargefieUt 
 njerben fott. <Bo ifi j. 93. tAe sun, ber 
 groBe@^>enberbe8fiarfen,burrf|5 
 bring enb en Sic^teS mcinnlirfi ; Me 
 OToon, ba3 fleinere, fein ii^i cms 
 tifangenfte ©eftirn mitberen @(t)ei= 
 neS, irteifelt^ ; fo in attcn 6efanntern (Sjirai 
 (i>cn, bie unfrige auSgenommen ; tAe time, 
 in mdci^tigem gluge a«f 2ltte« ein = 
 ttjirlenb — magculin; the virtue, bie 
 fc^one, Itebtirf^c duell c, ber at= 
 Ui ® ute c n t f J) r i n g t — ttjeibli* ; ebenfo 
 bie 2tUe3 erjeugenbe earth; aud} iaS 
 ©dbiff, the ship, al8 ein tieber ®c= 
 gen^anb ber 9leigung be3 meerbe^err; 
 fc^enbenSnfeCbetool^nerg (fo ifl felbjl man- 
 of-tvar ftjeiblid)). @. btefc 2B6i-ter eins 
 getn. 2Bie earth fiel^t aurf> country unb 
 bie Xiamen ber Sdnber imb S3 6 Her, 
 city unb bie 9famen ber ©tdbtc, aud) 
 church unb bergi* oft weiblid) : England 
 and her navy. — gtiiffc finb fafi immer 
 mdnnli^ ^jerfoniftcirt. (3n Cornwall 
 fagt man aud) : Oh , she is a wonderful 
 mine.) — 3. Jtann nun einc @ac^c au3 
 »erf(^iebcnen ®eficl^t?»unften aufgcfapt 
 toerbcn, fo gefc^ic^t eS aud^ leidtt, baf 
 serf^iebene ©timmung beS ®emiit^eg fie 
 »erf(^ieben — balb mdnnlid) , balb n3etb= 
 \\6) — oerfor^ert. Unb auperbem fann ein 
 fotc^er 33egriff unbenommcn auc^ no^ a(« 
 9teutcr 6etra*tet hjerben! <So ergibt 
 ftc^ bem ©^riftflelter eine fdimudoolle, 
 malerifd)e 2lbn)ed)glung ber 93e(ebt!^ett im 
 2lu«brude , toie fie vool^X fetten eine anberc 
 ©Vrac^e bietet. <So ftnben fid> fott) 0^ I 
 mdnnli^, a 1 8 «) e i b t i d> betradjtet : 
 Heaven, Providence, Genius, Conscience, 
 Heart, Contemplation, Age, Chaos, Com- 
 merce, Contenimenl, Hope, Vice, Ven- 
 geance, Death, War, Ship, Ocean, Sea, 
 
 101 
 
 Autumn, Winter, Summer, Happiness, 
 Tree, Lily, Bird, Eagle, Swan, Owl, 
 Raven , Lark u, a. ; j. S. Heav'n his 
 wonted face renew'd. Now heaven in all 
 her gloiy slione and roiler' ,'i3r motions ; 
 kiSef bi.i, ailili'ob. . And Wai' did glut him- 
 self again. War had s,tored, hfr sul- 
 phi^roas tveasuj'es' <=% bii ,5t«:i'',^^furie). 
 93cipet'', EfiKyroiij ' Provideiice disposes 
 as lY thinks fit (Marryat). 3SieIe anbere ans 
 jiel^enbe 93eift(iete f. in W I u g e t '« ® r a m= 
 m a t i f, aud^ einige bei 5ffi a g n c r, § 266. 
 — B. 2)a nun in ber ^erfonification bie 
 35 i n g e eben aU belebte , geiftige SBefen, 
 als ^^Jcrfonen geltcn, fo ieibet ^ier audi 
 bag !eine Slnttjenbung , ttjoburc^ fonfi ©a= 
 6)txi »on 3IJerfonen unterf^ieben ttjerben: 
 fo ber Unterfdjieb ber 5Pronomen : f. who, 
 which; his, its, Neuler,A; au^Possessive 
 Case, B, 1 ; j. 95. The bear, who was 
 sitting still after his dance — . I had a 
 horse who knew me from any other 
 person and manifested ... when I was 
 on his back, his knowledge that he bore 
 a person superior to the others. The 
 good qualities of Christmas, 7^;^o is quite 
 a country gentleman of the old school. 
 aSergL bie 33eif^iete oben. A, 3 unb Epi- 
 cene, 7. 
 
 Ph, tautet 1. = f : philosophy; — 
 2. n^ie englifd^eS v in nephew; — 3. = p 
 (bag h fiumm) in diphthong, triphthong, 
 naphtha, shepherd. — 4. ph ift flumm in 
 phthisis (= tisis) , apophthegm. — @e= 
 trennt in atten SBortern beutfi^en llrs 
 f^jrungS: uphold, uphill. 
 
 Plc'onasm, ^dufung, Ueberfiitte beS 
 2tu«brucf8, fo bap fe^ter^after aCBeife jttjei* 
 mat JDaffelbe gefagtn)irb ; au^ Tautology 
 genannt; 5. 93. These two soldiers were 
 both equally brave. (S. no(^ Hence , to 
 Have, B, I ; Personal, B, 3 u. Very, A, 4. 
 3ur JRegel genjorben ifi bie J^leonafiifc^c 
 51 n t i c i ^ a t i n , f. b. @benfo fie^t neben 
 old oft no^ at: At six years old Mar- 
 garet Fuller could read Latin (= im 211= 
 ter »on — ). SSergt. bie entgcgengefe^tc 
 3Serfurjung unter Ellipse, B, I, 2. 
 
 Pluper'fcct, bie aSoroergangen^eit, 
 meiji mit I had, feltner mit I was jufoms 
 mengefe^t: f. Neuter, B, II ; I had beeU} 
 
102 
 
 Plural. 
 
 I had come — I was come. @3 bejeic^net 
 eine ^anblutig , bie BereitS uergangcn 
 irar, el^e eine cinbere Begann. ®thxau(ii 
 hj. im 2). 
 
 Plural. UeJtr ben9]tuiat 'jcv Q^troali 
 formen f. Conjugation, Collective, Num- 
 ber, -i^m lia«beln nur mtr t>Dm Plural 
 Number of the Subi^tantive. ,A. ^cc- 
 m cites. I. Slcgelmd^tg bilbcter ficf) 
 burrf) Slnfe^ung eine^ s an ben (Singular : 
 the father — the fathers , a tree — 
 some trees ; a strung series of Zs. — 
 II. ^(eine ort^ogtajjl^ifrfie 2tb = 
 toe id) an gen, bur^igangig dl^nltd) ben 
 unter Conjugation, II, Comparison, A, I, 
 Ordinals, 3, Euphony, D, erwdl^nten. 
 1. 9ia(^ einem 3 i f (^ e r (s, ss, sh, ch, x) 
 St%t man es: glasses, foxes, bushes, 
 churches. Sautet ch afcer tote k, fo fiel^t 
 natiirlid) nut s; aucft l^atte man th nid?t 
 cttoa fitr einen Sifd^I^JUt : monarchs, 
 smiths. @. no* -es. — 2. 5lud) bie mei- 
 ften aCiirtcr auf o itel^men es an: the 
 echoes, cargoes; jcboc^t the volcauos, 
 the dominos ; bie auf to Ijef ommen nur s : 
 the folios, seraglios. — 3. 2)te @nbung 
 fottvfe ijectoanbcit fidj in ves: the beef 
 — the beeves ; the knife — the knives ; 
 (fo and) myself— ourselves). <Dic SDjox: 
 let auf J", if, oof, cber anf ief ne^men 
 nur s an: the buffs, dwarfs , the hoofs ; 
 the chiefs, mischiefs, reliefs, griefs, 
 handkerchiefs; staff aber l^at slaves imb 
 thief: thieves (beutlic^er ^inweiS auf b 
 in <Ztah, 3Dieb, todl^renb hoofs, skiffs, 
 muffs, stuffs, suuffs, cliffs auf urf^rung= 
 JidKS f, pf ober p\> beaten: ^uf, @d)iff, 
 3){uff, ®tcff, ©c^nujjfen, Stlippi; fc aad^ 
 coifs son coiffe (franjof.), cuffia (ital.) ; 
 »gl. Euphony, D, (5. — 4. y na d) einem 
 ©onfonanten toirb ie (alfo tes): a 
 lady: ladies; na(^ einem S3 o cat aber 
 Bl eifct eS: boys, days; »ergt. Compa- 
 rison, A, I, 2. Snbeji fd)rei6t man neben 
 bem regetrndf igen 5PlaraI attorneys, jour- 
 neys , valleys unb monkeys audi altor- 
 nies, journies, vallies unb monkies. — 
 5. SJiandje aa8 fremben @)jrad)en entlel^ntc 
 aOBorter ^aben aa^ i^ren fremben 
 ^Jtaral mit ^eritber gebvo*t: fo axis, 
 axes ; aac^ basis , crisis, ellipsis, em- 
 
 W 
 
 phasis, hypothesis, parenthesis bertoan* 
 beln ba« is im 5PJurnt in es ; sphinx : / 
 sphinges; magus: magi; triumvir : tri-/^ 
 umviri; arcanum: arcana; automalou'' -^ 
 automata ; datum : data ; encomium 
 comia ; phenomenon: phenomena; genus: 
 genera. !Die« finb S at inig men unb 
 tSreciSmen; nadi bem ?5ran jof. '^at 
 mun von monsieur : messieurs; manteaux 
 unb beaux (neben manieaus unb beaus) ; 
 aa8bem3talienifd)en: bandilto : banditti; 
 virtuoso: virtuosi; relievo: relievi ; 
 soprano: soprani. Oft jie^t baneben bie 
 englifd)c ?PIura(form : fo seraphs unb 
 cherubs neben ben ebrdifcfeen seraphim 
 unb cherubim ; mediums neben media 
 »om tatein. medium ; genius bilbet genii 
 i. @. son: ©^u^gei^er, @cnten, aber ge- 
 niuses i. @. »Dn : talentttoUe aWdnner, @e= 
 nieg; bei un8 tritt oud) noc^ in erf^erem 
 ®inne bie latetn., im lectern bie fvanj.iJi a 8= 
 f^rac^c jur SJerfdlieben^eit ber gorm 
 l^inju. — HI. @anj anregelmd^ig 
 bilben fi* folgenbe: 1. child — children; 
 foot — feet ; goose — geese ; louse — 
 lice ; man — men ; mouse — mice ; ox — 
 — oxen ; tooth — teeth ; die i^at ben re= 
 getmdpigen $Iarat dies i. @. son ^mi= 
 fiem^et , bagegen dice i. @. »on SBiirfel. 
 @*ou bie 2le^nlid)feit btcfer SOSorter mit 
 unfever @))rad)e beatet auf i^re 2lbfiam= 
 mung , anb fte l^aben bie alten gormen be8 
 atngetfd^fif^en im $(aral ebenfo betoa^rt, 
 toie bie anter II, 5 angegebenenbieil^rigen* 
 SSergl. Anglosaxon. — Brother u. Penny 
 f. a. i. O. — 2, 3)ic SBorter aaf man 
 ^aben im $laral men, toenn bie eng = 
 lifd^e @:prad|e fetbfi fie gafammen; 
 gefe|t l^at : statesman — statesmen; 
 Frenchman — Frenchmen ; woman — wo- 
 men (f)5rid) wimen). @inb fte aber gteidj 
 fertig, jufammengefe^ t aa8 ans 
 b c r n @)3rad)en gefommen , fo ncl^men fie 
 im ^Plurat s an : a Norman : Normans ; 
 Mussulmans ; Germans. — IV. 3n jUs 
 fammengefe^ten SiCortern befommt ba? 
 @runbtoortba8 3eid)en beS 5^ t u r a \, 
 wdl^renb ba8 33eflimmung8toort uns 
 loerdnbert bleibt: an attorney -ge- 
 neral: the attorneys-general; a son-in- 
 law : two sons-in-law ; a man-of-war : 
 the men-of-war ; a mouse-trap : mouse- 
 
Plural. 
 
 103 
 
 traps ; — spoonsful, boatsful. — V^ U n = 
 toerdnbert 6(ei6cn: 1. bic33 oHer= 
 n am en auf e^e: Chinese,(5^iiufe iinb (Bf)i' 
 nefen ; Genoese, Portuguese, the coslume 
 of the Tyrolese ; fo ai\di Swiss ; Maltese 
 j^at abet Malieses. — 2. @inlge ©ubfians 
 tbe, wtil fte colle ctiw if(^ geba^t 
 werben: fo business, fish, deer, sheep 
 people, fowl, fruit, hair; knowledge, 
 progress, income, strength : — Men kill 
 oxen , sheep , deer and even birds and 
 ^sh. Exactness in accounts or business 
 Fish, Hair, Pair, People f. a. uO. ©o ^at 
 Sutler: tobtlidjc ® efdjo^, 5Pf. 7,14, 
 imb ® e f c^ ci f t , ^ a a r , O b fi bvau(J)en 
 toh a^X[{[6) , icenn aud^ nicf|t nc6cn $Ius 
 raf f r m e n : njeif cS ^aar = iceife ^aarc 
 iinbbergf. —3. 35ie al«@ubfittntttte 
 gebrauc^ten 2lbjecti»e unb bte a(S 
 21 b j e c t i » e gebraut&ten @ ti b fi a n t i » e, 
 93ergt. unten B, 4 unb Adjective, B, fi. 
 2lugnal^men: externals, 2(euierti(^= 
 feilen ; regulars, regutdre 3;ru)Ji3en : pri- 
 vates, ©cineinc; initials, 3tnfang8bu(^= 
 ^aben; innocents, Unf^ulbige; com- 
 mons, bic SllUagSfcft, u. a. (£ie laffen 
 fic6 oXi Plural Nouns betrac&ten, trccrn fo= 
 glelA. — V'l. SGBorrer, bie uberl^amjt cber in 
 eincr gewiffen 33ebcutung b t o f i m $ I u = 
 rat t5orfommen, l^eigen Plural Nouns; 
 mandic ftnb aud) im fDentfcfeen nur fo gc* 
 brdud)ti(f), cinjclne ftnben fi^ au^ , aber 
 feltner, im (Singular; hsie arms. 2Iug 
 il^rcc gro^en 9lnja^{ — glugefg ©ramma^ 
 tif gdl^lt beven 900— gcben tuir nur bic ge- 
 tooi^nlicliflen ; bie curfiD gebrurften f. man 
 nod) a. i. O. unb »ergl. Proper Names, 
 B, 1. — yilms, the Alps, annals, bie3nl^rf 
 budjcr, archives, arms, bieSBaffen, ashes, 
 bie 3lfd>e/ (ash = (5fctK,) the Azores ; — 
 Bellows, billiards, bowels; — Cata- 
 combs; clothes, colours, compasses, 
 consols , coppers , ^utfcrgelb ofcer @es 
 fd)irr, costs, colelets, curds; — Deli- 
 cates, drinkables;— Eatables (»gt. IV, 3), 
 eaves, effects, entrails, environs, espa- 
 liers; — Fetters, finances, folks, forces, 
 3;rui?^3en; furnishings; — Gaitors, gallo- 
 chies, gallows, goods, greens, ©emiiS, 
 gums, gymnastics; — Headquarters; — 
 Incomings, the Indies, intellects, in- 
 trigues = 9ldnfe , italics ; — Letters, 
 
 bie 323 iffeufdniften, lines, SSrief = biefe 
 3eilen, literati, ©ete^rte, lungs (= les 
 poumons) ; — Maculatures, manners, 8e= 
 benSart, mathematics, means, measles, 
 morals; — theJNetherlands, news, nine- 
 pins, nut-crackers; — Oats, odds, 
 orgues , Orget ; — Pains, pantaloons, 
 papers, physics, bie Diaturle^re (bagegen 
 ^ei^t physic, bie SD^ebicin), politics, poste- 
 riors; — Reins, relicts ober reliques; 
 ruins = Jlrummev; — Sands, scissors 
 (= lesciseaux), shelves, 9({ega(, snuffers 
 (= les mouchettes) , spectacles (= les 
 lunettes), stairs, stays, suspendors, 
 synonyma; — Temples, thanks, tongs 
 (= les pincettes) , troops , Irowsers ; — 
 Vacancies = gerien, vapours = ©rtffen, 
 victuals; — Wages, waters cber wells, 
 ber ©efimbbrunncn , whiskers. 3m IU= 
 brigen f. b. SBovterbucft. SQBieman nun, h?o 
 n6tf;tg, ben ©inl^eitSbegriff fotc&er SQSorter 
 augbriirfe, f. Singular, B, 1. 
 
 B. SBefonberer ©ebraud) beg 
 $tJIural. 1. ^ie^er gel&oren jum 3:^eil 
 bic cben befproc^enen Plural nouus. — 
 
 2. 2)cm ttcrttanbt ifi ber gall, njo ber 
 plural noc^ cine anbere Jfiebeutung 
 neben ber beS Singular }i<\X'. water j^ei^t 
 ba« aOBaffer: waters, bie SBaffer, @enjdf= 
 fer, aber aud) ber ©efunbbruiinen ; letter, 
 ber 23ud)fiabe, ber SSrief: letters, bic 
 33ud)ftaben, 33ricfe, aber aud) bic aBiffen; 
 fd)aften; humanity, bic aJicnfdific&fcit ; 
 humanities , bic ©c^ulnjiffcnfdjaften , ^u= 
 maniora ; the iron, bag @ifcn; the irons, 
 bic ©ifcn = geffeln; f. nod> Colour. — 
 
 3. SBie in anbern @vrad)en ifi ti <x\\6) im 
 ©ngUfdjcii gebrduc^lid), » o n f t c^ ober e is 
 ner anbern ^erfon im5)3turat ju 
 f^rcd?en. ©rfiereg ))flegen ?yiirfien gu t^un 
 (and) ec^riftfieUcr , urn in aSefdjeiben^eit 
 SDiejenigcn ni^t ju »ergeffcn, auf bercn 
 ©d)uUern fte f^e^en)« ^ahii fann nun 
 ourself ober aud& ourselves flei^en : We 
 will keep ourself till supper-time alone. 
 Our royal selves. We will ourselves lead 
 forth our daughter of Beaujeu, said the 
 king. We ourself ca.a testify — . Ucber 
 bic 51 n r c b e im 5pturat f. Thou. — 4. JDic 
 ®ubfiantit>e , bie ein aJiaf, ®en)ic&t 
 ober cine 2tnja^t bebcuten, blcibcn im 
 2). mcifl un»erdnbert, im (Jnglifc^en 
 
104 
 
 Positive. 
 
 jDcrben fit 6a tb ijluraliftrt, Balb 
 ni<i^t ( coHcctbifd) ) : fo braze, pair, 
 dozen, score, pound, stone, fathom, foot, 
 ream, quire, last, tun, piece u. a. Eight 
 last of oats ; hundred pound (sterling) ; 
 they allowed him 500 pounds a year; 
 thousand /rtMoOT deep ; down, down with 
 him Miy fathoms deep ; ten stone of soap; 
 he was near six feet. These engines are 
 eight hundred horse power. A little 
 VfiQ-horse engine, ©o im ©djerjc : There 
 was the strong arm of the law coming 
 down with twenty gold-beater force. 
 Hysterics of four young lady power. 
 3)a^ct erUart iic& auc^ Foot unb Horse, f. b, 
 @te^en fotcfte ober auc^ anberc ©uftfiantbe 
 mit einct 3 a § t jufammen alS a b j e c t i = 
 » i f c& e aSefiimmung »or einem @u6ftanti», 
 fo;; bleifeen fic fictg unt>eranbert: two 
 four-tcheel carriages ; a two hundred 
 pound note , the ten thousand pound 
 prize, a two foot rule. @ben[c : my hair- 
 breadth escapes. SSgt. oUn, A, V, 3 unb 
 Substantive , C. — 5. aDBtrD auggefagt, 
 bap m e ]^ r e r e 5l?erfoncn dtwaS b e f i ^ e n, 
 fo fte^t bie Sefeffenc © a (J> c im 5? I u r a (, 
 wenn fic jebev 5Per[on einjein jufommt 
 (Sebein gteic^fam ein (SremiJiar) ; ift ti 
 abtx eine ©ac^e, bie mir ein mat »ors 
 !^anben ifl, bie atte nut einmat, gc 
 meinfc^aftU* Scftlen, fo ftc^t fie im 
 ©ingutar. My dear parents make my 
 happiness the whole study of their lives. 
 My poor mother's and father's deaths. 
 You have done me many kindnesses. 
 He was sincere and affectioned in his 
 friendships (=gcgen f e i n c g r e u n b e; e8 
 fc^immert ba8 Concrete bitr^ ba3 5lbfivac= 
 turn Ijinburcf)). The gross understand- 
 ings of the Hellenes. They drank to our 
 healths. We had filled our stomachs. 
 The appetites of the consumers, ©o un= 
 terfrf)elbe : We returned to our home = 
 in unferc (gemeinf*aftri(^c) ^eimat. We 
 returned to our homes = in unfre Ǥ e i s 
 maten {3frf>ocfe), jeber in feinen feetreffen; 
 ben ^eimata o r t. ©o auct) narf) (5 o 1 1 e c = 
 tivcn: The family still resolve to hold 
 up their heads. Mankind wanders, un- 
 knowing his roay. The council were 
 divided in their sentiments. The gather- 
 ing (of the gypsies) was broken up, each 
 
 gang taking their own way (= gemeins 
 fct)aftri(^en aCeg). 9Jergt. Collective, 2, 
 unb Possessive Case, A, 5. — 6. iX)er 
 5P(urat bient ferncr, m e 1^ r c r e einjetne 
 ©ingttlare jufammen jufaffen, 
 alfo jur ©a^»erfiirjung. Slnfiatt ndmlirf> 
 ein ©ubfiantito, bag ju mel&rern 2tbj,ecti»en 
 gcl^ort, Bei jebem ju njieber^oten, fegtman 
 eS nur Winter baS U%tt , unb jiDar — weit 
 e« me^rfac^ ju benf en ifi — in ben 
 gplurat: The thirty -sixth and thirty- 
 eighth chapters of Exodus. The Latin 
 is the basis of the French, Spanish, and 
 Portuguese languages. i?ann jeboc^ einc 
 3i»cibeutigfeit entftel^en, fo »ermei= 
 bet man biefe 3itfammenjte^ung unb fcfet 
 bann entttjeber baS ^au))ttt3ort im©in5 
 gular julefet, ober gleirf? gum erfien 
 5tbj;ecti», irci^renb eS bei atten iiSrigen 
 buret) one aertteten n^irb (f. One, B), unb 
 — bie •& a u i) t f a * e — in feeiben SaUen 
 toirb ber 5lrtitet ic iebcrl^ott, um 
 eben bie serfc^iebcnen JDinge ni^t in 
 einS jufammenfUepcn ju laffen (f. 
 J, an, D, 3). The big and little ele- 
 phants tonnte l^ei^en : bie gropen unb bie 
 !(einen ©♦; l^at man aber nur ein en 
 grof en unb ein en fleinen ©. gefel^en, fo 
 fagt man : 1 saw the big and the little 
 elephant, ober: I saw the big elephant 
 and the little one. — 7. 2lbflracta unb 
 ©toffnamen fie^en, wic im JD., gc= 
 iwo^nlirf) nur im ©ingular, fo courage, 
 humanity,— wood, milk; ijfterJjebocb and) 
 im plural, sorjiiglic^ tt?enn bie ser; 
 fd)iebcnen ©injelarten eineS foi^en 
 SSegriffg l^ercorgel^oben tuerbeu fotten. ®o 
 mischiefs, UngJiicfgfdae; griefs, 33efum= 
 merniffe ; wools, silks. The intolerable 
 heats. He found the snows so deep that — . 
 I would have died a thousand deaths 
 rather — . The lives of those heroes 
 were not happy (ttergl. oben 3). Ste^n^ 
 ti*c? ftnbet ft^ in ber beutfc^en Jlauf* 
 manngfprarfie, oft auct> in ben Siatur^ 
 njiffenf^aften. — 5tuferbem f. no^ Pro- 
 per Names. 
 
 Pos'ltiTC. 1. Positive Degree l^cigt 
 bie (Srunbform eine? 2lbjecti» , im 
 (gtgenfa^e ju Comparative unb Superla- 
 tive; ju best, happier finb alfo bie jpofi* 
 
 J 
 
 t^eTryy, if.f*M^/f. 
 
Possessive Case. 
 
 105 
 
 ti»e good, happy. — 2. (Jin ^ o f i t i » c r 
 © a§ ifi fottift aU etn affiimatber, f, b. 
 
 Posses'siTe Case , au^ Saxon Ge- 
 nitive gcnannt. J. S o r m unb @ t e I = 
 lung. 1. 2Kan Jjejeicftnet i^n buret) em 
 bem aCorte angc^angtca V (^B- n i c^ t nut 
 s !): the man's, beS QJianneS ; the Lord's 
 Supper. 2)ie8 mag urftjriingtic!^ au8 Ais 
 entfianben fcin, toaS »utgdr*) no* jegt 
 gcbrau^tttJtrb, fru^er auit) in ber®(^rift. 
 @o: The Pope qualifies himseU Christ his 
 vicar, jtatt Christ's vicar. — 9lod) bei L. 
 Byron : „Dark. Muchlar his son to the 
 Danube is sped." Unb bei ©cott : This ye 
 may read in Colonel Munro his expedi- 
 tion. 2luc& im neueftcn, XIII. iBanbe ber 
 Household Words (@. 312) : Read good 
 Dr. Borlase his History of Cornwall. 
 gSgt. Abuse. — 2. (5r fie^t jlet? o o r bem 
 @ufcjianti» , ba8 il^u regtert : the man's 
 horse ; my daughter's friend ; those 
 men's children; Jullien's Polkas. — 3t3u= 
 weiten tt)trb er jtuifc^en ein ^Pronomen unb 
 beffen @ubfiantt» eingefd^loffen: ^U Doc- 
 tor Burdock's little pieces. All Mr. Tup- 
 man's earnest entreaties. — 4. (5nbet ein 
 2Bort (im (Singular Dber ^Ptural) auf 
 cinen 3 i f c^ e r , fo \t%t man nur einen 
 2l)5ofiro))]^ baran : Charles' hat. My 
 brothers' graves. Marks like flies' feet. 
 5Kt*t fetten jiel^t jebod^ '* aucfe na* 
 einem 3if^er, aber nur bei @ingu = 
 larformen: Strauss''s and Lanner's 
 Waltzes; at St. James's; Mr. Perkins's 
 profession ; bann tefe man ben 5{pofiroi)]& 
 njic e (In roses), j» 23. : 
 
 Hard by, where turn'd apart the road 
 To Douglas''s obscure abode — . 
 
 3m jpiurat bagegcn taf t man nad) einem 
 3if(6er ijfter§ fogar no* ben 5ljjoftrop]^ 
 tteg : One of your tenants sons. After 
 two hours walk (f. unten B, 4). — 5. @inb 
 mel^rerc fol^e ©enitiwe »on e in em ©ubs 
 flantio ab^dngig , fo fe^t man ba8 's nur 
 an ben le^ten, njenn ber a3eft| ein ge = 
 mctufdjaftUcfcer ifl, — an jebeS 
 
 Charles and William's rooms (=ge = 
 metnf(f)aftnrf)e 3immer). John's, 
 Charles', and William's rooms = bie 
 3immer Solon's , bie itarl'S unb bie 2fii(= 
 l^elm'g. — 6. ©te^t bei bem ©ubfiantie 
 eine Sljjpofitiott ober eine anbere Ses 
 jlimmung, fo befommt biefe, unbnid)t 
 ba3 ©ubfiantit) bag 3ei*en be8 $offeffio: 
 Prince Adolphus Duke of Cambridge''s 
 Palace. The queen of England's children. 
 My father-in-law's will. There is John 
 the footman's coat. My Lord Bishop's 
 spatterdashes. @. bie tefeten beiben ®a^c 
 unter Abbreviation, II, 1. 3fl ber S3ei« 
 fa§ jebo* gar gu lang , fo fe^t man He= 
 ber of , ober l^angt baS V bem erfien 
 ©ubflanttB an , fobalb bie? ein $erfonen; 
 name ifl: The army of Charles John, 
 King of Sweden and Norway. These 
 psalms are David's^ the king, priest and 
 prophet of the Jewish people, ©elten 
 ftnbct man ben ^offeffio na* beutfrtjer 
 2lrt j tt) e i m a I bejei^net: A spaniel 
 which had been Don Jose''s, his father''s 
 (Byron). You proceeded to my father''s, 
 Copeland's (fagt ein fl e U e r bei Dickens). 
 93gl. 1. @am. 23, 17* — ^. ® e b r a u c^ 
 be6 5[Joffcffi». 1, ©cfjon fein 9]amc 
 beutet an, bap er einen ^efi^er be= 
 jeicfcne. JDa^er fie^t bei tebtofen 5)in= 
 gen biefe Sorm in ber Steget nt(^t (jeborf) 
 in 3ufammenfe^ungen : a pin's head , a 
 pin's point ; f. Composition, A, 1, 1) ; ^du= 
 fig aber bei abftracten 93egriffen, fo* 
 batb fie yerfonificirt erfcfjeinen: And 
 FreedomPs fame finds wings on every 
 wind. What was the pity''s recom- 
 pense? — The moral's truth. Pleasure's 
 hand. \vl my youth'' s sxxmvatv. An Earth- 
 quake's Spoil. ©. nod) Active, E. — 
 2. @tatt son einem tt)irHi({|en ©ubjlantic 
 fann er aucft » o n einem a c t i o c n 5)3 a r = 
 tici^j ab ;^dngen:f. Participle, A, III, 
 1. — 3. 2Benn er fiir unfern !5)atio jlel^e, 
 f. to Be^ A, 2; «gt. ba3 Statienifcfec unb f. 
 jpf. 94, 1 ; 3. SKof. 6, 5; 7, 7 ; SJiatt^. 
 22, 21 ; L ©am. 9, 20 : au(^ ^t^tm. 5, 5 
 (bei merben). ©o audi : „2Bir teb en 
 ein 5 eine aber, ttenn Seber fiir fic^ bie junb fterben beS .§errn." — 4. gcrnerfiel^t 
 @a*e befl^t (»gt. Plural, B,5): John, jer bei aSefiimmung ber 3ett, beS 9lau = 
 
 *) 3(1> erinnere an bie bcru^mte 3nf(^ttft in ben fpiefwirfiern : „Bill. Stumps. His. Mark," 
 
106 
 
 Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 me8, fDU^eS, ^ttt^cS, ® troi^f 
 teS: la less than five minutes' time; a 
 two-year's imaginative task; half-au- 
 hour's bombardment ; one mile's distance; 
 at a minute's warning ; a ten-hour's bill ; 
 we hold them at arm's length. llefctigenS 
 f. noc^ Genitive. — 5. 2Bo er in ter 
 3f{cget nic^t gcbrau^t ttjerbe , f. 
 Of , 2. — C. 2) a 8 r e g i e r e n b e 
 ^au))tn)ort Blcibt oft njeg: 
 
 1. 2Co e8 aw« bem 33or]^evge^enben iric= 
 itxt^oU tverben fofltc : My garden is 
 greater than my neighbour's. @. ben 1. 
 @a§ untev For, 3. 93ergr. ^ic6, 7, 1; 
 
 2. SDfiof, 14, 5. ©ott baS ®ubfianti» bur* 
 ein^Jronomen vcvtrctcn it>erben , bann 
 fiel^t of ftatt be? $offeffi« : My garden is 
 greater than that of ray neighbour, — 
 
 2. 2le]^ntt(f| Bei ben ^dKen beS >& e r a u 8 = 
 l^ebcnS, irie fie unter Of, 4 angegcBen 
 finb : A horse of the general's (viz. 
 horses). A manuscript of the old clergy- 
 man's. The species is a plausible in- 
 vention of Pennant'' s (viz. inventions). 
 SDIan meinc ja nicftt, ba^ biefer $cffe[fit> 
 »on of ab^dnge! SJon of l^ctngt »ielme^t 
 ba8 im *phirat ju crgdnjenbe SCBort 
 ab, tinb biefeS regiert ben 5|Jcffeffitt. — 
 
 3. aCenn e6 cine fid) »Dn fel6|l »erftc^enbe 
 DrtSb ejci^nung ifi, toie house, 
 palace, church, shop (e i g e n t li d) e @ 1= 
 li p f e), befonberS nad) $rdjjofitionen : We 
 were at my uncle's ( — house)", not a 
 Brown's ( — coffeehouse). I left the wi- 
 dow's ( — shop). My friend proposed a 
 visit to Frascati's ; but .... I knew 
 Frascati's , as the French saying is, by 
 heart (ergdnjc gambling house). He went 
 to Copeland's (— fabric). I found him at 
 the bookseller's ( — shop). She goes to 
 St. John's (—church). (So l^ei^t fogarbic 
 UeSerfdirift einer ©rjdl^lung bei Boz: 
 „Monsieur Gogo's," unb man l^at, njie 
 ber Bufammenl^ang fpdter geigt , Pension 
 ju crgdnjen. 
 
 Posses'sive Pronouns. J. ?5or = 
 mtUti. ® ie jerfaUen in jttjei (Slaffen : 
 aerbunbene, b. 1^. fold^e , bie abjiecti= 
 »ifc6 belm <§au)jtn3orte ftel&en , unb uns 
 \) e V b u n b e n e , bie felbfiftdnbig, felbft al8 
 ®ubfiantitt fiel^en. I.aSerbunbene {con- 
 
 junctive possessive pronouns). ^Ht bie 
 crfie SPerfon my, unb (bei mel^rern 
 23eft§ern) our; fiir bie gttjeite thy unb 
 your ; fiir bie britte : her, his, its, one's unb 
 theirs: ndmlid) his, fein, son einem 
 33efi^er; her, i^t, »on einer 93 e = 
 fi^erin; its, fein, i^r, toon einem 
 Dieuter; one^s, fein, (il^r) toon einer unbes 
 fiimmten IJJerfon (one) ; theirs son m e 5 = 
 rem Sefigern ober aSefi^erinnen o^m VLn- 
 terfc^ieb* 5)emnad) : the man and his 
 wife; the woman and her child; the 
 bird made iV* nest. The 6e// rang, and 
 its sound was borne towards us. Every 
 thitig finds its level. It was almost im- 
 possible to keep OMc's fooling, ^axx §at 
 atfo 5 2(u8brucfe fiir nnfer i ^ r ju unter= 
 fd)eiben: 1. <Da3 ^serfonlic^e i^r: you 
 (= (Sic, S)u). — 2. 3){ebefi^anjei = 
 gen ben i^r: her, its, their unb 3^r = 
 your. (Sbenfo fd)eibet fid) : b e r i 1^ r i g c 
 in hers, its, theirs nnb yours (= bet 
 Sl^rigc). ®. nodb Epicene, 7, Personi- 
 fication, B, u. Personal, E, 1.— II. Un = 
 »erbunbenc ( distinctive possessive 
 pronouns). <£ie l^abcn im 2). ben 21 r^ 
 t i f e t »or fi*, im (Sngt. n i d) t. 1. ^tx\.x 
 mine , ber , bie , baS meinige , ours, ber, 
 bie, bag mifrige ; 2. 5Perf.: thine — yours ; 
 3. 5Pcrf. : his, bag fcinigc, hers, baS 
 il^rlge, its, baS feinige, bag il^rigc ; theirs, 
 bag itjrigc. llnterfd)icb njie oben. — 2tUe 
 bicfc Sormen (I unb II) fmb unt>erdnberi 
 licft ; bie Safug bejeid)nct man burd) of 
 unb to. — B. ® e bra neb- I. Die tiers 
 bunbenen brauc^t man genjol^nlid^ axi^ 
 ba , njD i. 2). ber biofie Sirtifet jurei<6t, 
 ttjeil fic^ ber ©efife sen fetbft serfie^t : He 
 put his pipe into his pocket. She fell on 
 her head. I have cut 7ny finger (= i(^ 
 \:io,U m i d? in ben %. — ). I beg your par- 
 don, id) bittc ©ie urn a^erjei^ung. 
 He plunged in to her relief (=z umfie 
 ju retten, i^r ju ^iitfe). SSgl. %\. 78, 8 ; 
 Serem. 27 , 2. 9^ur augna^mgmeife flel^t 
 aucft im ©ngt. ber bloge Qlrtitet, ttjenn «in 
 bepimmenber Objecti» toor^ergel^t: He 
 held me by the hand. Fleta looked us 
 both in the face. SJergl. Reflective, II, 
 B , 2. — 2. Defter a(g t. 3). ne^men fic 
 oivn jur aSerfldrfung ju ftc&. @o fc^meis 
 6^i\t ein Jlinb feiner aiiuttec : That is my 
 
Potential Mood - 
 
 own kind mamma! SSergt. no(i^ iinten' 
 II, 1. — 3. Ueter i^rc aSerbtnbxtng mit 
 bempnfiratben $ronoutt3 f. Of, 4, a, @. 
 
 — 4. ®tc Srauctien nic^t ivicber l^ott 
 ju tterben , iro fie jit nie|)rcni ®ubfian= 
 twenge^oren, auggcnoinmcn beg groBci^n 
 Sfiadibrucfg ivegen: Her mother, brothers 
 and nephews. She deserves our love 
 and our estime. @. nod) Partitive, 5. — 
 II. 2)ie unsertunbenen fte^en ganj 
 fo, n)te t. 3), 1* ©tatt unferer »erf)un? 
 ben en tnuffen fte ftef^en, tnenii bicfe 
 nic&tbeim^aiH)tn)orte, fonbern alS 
 ^rdbicat 6cl fein fieljen, iuie: 2)le8)i8ud) 
 ifi me in (euer, unfer u. u f.): This 
 book is mine, yours, hers, ours — . 3)ie 
 gormen mine unb thine beuten an, bap eS 
 auc& i. 2). eigenttic^ nicf)t btc »crSiin = 
 ben en, fonbern bie a(ten , Bom ®entti» 
 ber ))erf6nltd)cn ^Jronomen {n?ie: ,,®e = 
 b e n ! c m e i n ! ) abgeleiteten (rcie ii^oi 
 »on ifwv)^ artifeltofen Sormen ber uns 
 BcrBunbenen gueignenben giirftorter 
 fmb. JDal^er fagt man and) , befonberS in 
 neuefter S)t'xt'. bie QJieinen, er unb bie 
 ©einen, flatt Q)ieinigen, <2einigen u. f. 
 XV). 3n»erttrte« a3eif)5iel : iMine be a cottage 
 in the vale. -Winter to be f^e^en bafiir 
 oft bie cerbunbenen, aber burct» own 
 »erjicirFten : Whose is this purse? It is 
 my own. (S. audjnod) Of, 4, unb Every. 
 
 — 2. 3m l^ij^ern @ti)fe fiel^en mine unb 
 thine man^mal, in ®ebi(ftten fiet^ vor 
 SSocaten (SBol^UautS unb Sflac^brucfS ^at^ 
 ber) flatt my unb thy; Mine absent guests. 
 A bee-hive's hum shall soothe mine ear. 
 With thine eye. Thine own heart. 
 Know'st thou not thine and our Sover- 
 eign? 93ergt. None. — C. ©tcttung: 
 ganjber5)eutfc^en gteidi. 3)ieBerbunbencn 
 ober tretcn, fo wie bie 2lrtitel unb bie 5)e= 
 monfiraticg , ]^ i n t e r half, both, all 
 f. b. — D. ac eggetaf f en iuerben fie 
 in ber Umganggfjjra^e bei ber 28ejei(f)nung 
 »on aSerttjanbten (tt)ie in mand)en @e= 
 genbcn!Deutfd)(anbg: ©ater ifi nic^t ju 
 4?aufe, er ifi mit aJiut tern auSgegangen 
 
 — ganj tuieSigennamen): Look, this 
 is brother Jack. Uncle is not sick. I 
 have not quarrelled with sister. %u6^ in 
 aboerbialen 9teben8arten, trie at will, 
 XxKxi jc na(J| bem Sufammenl^ange l^ei^t : 
 
 Preposition. 
 
 107 
 
 narf) meinem, beinem, fcincm, 
 unfermu.f.f. aBilten, gleirfj un= 
 ferem: nad) SSetieben, ad libitum, 
 franjof. aber : a mon gre , a son gre , \ 
 votre gr6 (= at yowr pleasure). 
 
 Poteutial Mood, f. Conditional, @. 
 
 Predicate, bag ^Jrabicat, (.Adjec- 
 tive, B, 1 unb 4. 
 
 Preposit'ion , 93erl^artni§n)prt. J. 
 Qlrten. 1. (Jinfadje ?Crd)?Dfitipnen 
 finb J. 33. at, by, in, to, for, of, after. — 
 
 2. 2lu8 9Ib»erbien (ober abwerbialts 
 fd^en JRebengarten) unb eincr ^rd^jofitiott 
 finb J u f a m m e n g e f c $ t : out of, 
 throughout, without, within, because 
 of, instead of, up to , according to. — 
 
 3. !Dopt)e(t>rdi3ofitionen ju au8= 
 briicftidKrer SSejeici^nung gibt eg Ujenige : 
 f. From unb t>ergt. im Sranjof. de chez 
 moi, rfe;yflrlaloi, d'aprSs , d'avec unb 
 bergl. , au(& unfer ,,von . . . Vregen:" !♦ 
 ®am. 25, 5 unb 9; ^f. 7 , 1. Sine d^n? 
 lic&e Siiflc beg Slugbrudg f. unter Hence. 
 (Sin anbercr gatt aber ifl ber unten 
 (F, 2) erwd^ntc: f. bie Ic^ten Sd^e bort. 
 35ag @d)tt5ierigfle im ®cbraud>eber 
 *Prd^3ofitionen ifi nidn i^r 9{cgimen, nid)t 
 il^re (Sonfiruction, ©teUnng, 2Bieberl^oIung 
 ober 5Iuglaffung — bariiber f. B big F — 
 fonbern eben il&r @e branch, b. ^. bie 
 rid)tigc SB a 1^1 ber $rd))Dritioneu am 
 jcbegmatigcn Orte. 3)iefe ccrrecte 2lntt)ens 
 bung aber ifi — bei ber fo nal^en ®innc«s 
 »ertt)anbtfd)aft manner — fo tt>enig teieftt, 
 ba§ fetbfi ©ngldnber unb englifdte (Sd)rift= 
 fietter l^ierin gefc^tt l^aben (f. Fliigel's unb 
 Wagner's ©rammatif am @nbe beg 2lbs 
 fdtnitteg fiber btc $rd)3ofxtiDnen). ^ier 
 foUten nun f(^Ied)terbingg bie 2B o r t er = 
 b u * e r eine anf ben anerfannt guten ®es 
 braud> gcgrunbete 2lnleitung gcben, no= 
 mcntlid^ iiberatt fagen, rreldie SPrdvofition 
 nac^ einem SSerb, @ubflanti» ober Slbuerb 
 fotge ; fe^r oiet, aber bei bem befc^rdnften 
 9iaumenatiirnd)uid)t immer genug, bictet 
 bag (fteinerc) 3}ra!tif(%e SBorters 
 bu(^ won Dr. J. G. Fliigel, Hamburg, 
 1847. 2Ber mel^r tterlangt , bem gibt 
 2Inti)eifung unb ja^lreid)e iBeif^siete ein 
 2Berf , bag ft<^ »orjiigUd) ^ i e m i t be* 
 
108 
 
 Preposition. 
 
 f^aftigt ; Melford , cnglifd) = betitfdjeg 
 ^jl^rafeologif c^ eg ^anbnjortcr? 
 6u(i& u. f. h). Set^jtg, 1852. Uebrtgene f. 
 mon noc^ iaS (Snbe unfcreS QtrtifelS : Ad- 
 jective. — B. 3ebe ^Jrd)?of. regiert 
 ben 2lccufatt»; f. biefen, B, I, 3 unb 
 Declension, III. — C, ® e S r a u eft: tu. i. 
 2). 1. Dft flel^en aitt m c 1^ r c r e 5^rd)5ori= 
 tionen Bor einem ©uBfiantb: In, and 
 wit/t our country. He walked up to and 
 returned ivith the master of the ce- 
 remonies. Feeling for, or wi(/i them. 
 Some demand on her charily interfered 
 with, and drew from, the pious savings. 
 I had formed so high an opinion of and 
 so strong an attachment to her. 3)aS gi6t, 
 jDcnn aud> nicftt ftets einc fdjone, fo bocft 
 eine furje Sonjiruction. @ie finbet fid) 
 6ei ben befien unb mobernfien ©(ftriftfiets 
 lern, mogen fie au(i) bie ©rammatifer 
 tabctn. 3m !D. ifi fie, obfcfton ganj tabets 
 log, fc^on beSttjegen fcltner, \vcx\ imfre 
 aScrl^altni^morter nic^t, ttiie bie (Sngli' 
 f(i^en , alle b c n f e 1 6 e n (5afu3 regieren ; 
 f : @3 »arb fur unb tttber ben 33ors 
 fc^kg gefprocften. 91 e ben ober in bcm 
 ^aufe* 93ilber m i t unb o 1^ n e dia1)men ; 
 iinb bergUc <S. aud) Accusative, B, I, 3. 
 (§g ifi eine Sont faction ober eine 
 @ni5pfc, bieganjal^nticft aud> bei 
 bem 3ufammentreffcn jreeier @onj;unc = 
 tionen »oif ommt : They are as bad as, 
 e\eu worse than , the fair. They glow 
 like creatures of the mine , with a rich 
 gnome-like splendour, more mysterious 
 than, if not so exquisitely lovely as, the 
 "flying flower." (a3etbe(S(S^ebei Dickens.) 
 aJlan beacfttc |iier, njie in obigen @d^en, 
 bie Singerjeige ber 6 o m m a. — 2. a3e= 
 fanntlicft bienen o/unb to ju Sejetd^nung 
 ber eafu6»er^dttniffe. ®c^r oft mup abcr 
 an(f) eine anber e $rdpofition eintreten, 
 no X. JD. ein bto^er SafuS :^inreicftt : He 
 settled this sum on his daughter (= fe^te 
 fic feiner 3;. auS); f. Dative, (5, — 
 3. Umgefe^it mu^ niand|mat i. 2). eine 
 ^rd^ofuion jiel&en, wo i. (5. feine ifi: 
 f» Accusative, B, 2 unb Nominative. — 
 i. UnfremitJJJrd^ofitionen jufam- 
 mengcfefet en 21b»erbien: babei, 
 bamit, boran, barein, barin, 
 barau8, bajn, bajtoifc^en, ba* 
 
 ranf, baruber, barum, ba»on, 
 ba»or, b a bur (ft, bal^inter, bafiir, 
 bagegen; itomit, ttjoneben, ttjo? 
 ran, njofiir;l^iemit, l^inein u.bgt., 
 au^ be8|iatb, begwegen miiffen im 
 (5. oft bur^ eine $rd^5ofition unb ein 
 ^ronomen aufgetdjl werben; fiir 
 ,,ba" tritt bag 5)emonftratit> this (ober 
 and) it) ein, fiir „» o" bag 9ietati» which 
 (f. This, 3; It, B, 2; Which, A, 3): 
 worin = in which; baruber = at it, at this; 
 «)oriiber, at which. 3nbe§ l^at aud) bag 
 @ngl. mand)e foId)e ^rdjjofitionalabvers 
 bien mit here, there, where, bie aber n)ie= 
 ber nid)t atle son jebem ©rammatifer 
 gelobt njecben njoHen : ihere-of, here- 
 by , where - by , there - by ; where- 
 at he grew angry. Where - fore is 
 he come? The ground where -upon I 
 stand is wet. Here -in he is in the 
 right. — 5. $rdj)ofitionen ttjerben oft 
 aucft JU (5 n i u n c t i n c n : fo after, 
 before. Jfter the dance had continued 
 an hour. Before they could proceed. — 
 D. aOBieberl^otung einer $rd^3ofition, 
 bie ^u mei^rern SGBortern gel^ort , ifi nicftt 
 notl^ig : Nothing could make us angry 
 with the world or each other^ It de- 
 pends not on circumstance but consti- 
 tution. I destroyed her not with 
 
 my hand, but heart. 93erg(. Apposition, 
 11. — E. (SUiJjfe ber 518rdi)ofi = 
 tion: nid)t ebenl&dufig; f. Of, For, At, 
 From, To unb Ellipse, B, 1, 10; unb »gl. 
 A, an, C, I, a, 1; u. Accusative, B, 1, 1, a, 
 unb British , ©. — F. ® t a n b ber 
 3Prd:|3 ofitionen. 1. 3n ber JRcgel 
 b i d) t » r iferem 2lccufati» : I went with 
 my brother. According to its command- 
 ments , i^ren ©eboten g e m d ^ ; be- 
 cause of you = Sl^ret tt) e g e n. — 2. 3)ann 
 njerben fie ofterg aucft burcft eingefifto = 
 bene2lb»erbicn ob^Stboerbialien 
 »on i^rem 2lccufati» getrennt : »gt. Con- 
 junction, 1 ; — Ai precisely that age ; in 
 directly an opposite light ; in about a 
 fortnight (= in timcx Bierjel^n flagen); 
 in, she told her Somersetshire friends., 
 the south of France (Boz). At various 
 depths, of from five to thirty feet. We 
 would get through a stage oZ/rom fifleca 
 to twenty miles (einc ©tierfe »on ber 
 
Present Tense — 
 
 Scingc »on 15—20 a)Jciten). A duration 
 of from fonr to five hours. After a 
 f^ambler's life of between three and 
 four years. A population of from four 
 thousand to five thousand. I shook hands 
 and parted with , next to you , the best 
 friend that I ever had. 2Ie^ntic^ aucf): It 
 tastes of I know not what, h). i. 3). SJgl,: 
 II parlait de je ne sais quoi. ^el^nlid) 
 finbet ftcfe bic unbeutf i^c SSecbinbungt 
 iDiefe SSoget nci^rcn ft(^ »Dn im^erbfie 
 reifcnben SSeeren, — 3. ©ie treten iweit 
 i^inter tl^ren SlccufatiB, icenn bie^ 
 fer an bie © )) i ^ e bcS ®a^eg tritt (3n»er= 
 non); bann tritt bie^Prd^jofttion l^inter ba8 
 SBort, t>on bem fie abl^angig ij!: j411 these 
 Mr. Turps will supply at per dozen. A 
 gentleman whom he had not the pleasure 
 of an intimate acquaintance wi/A. 3eboc^ 
 ixitt fie aud) bann oft »cr il^rcn 3lccufat[» ; 
 am l^aufigften getrennt tvirb fie »on 
 telatt»e« unb interro gati»cn 
 ^Jronomen: What new conquest are 
 you now aiming at? <B. nocEj ben Ic^ten 
 ®a^ unter bem pronoun that unb »ergl. 
 Sutl^er, ber befonberS bte mtt5)3ra»ofxtionen 
 jufammengefe^ten Slbiserbien fo ttennt (f. 
 oben C, 4) : „bafetbft macfct er etnen 
 Oott son; ferner @irac& 25, 31 ; 4, 14 ; 
 ep^«6,8unb7, 8; ^Sf. 74 , 2 ; 142, 4 ; 
 1. 3«of. 17 , 8 ; 26, 21 ; 42, 38 ; 2. 3«of. 
 12,5.27; 26,35, — 2. 3) i d) t Winter 
 il^rem 5lccufntitt flel^en fte nur felten (im 
 erfiabenen ©tS?le) : all price beyond. But 
 these betweefi a silver streamlet glides. 
 (aSte i. 5). „iBegen, l^alben, njitten, ges 
 md^ unb bcrgl., f. oben F, 1.) 
 
 Present Tense. Ueber ba8 govmetle 
 f. Conjugation. — 3JJan braud)t ei meift 
 n)ie i, 3). 1. ©el^r l^aufig fie^t e§ aud^ 
 aiS ergdl^tenbe 3cit, anfiatt beS 3 m = 
 perfects, urn eine ^anblung lebl^after 
 »Dr 5tugen ju ftellen. Unb bag ijl f e t n c 8 = 
 njcgg setaltet, tote einige ©vammas 
 tifer fagen , fonbern ftnbet fl^ bet ben mos 
 bernften 5lutoren feitenlang l^interetnanbev. 
 — 2. Werner braudjt man eS oft fiatt be3 
 gutuvg, trenn man ettoaS 23 e a b [ i cfe t i g = 
 t e 8 al8 g e » i f bejeid^nen toitt t I depart 
 to-morrow. ®o befonberS na^ when, 
 as, after unb bergt. , iwo baS gutuv fc^on 
 
 Pronunciation. 
 
 109 
 
 Borl^ergel^t : He will hear the news , be- 
 fore he arrives (ober as soon as he a.). 
 @. Future, B, 3. — ^Kidjt tmmer 
 aber fann im @ngltf<i^en ba8 $rdfenS 
 fl e l^ e n, JDo e8 im 55eutfd)en fiel^t : 3. @o 
 bei STngabe elner bauernben "^anb; 
 t u n g ; i^ter bcnfcn vo'xx an ben g e g c n = 
 todrtigen 2[ugenbtid ber nod& forttodl^= 
 renben »5anblung , ber ©ngldnber aber an 
 ben »ergangenen 2lnfang berfel= 
 ben ; er fefet balder baS perfect fiir unfer 
 $rdfen8 : 3d> » o 1^ n e 20 Sa^re in biefem 
 ^aufc = I have lived twenty years in this 
 house. His father has been dead these 
 nine years (= ifi tobt). He lived in a 
 floui'ishing condition upon the estate left 
 him by his wife's father who had been 
 dead some years. I have been here these 
 six months (id^ bin nun feit— ). 4. 2lu= 
 lierbem fie^t oft fiir nnfet e in fa d^ eg 
 5Prdfen8 bag ))eri^l^rafiifdte : f. Peri- 
 phrase, XVII. 
 
 to Proclaim : f. Accusative, B, 1, 2. 
 The people proclaimed him emperor. 
 He was proclaimed king and soon after 
 publicly crowned. 
 
 Pron'Sun , f. bie einjelnenj Srajfen : 
 Personal, Reflective], Possessive, De- 
 monstrative , Relative , Interrogative; 
 bann all, both, much, few, any, some, 
 each, every, one, no, other, such. 
 
 Pronunciation , STuSf^jracfte. SBic 
 eg gefommen, ba§ bie 5[ugfvrac&e tm ©ngU 
 fo bebeutenb »on bee ®d)rift; abfteic&e, 
 '^ahtn "voxx unter Etymology unb Euphony 
 beviil^rt. 3m Uebrigen f. bie einjetncn 
 aSudifiaben unb S3ud)f!aben»erbinbungen, 
 fotoie Digraph, Diphthong, Trigraph, 
 Triphthong, Quantity, Accent, [Homo- 
 nym. — !t)ie 2lugf^rad^c nadjjeinem ge* 
 orbneten ©bfieme ju fiubiren , bettor man 
 in ber ©^jracfte felbfi fdion [einige, nidit 
 gang geringeiJenntni^ l^at, todre ein ebenfo 
 mii^ferigeg, alg unfeligeS SSeginnen. 3)er 
 Sernenbe hjurbe balb mtt @ e nm c fragen, 
 toarnm man benn nid)t tteber bie 5lu6= 
 na^men alg Sfiegetn J^infleHe unb 'bie 9?e= 
 getn al^ 2tu8na§men. SOian ternc anfangg 
 bei jebem2Borte, weldieg in etnem ©les 
 mentarbuc^e ober Sefebu(^e>orfommt, bie 
 
no 
 
 Proper Names 
 
 3lugf))ra(f>e efeenfo mtt, wie bic 93ebeutung 
 unb Drt^ogratt^ie (j. 33. child = t f rt) e i t b 
 l^eif t J?inb). ©^on baburd^ trirft man Bei 
 bet n)ad)fenben 3a^t ber f e ji unb f i d) e c 
 gelerntcn SDocter eine SJienge ^Inalogiccn 
 unb nad) unb nad) cin gettjiffed ®t»rad)s 
 tadgefu&l gctuinnen , namentlid) fiir ble 
 ri&tige Sdngc unb Jturje bcr @iI6en 
 unb ben bacon ab^dngenben % c cent. 
 35a8 aber ifi bie ^auiJtfac&e. ^at man bie 
 gormentc^re unb gtetc^seitig mit berfetben 
 bie gett)6|)nll(ften ©a^rcgeln ukrtDunben, 
 fi) ge§e man nun erft an baS ©tubium 
 ber 2[cccntlagc (eine iDentgjieng uber = 
 fi(i^tnd>e 55arfiettung ^afcen h)tr unter 
 Jccent, I, gegeben) unb bann an ein @e^ 
 bdube ber 51 u 8 f )) r a d) I e ]^ r e felSf^, twie 
 ba6 in SGBagner'g ®rammatif, um »om 
 (Seftil^i jum SSenjuptfcin ju gelangen. 
 
 Proper Names (oitvpropernouns), 
 ©igennamen. J. 5)ic 2lu 5 f)3 r ad) e 
 berfetften Idf t fid) cbenfonjenig burd) Siegeln 
 befitimmen, aU bie Orthographic bcutfd)cr 
 eigennamen (S^ulje, ®d|ul^e, @d)ultfe 
 unb (Sd)u(j, (Sd)ul^, ®d)u{t8. ©. Mule, 
 (§., LI unb -cester. — /?. 2)en 21 r t i f e t , 
 ba8 3eid)en be« SnbittibuatirirenS , ne^men 
 fie in ber 9teget n i d) t , ba fie an fic^ ft^on 
 3nbi»ibuen bcjei*nen: Switzerland = b i c 
 <Sd)meij ; and) bann m(bt, wenn ein 2lbs 
 jecti» ba»or tritt: little Louisa, bie ffeinc 
 S. ; poor Sophia; let us get away from 
 fashionable Frascati's; EuropeanRussia; 
 Old England (=2llt;(5ng(anb). A cottage 
 in dear England. 2lug n ai^me mac^en : 
 1. 3)ie 9Jamen aUer BHiffe unb SBiJeere, fonsie 
 bie Plural Nouns (f. Plural VI.), n)eld)e 
 Sdnber unb ©ebirge benennen : the Rhine, 
 the Elbe, Francfort on the Main ; jebo^ 
 — ber Jtiirje l^alber : Newcasile-upon- 
 Tyne ; the Pyrenees, the Alps, the 
 Andes, the Netherlands; the United 
 Stales (eine Anlonomasia). ®o and) bie 
 einjelnen : the Levante, the Crimea , the 
 Hague. — 2. ^n6:i italienifd^er 2lrt aud) 
 bie Sflamen »on atlgemein befannten 5)Sers 
 fonen : With the trading poet, arose the 
 trading publisher, and Me Dryden had 
 his Tonson. The Tancred was celebrated 
 through Christendom. Who does not 
 recall ... the „T6te d'arm^e!" oi the 
 
 Prosody. 
 
 dying Napoleon ! ©benfo bei 91amen »on 
 »crtraulic^ena3efannten,tt>. i.iD. @o l^eift 
 cS in einem S3riefe bei Dickens : We are 
 not easily persuaded that the tip of the 
 beloved y4melia's nose is at this moment 
 slightly tinged with blue (ber Srieffdjrei; 
 ber ift ndmlidj im Sanuar in JRom). — 
 3. SDieauf ®d)iffe, ©ebdube, ®e = 
 mdtbe, 33ud)er imb bergt. iiber = 
 tragenen ^erfonennamen (too fte bann 
 Appellatives toerben, f» b* unb Anlono- 
 masia): the Pluto was lost; the Caro- 
 line ; a Murillo. When I saw the Venus 
 I was wrapt in wonder. ®. aud> Ad- 
 jective, B, 6. — 4. 2Iud} irenn »on me]^= 
 reren iperfonen gleiAcn 9iamen8 
 gefvro^en toirb, fie^t jur llnterf^ci = 
 bung ber 2lrtifel, namentlid) totxm. ein 
 abjectitiifc^er 93eifa§ ju bem 91amen tritt : 
 the elder Pliny, the Stuarts , the two 
 Belts, the two Scipios, — the three Wolfs 
 (NB. nid)t Wolves!); the Cartouches 
 of London ; sergl. ben le^ten <Ba% unter 
 Reckon unb unter This, 1. — SJJan flel^t, 
 ba^ bie ©igennamen bann auc^ in ben 
 5[}Iural treten; fo befonber? njieber bei 
 Uebertragung berfelben auf 3) i n g e 
 (f. 3) : Our own Wilkie had no other 
 employment for a long time save that of 
 counterfeiting Tenierses and Ostades 
 (a3ilber). The Peels and the Louis Na- 
 poleons, the Schillers and the Tom 
 Thumbs (— SWebaiUen)* Oft ifi babei ber 
 2lrtifet einem JDcmonfiratiw gteid) , tnbem 
 er mit9tad)brud ]^er»or!^ebt (f. Emphasis). 
 Captain Smith is neither the Smith, 
 nor has he decovered where the Smith 
 is (= ber v e di t e ®.). SSergt. nodi 
 Titles. 
 
 Prbs'ody, bie Se&re »om ©aue. Metre 
 (f. b.) unb 9J^i)t]^mu« ber SSerfe ; ijergl. 
 Accent, III, Quantity unb bie etnjetnen 
 aSerSfii^e a. i. O. 3n eng(ifd)en OJerfen 
 njirb, trie and) meifi i. iD., bie Sdnge 
 ober Jtiirje einer ©itbe n i d) t banacfc bes 
 fiimmt , ob i^r 93 o c a t f ii r j e r ober 
 tdnger gefprodjen toirb, fonbern cine 
 accentuirte <£i(be ifi Inn g, eine tons 
 tofe fnrj. (3(ud) ®ilbcn , auf bie nur ber 
 gijebenaccent — [. Accent, I, 3, d — fdUt, 
 njerben oft aU lang gebraudjt.) JDa^er 
 
Proverbs — 
 
 ^aicn toir j. SB. ben SamBic Begeit^net v - 
 obcr ^^, benn consist bifbet cbenfo gut 
 einen Sambic aii beiray. iDa^er fann ou^ 
 ein langer iBocat in 33crfen furj fcin, fobatb 
 er nid^t in b«r betontcn ©ilbe fie^t. Die 
 SBctfe: 
 
 The Gods that wanton In the air 
 
 Know no such liberty — 
 
 ftnb ^iev mit bent gert>6]^ntid&en iamBifc^en 
 SKetrum bejeic^nct; bie 2tu5f:>3 rarf)s 
 It^vt l^ingegen, bie bent Sernenben jeigt, 
 er foKe ni(^t God fonbern God, n(c6t know 
 fonbern know augfpreAen, mii^te biefefben 
 ol^ne 3fliirffi^t auf ben Saut, ico^I aber 
 auf bie £i u a n t i t ci t fo bejeic^nen ; The 
 Gods that wanloa m the air know n6 
 siich liberty. — JDiefen au3 bem Sateini= 
 id)in angenommenen, in unferen 'B\>xaS)tr\ 
 aber teiberfprecfeenben ®ebraud& eineS 
 3eirf)eng file jujci »erfcf)iebene ©ad^en 
 Knnte man »ermeiben, wenn man in 33er= 
 fen bie betonte @ilbc mit bem 2tccente 
 bejeid^nete (wie mv bei ben einjelnen 33er3= 
 fii§en get^an) : 
 
 The Gods that wanton in the air, 
 
 Know no siich liberty. 
 
 — UcbrigenS toerjiel^en bie @ngtanbcr untec 
 Prosody gerool^nlid) awS) bie Se^rc »on 
 ber 2lu«f)3rad)e unb bem 2(ccente mit. 
 
 Proverbs, Qpvi^tt>oxtcx — bie 
 SBeiSl^eit auf ber ©affe. Oft fiimmen 
 »erf^iebene (g^jradjen in il^ren @fric^= 
 toertern itberein , oft au^ nidjt* 2)a biefe 
 $ro»erbg t^eifg uralt, t^eit? »iet abges 
 griffen finb, fo finbet fi^ in i^nen man(^e8 
 Gigentl^iimlic^e beS 2Iu8bru(f« , befonber3 
 ©ai)3fen, Sntierftonen, au^ oft Sleime 
 ober5IUiterattonen u. 2lffonanjen : Fiercer 
 war, sooner peace. Least said, soonest 
 mended. Handsome is that handsome 
 doeSi Who makes himself a sheep, him 
 the wolf eats up. Man proposes, God 
 disposes. Much virtue in 'if. Beauty is 
 liut a blossom. He makes a mountain 
 of a molehill. The devil was sick — the 
 devil a monk would be : the devil got 
 well — the devil a monk was he. Hell 
 is paved with good intentions (ber 2Beg 
 jur J&ofle ifi — ). <S. oud^ Scolti^sm 
 unb Irishism. JDaf mi tiieUn Sanben 
 
 - Quantity. HI 
 
 (2(rabien, (S^ina, ©tanten, Stalien, %vanU 
 rei*, ©(Snjeben, 35eutf^Ianb, Satium unb 
 >§ena8) ®^ric^toorter nacf) @ngtanb ge= 
 »anbert, jeigen brei amiifante Qlrtifet: 
 „Sirings of Proverbs" im 12. iBanbeoon 
 Dickens, Household Words. — Uebrigen* 
 flie^e man nictjt, ttjie <Sani^o ^Panfa, in 
 @^3rirf)«j6rtern uber ! 
 
 ProTincialism, eln SluSbrud, ber nur 
 in einjeinen ©egenben gebrciud^iic^ ift, 
 ni^t aber in ber @|jrac^e ber ©ebitbeten : 
 fo whish , whittle , yarrish , sackless i. 
 ©. w. frieblic^ ; yate fiir gate, ees fur yes 
 unb bergt. ; f. Dialect unb Irishism. 
 
 Panctuation , Sntcrpunction ; bie 
 3ei*en finb to. i* !D. @. Comma, Colon, 
 Semicolon, Interrogation, Exclamation, 
 Dash, Hyphen, Parenthesis, Quotation. 
 55er qjunft l^eipt Stop ober Full Stop. 
 33ie{e fcftd^bare Semerfungen uber bie 
 engl. 3ntertntnftion entl^dlt: Br. ffau- 
 sc/iild, Bildtingselemente der deutschen, 
 franzos. und engl. Sprache , (gei^jjig, 
 1847) ^tiii. 52-59 unb @eite 66-75. 
 
 Pyrrhic, 5tJi)rrl^id^iu3 , ber SSer^fu^ : 
 ^ : on the ; finbet ficfe nur in ©erbinbung 
 mit anberen guf en. 
 
 Q l^eifit ku , ba u ii l^ei^t; ti l^at 
 ji e 1 8 u nac& fic^ , unb qu lautit = kw 
 (NB. englifcfteS w!): quaker, quiet. 
 3n un»erdnbert gebtiebenen franjof* 2Bor= 
 tern Hingt qu nur ttjie k : piquet; fo auc^ 
 in burlesque (and) burlesk gefdjrieben, 
 Bom itatienifc^en burlesco) imb bergf. 
 
 Qnantity : 1. bie 3eitbauer, bag 501 a §, 
 bieJliirjc unbSdnge berSitben. 
 3u i^rer 5lngabe bienen bie 3eid)en v/ unb 
 - , ttiie in is , night. 2tuf bie rid)tige a3e= 
 Dbad)tung ber ©ilbenauantitdt fommt in 
 ber 3lu8fvrac&c fafi me^r nodi an, al3 
 barauf, jeben SSuc^flaben genau unb ri^tig 
 au8juf!pre(i^en. iD a 3 ©S^flem ber^luSf^jrad^s 
 bejeic^nung ( »on Worcester - Fliigel), 
 
 o 
 
112 
 
 Quotation 
 
 bem ttjir folgen , nimmt balder iiberatt auf 
 bte Jturgc uub Scinge ber SSocatc 3fJu(f fic^t. 
 3)arau8 crgibt ficft audi ber 33ort^eU, ba^ 
 cine au8brurf(i(^e Slngafee beg 2(ccentg oft 
 ufterfluffig iulrb, inbem ficf) bie aSetonung 
 ani bet Duantitdt son fetSfl ergibt ; fo in 
 homage, material, medallion, ambigiiity 
 u. t. a. 2)agegen mu^ er i.'SB. angegeben 
 hjerbcn in liol'la , neg'ative u. a. — 
 2. Ueber bie Words of Quantity, f. Par- 
 titive, 4. 
 
 Quotation. 1 . 2)ag S i t a t , bie 31 n = 
 fii|cnng einei- ©telte au3 eincm 
 a3u(!^c, aSriefe, eincr 9iebc u. bergt. CDJan 
 bcjeidjnet fic gehjij^nli^ burrf) bie ®dnfes 
 fiip(t)en (2lnfiiOrung«jetd)en = quotation 
 obcr sign of quotation): ,,...." ober 
 
 " " au^ ' * J. 93. 'Here,Mhought 
 
 he, 'my poor father will be dragged to a 
 French prison ! ' — 2. Numbers of Quo- 
 tation, f. Ordinals, 8. 
 
 R, Beipt ar. 3u 2tnfang ber ®ilbe ifi e« 
 fti^drfer (aber nic^t fo 9ef(f)narrt, h)te r in 
 ^Jiorbbeutfcblanb), ju @nbe getinb, fafi luie 
 ein >§aIb»ocal in ben vorl^ergcl^enbcn 9}o= 
 cat »erf(i)n5immcnb : river, round, star, 
 storm. ®tumm ift e? in Marlborough, 
 Mrs., gcttjo^nticfi auc^ in worsted, ©cine 
 ^intuirfung auf bie tangen SSocate a unb e 
 itnb nuf bie furjen e, i, u, y, fiel^e unter 
 ben aSocalen : a, c, e, i, ii, y . — Jfann 
 e8 auf einen tangen SSocal xn6)t fo einwir 
 fen, fo n>itb e8 fetbfl beflo getinber : warm 
 worn, cure. ®. D. ?5 1 ii g e t , in bet @in= 
 Icitung gum 1. aSanbe be6 fteineren SEBor* 
 terbudjeg, @. XIX f. 
 
 Rather bejeid)net »or 2lbjecti»en unb 
 2tb»erbien cinen geringen @rab: ein 
 roenig, etn^aS, jiemtic^ (el^cr..., at 8 
 nict)t): rather handsome; he is rather 
 inclined, cr moc^te tieber, at* nid)t; 
 man(i|mal fotgt auc& toirfiic^ than: He 
 was rather charitable than otherwise to 
 the poor. — JDal^er the rather = umfo= 
 iiiel&r (f. The, C, 10). — f had rather f. 
 to Have, B, I, 6. 
 
 Reflective. 
 
 Reciprocal. 3)a8 ffierl^fittni^ » e ^ = 
 f e t f e i t i 9 e r @intt3trfung be^ei^nen n)ir i. 
 !D. entttjcber nut burc^ f i c^ (im (§. barf aber 
 fcin 91 e f t e c t i » fie^cn !), ober burc^ e i n = 
 a n b e r ; Ie§tre« jertcgt ber (Sngldnber in 
 one another— Di. auit) in each other, maS 
 aber eigcntlicft nur won jttsei 53ecfonen 
 gettcn fott; mitl^in ifi one another = 
 les uns les atitres , each other = Vun 
 Vautre. We love one another (won m e 1^= 
 rercn), ober each other (t>on jtteien). 
 These beasts eat one another (nid)t 
 themselves = ftdj !). They understood 
 each other with difficulty. 5J}tdi)ofi = 
 ti on en treten »or beibe 2B6rter, bet 
 one another ober and) jUjifcftenbcibe: 
 You must be reconciled to one another. 
 They looked one at another, ober at 
 one another (aber nur: at each other). 
 The amusements which the young people 
 shared in each other^s company. — 
 ^oetif^ fiel^t au^ each bo^jUelt : Each 
 turns comforter to each. 
 
 to Reckon , f. Accusative, B , 1 , 2. 
 I shall reckon it a great favour. I 
 reckon him nothing at all. The two 
 Miss Flamboroughs were reckoned the 
 very best dancers in the whole country. 
 
 RcflectiTe. I. Reflective Pronouns^ 
 juructfui^renbc $ronotnen. J. ^ o r m e t = 
 tc«. 1. @ie finb: myself, mir, mtc^; 
 ourselves, un8 ; — thyself, btr, bi(i^ ; 
 yourselves, cud* (yourself, <Sid)); — 
 himself, herself, itself, one's self — 
 themselves = fid>. — 2. Sin D. l^at man, 
 bag cine ,,fid)" auggcnommen, feine be= 
 fonbcrcn Sormen, fonbern brauc&t bie ^jcr* 
 fontidien Siirftiortcr. JDa^ bieS im ©. auS; 
 nal^mgtreifc au(& gefd»iel^t, f. Personal, 
 B, 5. Unfer „f i eft" aber !ann, jc nad) ber 
 *^erfon, njoranf eg ftrf) bcjiel^t, fe^r toer^ 
 fc^ieben iiberfc^t ttjerben: himself, her- 
 self, itself, one's self (unbeftimmt), them- 
 selves, yourself, yourselves (^idi) unb, 
 ba eg aud^ JRcci^jrof ifl, and) one another 
 ober each another : He washes himself 
 She washes herself The cat washes 
 itself To wash owe'* self. One should 
 go there one's self. They wash them- 
 selves. Wash yourself, my friend. 
 Wash yourselves , my friends. — They 
 
ReHeclive. 
 
 113 
 
 love each (= one) another. — 3. 3)ie 
 angegcbenen ?5orm£n e r f t d r c n fict| too^l 
 am tiaturlic^Pen, rrenn man (mit Johnson, 
 Lowth unb Todd) self aXi @u6|lantt» 
 6etra(fttet: my self, mein©elt>fi, meine 
 eigcne SUerfon ; ebenfo : thy self, her self, 
 our selves , your selves ; itself ttiedetc^t 
 »er!urjt an? its self; fo ivitb auc& ber 
 *l}Dffcffi» one's scUfommen flat unb ben 
 nbvigcn %U\&i%i^i\{t : one's self = 3e= 
 manb£3 eigcne ^Jevfon; himself unb them 
 selves lie^en fi(^ bann tfvoa. al8 ein \ux 
 JRegel gemrcbener Abuse anfel^en, mie it 
 is me, it is hitn , it is them; — In ber 
 33olf «f)3r adfe unb tei dttercn 3tu= 
 torcn finbct ft* nu* in ber %f)<\i nod^ 
 hisself fiQiit himself, their selves flatt 
 themselves. ((S. bag k^te Seifpiet unter 
 Vulgar.) He drank hisselflo dealb. @o 
 fovtmdl^renb tm 3Jiunbe ber beiben Weller 
 im Pickwick. 2lnbverfeit« 'i^at man (na* 
 Tyrwhilt unb Beatlie) self ^ier u6eraU 
 alg 2lbjectt» genommen, unb fo murbe 
 ntlcrbingS himself unb themselves eln= 
 fa(fter erftdrt; aber bann merben jmei 
 neue 5(nna]^men notl^lg: a.) bag ble gors 
 men my, our, thy, your, her nif^t ^offef- 
 fi»V^ronoun«, fonbern au8 ben attenOb= 
 jectitt? tnjn I, we, thou, you, she entftan^ 
 ben feien; — b.) bogbie ^Jtur aliftrung 
 beS 2t b j e c t i » § self {in selves) au3 etner 
 3eitflamme, mo bic SormenOirbung no* 
 ni*t fo fefi abgef*loffen gemefen fei. 9(t= 
 Ie« bie« jugegeben, mirb bo* bamit bie 
 Sorm one's self no* nt*t erfldrt. 3)tefer 
 eine Q3offefft» one's bejet*net aHjubeut= 
 li* btc ubrigen Sormen au* ais ijoffeffiuc 
 giittTjorter. Werner treten ja au* no*5{bs 
 jecti»e toor self, eben in biefen 3«fammen5 
 fe^ungen , unb bejei*nen self ali ©ubs 
 ftontio : I would sacrifice my very self. 
 (2t£l)nti* : our royal selves , your royal 
 self, his dear self.) I did it my own 
 self. JDarau? crHdrt fi* au* ber »er= 
 altete — ober menigftenS jc^t getabelte — 
 ®ebrau*, bie britte $evfon na* Sie= 
 fleriwen fotgen ju laffen, menn ba8 ^jerfons 
 Ii*e $ronomen fe^lt; Myself AnM over- 
 heard them say (= meine eigene $erfon 
 l^at — . Shakespear). (5nb(i* fle^t self 
 ou* mit SGBeglaffung beg bajuge; 
 ^origen ^Pronomeng, alfo ivieberum 
 Si. Stibrecftt, grammat. QBSrfetb. 
 
 atS ©ubftantto. J8on einem aJlanne l^eigt 
 eg : The room inquired after was for 
 baby and self (= himself). 
 
 B. @ e b r a u * unb @ t e 11 u n g. 
 !♦ @tneg Z^eilS bienen biefe ^Pronounl 
 jur btopen fidrferen^eroor^ebung 
 ber ^IJeifon, unb bann fe^t man fic gtei* 
 1^ inter btefelbe ober an bag @ube beg 
 ®a^eg (mie moi-meme unb bergl.) : Do 
 you think / myself game ? You should 
 eat yourself. He said so himself. 3)a6er 
 fiel^en fte au* na* ^rdpofttionen a tl e i n, 
 f. Of, 8, In, 6, By, 2. — 2» Slnbern ZffeiiS 
 fiel^en fie atg m i r t ( i * c 91 e f 1 e c t i » e ; 
 bann treten fie alg Object jointer bag 
 aSerb , b. 1^. fie ful^ren bie ^anblung beg 
 ®ub|ecteg auf baffetbe juruct/ fo bag 
 eg j u g I e i * 1 1^ d t i g unb I e i b e n b ift ^ 
 fo bilben fi* bie Reflective Verbs, f. II. 
 — 3. aSei bem 2lccufati» mit bent 
 3nf initio mirb bag ^erf6nli*c 
 5)Sronomen in bag reflect ice »ermon= 
 belt; j. SB. 3* mifl ni*t bulben, bag i(^ 
 »on Sebem jum (actatten gema*t merbe : 
 I will not suffer myself to be enslaved 
 by every body (= i* mill m i * ni*t »on 
 Sebem — ). ®. ben 2. <Ba^ bei to Allow, 
 ben (e^ten bei Suffer unb toergl. ben umge: 
 fe^rten gait: Personal, B, 5. 
 
 II. Reflective Ferhs. A. @ie l^aben 
 ni*tg aSefonbereg in t&rer formation; 
 Bergl. oben I, B, 2; j. 03. I dress myself; 
 he dresses himself; we dressed our- 
 selves ; you have dressed yourself; Ihey 
 will dress themselves ; we were dress- 
 ing ourselves. @g gtbt i. ©♦ feine rein 
 reflect i Ben 55erben, b. 1^. fol*e, bie 
 n u r refJectio, ni*t au* alg acttB ober neu* 
 ter gebrau*t murben ; fafl jebeg actiBe SJerb 
 fann aber rejTecttB merben. — B. !Der ® e; 
 brau* beiber ®ijra*en ftimmt au* l^ier 
 ni*t immer tiberein. 1. Oft ftel^t m. 3). 
 ein SteflectiB unb im @. ein blogeg 9?eut£r, 
 alfo mit Ǥinmegtaffung beg refJcctiBen 
 $ronomeng; fo: fi * bemiil^en, to try; ft* 
 nieberlegen , to couch ; ft* miberfe^en, to 
 resist; fi* f*dmen, to shame; ft* ent= 
 f*tiegen, to resolve; ft* betrogen, to 
 behave ; fi* biicfen , to stoop ; ft* ereig= 
 nen , to happen ; ft* Berfaufen , to sell ; 
 ft* effen (laffen), to eat; ft* trinfen, to* 
 8 
 
114 Regimen — 
 
 drink; fid) f(t)neibcn (raffcn), to cut; Tut 
 anfiil^Ieii, to feel unb bergl. — This beef 
 eats well, biefe3 3f{iubf[cif* lapt ftcf) mc^I 
 effcn (ntc^tettua: ber Oc^fe fvipt 6ratt !)♦ 
 ll proved most fatal. We all assembled 
 in our cominou apartment. ®o v. n. unb 
 V. r. neben einanber: Large colonies... 
 established themselves on the eastern 
 shores , spread gradually westward, 
 and — . !l^te SBieberl^olung beg themselves 
 tvdre f(t)fe)5j3enb. — ®. beii jmctten ®a^ 
 untec Superlative, 1. — 5ii mand^en %a[' 
 Icn ti-itt fogac ein 2(cti» (mit Dfcjcct) fur 
 imf«r atepecttt) (mit ®euitt» , JDatit) obev 
 ^pra^jofition ) auf: He approached the 
 town, cc ndl^erte fid^ ber ®tabt ; f. to 
 remember ; he divorced her , er lie^ ftd^ 
 »oix i^i- fctjeiben = er tierjiiep fie. ®o fte^t 
 „fct)etbcn" ol^nc f t d> in bemfelBen 
 @inne 3Jiattl^. 19, 8. — ®. noc^ Accusa- 
 tive, B, I, l,b u. c. {Q}j}r»biefvan56fifi{)cn 
 t&cher, resoudre, arriver a. a.) — 2. J)teg 
 l^at namentlic^ aucf) ba ftatt, )do im 5). 
 ein repcctitieg ^J^ronomen , im @. aDev ein 
 ))cf[cffitteS fiel^t: ev ^atte fief) ben 
 5li-m »erle^t = he had hurl his arm (»gT 
 Possessive Pronouns, B, I). — 3. (Sine 
 Umfcfi veibun ij iuirb cftevS notl&ig bet 
 ben rcflfctitjen 93ev6en, bie vwiv vm Verbs 
 neuter bilbeii : j. 58. eu ^at ficfe tobt gcs 
 fallen = he has died by a fall ; er Ifat 
 flcf) fatt gciceint = he has cried enough 
 (cbet etivag ^lel^nlicfeeS). %ux: id) l^abe 
 niic^ miibe gegangen , fagt man jebcd) 
 neben I am tired [fatigued] with walking 
 auc^ : I have walked myself tired, tveil 
 to walk nid)t nur v. n. , fonbern au^ 
 V. a. ijl. 
 
 Regimen, iciS 9icgictte, b. :§. bai^, 
 n)a8 irgcnb ein SSiCxt nad) fid) X)aben mu^, 
 ber Safiig, bie SPrd^^ofition, ba3 l^arttcip, 
 ber Snfinittw unb bergl. , bie barauf folgen 
 miiffen. 
 
 Reiteration , 2Bieberl^oIung cineS 
 sorl^erge^enben SBorte?; ifl im 2l(lgemcinen 
 nidjt ncti^ig, ba bie niittevdnberlic^cn 
 2lrtife(, 2lbj;ccti», ^viMtomen xiberall l^in 
 Vaffen ; bed) ttjirb fte mitunter biirc^ Deut= 
 lidjfeit ober gropercn 9iad)brucf geboten. 
 3m Uebrigen f. ba3 ©injelne unb Em- 
 phasis. 
 
 — Relative. 
 
 to Relate to...: f. Dative, 3. I will 
 relate to you a strange story. This ex- 
 pression cannot relate to my answer. 
 This relates to my son. 
 
 Rel'ative. I. Uebcr bie velaticen 2(b5 
 jcctittg, ^JartifiVten u, f. w. f. Absolute.— 
 n. Pronouns relative fmb who, which, 
 that, what — f. b. 3m 2iagemeincn ift 
 nod) ju merfcn : J. ® e b r a u d). © t a 1 1 
 eineS 3)emonjlratiog fle^t oft ein 9ie= 
 tattu, um eincn ®a§ enger mit bem »or= 
 ^evgc^cnben ju toerfnutn"eii (f a t e i n i f d) c 
 *ilrt); baiter aud) nad) einem Semicolon 
 ober $unfte : I allowed an hour for 
 dinner; which time was taken up — . 
 To which the other added (= iooju). 
 2tiid) nad) eincni 3(bfafee : All of which is 
 pleasantly absurd. (So fetbji mit 3n»er= 
 fion Id einer iCergIei(^ung : He wished 
 me joy of tha event, than which, he 
 said, nothing could happen more oppor- 
 tunely (= quo nihil . . .). Smollel. 93gl. 
 nod) And, 3. 
 
 B. Ucber bie ©tettung ber 9tclatiiig 
 f. jund^ft Accusative, C, 3. — 1. ^q\\ 
 feinem 3}erb tvirb bag 9ic(atio ofterS 
 burd) einen cingefd)obenen ®a§ ge? 
 t r e n n t : I published some tracts, which, 
 as they never sold , I have the consola- 
 tion of thinking were read only by the 
 happy few. — A tract vjhich 1 intended 
 shortly to publish. An example of man- 
 liness . . . and active benevolence, which 
 the nobles of any land might be proud 
 to imitate. — 2. Jvcmmt ein 9{etatiB mit 
 einer b e ft i m m t e n 3 « T; t ober mit all, 
 both, many, few unb bergl. jiifammcn, fo 
 fe^t mati eg » o r , ober im @ e n i t i » (of) 
 :^ inter biffe ^ai^lbegriffe: »ergl. Per- 
 sonal, B, 3 : The (horse-) trade is in the 
 hands of Parsee brokers, four or live of 
 wliom keep slables, capable of containing 
 from three to four hundred horses each. 
 He gave me two books, both of tvhich 
 I have read (= bie id) beibc — ). The 
 Parsee community may consist of about 
 fifty thousand , almost all of whom arc 
 engaged iu trade or manufactures. The 
 Parsees, none of whom, even the richest, 
 possesses a painting worth five shil- 
 lings — . Dance music is (in Norway) de- 
 
Remember 
 
 legated to wallers, some of whom per- 
 form Musard's Quadrilles — . I took 
 leave of Mr. and Mrs. Cophagus , both 
 o/j^j /torn expressed their hopes that — . 
 ©. ncc^ ben (e^ten @a^ bei Which, A, 2. 
 C. (§ r U p [ e. Slier O b j e c 1 1 » bei- 3fle= 
 latiioeg fann tucg^iKen: I. a(g Dt'ject cineg 
 nact^folgenben 9Serb; — 2. aU 9ic= 
 gimen eiiicv n a c^ f o 1 9 £ " b e ii $rcHjo= 
 fitioti. 58ei|>ie(e: 1. He grieved for those 
 he left behind (=z luhom he). A fearful 
 hope was all the world contain'd (= all 
 which). So spake (he fair , and parted 
 with a look stenography will not attempt 
 to book {= that steiiography will — ). 
 2. When any one was found to he ... . 
 one we desired to get rid of — (= of 
 IV horn IV e desired — ). The thing we 
 speak of, is very amusing. — 3. <2te||t 
 abev ber Objectb l§ inter einer $rdi3o= 
 jitton , ober if^ er ®telbertreter cine^ 
 g a n J e n worlierge^cnbcn (S a ^ e § , fo 
 tann er nictjt tregSIeibcn : The book of 
 which you spoke — . lie felt convinced 
 that she was a privateer , which was 
 soon confirmed. 33cx*gr. Which, A, 1. — 
 4. 9i m i n a t i » c uiib ber ®cniti» tvhose 
 toevben n i (6 1 anSgelaffcn. StnSnal^nignjetfe 
 finbet fid) @(Ui^fe tc§ 9tomm.: j.^^B. She re- 
 minded us of the necessity {tvhich) there 
 was for our immediate parting (Smollet). 
 At her door arose a clatter might awake 
 the deaid{zztvhich7night) (Byron). (£o(= 
 ^e gvei^cit ftnbct befcnbcrS nad) There is 
 fiatt: There is one did laugh in his 
 sleep (Shakespeare). Is there ought in 
 sleep can charm the wise? (Thomson.) 
 In the wind there is a voice shall forbid 
 thee to rejoice (Byron). 2lurf) in tiutijarer 
 9tebe: 'Tis the dog Mustafa has done 
 it!' (Boz.) ©benfo ld§t Sutl^cr ben Tio- 
 minati^ au^ : 1. STJ^cab. 1, 29: n)eoien ber 
 SGBiit:^crei, bar inn en gef c^ a:^ (= wcU 
 d)e — ). (Ss fmb etnfac^ 2lttractioncn ; man 
 bentt bag Subject bc>^^uptfa^eg mit 
 There is r.oc^ einmni aii Subject be§ cif}- 
 ^^dnfliflcn Sa^c^. ^Jiufier fur bic9(^ad) = 
 ai^mung finb fold)e ®te(len aber feinee^ 
 icegl. — D. llcber bie SSerbalform 
 relati»er @ d|e f. no(&-^sonal, C, 
 unb iiber bie OB o r t f o ( g e in benfciben [. 
 Construction, 2. 
 
 S. 115 
 
 to Remember, f. Accusative, B, 
 I, 1, b unb Reflective, II, B, 1. 1 re- 
 member //<>«, id) ctinnere mic& feiner. 
 They all remembered their affinity. 3)as 
 :^er aud) : I remember her a little girl 
 (Accusative, B, I, 2). 
 
 Kepetition. Ntanbers of Repetition 
 fmb nur once unb trvice nnb ba§ felten 
 gebraud)te thrice; aflc iibrigen t»erben 
 burd) „times" nmfdjrieben: ihree limes, 
 brcimat ; four times, ciermal ; ten limes, 
 a hundred limes u. f. f. 
 
 to Repent f. Genitive, (S. 
 
 to Report f. Personal, E, 4, (S. 
 
 Rh f. H, 2. 
 
 Rhyme, ber 9ieim, ifi masculine obet 
 feminine, f. b. — 9ieine 9teime ^eipen 
 perfect, u n r e i n c — alloivable. Se^terc 
 fmb fe^r ^dufig ; fo ftnben fid) gereimt : field 
 », beheld, seen u. men, loved n. moved, 
 high unb silently. 3)a8 fmb nur 3lUitcra= 
 tionen obcr gar nur Ottime fiirg 5lnge, 
 uid?t fiir ba3 Df;r, SJian lefc fie aud& nur 
 nad) ber gem ol^n lichen 5(u«fj5rac^e, 
 nid)t etnja men fiir men, icenn eS auf seen 
 reimt , cber silently fitr silently, njeil eg 
 auf high reimen foil. — Dteimlofe 
 aSerfe l^eifen blank verses. 
 
 River f. Apposition, ©, Proper 
 Names, B, 1 unb Personification, 2. 
 
 S feeipt es; tautet 1. = fT, alfo fd?arf; 
 fo ju 2(nfang ber @ilbe unb nac!^ fdjarfen 
 ©onfonunten; sister, so, he eats, makes; 
 — 2. (s) <xU fanfter 3ifd)cr iftegoon 
 bem Summen ber ® t i m ni c begteitet rtie 
 j, g, z unb fanfteg th. 3m Deutfd)en ift 
 bie Unterfdjeibung ber (S = Saute (vuie in 
 njeife unb nsei^e) nur nod) vtottinjiell. — 
 5)ag englifd^e s ij^ fanft: ju ©nbe beg 
 aCortg , njenn nidit ein ^virter Sonfonant 
 oer(;crge^t •, aifo fd)arf in: gifts, caps, 
 monarchs, fanft in: glasses , he reads, 
 he is , alms CJtugna^mgweife fd)arf in : 
 yes , this , us u. a.) ; ferner iuenn eg gnji^ 
 fd?«n jmei iBocaten ftel^t unb bie ©nbfilbe 
 8* 
 
116 
 
 Saint 
 
 anfdngt: visit, rose; unmtttet6ar nad) 
 ber SSorfilfee re: reserve; imb immittef^ 
 hav 'OCX ober n a (^ m : crimson, dismal. 
 3n ben @ut)ftanti»en unb 5lbjiec = 
 titten: abuse, devise, diffuse, excuse, 
 house, louse, mouse, refuse, rise, use 
 ifi s i)att; in ben gteirfjgefc^riefeenen 
 a} e r 6 e n tu e i c^ ; toergU Th, A, I, 4. — 
 ©eltfi ss ift inancftmalttiet^ ; fo in dessert, 
 hussar, to possess. — 3. 2Beiter lautet 
 s = zh, b. f). fcinfteg f^ {vok baS franj6f, 
 j): Asia, pleasure; — 4. =: sh , fcfjavf: 
 censure, sure, sugar u. a. — 5. @ t u m m 
 ifi ba6 s in island, viscount, Lisle, corps, 
 pas unb einigen anberen. 
 
 Saint fie^t ol^ne Slrtifel Bor (5igen= 
 namen , l»ie im i^ranjof. : St. Blaruev, 
 St. Eloi. 
 
 Same f. Fery, A, 4 unb T/iat, B, 4. 
 
 Saxon Genitive fo»ie( aU Posses- 
 sive Case. 
 
 to Say 1. ^cit to na^ fic^ , tod^renb 
 to tell ben bto^en Dbjectit) f)att I have 
 something to say to you — to tell yoti. 
 I say to thee — Kelire ! — 3. 7^0 be said 
 fiel^t fitt nnfcr f o U e n {= man fagt, 
 baf . . . ; Bergt. Personal, E, 4, ©.) : He 
 is said to be versed in Arabic. He, since 
 that time , is said never to have smiled 
 again. 
 
 Sc fautet 1. »or a, o, u = ff : scale, 
 scorn , scum ; — 2. Bor e , i , y = ff : 
 scene, scissors. Scythe. 3n einigen gtie= 
 d)ifd)en2Bovternfttngt e8 »or betontem 
 e unb i njie ff : sceptic, scirrhus. Scele- 
 ton fdjreibt man fceffev skeleton. 
 
 Sch = ff: school, schooner; tt>ie f 
 nur in schism imb beffcn 2ltt(eitungen. 
 
 C/'f'^^^) Scotti^liiism , cine Sl&weic^ung, bie 
 ' , bet engliftt) fpre^enbe ®*ctte in 2tu3= 
 fpracl)e ober 2lu6bntcf ju bringen :pPegt. 
 a3gr. Irish. 3)a8 ® e tr eib e g.S. ^eipt in 
 ©c^otttanb victual obev dead victual. — 
 5Pvo6en »u(garet fcf)ottif(f|er 2lu3fvraci)e: 
 Whay woan't yau sooffer the waggoneer 
 to meake a penny ? Coom, gel oop, never 
 moind the coplain. (©linnert <x\i %\)VLi 
 ringen !) 2)a3 nntev Alexandrine gegebene 
 aSei^iet ifi cin fcftoltifctiev 3}ef8, ©c^ot^ 
 
 Semicolon. 
 
 ttfcfic ©ijvi^njorter : The shortest way's 
 the laugest hame. The clartier the cosier 
 (= Ihel^irtier the warmer, more cosey)./ u 
 ®(J|ottifc^e ©igennamen X)abir\ oft M' ober 
 Mack, aucf) Fitz (= fils) Bor fid) , gcben 
 alfo bie Slbfiammung an, n)ie bie irifd^en 
 mitO': Macpherson , M'Dermott, Fitz- 
 Adam. 
 Second f. Ordinals. 
 
 to See : 1. f. Participle, A, I, 2, a unb 
 B, 4 ; Accusative , B, 1, 2 unb 5, unb In- 
 finitive, A, 4, b. I have seen them ex- 
 change characters. He saw himself a 
 slave. I'll see you paid. Fain would I see 
 that performed (nj, i. 3).). Unterfc^eibe : 
 I have seen them rob = je les ai vus 
 piller, unb I have seen them robbed = 
 je les ai vii piller. — I should have seen 
 one whom I love made happy. See ihem 
 carefully tended. 2lug bev @ni)>fe Bon to 
 be erHatcn fid) and) : See the gentleman 
 down stairs (ober home). He had been 
 seeing the king away (= go away, de- 
 part). I accompanied him to the harbour, 
 and saw him on board. 
 
 to Seem. 1. @8 fle^t mit 35 o V' )) e t ; 
 nominatiB ober mit 3lbiectiBbe= 
 ftimnmng nac^ fitfe , hjie paraitre unb «n= 
 fer f d) e i n en (bcnn \xixx fagen mx^) nidjt : 
 ii fd)eint ivo^ I, fonbern gut): She 
 seems a woman of forty. The slag seemed 
 pressed by the hunters. He seemed 
 highly delighted. — 2. 2lu(=b fnittift e3 
 fein jprabicat burc^ to be an : He seems 
 to be a ,very proud man. Hub lo be mufi 
 man ergdnjen, nienn to seem 3. eine ab = 
 BerBiate SSeflimmung l^at: Some per- 
 sons who seemed in equal haste. — 
 4. iDie ^Pevfon, njelc^er tU^isai fd)eint, 
 fiel^t mit to , nic^t mit bem 6(o^n 06j;ec= 
 tiB : It seems to me that he is more 
 knave than fool ; f. Dative, 3. 
 
 Self, f. ReGeclive, A unb Very, A, 4. 
 
 Semicolon. JDif«3etd)en flel^t, auper 
 njte i. iD., anc^ : 1. Slac^ einem Idngeren 
 SJorberfn^e, ttjo n)ir ein (Scion fe^en: 
 Though the Miss H. were reckoned the 
 very bes|pd|)ncers in the parish, and 
 understood the jig and round-about to 
 perfection; yet they were totally un- 
 
Sh 
 
 acquainted with country - dances. — 
 2. Qla^ jebem einjetncn ©a^c einer 
 ganjen @ a § t e i ^ c, ttjo i. 2). ein Somma 
 fti'^t : In this manner T fought my way 
 towards England; walked along from 
 city to city; examined maniiind more 
 nearly; and if >I may so express it, saw 
 both sides of the picture. 
 
 Sh = fd): shadow, dish ; ju tvcniten 
 in : mishappen, dishearten. 
 
 I I Shall , thou shall, he shall, etc. I 
 
 I should, thou shouldst, etc. Sltteg UeBrige 
 
 fe^It. *2lupei-bem Icgt shall bic 33ebeutung 
 „fo(Icn" oft ab unb briirft nur bic 3u= 
 fmift aixS = twetben; {„shaW^ fore- 
 tells)^ 3)a^cc ttjirb oft cin @rfa§ fixr ben 
 ©innbeS „fonen" not^ig. 5)ajubient: 
 I have tibei- 1 am mit bent ^nfinttiti : f. to 
 Have , B , I, 2 unb to Be, B, 3 ; bann : I 
 am obliged , compelled , ordered , com- 
 manded, auc^ I must: I shall be obliged 
 to go there. It was ordered that nobody 
 should go out = 9ttentanb fodtc aMi- 
 gel^en. I was compelled to do so. aJJancfij 
 mat jeigt jeboc^ bcr Sufammenl^ang , ba^ 
 shall Kid.)t blop bie 3ufunft anjeigt, fons 
 bern feine ® vunbbebeutung l^att Shall 
 I do it or no? — 3n conjunctisi* 
 fcben ®a^cn mit ^tdi l^dtte" ret(t)t 
 meifi bic llmfiellung bcr Sonflructiun l^in : 
 (2ic fatten mtr l^etfcn foUen = They 
 should have helped me. Previously I 
 should have mentioned — . You should 
 have been a hunter. It should have been 
 made = eg l^dtte gcmac^ t ttjcrben 
 , f ( t c n. 3)agegen : It does appear strange 
 /? I that no brass should have been made in 
 " i England till two hundred years ago = 
 gcmacf)t toorbcn fein follte. SDieS 
 ift bcrfelbc llntcrf(f)ieb, ben w'vc Bel I may, 
 1 , (§. angemertt l)<\ht\\. — SSergt* bie 
 n6rtgen befecti»en >§itf8»erben. 5(upecbem 
 lo Say, 2. 
 
 She, f. Personal, Epicene, 3, imb He. 
 Happy are the she''s that can number 
 among their ancestors counts of the 
 empire. 
 
 Ship fann in gen3ij]^nli*er 9lebe aU 
 9fi cuter ge6rau(f)t iuerben; bcr ©eemann 
 aber unb bcr S)id}ter nel^men cS fietg 0(8 
 
 Singular. 
 
 117 
 
 5 c m i n i n ; fo au^ allc -21 r t c n »on ga]^r= 
 jcugen t f. Personification, A, 2 u. 3. The 
 little ship shot bravely forth on »75 voyage 
 (e6 ift »on ctncm <S ^ i c t j e u g e bic 9{ebc)» 
 The yacht sped on her return voyage 
 to Corfu. She was a stout vessel. She 
 was a French privateer. The sea swept 
 over the vessel, andiV/e lay at the mercy 
 of the ocean. The Yankee, she delayed 
 at first , says they, "She '11 never catch 
 us" (au8 einem ^Watrofenliebe). 
 
 to Show , l^dufig mit as : f. Accusa- 
 tive, B, I, 2: This shows him a miser. 
 That shows thee a weak slave. Show 
 yourself as a man. It is in adversity that 
 a virtuous man shows himself as a hero. 
 
 Silent f. Mule. 
 
 Since, aU ^rdtofition = fcit; ti 
 iDirb nur ge6raud}t, njcnn cin 3cit= 
 ^unft bcfiimmt toirb, an iDcld^em €*= 
 h306 begonncn l^at : Since he is dead — ; 
 since the birth of this girl — ; since 
 yesterday at noon. JDal^er fit^t axx^ narfj 
 since ba8 ^Perfect jlatt unfcreS 5Prafen« t f. 
 Present Tense, 3. Since / have been 
 in Germany, I have not seen my family 
 = feit i^ in D. bin. 3n anbcrcn gdflcn 
 ftc^t ago : a year ago , long ago. -2luf 
 ago folgt aber ni^t since, fonbcrn nur 
 that; J. as. m ift nun brei Sal^r, fcit fein 
 9}ater fiarb = It is now three years ago 
 that his father died, ober: It is now 
 three years since his father died. — 
 @. no(f> This, (§. 
 
 Sin'gular , bie ©in^ett , ©injal^I. 
 J. aScimSSerb: f. Conjugation, Num- 
 ber, Collective. — B. Seim <Subflan = 
 tis), 1. @eir6^nli<i) ifl er gleid) fertig gcs 
 geben: the father, a child. 33 ei ben Plural 
 Nouns aber (f. Plural, A, VI) mu^ <r — 
 ttjcnn er fict| nic^t »on felbfl verftei^t — oft 
 bur^Umfdircibunggebifbct twers 
 ben , inbem man a pair of ba»or fe|t ; 
 j. a3. a pair of bellows , c t n SStaSbalg ; 
 a pair of scissars, cine <Sd)eerc ; a pair 
 of spectacles. 3ebor& fagtmannur: Give 
 me my spectacles ; hand me the scissors, 
 VBcit l^icr cine befonberc aSefiimmung uber= 
 jitiiffig ift. 2tuBcrbem finbetftc^ auc^, jcboc^ 
 mc^rfa^ getabelt: a tongs, a scissors, 
 
118 
 
 Smell 
 
 a bellows, a gallows; toergl, bie unter 
 Plural, A, VI cur fit) gebrucften aGBovtev a. 
 t. D. — 2. Oft fte^t ber ©ingular im 
 6:ottecti» = @innc, tvie i. 5)., befons 
 berS 6ei SSolf ernamen : The victory 
 of the Saxon over the Celt. The luxury 
 of the Norman. @o au(^ in aUgemcine^ 
 rem ©innc ol^ne Sirtifcl: Vu. i, 5). 
 (vergr. 33. b. J«i(^ter, 1, 28-33). Norman, 
 Saxon, Dane and Briton contended — . 
 ®. nod) ben »orre^ten @a§ unter Personal, 
 B, 6, c unb »crgr. The, C, 9. — 3. Singu- 
 lar Nouns , IHJorter , bie feinen 5PTural 
 5a6en, f. Plural, V, 2. 
 
 to Smell ift actito, Bcbarf balder feiucr 
 3SrcH)of[tion tt>ie i. 35., boc^ fann at j^el^en: 
 Smell this flower, smell at this rose. 
 @. Accusative, B, I, 1, c. 
 
 So: 1. 3n a3ergteicf)ung«fd^en : f. As. 
 2, So fiir unfer e§, f. ft, A, 3. — 3. llnfer 
 ,,fo" ju SSerbinbung beS S5crber= unb 
 S^iad&fa^eg, hiciht lueg: SBenn @ie 
 mi^ tviuf^en , fo Jverbe ic^ eg fe"^r iibel 
 ne^men = If you disappoint me, I shall 
 take it very unkind. (2lf«nbeton.) 3ebo(% 
 ftnbet fid) so aucfj alS foIc^eS SSinbeglieb, 
 urn bag SSorl^ergc'^enbe jufammen ju 
 faff en = balder, '{cnnt, auf bicfe -3lrt : f. 
 baS ie^tc aSeif^jiet unter As. 
 
 Sol'ecism, @^r ad; fc§t er; na= 
 mentlid) nennt man fo ben ©cbraud) tter= 
 fliteter SGBorter ober SSBenbungen. 93ergl. 
 Abuse. 
 
 Some, f. Any unb Partitive. 
 
 Spanisli, f. junadjfi Etymology, 9; 
 JBeif^jiele : don, duenna, infant, infanta, 
 desperado — finb unioerdnbert; anberc: 
 buoy »on boya ; cheer »on cara ; hurri- 
 cane »on huracan ; familiars ton fami- 
 liares (= Diener ber Snquifition). 
 
 to Speak: ]. 2Dht blo^em Dbjectiv, 
 wo ivir fagen: „fiir (Sttoai fprec&en": 
 This speaks best my innocence ( — our 
 faith); alfo = bartl^un, betueifen. 
 JDal^er : 2, mit bovpeltem 9lccufati» = 3e= 
 manbcn at 8 ©tmag barfteUen/ geigen, er= 
 flaren : His mien speaks him a gentleman. 
 
 Spon'dce, ber ©fconbeuS , SSerSfu^ 
 v>cn ji»ei langen ©ilben ober »on einer 
 
 - Subject. 
 
 betouten imb einer langcn @it6e: -- 
 ober^-, J. 93. always, nightfall. 
 Still f. Yet. 
 
 Su lautct toor SSocaTen = sw: to dis- 
 suade, consuetude, suite. 21 u8n airmen 
 ftubcn befonbcrg »or ^ a I b ft u m m e n 3^0= 
 eaten ftatt: suet, sujt, suicide. 33ergt. 
 6'm unb Qu. 
 
 Subject. J. ©g fle^t fietS im giomi= 
 natiw; f. b. — B. Ueber bag 2)o))))et = 
 fubject, f./^, A,l,a.— C. @tanbbeg 
 ®ubjectg: in ber aiegel »or bem 
 93 e r b. Winter bemfetben ftet;t eg : 1, Sn 
 gragfd^en, 2. in Slugrufen: f. In- 
 terrogative unb Exclamation. 3. 3n ben 
 ijarentl^etifd^ eingefd)obencn a{ebeng= 
 arten : said he, quoth he, cried I , an- 
 swered they unb bergt* Sebod) bteibt eg 
 ^ier and) oft » o r bem SSerb. „I protest, 
 papa," says the girl , — . Now, thought 
 we — . Enough, ive shouted. "Keep the 
 stones in the house," / say. "For my 
 part, Sir," he will tell you , "I asked 
 him—". a3ei <7wo^/i jiel^t eg fietg nac^. 
 
 — 4. 3n @d^en, ioo if ober though n)eg= 
 getaffen ifi : f. b. — 5. SBenn bie Soniunc; 
 tionen never , neither , nor ben @a^ an= 
 fangen (tt). i. ^.) : Nor was he less cruel. 
 Neither is this all my grief; f. Nor, 2 unb 
 J, An, C, n, 3.-^ 6. Oftanc^, iwenn 
 burd> Sntierfion (f. b.) ein Stbjectio 
 ober 2fb»erb an bie (2)?i^e beg ^<\%t% tritt : 
 Here were kept the books, cabinets oi 
 gems, family records — . Yet are there 
 many mysteries connected with the old 
 clothes question. @o f^e^t eg namcntti^ 
 nad) scarce, scarcely, so, yet, still, thus, 
 there, here, such, then, however; vergt. 
 im granjofifdjen bie ©tcttung nad) aussi, 
 i peine unb bergt. >Kommt in eine fot(i^e 
 3nt»erfion bag t>erftarfenbe to do (f. b., B, 
 II, 4) , fo m u § bag ©ubject l^inter bag 
 33erb treten : In vain did I retreat. — 
 ®. au^ There is u. Inlerrogalive,C, II.— 
 7. ©nbtid) fann bag ©ubject i n v e r t i r t 
 iverbcn, too feinc 93ern) edtgtung 
 mogtid) ift; balder tjorjiiglicfe bei verbs 
 neuter unb verbs passive. Nothing of the 
 pathos of a parting can/ by the minutest 
 scrutiny discover. @. ben toorte^ten @a§ 
 bei Cardinal, A,, 2. 
 
SubjuDcUve 
 
 Subjunctive, fo^iel aU Conjunc- 
 tive, f. b. 
 
 SiibstantiTe, ^auiJtivort, 5)ing= 
 name, y^- Itcbcr 33 itbung unb 93 ev = 
 dnberitng bcr @ubfiantt»c it. f. tu« f. 
 Derivation, Composilion , Diminutive, 
 Epicene, Feminine, Singular, Plural, 
 Declension, aiiiij Initials. — B. Ueber 
 ben ©ebrauc^ be3 Adjective , Participle, 
 Infinitive aU <Bniiiantivt f. biefe51rtifel. — 
 C. llmgettt^rt ftel^en axidi ©ubfiantt»e 
 aU 2lbjecti»e, at>er nur oor anbern 
 <Subfiantt»en unb finb bann and) fo u n = 
 B e r a n b e r H ct) , tvic rem @igenrd)aft8= 
 tt>oiter. ©0 1. bU meifien (Stabtd 
 (auc^ ?anber=) Xiamen: The London 
 News. Fictitious />;e*^e« china. Chester 
 cheese. Coventry and Swiss watches. 
 A Paris winter . . . and a Brussels one. 
 Her Somersetshire friends. 3)a]^er aud) 
 mit ©dittfe »on watch : „Where is the 
 gold Geneva ?" 2luperbem fe|t man aud) 
 ben ©tactnamcn m i t of bem ©uBfiantio 
 nad) (tcie tm Sranjofifd^en) : the tasteful 
 tapestries o/ Persia, the rich silks of 
 China, the carpets q/'Cabool and Herat, 
 the gold-mounted sabres o/Beloochistan, 
 and the embroidered shawls o/Delhi and 
 Cashmere. — 2. iDie ©toffnamen: 
 an iron grate ; cotton stockings, a black 
 «7/tgown; amber mouth-pieces (53crn= 
 ftetn = $feifeni>i^en); a very salt water 
 (bcmna^ fxnb e3 n i * t jufammengefefete 
 @ubjlantit5e cr;ne Hyphen, obfd)on Tie nal)e 
 baran ftreifen), ?Qtx^{. and) Plural, B, 4, 
 @. unb Of, 7. Uebcr golden unb silken f. 
 nod) Figure. D. Ueber bag ®ubpantio alg 
 58eifa§ eineS anberen [.Apposition, 1,1. 
 — E. Ueber bie2Iu8laffung ber <^\\\>-~ 
 ftanttoe f. Ellipse, B, 2. 
 
 to Succeed : 1. ftel^t ganj tt5ie reussir 
 ^jcrfiinlii^, wa^renb unfer gelingen 
 un^erf6ntld> i^. 5)ie Sonftruction ifi ba^er 
 fo, Ujie hti to Like ju dnbern. He succeeds 
 according to his wishes = c3 getingt 
 i^m -. 2. S. @. ». folgen Mt eg 
 ofteir mit, atg o ^ n e ^o : He succeeded 
 to his father in the possession of the 
 estate. Love succeeded to hatred , and 
 revenge to love. General Clinton had 
 succeeded general How&— . 
 
 Sun. 
 
 119 
 
 Sucli, f t d) : 1. fann ben 2(rtifct mir 
 nad) fic^ ^aben: such a tempest, sucha 
 state; ba^ci- and): Mr. Such a one = 
 Mr. Such-and-Such. (£. j4, an, C, I, b, 
 5 unb E, 4. — 2. Oft ifi eiu ganger 
 ® a| won such ab^diigig. a. 3)iefer tcirb 
 nun entroecer burd) that ober butcft «* ans 
 gefnu)?ft, mit bem unter yis, 1, (5. bemcrfs 
 ten Unterfd)iebe ; ent^dlt er nur eine xtiix- 
 Xvot 33efiimmung , fo \\i such as oft and) 
 fo»ieI, aU they who ; f. Personal, B, 6 
 unb »erg(. Sutlers fo ober ba: QJiattl^. 
 5, 44 ; aBei«^. ©. 1,11; 14 ,8. 15 ; $Pf. 
 11, 7. Such as are fond of high life — . 
 Such of them as return — . 1 am not such 
 a fool as to make me believe that, a)obet 
 tann such au(^ Winter fcin Jpan^jtiroit 
 treten, urn fid) bem Solgenben enger anjus 
 fc^Hepen: These tribes regarded each 
 other with aversion such as has scarcely 
 ever existed — . 5lud) tt»irb bcv (Sa§ burd^ 
 5lu8falt beg 93erb ^erfurat : Such as I are 
 free in spirit, when our limbs are chain- 
 ed. We had such a tempest that the 
 waves overthrew the boat. He made 
 such a noise that nobody could stay in 
 the room. — b. 51ber nt^t nur, hjenn bie 
 beiten ®ci^e gfeicfieg Subject l^aben, 
 tle^t as^ fonbern auc^, njenn bag mit such 
 Berbunbene 2Dort Subject beg 
 jnjciten ©a|eg unrb {gtetd)»iel njeld)ett 
 gtang eg im erflen ©a§e l^at). 2Bir 
 muffen bann ju „bap" nod) ein 5Pro = 
 n m e n gefeUen , um eben jeneg SBort gu 
 oectreten ; j. 33. He proceeded with his 
 nephew in such a manner as gained him 
 the love of all his acquaintances = b a^ 
 biefe ober: auf eincStrt, hjeld)c— . 
 
 to Suffer, laffen, jutaffen, ge« 
 flatten, f. to Cause. I shall not suffer 
 him to come to me. I have suffered my 
 tooth to be drawn. Will you suffer all 
 the blame to be cast upon you? I was 
 suffered to tell my opinion = man ttefi 
 mic& — . We suffered ourselves to be 
 happy (fe^c di^ntid) , obf(i^on in anberem 
 @inne unb anbcrer Sonflruction, ifi unfcr : 
 „ttjir lie fen eg ung hjol^t fein.") 
 
 Sun : ijerfoniftcirt ifi pe fDi a g c u t i tt, 
 fonfi 91euter. We observed the sun 
 when it (he) was eclipsed. 3)a]^er l^eift 
 
120 
 
 Superlative 
 
 fie : Kirig of ihe skies, and father of the 
 day (= Jtonigiu, QHuttcr), @. Personi- 
 fication unb Moon. 
 
 Super'IatiTe. JDaS gormelle f. untcr 
 Comparison unb The, C, 11. — 1. 91t(^t 
 brand) en fott man ben ®u:perlatb, too 
 nur son ^TOeien ble 9iebe ifl; nict) t: 
 He is the best oi the two, fonbern : the 
 better. SDal^er: The real Simon Pure 
 proves the toorse of the two. 5[uc^ biefe 
 ©enauigfcit finbet fi* nicfft f!et§ tieobacfjtct : 
 The slro7igest and most enterprising of 
 the two. — 2. Defter, alS i. ^., folgt 
 ber ®eniti» (of) ju fldrferer ^erau§= 
 l^cbunci nac^ bem @uvertati» , anftatt bag 
 @ubftanti» gteid) mit i^m ju ijevbinben : 
 He is the worst of men. 
 
 to Supply, fu^jjUren, ergan- 
 gen, l^eift tm grammatif^en @inne: et = 
 was 2Beggct affene^ ober nidjt 
 aSieber^oltea (\.\\i bem 3ufams 
 menHnS« ^tnsubenfen. SlBenn 
 i(^ [age : „We were at my uncle's," fo 
 iji JU fm3))Uren house. 2lm meijien Icifit 
 bie Ellipse ju fu^^jUren, f. b. 
 
 Syllepsis nennt man eine Sonflruction, 
 bie fic^ me^r nac^ bem attgemeineren @inne 
 ber aGBoctc , oXi na* il^rcr fircngen gorm 
 ri(^tet; fo bie iBerbinbung eineS (5oUecti» 
 mit bem SPhtratj f, auc^ ^, an, C, III. 
 
 ' Syn'onym, finnttefiu anbt, flnb 
 aCBorter*, beren Sebeutung gteic^ ober 
 bocfi fc^r d]^nli(!^ ifi: fo to match, to 
 equal unb to rivalise ; couple , pair unb 
 brace ; pantaloons, trowsers u. breeches; 
 voyage unb journey. 5)cn Unterfc^icb 
 jTOifdjen folctien SGBdrtern l^at bie ®t;n- 
 ontjmit anjugeben. 3fl bamit etn Un = 
 terfrf)icb in ber Sonftruction »er= 
 bunben, fo l^at aurf) bie Orammatif bas 
 rauf Oiuctfid)t ju nel^men. ©. g. 93. to 
 Cause ; as unb so ; since unb ago ; if unb 
 when; while unb during; yet unb still, 
 ^ergl. nod) Emphasis. 
 
 Syntax, ©a^Iel^re; bie Sel^re »om 
 @ebraud|e unb ber SSerbinbung ber SDBor? 
 tcr. 35a3 ®egent|eit ift bie Sormenlcl^re 
 (Flexion). 
 
 Tenses. 
 
 T. 
 
 T ^ei^t te. 1. ©8 ^at ben Saut un- 
 feres t , nidit gu verwedjfeln mit b : ten, 
 den; try, dry. — 2. (§8 gifdjt = fd), njenn 
 e8 na^ etner 6 e t o n t e n @i(be »or i mit 
 nad)foIgenbem 93ocal fiel^t: militiae, na- 
 tion ; — 3. jointer s ober x aber , fowie 
 ttor u Hingt ti in biefcm gatte = tfdl) : 
 question, mixtion, nature, virtue. 2lu8 5 
 n a ^ m e : @8 bel^alt feinen 5: = fiaut, ircnn 
 feltt (S t a m m iv r t biefen fi<xt : cities 
 won city , twentieth loon twenty. — 
 4. ® t u m m ift eS meifi in ben ©nbungen 
 stle \m\)sten: listen, castle (in burslen 
 jebod^ laut), unb in etntgcn etngelnen, tvic 
 Christmas, currant, often , waistcoat, 
 chestnut. @el^r oft entf))rid)t t ttnfeiem 
 (l^eutigen) j: tongue,. 3unge, tear, 3a^re; 
 to tear, gerren; to tell, gcil&fen; two, gn)o; 
 twain, gtoeen (balder between) ; tide, 3eit ; 
 tidings, 3eitungen (5Reuigfeiten, neue Z^a^- 
 ten , t>ergt. J&iob 35, 16), Oft abcr ent= 
 f)?rid)t ii auc^ — namentUc^ am ©nb c — 
 unferem f d) orfcn f (p, ff), twa^renb fiir 
 ba8 fanfte f au^ im @ng(. s fte^t : white, 
 tveip, wise, ireife ; hot, l^eip, hose, <§ofc; 
 what unb water, aber was; lot, ?oo8 
 (fonfl Soop) imb loose, Ui, lofe» 
 
 Tautol'ogy ifi fcwiet at3 *P(eona8m. 
 
 to Tell : 1. ttjie to bid fur unfer tafs 
 fen; f. to Cause. — 2. f. to Say. 
 
 Tenses, bie 3 e i t e n beS aSerb, f. ein= 
 gein a. t. O. giir bie ridjttge 2lufein = 
 anberfolge ber 3eiten gilt bie SKcgef, 
 g I e i c^ e 3eiten mit einanber gu »erbinben 
 ($rdfen« mit 5Prdfen« ober erflem gutur, 
 Sm^jerfect mit Sm^erfect ober gwettcm gus 
 tur , unb bergt.). @. Conditional. JE)ie8 
 njirb meift flrenger beobad)tet, aUi.'©., 
 ttjo oft eiu^PrdfenS aufbaS 3mi>erfect folgt; 
 g. 33. id) f a g t e i^m, ® te f e i c n frant (an= 
 flatt TO d r e n): I told him you loerc ill (nidit 
 you are ober be). 3u ber (Srgdl^Iung 
 aber finbet mand)mal ein eben fo fdinelter 
 U e b e r g a n g mi einer 3eit in bie anbere 
 flatt, TOie im grangof.: 1 jumped into a 
 friend'sBrougham; and, in twenty minutes 
 find myself on the top of Malabar Hill. 
 
Th 
 
 Th, ^eitit te-alsh. J. 2U«Saut. (S« 
 i^ ein ® = 2awt (fein @-8aiit!) b«n man 
 f))ri(f|t, inbem bie 3un}}c an ben oBcren 
 aSorberjal^nen anftceift : fott er w ei c^ fein, 
 [o tritt nod) baS ®ummen ber (Stimmc 
 ^inju, wie 6ei aKcn [anften aBndjfiaben 
 (d, j = g, V, z = s). @. Letters. — 
 
 1. ©anft ifi th: 1. ju 2lnfange ber 
 aCorter nut in ben 1^ du f i g gcbcau(^ten : 
 than, that, those, the, thee, their, there, 
 them, then, this, these, though, thus. — 
 
 2. 3n ber SD2 itte, irenn e« jtrifcftcn 
 jnjet as cat en fie^t: father, brother ; 
 [o ond) in worthy, northern; in griecfe. 
 itub Ut. aCiJrtetn ift ti jebod> auc^ l^ier 
 fc^atf : amethist, author. — 3. iBor fl u m - 
 nt e m e : to bathe, to breathe, bagcgen in 
 \iAth, brea//< fd)arf. — 4. 5l(g 3cit = 
 n3ort§cnbung: to smooth, to mouth ; 
 bie glei(^gefd)riebencn 2tbiecti»e unb @ub= 
 fiantine aber ^aben ein fcfearfeg th: 
 smooM, the mouM; f. Homograph, 
 H, unb 5, 2. — 5. JDa8 fd)arfc th 
 in hdith, paM, laM, vaowth, oa^A ttjirb 
 im 5P I u r a t ii) e i dn baths, paths, laths 
 u. [. t». II. Snatten anbercn ^aUen 
 ifi bag th fd)arf (^ Th , th): j. ». 
 r^ank, truM, panMer, Mrough. — 
 III. 9iur iBie t Hingt th in eigen = 
 namen unb in einigen griedjifdjcn SSor- 
 tern : Thomson , Thames ; — asthma ; 
 phthisic (f. Ph), isthmus. — Th jiel^t eft 
 fiir unfer fc ober t : think, than, thunder, 
 thousand, three, the. 
 
 B. 2lt3 @ n b u n g ber b r i tt e n ^erfon 
 SinguT. anflatt be8 s (he hath , loveth, 
 doth) ifi tS tterattet unb nurnod) im i?oeti= 
 fd)en unb ^jat^etifcftcn ®tl)(e iiblid). 
 
 Than f. Comparison , E ; But ,3,4. 
 
 UebrigenS •oerttec^Ste man e8 nid?t mit 
 then. Than ift S o n junc t i on = a(8 
 (eber benn: cr ift grower, benn id)); 
 then ift ein Slbtterb ber 3ett = bann, 
 bamalg,at6bann, — auc^ ber goIg«= 
 rung = nun , atfo. 
 
 1. That, Conjunction = ba^, twirb 
 ijftcr auSgetaffen , atS bieS i. 2). angel^t 
 We find the machinery is much the 
 same as that of the grindiug-mills 
 »ir ftnben , bap — ♦ „Was there an 
 
 That. 
 
 121 
 
 explosion?" He says there was. — 
 Further you learnt — youknoto you did 
 
 — how the sculptures . . . are all con- 
 structed. @o auci) tttenn ber >§ au^tfafe 
 eingefc^altet ift : Your fortune / am now 
 sorry to inform you is alyt^eys- nothing. 
 Seboc^ irirb e8 aui^ fel^r l^dufig n i (^ t 
 toeggctaffen. ®ibt e3 eine Solge an: 
 so ... . that (f. As, 1, a. unb Such, 2), 
 ober eine 3lb|'i(^t, fo barf e3 nicfct 
 n)e9b(eiben : They sometimes pay a 
 visit to the lord of the valley , that he 
 may share in their rejoicing (= bamit, 
 auf bap) ; bann i^at that aud| ein Comma 
 vor ftd). — Uebcr but that f. But, 6. 
 
 2. That, pronoun. ^. 5ng b e m o n = 
 ftratitteS ^^^rononn (f. Demonstrative) 
 ^at eg im ^^fuvat those. 1. 93 or ^au^jt; 
 njovtern ^eipt c8 jener: That man, those 
 children; f. This, 2. — 2. 3n SSejug auf 
 ein wori&erge^enbc6 ^au^jticort l^eif t 
 eS berjenige (celui): They had but 
 one character, M«^ of being all equally 
 generous. His actions were those of a 
 fool. Ueber those who f. Personal, B, 6. 
 
 — 3. 3n biefem Sinnc nimmt e3 ofter« 
 and) ein Slbjectito ober ^tJartici)) ju 
 ftd), wo mx meift eineg relatiioen 
 @ a § e 8 bebiirfen, atfo ganj toie One (f. 
 b., II, A, 2) : The first vestas were larger 
 than those now made (bie je^igcn). In 
 Norway, a custom prevails . . , of bring- 
 ing without scruple any chance guest in 
 addition to those members of the family 
 really invited. All those present lifted 
 up their eyes with astonishment. In the 
 next room, that devoted to jewellery, 
 and that which more particularly con- 
 cerns myself there are fewer persons — 
 tiottcr tmb »erfiirjter 9ftelati\)ia^ nebcn 
 einanber. 
 
 B. 2Ilg r etatit> e§ *4^ronoun(= njet = 
 c^er) ift e8 un»eranberticb. 1. @6 
 ftc^t fonjo^I t>on ©adjcn, aT8 son 5]3ers 
 fonen, jebod)nic!^tnad> Cigennamen (nid)t: 
 Charles that was here, foubern who). 
 The men that are here. The question 
 that puzzled the heads of our doctors. — 
 2. 33ejie]^t ftd) ein 9lelati» auf @adjen unb 
 5perfonen jugleic^, fo fann cben nur 
 
 /= 
 
122 
 
 The. 
 
 that, atS bag attgemeinetf , ilel^en. The 
 peasants and ihe houses that we saw — . 
 3. ®t^\.who^U gvagw ott toorl^er, fo 
 fJe^t bieS nntiittift) iiictit au* Vuiebcr a(8 
 JKcIatb, fonbcrn man nimmt that ; unb »ro 
 that al8 3) em o n ftr a t i» wov^ergel^t, 
 iiimmt man bann nld)t trieber that atg 
 9ietati» , fcnbcvn who ober which — alfo 
 gegenffitiger ©rfa^ bev 2lbiuec()^lung ire; 
 gen. Who is the boy Ma/ was here? 
 Thativhich becomes one does not become 
 another. Slicfct fo cingftUct) meibct man 
 bic aCiebevl^oIung »on that, vuenn e3 a(8 
 (Sonjimction unb aU ^t^ronomen jiifammcn; 
 tvifft. 1 remark that that is a never-fail- 
 ing appendage to these temples (= ba^ 
 ba8). — 4. SSovjuglid) fte^t that and) 
 nad) @ut»etlatit»en unb nad) the same 
 Dtcr the very — . Charles XII. was 
 one of the greatest madmen that the 
 world ever saw. (g, c[\\^ What, A, (5. — 
 5. S3on einet ^rd^cfition fann that nur 
 bann vegievt tuerben, luenn fie ]^ Intel; 
 b r e i n fier;t : Studies, thathQ has neither 
 head, inclination, nor opportunity to 
 profit by —. 3n> Uebiigen f. man no(^ 
 ff^ho, A, (§. 
 
 The, bev befiimmte Slvtifet. J. 5lu8 = 
 f)3vad)e: Xai e ifi tontoS, ba^er ^xt 
 man befonberS x>dx 93ocaten nnv ein fanfteg 
 ih ; [oU. the betcnt tnerben, fo bel^ntman baS 
 e ; »gl. J, an, A. — /?. gDrmetteg. The 
 ift unBeranberlid) : the man , the woman, 
 the windows. — C. @ebraud>. The he 
 jeidtnet ein ©injeltvefen, wie a, a6er nid)t 
 ein attgemeineS, fonbevn ein 6 e |l i m m t e 8 
 ober al8 tefannt angenommeneg. !Da= 
 xaxii ergeben fic^ fclgenbe 3iegeln, jum 
 3;^eil 2lbnjeid)ungen fom JDentfdjen. 2) e r 
 2trtifet the bteibt tueg: 1. SSei 
 ©igennamen, f. Proper names. — 
 2. a3ei 3: i t e I n , f. Titles. — 3. SSei ben 
 9iamen ber %aQt, 3JJ o n a t e , oft audi 
 ber 3 a ^ r e 6 J e i t e n. He came on sun- 
 day (= dimanche). He . . . was to have 
 a halfpenny on Sunday. At Petersburgh 
 March is frequently attended with 
 showers. Wheu summer reddens and 
 when a\itumn beams. ®. bagegen ben 
 le^ten @a^ unten tci iliv. 9l 3fi ciber ein 
 etnjelnei- S^ag bnrdj eine befonbere Ses 
 
 ft i m m u n g angege'ben, fo fte^t the. 93g[. 
 Titles, 2, unb f. Date. — 4. 2(ud) 6ei ben 
 3ettbefttmmungen mit last obev next 
 fiei^t ber 2litifet nur, njenn man nac^s 
 brudlidjer l^ersorl^eben hjilt: ba^er last 
 week, next winter. — 5. ®anj d^nlid) 
 bei O r t g a n g a b e n , Ql b r e f f e n , (5 i ; 
 taten, U eb erf d) r iften unb bergf., 
 ber Jlur^c l^atber. 33erg(. Proper names, 
 B, 1. — 6. ®o bfeibt au(^ bet einigen 
 ©ub|lanti»en, bie ctnen Drt bebeuten, an 
 bencn man fid) ju gewiffen, befannten 
 3iueden aufjur;aUen bflegt, bee 21 r = 
 tifel nad)5^rd:pofitionen njeg: fo 
 bei change, church, school, market, au^ 
 bei bed. 2Jlan gel^t to school unb ifl at 
 school, um ju lernen; man gel^t to church 
 imb »ertt)eitt at church (ital. a chiesa), 
 fiffi ju erbauen, unb fommt bann from 
 church; we slip into bed and are in bed 
 {a-bed), um ju fc^lafen. @o i^eipt e3 aud) 
 in heaven, ab»erbial. I saw the Bentinck 
 get out of dock, ©ie^t man aber n i di t 
 auf ben 3n) ed be3 SSern^eKen^ an einem 
 Orte, fonbern betrad)tet ben ^Jfa^ eben 
 nur a I 8 D r t (als @ e b ci u t e unb bgl.), 
 fo fte^t ber Slvtif el. Um bie €e^en8= 
 njitrbigfeitcn gu fepen, gel^t man g. JB. to 
 the church. — %\\^ town fiel^t oft ol^ne 
 5lrtifel, njetm e8 fiir eine fdjon befanntc 
 ®tabt fte^t , entweber fur 8 o n b o n , ober 
 fiir eine bem ®vved)enben na^e lie = 
 genbe, ober feine eigne Stabt, furj 
 njenn e8 ® t a b t par excellence bebeutet, 
 mitl^in fiir ben felbfltterfidnblid&en @igen= 
 namen fte^t (»ergr. ets A^v) : He drove 
 back to town. Since I came to town. 
 How long have you been in town ? A 
 winter in town. Mr. Winkle came out 
 with jokes which are very well known 
 in town, but are not at all known in 
 the country. — 7. 3(ud) bie 9iamen ber 
 a)^aHjciten fie^en o^ne 2trtife(, njenn 
 fie nid)t eine befonbere Sefiimmung ^aben. 
 What had you for supper? Dinner is 
 preparing. — 8. 3)ie a H g e m e i n e ^ts 
 ger , ben 2lrtifel nur bann gu fe^en , wenn 
 eine e in g eine, beflimmte 'Sa&n, ein 
 ©ingelwefcn gemeint ift, gilt auc^ a.) Bei 
 3lbfiracten, b.) bei ©attungSnamen , c.) 
 bei ©toffnamen. SSeif^iele gu a) -. Hope 
 grasps sometimes at impossibilities. The 
 
Thee — 
 
 hope of seeing him — . They are engaged i 
 in trade (at)»ert)ialtfc^ = en commerce). 
 Grammar treats o\ sentences and of the 
 several parts of which ihey are com- 
 posed. Passion prevails upon his reason. 
 ®o bei fubfiantitjif^ gefe^tem act. panic: 
 Drowning would be happiness and 
 peace. — h.) Horses are very useful. 
 The horses of my uncle are young. SSgt. 
 All. — c.) Rice is the chief food of the 
 Hindoos. The rice they eat is very good. 
 Gold cannot prevail on him. — 9. @ilt 
 ein @ i n 3 c I w e f e n flatt bee ganjen 
 ® attung OragbevBufammeiii^angjeigt), 
 fo fi e 1^ t ter ^Tvtifel. The fox is a cunning 
 animal, r^e reindeer is the horse, the 
 cow and the sheep of the Laplander. 
 The oak. is a fine tree = Oaks are tine 
 trees. 3}ergl. jebod) Singular, 2. — Man 
 itnb woman ftf|>eu aber auc^ fcann ol^ne 
 2trtifel: Man is the protector oftvoTnan, 
 J/a« laughs, and loves, and thinks, when 
 the Spring comes , with a more delicate 
 expression. — 10. 3Scr (5om)?ava5 
 1 1 » e n l^eiBt the u m f o , j e , n u v n o (^, 
 ie...befto: The sooner, the better. 
 The better to understand this passage, 
 one thing only is to be observed (urn 
 biefe (Stcltc befio Seffcr ju -). The more 
 he possesses the more he desires (= 
 plus . . . plus). The more a man knows, 
 the more he will find he has to know. 
 ®o aud) : so much the better for you, 
 befio Beffer fur @ie ! The rather , umfo= 
 mt^t. — 11. @vinj di^nlid) fie^^t the sor 
 ©mjerlatiBcn = am, jcbocf) nur 
 9flad^bntct8 ^alfcer ober luenn eine fpecieUe 
 S3eptmmung babci ftc^t : at the best, aufg 
 iefie, im fceften ga((e. He who retires the 
 soonest. JDagegen : He that read loudest, 
 distinctest and best — . Those who 
 promise 7nost, will be found to fulfil 
 least. @, Most. — 12. 3m ©imic eineS 
 5)emonii ration fit^tthe cfterg. You 
 are going to London iii the manner 
 Hooker, your great ancestor , travelled 
 there before you (= auf biefel.be 2(it) 
 The night was concluded in the manner 
 we began the morning. The England to 
 which John had been chased by Philip 
 Augustus , and the Engird from which 
 the armies of Edward the Tird went forth 
 
 There. 
 
 123 
 
 to conquer France (Macaulay). ©.Proper 
 names, @. — llcbvigcn3 nergl. nodj ben 
 ©ebraucb be3 unbefiimmteu 2lrtife(3, fertter 
 Possessive pronouns. A, II unb B, 1. — 
 
 D. iDic aCtebcr^oIung be8 the uit= 
 tecbteibt geivi?^ntic6 , »ergl. y4, an, D, 1 
 unb 3. — 3u iBer^iitung i>on <l5Di?»eirmn 
 
 fi fic jetoct) manrfjmal erforberli^ ; fo: 
 She sent for ^^e Secretary and ///e Trea- 
 surer — tvcit bie8 jwei »crfd)iebenc 
 $crfcnen fii>b ; the Secretary and Trea- 
 surer ware nuv cine. ®anj rote im f^ran- 
 jofifrfjcn unb 2). ^S. auc^ Plural, B, 6. — 
 
 E. ©tanb beg 2(rtifef3. SSon fetnem gc= 
 n)6^nUd)cn Q3la^c tritt er bei all , both, 
 double, half, [. b. unb »ergl. J, an, E. 
 
 Thee f. Thou. 
 
 Their f. Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 Them f. Personal, A unb B. 
 
 Themselves f. Reflective. 
 
 Then , 2lbverb , f. Than. ®ar nic^t 
 felten iinc bei ben befien 2Iutorcn ^e^t ti 
 a\i 5lbjecti»: The then bishop, the 
 then minister, premier, king (o lors 
 ,?«a(/.eiv). In his then state of excitement 
 (Boz). @. Adverb, B, 2. 
 
 Thence f. Hence. 
 
 There is, there are (btc^terifcfj aud) 
 there be cnfiir, f. to Be, am-Jlnfang), fle^t 
 tvie unfcr : eg gibt, eg i|t, eg finb; 
 f. Anticipation ; Personal, B, 4. gdngt eg 
 ben ®a§ an — »ie gercij^iilid) — fo fii^t 
 bag @ u b j e c t l; i n t e v bem JBcrb ; logl. 
 Subject, C, 6. There are a great many 
 people there. There would have been a 
 time for such a word. Male primaries 
 and female primaries there be, -...hut 
 there are many , common to both sexes 
 (Boz). (2lbn)e(f)ghing in Sorm unb <BttU 
 Tung !) There is nobody. — There be more 
 sons with like predicament. There be 
 some here with worse than frenzy foul 
 (beibc bei Byron). — 2. 2Birb aber burt^ 
 unfer „eg ift" eine @nt fern «ng ober 
 ein aJia^ angegeben , fo fie§t it is. It is 
 one hundred German miles from here to 
 Paris. — 3. There is l^at auc^ oft ein a cs 
 
 t i » e g $ a r t i c i )) (f. Participle, A, III, 2) 
 
 ober einen ^jaffiwen 3'nf initio nac^ /'^^ 
 ft^ unb l^ei^t in beibcn gciUen : eg tfi, e g / i^v^ 
 
124 Tbey - 
 
 ta^t fic^ — . There is nothing to be 
 said against it. 
 
 They, ber gemeinfdjaftlic^c plural ju 
 he, she iinb it. @. Personal, A iinb B. 
 
 Thine f. Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 to Think, f. Accusative, B, I, 2 unb 
 5, unb Adjective, B, 4 : He thinks you a 
 fool because you did not think, him a 
 knave. He thought it his duty. Every 
 man thinks his own geese swans. I 
 think /lis absence long. He thinks him- 
 self mean. I was not such a rascal as 
 they thought tnc to be. He was thought 
 to have been slain in a battle. He would 
 be thought mad. 
 
 This, $(ui-al these. ®. jundrbfi De- 
 monstrative. This idaX auf bag 9i a ^ e r e, 
 that auf ba8 ©ntferntevc. IDa^cr fte^t 
 this 1. 6ei Dvt8anga6cn i. ®. tt. un = 
 fcr: the Civil List of Mw country ( = 
 England); this town. There are ... as 
 many Wheals among the grasses as 
 there are in this country Smiths among 
 the men (wtrgt. hie im Sateiii.). — 2. SSct 
 3eitanga6en, i. @. »on gegentt)ar = 
 t'S' je^ifl/ ^cuttg: this week (nj, 
 t. S).), this day = to-day, these days, 
 ivdl^renb that day , those days auf » c t s 
 g a n g e n e obet lommenbe 3eit beutcn ; 
 balder auct) im @. ». feit: these four 
 weeks = biefe (jttngficn) loter SBoc^en, feit 
 »tcr2Dod)en; thesfe eight months; these 
 many years; »gt. Sinoe. — 3. 3)lit einer 
 $ra))ofitiou bieitt e3 fiir unfcre jufammens 
 gefc^tcn ^bcerbien, b(e uitter Preposition, 
 C, 4 angcgeben fiub ; g. S3. : 3) a v ii e r 
 barf man fid) ntd)t muubevn : This is not 
 to be wondered at. Stel^nttd) : By this 
 the table-cloth was spread { = lnjn)ifcben). 
 
 Thou f* Personal. 3)tefe 5lnrebe ift 
 n i c^ t g e 6 r a u (i) n (f) ; man fagt atlgc= 
 mein you, auc& jtt)ifct)en ben ncicljfien S3ccs 
 hjanbten, tuie ©ftern, ^inbern, @efc()>ci= 
 ftcrn. 0iin: in bet: 2lnrebe an ®ott, im ei-= 
 ;^al&enen ©t^le bee i^oefle nub bgt. braud)t 
 man thou; unb bet cinigen ©ecten, n^te 
 ben Oucifern n. aJietl^obifien, ifl e8 @ 1 1 1 c, 
 Scbermann ju bu^cn (to thou). SSergt. 
 Marryat's Japhet, Ch. 51 — 53, unb baS 
 t>efonbev3 l^odjjl fomlfd) unb auSbrucfSvoU 
 
 — To. 
 
 juriicferinnernbe, ct) ar after iflifcfee: „VeriIy 
 thou persuadest me!" a. (*. bc8 SBerfS. 
 
 Though njtrb ntand}mar, tvie if, au^s 
 gelaffen , uno bann tritt bad (Subject l^ins 
 terS 23er6 : 1 will not give way, should 
 he come armed with all the power of 
 earth and hell. 
 
 Thousand f. Hundred. 
 Thy f. Possessive Pronouns. 
 Thyself f. Reflective. 
 
 Titles, 2;itiitaturcn. 1. @tc fie^en 
 ol^ne Slrtifet »or ©igennamcn: Duke 
 Wellington , Lord Byron. The acts of 
 king John, (©o aitd> '- neighbour Flam- 
 borough.) Sebocf) ftnbet ftcf) au^na^mS^ 
 ioeife ber 2lrttfel ba»or, unb emperor, 
 empress , czar , czarina , archduke, 
 archduchess i^aben fletS ben 21rttfet »or 
 fitfe. The Czar Alexander made war 
 against the Emperor Napoleon. @. nod) 
 Saint. — 2. fjolgt auf etnen %\tti cine 
 93 e ft i m m u n g niit of, fo nimmt er ben 
 3htifeL The queen of England and the 
 Prince of Wales (cergl. The, C, 3). 2113 
 2l))^ofition l&inter etnem Xiamen 
 fle^t jeboA einc fotdje 3nfammenfc^ung 
 tvieber o^ne the, nad) franjofifcfeer 2lrt: 
 Victoria, queen of England. 3)urc^ fclc^^e 
 Unterfdjeibung entftel^t ofterS etne fdjone 
 <£d)attirung beg @ti}l8 ; 9tapoteon fagt 
 J. S. im @rile ftolj : I do not call myself 
 Napoleon, emperor of France, hul the 
 emperor Napoleon = ic^ l^ei^e nic^t hlo% 
 9i. , .Raifer »on 5. (ein 9^ebenbet = %\ttl, 
 ber <M\^ 5lnbcrn jufommen fonnte, ber mir 
 geraubt ifi), fonbern id) bin ber ,^ a i f e r 
 9ia)3oteon (unb bag ifi ein l^tflorif(^er 
 9lame ; „9L-ipoleon" lat^t fid) gar ni^t 
 mel^r c^ne „^aifer" benfcn), ©eine ©01= 
 batcn ncnnen il^n \<\ aucfc nur TEmpereur. 
 QJergt. ^, an, C, 1, b, 3 unb Emphasis. 
 
 To, ^rat^ofttion , bejetd)net bag 3? o r = 
 mcirtg.ge^en in Beit unb Siaum: 
 to the day of his death ; to the last man- 
 sion, ©egenfd^e: from, at, in; f. b. 
 
 1. @g bejeidfnet bag iBer^dltnif) tti Da- 
 tive, f» b., avi^ iibcr feinen 2Begfa(I.— 
 
 2. ajlit einem 9{ e f 1 e c t i » ijronoinen flcbt 
 eg ganj toh by, f. b. We left them to 
 themselves; d^nlid) : They live quite ^i 
 
Too — 
 
 fhemselves (ganj ftc& fclber , ganj nac^ 
 tfiicm ©efaUen). — 3. 9U3 Sonjunc^ 
 tton \ft eg 3eict)en be3 Infinitive, f. b. 
 fotvie Participle, A, I, 3, b. 
 
 Too = nlTjU; too fine; — l^ei^t c« 
 ,,auf^", fo ftel^t ti 1^ inter bemaBorte, 
 ju bem e3 gcl^crt, iva^rcnb also fonjoi^t 
 »or, <xU nacf) bemfelben fte^en fann: 
 The nights are fine too = The nights are 
 also fine, ober Also the nights are fine. 
 
 Town, mit of; f. Apposition, III; 
 au^erbem The, C, 6, @. 
 
 Transitive f. Active, A. 
 
 Tri'brach, ciu aSergfu^ »on brei ^ur= 
 jen: ^o^: dedecoraiion. ©citcn ange 
 wenbet unb natuvti(t) nur in SSerbinbung 
 mit anberen feet. 
 
 Tri'grapli, f. jittiorbciji Triphthong. 
 as e i [)3 i e I c : 1. ieu = u in Messieurs ; 
 — 2. iou = u in anxious, precious ; — 
 3. oei = 1 in onomatopoeia ; — 4. oew 
 = u in manoeuvre ; — 5. eau = o in 
 beau, bureau u. a. ; — 6. owe unb 7. 
 eye f. a. i. O. 
 
 Triph' thong, JDreiUut, bvei l^ins 
 ter einanber lautenbe, aber in eincn gc; 
 mifdUen Snut »crfd)motjenc ©ocaU. 
 (Sffccn ble brei SSocatc bngegen nur einen 
 e i n f a ^ e n Saut , fo fcitben Tie einen Tri- 
 graph (f* b.), t- ^- «»««« »wit "^^^^ Seidjcn 
 gefcirieBencn OJiono^^^tl^ong. ®. benfelten 
 llntcrfct)ieb bei Digraph unb Diphthong. 
 2)ie Triphthongs finb felten : [o in buoy ; 
 au^ in choir ttjenn ti koir ober quir gc; 
 f^jroc&enitirb, inbe^ f^ric^t man e3 auc^ 
 ko'ir liber kor anS ; ferncr whi ober wl in 
 white, while, wire, wine imb bgl., info= 
 fern fi^ ^ al8 ein «§ a 1 1» » o c a I betrad|= 
 ten mt (f. fV,A). 
 
 Tro'chce, ein a?cr§fug tton einer I a \v- 
 g e n (ober b e t o n t e n) unb einer ! u r j e n 
 (2il&e: haling, hatefiil, ma'ny. 
 
 Trope, fo»ieU(8 Figure; ba^er tropic 
 = figural, tro).n!'dj. 
 
 to Turn i. @. ». inerben gan^ t»ie 
 to gro70 : This lawyer turned physician. 
 That man turned at last a fool. He turned 
 bankrupt. Your wine begins to turn 
 soiir. Cloudy mornings turn to clear 
 
 Uy. 
 
 125 
 
 evenings. The wood was turned into 
 stone. 'Da'^er ^\\i) mit into, njenn e8 actio 
 ifl = J u (S t W a g m a d) e n. Jesus turned 
 water into wine. He has turned her 
 into ridicule. 
 
 IJ. 
 
 U l^ci^t u. 2lu8f))rad)e : 1. u = tu 
 (ba« i aber nur <xU fc^Vca^er SSorfdjlag, 
 ttjte in chiourme, Sonien) : tune , cue. — 
 
 2. u, ein furjer aJiittelton jwifdjen o 
 unb o, jeboc^ me!^r o, atS o : tun, but. — 
 
 3. u = furjeg u : dull. — 4. li = tangeS 
 u : rule , true (tritt na<!^ r an bie ©telle 
 »on u). — 5, ti »or r = e, M, nur bums 
 ))fer: murder. — 6. «, ^albftumm tuie 
 a, c, i, o : curvet. — (58 gibt fonac^ em 
 furjea tmb ein langeS reineS u (u unb u), 
 ein u mit SSorfcfetag t»on i (u), ein o/o (ii), 
 ein 9 (u) unb ein l^atblauteS o (u)« — 
 5IuSna:^me ifi eg , ba^ n vo'xt t lautet in 
 busy unb feinen Slblcitungen , fowie in 
 lettuce , ferule unb in ber llmgangSau3= 
 ftiracfce »on a minute (f. Homograph, II); 
 ttjic e in bury unb beffcn gamilie. — 
 7. ®tumm ijlu: a.) in ben ©nbungen 
 gue, que, guy: tongue, antique, plaguy; 
 jeboc^ tautet e8 in to argue (n;eit nom 
 Sranjof. arguer) unb aud> fletS in ber 
 ©nbungywy: colloquy; b.) in mel^rern 
 cinjelnen, toie biscuit, to build, to 
 buy, conqueror (cergl. 7, a) , victualler 
 (cergl. J, 8), guinea (sergl. Gu ., unb f. 
 nod) Q unb 5m). — 2Begen ber O r t ^ o = 
 3 r a V 5 i e f . 0, @. 
 
 Ua unb ue [. Gu, Q, Su unb U, 7. 
 
 Ui ; 1. = ii: juice; — 2. = li (f. U, 
 4) : fruit. — 3. f. Gu, Q, Su. — 4. f. U, 
 7, b. — 3n)eifi{6ig ift e« j.SS. in friijtion. 
 
 Ultfnia ]^ei§t in ber Qlcccnttel^re bie 
 tc^tc ©iilieeineg SBorteg. 
 
 Under f. Among, @. 
 
 Uoy = uoy (urn) : buoyant , (♦ Tri- 
 phthong. 
 
 Upon f. On. 
 
 Us f. Personal. 
 
 Uy = wy : obloquy ; f. U, 7, a unb b. 
 ©etrennt in gluy u. a. 
 
126 
 
 V. 
 
 "V, l^ei^t vc ; lautet n t di t wit unfcr w, 
 fonbern tvk frmijof. v, alfo me cin fa n f = 
 t e 8 , »cu bem ©itmmcn ter ® t i m m e 
 ficgteiteteg f : vinegar. iKergl. vine, fine, 
 wine; file, vile, while, ©tuntm ift eg 
 in sevennight, auct) sennight gefdnicfcen. 
 — V ent[prtct)t unfevcm o: verdict, to 
 veer (ncbeii four) ; itnferem m : Viennese, 
 van ; and) unfevm b : to live, to love, to 
 give; f. Euphony, D, 7. 
 
 Variation of words fowiet aU 
 Flexion; un«erdnberlicf)e SBortec f. im; 
 tev Invariable. 
 
 Verb, 3 e i t w V t. llekr feine 5[rten 
 unb 2l6dnbcrungen f. Composition, Deri- 
 vation, -fy, -ize ; — Active, Neuter, Re- 
 flective, Passive, Impersonal, Defective; 
 Conjugation , Conjunctive , Infinitive, 
 Future, Ih ; — Periphrase, XVII; Per- 
 son, Number; Auxiliary; — Accent, I, 
 B, 1; Invariable, ©eine ©tcUung 
 erl)e(lt anS bem ©tanbe be3 Subject unb 
 Object, f. b. ; iibcr feine aLBeglaffung f. 
 Ellipse, B, I, 9. 
 
 Versification, SScrStJau, 1. Ueter 
 bie einjelnen S3crgfi'i§e, Metre unb Rhyme 
 f. a. i. D. — 2. a)te gemi3fm(t<i)ften 33ecfe 
 finb bie i a ni b t f ct) c u , au^ jwei tn8 fed)8 
 Samtcn t'ef^er;enb. 5)cr funffiipige tambt= 
 fc^e 33et8 I^eipt baS 1^ c r o i f ct) e 3}evgmap 
 bcr Dceucrn (f. bagegcn Hexameter) ; ev 
 iDirbbefonberg in ^elbengebiditen, iXraner? 
 fpielcnu. bg(. angetuenbct. 2)er fed)«fupigc 
 l^cifjt Alexandrine, f. b. — Untet ben 
 t r d) d if d) en 33eifen finb bie ganj futs 
 jeu felten, to. i. 2)., I^dufigcv bie »on bvet, 
 »ier, <\\\6:i fiinf bis fed)« Siipen. — @e= 
 bi-dud)Iid)er al8 vein b a c 1 1) It f c& e unb 
 an a)?afti fd) e finb bte gem if d) ten 
 i33er«arten. 
 
 Very : ^. 21 b » e t b. I. ©« ftel^t iutc 
 bag franj. tres n i e a U e i n b e i e i n e nt 
 3J er b ; man fe§t bafitr much, very much 
 (= bien, fort, beaucoup) : I like it very 
 much. — 2. ®anj adein fte^enb bil^ 
 
 Vowels. 
 
 bet c8 cincn JBejal^ungSfa^. Is it cold 
 i to-day ? Very ! — 3. ^\\x SBcrftdvfung 
 I tritt eg felbft cor ®ni)eifatitoc: The 
 ; very best quality, bie a U e r bepe @orte ; 
 j the very least faults ; the very next 
 morning (= fd)on am — ). ©. ben (efeten 
 Sa| unter to Reckon unb ben erjlen unter 
 Alliteration. — 4. 5{e]&ntid) fie^t eg »of 
 same ober self: the very same town, the 
 very self (= gerabe eben biefccfe(be). !Dei- 
 sulgdren ©pvadie fommt eg auc^ nid)t 
 barauf an , the self same obev the very 
 selfsame jufammeu ju l^dufcu I U3on fcl= 
 d^n $Ieonagmen gitt, luaS Boz in einec 
 d^n(id)cn JBejte^ung fagt : „We are- fond 
 ,,of having a large stiperjluous esta- 
 ^.,blishment of words to wait upon us on 
 ,, great occasions ; we think it looks im- 
 ^iportanf, and sounds well" etc. Sle^ns 
 lidje >§dufungen: this here ship, that 
 there child (trntgdr) nnb bie bo).^))eIten unb 
 mc'^r a(g boipttelten 93erneinungen in 2)ia- 
 'lecten unb ganjen ®^ra(ftcn; f. Negation, 
 (5.— B. Very alg 5ibiec tie (jeboc^ 
 nur cor ©ubftantisen): the very moment, 
 that very instant = gerabe in bie fern 
 ^lugeublide; the very devil, bcr Ieib]^af= 
 tigeUrtan; her very breath (= felbfl) ; 
 he is the very picture of his father ( = 
 bag n^al^re, i(i)tc , treuc, lebcnbige @bens 
 bi(b) ; my very self (metn eigneg ©elbfi) ; 
 Wallensleins very name was worth an 
 army (= btopcr SJame). There are my- 
 thical persons, whose very existence 
 may be questioned (beren!£)afcin fctbft). 
 @o finbct fid) and) fogar ber @ u )? e r t a = 
 t i» the veriest (bet ben beflen 5(ntpren) : 
 The veriest wretch of all. 
 
 Village, mitof; f. Apposition, III. 
 
 Voc'ative; fo nennt man mandMual, 
 nad) *ilrt beg Satein, ein 3© o r t i m 31 ii g = 
 rufe; eg l^at bann feine befonbere Scvm, 
 fonbern iP nur ber SfJominatit? p^nc 3tr= 
 ti!el : Good day, gentlemen! ©.Apo- 
 strophe, I. 
 
 Vowels, ©elbf^tauter; eg finb 7: 
 a, e, i, o , u , y , w ; f. b. a. i. O. — 
 
 5lu§erbem [.Digraph, Diphthong, Tri- 
 graph, Triphthong unb Consonants, 2, b. 
 
 ©0 toiclfad) abgeftnft bie cngl. 3SpcaUaute 
 
Want. 
 
 127 
 
 and) ftnb , *) fie ftnben fi(^ alU i. 2)., 
 menigftenS in ben 2)ialectcn nneber: 
 ii iinb a atlevbingg tiitv anndl^crunglircirc. 
 Dagcgen fcl^ren im ©nglifcftcn unf«r 
 furjcg uiib langeg u (93(iidKc, 33iid&er), 
 unfer (angel o (mogen) unb unfev !Di= 
 p^t^ong cu. 33crg(. Consonants, 6. 
 
 Vulgar, nicbrig, gemein, ncnnt 
 man SCBorter unb 2(u8bntcfe , tote fie nur 
 Seutc ol^ne JBilbnng Braurficn. 1. %vif)xt 
 bie ®(t)ilberung beg ScfjriftpcUcvS bcr 2trt 
 Seute etn, fo ftnbct man in tf;ien Mcbcn 
 ^dufig folcfec 2Benbnngen unb Sor; 
 men; man :§iite ficf) hjol^t, fie na(^ji;= 
 a^men. @intge S3eifi)te(c: to Gdge, to 
 coax, fiddle-faddle, higgledy-piggledy, 
 odds-bobs; ^dnfung sotler ijld 
 g att onen: They ?iever had no chance. 
 Uebertreibungen toie mortiiy = fei^r 
 ^eftig; bloodily = a^fclKufid) ; — ftnn= 
 tic^c i8ilber,tote wop-eyed, iamb's 
 wool; whistle = ^e^fe; fresli-waler ( = 
 griin) — f. b. SSBorterbnd) ; iibcrfcl)weng= 
 lidje ® t e i g e r u n g e n, h)ie our crackest 
 yatches (= our crack yachts); and) 
 Dnomatojjoieta ftnb — toenn frf)on 
 oft titoAi jjUim)? — fel^r teiicBt ; 3 n t e r s 
 jectionen, mei^v ober minber mit ht- 
 t^euernben gliicfjcn untermengt, fmb bie 
 ajfimif unb bei- ^'atl^og, trit»ia(e <S p r i (^ - 
 mortcr bag Drafel ber »ulgdren 9iebe. 
 @. Familiar, Abuse, Dialect, Provin- 
 cialism. — 2. *Bu(gdre 2lu8fvract>e : 
 Thumbago fiii- lumbago ; sarlain fiir cer- 
 tain, idear = idea, es = yes, yit =yet; 
 ax = ask , plump fiatt plum u. a- — 
 3. 33cvnad5ldfftgung bev Declension, f. b, 
 imb Abuse; — 4. ebcnfo ber (lonju = 
 g a t i n , inbem an a tt c mogdc^en ^ers 
 fonen ein s gefe^t mirb : we hears , says 
 they, says I mib becgt. (f. ben Captain 
 Smith in JNight and Morning); inbem 
 (Singular unb plural u. f. w. t)cr= 
 tt)ed)[ett hjcrben : It would be better for 
 every body if they got took up and was 
 brought here! (viz. into prison) — fagt 
 Uriah Heep im David Copperlield ; — 
 There's orders 'gainst it; thern''s all 
 
 lies = all these are lies ; fo ifi you was 
 Idngft in bie famitidre @on»erfation 
 gebrnngen , finbet ficf) and) j. 33. bei 
 Smollel. — 5. JBcr ben 3nfxniti» fe$t bie 
 sutgdre ©efc^ttjd^igfeit gem bag ^eraltete 
 for to: No one can go for to ask a 
 gentleman to go for to inconvenience 
 hisself (ber Bow Street Officer in Night 
 and Morning; tiergf. bie Sraallbone'fcfce 
 SSerebfanifeit in Marryat's Snarleyyow). 
 @. no(^ f^ery, A, 4. 
 
 W l^etfit doiible u , toeif au8 ber 93a- 
 einignng gmeier u (ober v) entfianben, toic 
 bie gorm: W, w beutlid) seigt; man 
 fdiuf biefe gorm, rcett bag latein. 2l(i>]^abet 
 fetn entfijrecfienbcg Seic^en fiir biefen 
 Sauti^atte; f. Letters. 3"2tnfang ber 
 Silbe ifl eg (-gatb;) Sonfonant, ju 
 @n b c berfe(ben 95 o c a t ; »g(.Y.— ^. QUg 
 Sonfonant: 2D7an f^jre^e unfer n> 
 (inttjie), febocf) ol^nc bie Si i3))cn gu 
 f rf) ti e p e n , fo entfiel^t »on felbfl ein \x> 
 ntit einem Slnfiang »on u (alfo ein ^aibs 
 tocal), unb unfer „tt) ie" mu§ bann gleid) 
 we Hingen : wind, warm, woman, women, 
 ©tu mm ifi ber Sonfonant w: I. sor 
 r: wring; — 2. »or ho : who, whole; 
 3. in me&vern einjelncn SfCortern , toie: 
 answer, toward, two, sword, house- 
 wife; auc^ in awry {\ 6:1 \t\ , frnmm), 
 njeil eg aug a unb wry (tigf. 1) jufamniens 
 gefe^t iji. @. nod) Jf^h. — B. Der 9S 0= 
 ca I w ifl blog eine anbere jjorm fiir u, 
 unb fiei^t nur in 5)iV^t^ongen ober Di= 
 gra^^l^en, %x\\>[jii)c\[%in ober Sirigra^j^en : 
 aw, ew, ow = au, eu, ou; f» b. 9?ergl. 
 noc^ Latin, IIL 
 
 to Want, fte^t fictg )jcrf6nli(^ = b c = 
 biirfen, brand) en, n)d:^renb xo'xx oft 
 bag unvierf6ntid)e : e g f e 1^ 1 1 bafiir fe^en ; 
 bie Scnftruction ifl atfo fo »erfd)ieben wic 
 bei to Like, f. b. If^ou want neither 
 money nor health, you want nothing at 
 all (= toenn eg S^nen roeber an ®elbe— ). 
 
 *) Sine ganj intcreiTante Ucfceruit* "u'lfite c8 gcwci^ren , fammtlidje 9autc bet BSocflle, t'u 
 flrapOcii/ !l5iV0t';i>iidf"' XriflvavlKii 11116 IrivOt^ongen in eine iafel jnfammcnjufteden , tic gteic^« 
 lante.nten, wenn auc^) noc^ fo t>erfd)ieben gcfc^riebenen , immer neb en cinrtuter. 
 
128 
 
 We 
 
 He who is cold to the beauty of this 
 picture wants taste {= b«m ... flefericfjt 
 eS an ®efc^macf). llebrtgcnS f. I will. 
 
 We, iptural »on /, f. Personal. 
 
 Well f. Good. 
 
 Wh ftjvt^t man hw (X\x9> \ where, whiff. 
 ®. jefeoc^ IV^ A, 2. 3m Srngelfcirtjfifc^en 
 fdjrteb man c« and? umgefel^tt: hwaenne 
 = when, hwaer = where. 
 
 What. A. %U DUlativ Mt eg im 
 adgemeincit, coUectiwen <3lnne = 1. tuaS, 
 fo ba^ i% ficf) nicbt auf eincn einjel = 
 nen ©egenftanb bejiei^en la§t; bag 5)e= 
 monfliati» liegt gteidj mit bavin, alfo 
 umfa^t what, njie nnfev iDa3 = thai 
 which, ce qui franj., quello che, itatien. 
 (@6enfo comprcrirt, b. ^. jtt>ei SBorter in 
 fid) faffcnb, ifi mandjmat who, f. Per- 
 sonal, B, 6, @.; fo aucfi itnfer tu ev, fvanj. 
 quiconque, itatien. chi.) j. 33. What you 
 say is hut too true (= ceque vousdites). 
 They were satisfied xoith what they had. 
 He consented to do his best in what was 
 allotted as his share. <S. Attraction. — 
 2. SSeraHgcmeincvnb flel;t what cm^ o or 
 (Subfiantiuen t. @. 'oon alteS . . . 
 im a8, iu a 8 n u r = quoi que ce soit ( = 
 whatever unb whatsoever). We sent him 
 what eatables we found (= n? a 8 ivir an 
 SebenSmittetn fanben). I gave him what 
 money I had. I exhort all persons of 
 whatever age and quality to fear God. 
 I shall not forget you in tvhat condition 
 soever I be. They applauded whatever 
 he said (= tout ce quMl disail). @. ben 
 le^tcn ©a^ unter to Do. — ©el^t nun all 
 au«bru(fUd) »or!^cr , fo fiel^t meift nicfct 
 what, fonbern which obcv that: All that 
 I have to do — . Sebort? and) : All what 
 he has read. — B. 3ll8 j^ragivort. 
 1. 5m e i n ft e ^ e n b = rt) a 8 ? What did 
 lie say? I asked him what he had said. 
 Salter and)im2luSrufe: What! you have 
 forgotten this? — 2. a«tt ®ubflan = 
 tt» tifrbunben flel^t c3 fottjol^t son ^ers 
 f oncn, afg son @ad) en = iu a8 fiir 
 ein? ttjct^? wergU Which, B, unb f. 
 xibrigcnS A, an, C,^II, 2 unb E, 4. JVhat 
 man is this ? What buttons are you 
 
 Which. 
 
 thinking of? — C. 3)a8 bojj^elte what ifl 
 Sonjunction, f. b. Dictionary. 
 
 When , iu a n n , iv c n n , b a , a 1 8 , 
 nac^bem, mit^in nur bic 3eit befiim^ 
 menb (= quand, lorsque), f. bagegen if 
 (= si). When will you come back? 
 When I have dined.— 1.(58 ifl oft gtetd)= 
 bcbeutenb mit as ; bod) l^at as n u x ba8 Sm; 
 perfect nad) fi^ (® I e i d) jettigfeit jnjeicr 
 >ganblungen), h)al;renb auf when auc^ ba8 
 $(u))erfcct fotgen f ann (33 o r cergangcnl^eit 
 bcr eincn ^anblung) : As / went along, 
 I met with a friend of mine. tVhen he 
 was gone (= after he w. g.). — 2. SS e g= 
 fallen fann when ju 5lnfange eine8 rc= 
 la t i» en @a^c8: He recollected me the 
 moment he saw me (= when he s. m.). 
 The moment you land , all you have to 
 do is — . How many cursed the moment 
 they believed. I'll go there directly 
 (when) I've finished my breakfast. The 
 first lime she came, 1 was out (= when 
 she camei). Snbefl liefle fid) l^ier auc^ that 
 futiV'liren.' 
 
 Whence f. Hence. 
 
 Which, un»erdnbertid)e8 pronoun, 
 ©ebrand). ^. 2118 9t elatiw. 1 . (58 
 flel§t nur tion @a d) e n , oft and) fiir einen 
 ganjenSa^, nid)t aber »on$erfos 
 nen: He can fry a sole, which is much. 
 Can cook a steak, too, which is more ! — 
 @. Relative, grii^er n>nrbe e8, namentli^ 
 in fcterltd)cr ©vvadjc, auc^ son *Per = 
 foncn gcbraud)t; balder aud) : ,,Our 
 father luhich art in heaven ;" bte Qlmeri; 
 fanev fagcn jebod) : ,^who art in heaven." 
 Ilcbrigen8 f. ncc^ Who, A, @. — 2. 3;er 
 ©cniti'D of which fann fohjopl vor, al8 
 nad) fcinem ©ubflantto ober 513ronomen 
 flei^en ; l^at bicfc8 aber fclbfl cine IP r a p o= 
 f i t i n » r fid), fo fiefit cr b a ^ i n t e r, 
 \i><\i and) fonfl ba8 ® ew 6]^nlid)cre 
 tft: A quarter of the town, the inha- 
 bitants oftvhich have very little inter- 
 course with the houseliolders of Hano- 
 ver-square (= dont les habitants, franj.). 
 The conversation was kept up for two 
 or three hours , i?i the course of luhich 
 I mentioned the quack doctor. The bom- 
 bardment would destroy the Fort, the 
 crowded houses of which are built up 
 
While — 
 
 lo within a few feet of the ramparts. 
 The Trojans risked several engage- 
 ments , in most of lohich they were 
 victorious ( = dans la plupart des- 
 quels — ). ein fctione^ 33fil>iet f. noi^ 
 Bei Accusative, C, 2, @. unb tgf. Of, 4.— 
 3. Which fcient jur umfc^reibenben %yx\'- 
 lofung unferer Sprd)Jofitipimlab»er68 (f. 
 Preposition , C , 4). SSergt. ben 2. <Sa§ 
 unter Relative, II, A. — 4. @3 jlel^t auc^ 
 m i t eincm @ u 6 ji a n t i » ttcrfcunben, 
 nac^ tatcinifc&cr 2(it ; f. Relative, II, A, 1. 
 Can they all be gathered to their fathers 
 in the two old churchyards near to the 
 High Street — retirement into which 
 churchyards appears to be a mere cere- 
 nomy— ? (go felten im granjof. unb 
 3)., befonberS im alten Surifienfu^Ie. — 
 5. aSernngemelnerthjirb which, tuie 
 what unb who (f. b.) burdj bie 2Infe§ung 
 »on ever unb soever : whichever, which- 
 soever z=. jebiveber, jegttdKr, quel que — . 
 (£, nocf> What, A, @. — B. 3U« 3n = 
 terrogati» frcigt «8 foiDol^t nact) ^5 e r = 
 fen en, al8 nad> @ac&en = welc^, 
 toai fur ein? which man? which way? 
 f. Interrogative, A unb C, II. (58 ifi mins 
 ber atlgemein, at3 what, f. b., B, 2, unb 
 bient balder auc^ jur •&erau8]^ebung 
 einer cinjelnen ®a*e awi me^rernfdjonbe= 
 flimmten (= lequel): Which is the tirst? 
 irelc^er (won biefen) ift ber erpe? Unb 
 jttar !ann ii bann 1.) einfac^ njte im 3). 
 ben ®enitt» nact) fic^ l^aben : which of 
 these boys is the youngest? which of 
 those houses is yours? 5)a aber ^ierbei 
 ber llnterfrfjteb jwifdjen ©ingu = 
 Ur unb ^Jlural manrf)mal nicfet ju 
 erfennen ifi , fo fann man 2.) which un= 
 mittetbar mit bem Subftantitj »eri 
 b tub en unb bvinn bag golgenbe in ben 
 ®cniti» fe|eu; j. 33. Which of my books 
 have you read? fonnte l^ei^en : „njel = 
 ctjeS »Dn metnen SiidKrn," aber aud) 
 „ir c I d> e »on m. 58." 5)a^er [d}eibet man 
 fo : Which book of mine have you read? 
 unb: Which books of mine have you read? 
 @8 ift gang baffelbe , hjag ivir hti Of, 4 
 au3fu^rlid) gejeigt. @benfo: Which horses 
 of the neighbour's have you bought? 
 iDenn : ^,IVhich of the neighbour's 
 horses" fonnte au* (Singular fein. 
 Jl. 9UDrc(^t, gramnuit, fflorfcrb. 
 
 Who. 
 
 129 
 
 While ifi Sonjunctton = w dl^ r enb, 
 folang ali — ; during bagegen ifi 
 ajrdjjofuion = irdl^renb. While the 
 world lasts. „While I have a potato, 
 I will share it with my friend," says 
 the warm-hearted Celt. — During the 
 war; during his childhood. 
 
 Who , relatl\5e8 unb interrogatice^ 
 ^Pronoun = h) eld) er, » er? J.^ot- 
 m e U e 8. VVho ifi ba^ beugfamfie -SBcrt 
 ber ganjen (S^rad^e; benn e6 pcit fotrol^t 
 eine befonbere Sorm fiir ben ^offeffto : 
 whose, aU ai\6) eine fur ben Objec= 
 tio : who7n — 2ltte8 fowcl^t (Singular, 
 al8 53lurat. (2luc!^ feine »erallgemei= 
 nernben 3ufammenfe^ungen whoever unb 
 whosoever— uergl. What unb Which — 
 jtjerben ijfterg fo beclinirt.) 2lu§erbem biU 
 bet ei nod) ben ©enitio of whom, ben 2)a= 
 tit) lo whom, llebcr bte9Sern)ed)«lung bies 
 fer Sormen f. Declension, III. ^ier nod) 
 einen 2lccufatiio mit bem Snfinitin (au« 
 Marryai's Japhet), ttjorin ber 2lccufati» 
 cevungtiidt ift: Her daughter, whose 
 early history, as Fieta , I had obtained 
 from you, but ivho , I little imagined to 
 be the little girl that you had so gene- 
 rously protected. 3)ian fe^e fiatt be3 
 fJorenben Somma ein m an who. (a)iag 
 »iettei(^t nur ein 2)rudfel^ter fein.) 9tun 
 nod) ein 93eifviel, iro whoin erfl riditig 
 ali 2lccufati» fiel^t , i^interbrein aber auc^ 
 a(8 Dtominatit) gelten mup : All whom the 
 faculty have given up or are otherwise 
 incurable (Boz). Slel^nlidje 93erfic§e fmb 
 im 5). nidjt aUjufelten. 9lud) which unb 
 /Aaf biirfen nidjt gugletd) al§ SRominas 
 ti» unb Objectir* fte^en , obf(6on i^re &or= 
 men fiir beibeS gteid) finb, traS bei who 
 aber nicfct einmat ber gall ifi. — B. @ es 
 brauc^. 1. (5« fie^t nur con $erfonen 
 ober $erfoniftcirtem, unb jttjar fiete o 1^ n c 
 ^au^tttjort. The officer, who had 
 remained at his post — . Who are you? 
 pray, tell me who you are! — 2. %nt 
 whose gelten bie 9iegeln beS i^offeffiv. 
 (§i tritt bafur aud? of whom ein , welcbeS 
 aber :^ inter fein ©ubfianti© tritt: This 
 is the gentleman in ivhose house (= in 
 the house of whom) I am dwelling. — 
 3. Uebrigen^ fie^t tohose al8 atelatio 
 
130 
 
 Whoh 
 
 l)dufig aucf) t>on !D i n 3 c n ftatt of lohich : 
 III this silent regio?i , amidst w/iose 
 ninety -seven work -places no human 
 voice ever breaks upon the ear — . And 
 you, ye crags, upon iv/iose extreme edge 
 I stand. @. Personification, B, 2lu^er= 
 Urn Personal, B, 6. — 4. 2)a^ bie 2G i t- 
 b e r ^ t u n g U8 9letati» mit mel^r '^xd- 
 f)tit aU i. 35. unt ert> t etb en fann, 
 getgt J. 33* folgenbc ©tette : George stood 
 .... looking as any other man might 
 look ivhose wife was to be sold at auction, 
 andson sent to a trader (H. B. Stowe). 
 
 Whole f. All. 
 
 I Will, thou wilt, he will — . *) 3m= 
 tterf.; I would, llefecr fetn ©efcftcift <\H 
 ^iffgoerB f. Future. — 1. J5)a bemna^ 
 will oft nur hj e r b e n bebcutet, unb jubem 
 befectit) ifl , fo 6rau(J)t man ats @rfa^ : 
 to choose , to wish , to be willing (ur= 
 ft^nmgtirfj baS^artictp »cnwill), to want, 
 to intend, to desire, to please obcr to be 
 pleased, to have a mind; nit^ to offer, 
 to be going, to be about, f. b. (5s tier= 
 flel^t fic6 , bn^ man ntd)t baS cvfte , befie 
 2Cort aug btefem ^Jovratl^c l^erauSgreift, 
 fonbern feinen e t g e n t tt cf) e n ®inn be; 
 ni(ffict)tigt (njietetSaffen unter loCause, 
 imb man iintcr Personal, E). He chose 
 rather to go to war (er njollte lieber — ). 
 1 7oas not willing to throw away so much 
 time (= ict) ttjar nidjt gefonnen , — id) 
 hJoUtc ntdit — ). You may go whereever 
 you please. What will you he pleased 
 to drink? — Think twice, you, if you don't 
 want to be crushed. What do you ivatit 
 done ? 3n conj;unctit»ifd)cn ©ci^en mit ,,i rii 
 B a 1 1 e" finbct auc& ^icv bie Um!f^rung ber 
 ©cnfiruction ftatt; 3. 93. id> l^citte lieber 
 fieiben W H e n : I would rather have 
 died. @anj fo fJc^t 1. aJJacc. 16, 22: 
 „ba^ fie i^u woflten ermorbct 
 l^aben" j^att: baf fic i^n l^dttcn er = 
 morben molten; ben llcbergang au8 
 ber einen (Sonftruction jur anbern bilbet 
 l^ier J. 93. n> li r b c n fill- n? H e n : — @r 
 befanb, bap fie il^n njurben crmorbet l^abcn 
 (icenn fie getonnt ^dtten). JBergt. Can, 
 Shall, May, Must, Ought.— 2. I will 
 
 X. 
 
 unb / would (nic&tbIo« U^Hxti, Xo'xt einigc 
 ©rammatifer angeben) fte^cn fiiv ,,'\6) 
 t>ftcge, id) jjftegtc," alfo fitr bie ge; 
 braud)lid)eren Wu^bviicfe : to use, to be 
 wont, to be accustomed. Elephants are 
 employed in every kind of way ; they 
 tvill carry very great loads on their 
 backs, they will draw coaches, and will 
 do as much work as six horses. — She 
 would sit at a window which looked 
 towards a field he zised to cross. He 
 would often threaten to hang them. — 
 3. 1 would, obcr elli))tifd) would, fiei^tau^ 
 fiir i6:i rtvinfc^te (jevoudrais, je d4- 
 sirerais) : Would I had never seen you! 
 Would to heaven I had passed all my 
 days there! Oh! would it were my lot 
 to be forgetful as I am forgot ! — 4. 9iur 
 feltcn flel)t I will at3 fetbfifidnbigeS 
 93crb i, @. D. n?oUen (ruofiir eben jene 
 ©rfafemitfet unter 9lx. 1 etntrcten). iDann 
 abcr conjugtrt eS fid) and) regetmd^ig : I 
 will, thou wiliest, he wills; Smfccrfect I 
 willed u.f.nj. immer aber ifteS bcf ectiv. 
 He wills it to be so. To starve or live, 
 as fortune toills it. He vnlled him to be 
 of good comfort. ®o fie^t e8 atS^rd* 
 fens unb fetbfi at8 3nfiniti» in bem 
 @)>rid5tr)Drte : They who cannot as they 
 will, must will as they can. 
 
 With f. By, B, 1. 
 
 Worse, Worst, f. Bad. 
 
 Worth, ein rtlati»e6 SIbjectitJ , f. Ad- 
 jective, C, 5. golgt ein SJerb barauf , fo 
 fiel^t eg im act. $artici» : It is well worth 
 our knowing. It is not worth crying. 
 It is a spectacle worth cowmg" all this 
 distance to behold. 
 
 X; giamc: eks. Saut: 1. 3u5ht = 
 fang etnc« 9Corte« ftet« aU gelinbeS 
 f, = s ober z: xylography. — 2. @onfl 
 in ber 9teget = ff: axis, tax, Xerxes 
 (= zerkses). — 3. x ifi fanft = gf nur 
 
 *) 2)ie abturiung won't fur will not i|i n i^) t blue Durfl,u, man finfcct fie .luc^ im bcffcrcn ©t^le. 
 
You. 
 
 131 
 
 in bee 93orfit6c ex-, iinb aucf) ba nirf|t 
 immer: fo in example, lo exist; ni(^t 
 aber in to exhale, to expel, excuse. — 
 4. = fcJ) , nuc nad) ber betontcn <B\\^t, 
 n?ennbarauf i mil nod) cincm 93ocale, ober 
 »enn u folgt (vcrgl. 7', 2, 3) : luxury, 
 anxious. — 5. ®tumm ifl x in bem 
 ©ingutar »Dn billet-doux, im 5]3lural 
 billet-doux aber tantet eg = z. 
 
 Y, genanntwi; c3 ifi ju Slnfang ber 
 ©itbe Sonfonant, in SKittc unb ju 
 @nbe berfelben 33 o cat, njie U. — 
 yl. 2113 @ n f n a n t lautct eS nid^t gan $ 
 fo Breit , tcic unfer i , fonbern gcnau tt»ie 
 bag 9 in ®at>oijarb ober in les yeux, 
 alfo nur. cin ©orfdjlag = i, njic in rlen, 
 Sonien; »ergU U, 1, unb fV, k: fo in 
 you , year. — B. ^Ug ® o c a I ij^ eg nur 
 ein ancereg ^i\^tx\. fitc i, to. i. 51).; eg ^^i 
 baber ouci) beffen Saute : 1. y = I : dry. — 
 2. y = i: syllable ; — 3. y =*i: myrrh. 
 — 4. y = i : very. — ©o au(^ in ben 
 5)igra)j]^en unb 2)i))^t]^ongen ay, ey, oy, 
 uy, bie meifl mit ai, ei, oi, ui iiBereinflim; 
 men; f. b. einjeln. — Ueber bie ortl^os 
 grap^ifc^e Jffianbhtng beg y in ie f. Plural, 
 A, II, 4; Comparison, A, I, 2; Ordinals, 
 3 ; Conjugation, II, 2 ; Adverb, A, II, 4 
 unb /e, d, 2. — eg ifi l^ier berfelbc 
 gatt, xo'xt Bet ber <^teriong=2Banbrung beg 
 fin V (f. Euphony, D, 7): bie ©acfte ift, 
 ett)moIogif(6 genommen, umgefe^rt ju faf= 
 fen: bag eigentlic^e ^ei^en i TOarb am 
 ($nbe burc^ y »erbrangt, \)\tVit\^i nur TOeil 
 i ju Ileinioar, y bagegen ber fd)rei6enben 
 •&anb am (5nbe einen Beffern JRul^eiJunft 
 ober einen fliici&tigercn ©djttjung gema^vte ; 
 bur* cil^ntictje SSerjiel^ung entfianb ja bie 
 beutfdK £)rtl&ogra))|ie iKaij, Sunt) u. f.to. 
 aug Maii, Juuii. Snmitten beg aBorteg 
 aBer tritt bag arf^jriingtic^e i ttieber ein, 
 lioeit jener @runb nun TOegfatlt. 
 
 I'e (au* y') ifl bie »eraUctc gorm fur 
 you, in frif^er Slnnjenbung aBer no* in ber 
 
 ^Poefie uno bem l^iJBern @tt)Ie iiBerl^au^jt ; 
 ye gettja&rt bann felBft neBen yoti einen 
 angene^men unb TOol^Uautenben 2Bcd)fel : 
 Aud you, ye mountains, why are ye 
 beautiful? I caiuiot love ye. ^'\vc ifl you 
 frciftiger, aJg bie Beibcn ye. @. ben le^ten 
 iSa^ unter Who, B, 3. 23crfurjt ifi ye in 
 harkee = barken ye ! 
 
 Yes; xiBer feinen ©ifa^ f. Auxiliary, 
 D, III, 1.— Xlnfer ,,\<x," u>e(*egnic{)tjur 
 2lntTOort, fonbern gur ©teigerung, Se< 
 frafttgung im ®a§e bient, ifi ay ober yea 
 (=fogar): He bad cracked many a merry 
 bottle, ay many a dozen in bis lime. The 
 shark discovers .... that somebody is 
 dead, yea, or dying in the cabin. 
 
 Yet: 1, 5tb»erB. @g 6ejei*net ein* 
 fad) bie 3 e i t (= n d)), still bagegen bie 
 3eitbauer, bie an^altenbe .^anbs 
 lung ( = annod)). 3n » em einen ben 
 @a|en t^el^t n i d) t still, n u r yet, n^eldjcg 
 bann gfeid) l^inter not, gern aud) ang (5nbc 
 beg <Safeeg tritt. He is not yet arrived. 
 You must not see him yet. — 2. 2llg 
 Sonjunctton, =benno*, ftel^t yet 
 ober and yet ju 21 n fang beg ®a§eg ; 
 still TOirb feltner fo geBvau*t: 
 
 I feel the impulse — yet\ do not plunge; 
 
 I see the peril — yet do not recede ; 
 
 And my brain reels — and yet my foot 
 is firm. 
 Though the strained mast should quiver 
 as a reed , still must I on ! (Byron.) 
 ©Benfo fie^t „n o d)" : ^ioB 40 , 19 ; $f. 
 49, 14; 3ef, 44, 20; a)Zatt^. 8, 10; 93. 
 b. 9ii*ter 10, 13. 
 
 to Yield, nur felten ofine to, i. 
 ©.». cinnjiUtgen, einBringen unb 
 nad)flel^en: I cannot yield to these 
 terms ( — to bis entreaties). We must 
 yield to the times and to the force of 
 arms. She yielded to her passion. She 
 yields to no woman alive. This reflection 
 yielded him much pleasure. My manor 
 yields me four hundred pounds a year. 
 
 Yon unb yonder f. Demonstrative. 
 
 You , 5|3rural »on thou , f. b. JRebet 
 man mit you e i n e ^erfon an , fo fommt 
 9* 
 
132 
 
 Your 
 
 Z. 
 
 bag $rdbicat in ben ©tngutar, finb eS 
 mcl^rere, in ben $(ural; bag erfeiint 
 man jwar an bcm 3tbjectto ni(t)t, h?o:^t 
 a6er an self: f. Reflective, f, A unb Plu- 
 ral, B, 3. 
 
 Your unb Yours f. Possessive Pro- 
 nouns. 
 
 Yourself unb yourselves f. Re- 
 flective I, A unb You. 
 
 z. 
 
 Z, r;ei§t zed; tS laulet: 1. tt)ie s, f. 
 S, 2 : lazy ; fo au(i) zz : mizzea ; unters 
 fcfeeibc zeal unb seal ! — 2, SBie fanf = 
 te« i<i) (= franjof. j) in ben (Snbungcn 
 -zier unb -zure nad) bei- feetonten <£ilbc : 
 razure, glazier; baS SBovt sec hin f. un= 
 tcr Homograph, IV unb Homonym, III. — 
 3. @ t u m m iji z nur in rendez - vous 
 (= readjviiz'). 
 
 utiregclrndgigctt S^ittoMtv, 
 
 sSlan f. junacfeft unfern 2lrtifet : Conjugation, III, ®eite 38. 
 
 1. 2Bir gcben nui- bie gebrauc^Udjcren Sormen, unb uSerflcl^en bie »ers 
 a 1 1 c t e n, bie nur bi(t)tcrif(^en obev nngewol^nlidjen, beren ft(i^ ber ©(fitter 
 weniflj^eng nicJjt fcebienen barf. 
 
 2. aSJo me^rere Gormen jfiir ein unb biefelbcScbeufung angegcben flnb, ba ifi meijl 
 bie e r ji e bie g e b r d u d) I i cb e r c. 
 
 3. ©tcl^t » r eincr unregelmdiigen Sorm ein R. , fo bebeutet bieS , ba§ bie res 
 gelmd^ige ?5orm m e !^ r im ®ihv<xnd) ijl ; fie^t bag R. ba^intet , fo ifi n e b e n 
 ber unregelmd^igen JBilbung au^ bie regetmd^ige sorl&anben. 
 
 4. i)ie jufammengefe^ten 33erben ge^en meifi wie i^re ©tammtjerben : to 
 become njie to come, to engrave hjic to grave, to inlay wie to lay u. f. to. !Diefc 
 ^aben toir iibergangen. aJlandje l^abcn ieboct) aud6 anbere Gormen, al6 \f)t ©tamm, unb 
 biffe finb a. i. D. angegeben. &ur 2Bettereg toernieifen ttjir auf bag ,,33erj5ci(f)nii ber 
 unregelmd^igen Beitmorter/' hjetdjeg bem 1. 58b. Bon Dr. Stiigefg )>raftif(tem JDors 
 terfciicf) bcigegeben ifi unb fic^ ttor mandi anberem burc^ befonbere ©ic^tung unb SSoHs 
 ^dnbigfeit augjeic^net. 
 
 Pass. Partic. 
 abode. 
 @eite 26. 
 awaked. 
 R., baken. 
 R., hasten, 
 born, gcboren. 
 borne, getragen. 
 beat, beaten, 
 berallen, befal'n. 
 begotten, begot, 
 begun. 
 
 beholden, beheld, 
 bent. 
 
 bereft, R. 
 besought, R. 
 bespit, bespilten, R. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I Abide 
 
 I abode 
 
 • am 
 
 f. to Be, 
 
 - awake 
 
 R., I awoke, a(g v. n 
 
 - Bake 
 
 I baked 
 
 - baste 
 
 - basted 
 
 - bear 
 
 - bore 
 
 -bear 
 
 - bore 
 
 -beat 
 
 -beat 
 
 It befalls 
 
 it befell, befel 
 
 r beget 
 
 I begot 
 
 - begin 
 
 .beg„,,,beg.„ 
 
 - behold 
 
 - bend 
 
 -bent 
 
 • bereave 
 
 - bergfl, R. 
 
 - beseech 
 
 - besought, R. 
 
 - bespit 
 
 - bespit, R. 
 
$Dic unregelmdptgcn 3eittv6rter» 
 
 138 
 
 Present. 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 Pass. Panic. 
 
 I bestead 
 
 I bestead, bested 
 
 bestead, bested. 
 
 - bestrewl 
 
 - bestrowj 
 
 - bestrewed 
 
 bestrewn. 
 
 - bestrewed 
 
 bestrown. 
 
 - bestride 
 
 - bestrode, beslrid 
 
 bestridden, bestrid. 
 
 It betides 
 
 it betid 
 
 belTd. 
 
 Ibid 
 
 I bid, bade 
 
 bid, bidden. 
 
 •bind 
 
 - bound 
 
 bound. 
 
 - bite 
 
 -bit 
 
 bit, bitten. 
 
 - bleed 
 
 - bled 
 
 bled. 
 
 -blow 
 
 -blew 
 
 blown. 
 
 - break 
 
 - broke 
 
 broken. 
 
 - breed 
 
 -bred 
 
 bred. 
 
 - bring 
 
 - brought 
 
 brought. 
 
 - build 
 
 - built 
 
 built. 
 
 -burn 
 
 - burnt, R. 
 
 burnt, R. 
 
 - burst 
 
 - burst 
 
 burst, bursten. 
 
 -buy 
 
 - bought 
 
 bought. 
 
 - Can 
 
 - could 
 
 f. ®.30. 
 
 -cast 
 
 - cast 
 
 cast. 
 
 - catch 
 
 - caught, R. 
 
 caushi, R. 
 
 - chide 
 
 -chid 
 
 chid, chidden. 
 
 - choose 
 
 - chose 
 
 chosen. 
 
 - cleave 
 
 -cleft, clove 
 
 cleft, cloven.*) 
 
 - climb 
 
 R., 1 clomb 
 
 climbed. 
 
 - cling 
 
 I clung 
 
 clung. 
 
 - clothe 
 
 - clothed 
 
 R., clad. 
 
 - come 
 
 - came 
 
 come. 
 
 - cost 
 
 - cost 
 
 cost. 
 
 - creep 
 
 - crept 
 
 crept. 
 
 - crow 
 
 R., I crew 
 
 crowed. 
 
 - cut 
 
 I cut 
 
 cut. 
 
 - Dare 
 
 - durst, R., f. ©. 43. 
 
 dared. 
 
 -deal 
 
 - dealt, R. 
 
 dealt, R. 
 
 -dig 
 
 -dug,R. 
 R., I dung 
 
 dug, R. 
 
 -ding 
 
 R., dung. 
 
 -do 
 
 f. @ette 48. 
 
 
 - draw 
 
 I drew 
 
 drawn. 
 
 - dream 
 
 - dreamt, R. 
 
 dreamt, R. 
 
 - drink 
 
 - drank 
 
 drunk. 
 
 - drive 
 
 - drove 
 
 driven. 
 
 - dwell 
 
 - dwelt 
 
 dwelt. 
 
 -Eat 
 
 - ate, eat 
 
 eaten. 
 
 -Fall 
 
 - fell 
 
 fallen. 
 
 -feed 
 
 -m 
 
 fed. 
 
 -feel 
 
 -felt 
 
 felt. 
 
 -Bght 
 
 - fought 
 
 fought. 
 
 -find 
 
 - found 
 
 found. 
 
 -flee 
 
 -fled 
 
 fled. 
 
 -fleet 
 
 - fleeted 
 
 R., flet. 
 
 -fling 
 
 -flung 
 
 flung. 
 
 -fly 
 
 -flew 
 
 flown. 
 
 -fold 
 
 - folded 
 
 R., folden. 
 
 - forerun 
 
 - foreran 
 
 forerun. 
 
 - foreshow 
 
 - foreshowed 
 
 foreshown. 
 
 - forget 
 
 - forgot 
 
 forgotten, forgot. 
 
 - forsake 
 
 - forsook 
 
 forsaken. 
 
 - freeze 
 
 - froze 
 
 frozen. 
 
 *) ®. Euphony, D, 7. 
 
 
184 
 
 !Die unregelmdfigen BeittDortet* 
 
 Present. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Pass. Partic. 
 
 I Geld 
 
 R., I gelt 
 
 R., gelt. 
 
 - get 
 
 I got 
 
 got. 
 
 -gild 
 
 -gilt, R.*) 
 
 gilt, R. 
 
 - g«rd 
 
 - girt, R. 
 
 girt, R. 
 
 -give 
 
 -gave 
 
 given. 
 
 -go 
 
 - went 
 
 gone. 
 
 - grave 
 
 - graved 
 
 R., graven. 
 
 - grind 
 
 - ground 
 
 ground. 
 
 -grow 
 
 - grew 
 
 grown. 
 
 -Hang 
 
 - hung, R. 
 f. @eite 65. 
 
 hung, R. '*) 
 
 - have 
 
 
 - hear 
 
 - heard 
 
 heard. 
 
 - heave 
 
 -hove, R. 
 
 hoven, R. 
 
 - hew 
 
 - hewed 
 
 R., hewn. 
 
 - hide 
 
 -hid 
 
 hidden, hid. 
 
 -hit 
 
 -hit 
 
 hit. 
 
 -hold 
 
 -held 
 
 held. 
 
 - hurt 
 
 -hurt 
 
 hurt. 
 
 -Keep 
 
 -kept 
 R., I knelt 
 
 kept. 
 
 - kneel 
 
 R., knelt. 
 
 -knit 
 
 1 knit, R. 
 
 knit, R. 
 
 - know 
 
 - knew 
 
 known. 
 
 - Lade 
 
 - laded 
 
 laden. 
 
 -lay 
 
 -laid 
 
 laid. 
 
 -lead 
 
 -led 
 
 led. 
 
 -lean 
 
 R., I leant, lent 
 
 R., leant, lent. 
 
 - leap. 
 
 R., I leapt, lept 
 
 R., leapt, lept. 
 
 - learn 
 
 R., I learnt 
 
 R., learnt. 
 
 - leave 
 
 I left 
 
 left. 
 
 -lend 
 
 -lent 
 
 lent. 
 
 -let 
 
 -let 
 
 let. 
 
 - lie, i(^ liegc, 
 
 -lay 
 
 lain.***) 
 
 -lift 
 
 R., I lift 
 
 R., lift. 
 
 - light, i(& ixt^t, 
 
 R., I light, lit 
 
 R., light, lit. 
 
 - light, irf) leu^tc, 
 
 R., I lit 
 
 R., lit. 
 
 -load 
 
 I loaded 
 
 R., loaden. 
 
 -lose 
 
 -lost 
 
 lost. 
 
 -Make 
 
 - made 
 
 made. 
 
 - may 
 
 - might 
 
 • - f. ®. 79. 
 
 - mean 
 
 - meant 
 
 meant. 
 
 - meet 
 
 -met 
 
 met. 
 
 Melhinks 
 
 Melhought 
 
 — 
 
 I misshape 
 
 I misshaped 
 
 R., misshapen. 
 
 - mow 
 
 - mowed 
 
 R., mown. 
 
 - must 
 
 - must 
 
 - f. @eite81. 
 
 - Ought 
 
 f. ®ette 90. 
 
 
 - outbid 
 
 - outbid 
 
 outbidden. 
 
 - outride 
 
 - outrode 
 
 outridden. 
 
 - outrun 
 
 - outran 
 
 outrun. 
 
 - outstride 
 
 - outslrode 
 
 outstridden. 
 
 - overbid 
 
 - overbid 
 
 overbid, overbidden. 
 
 - overreach 
 
 R., I overraughl 
 
 overreached. 
 
 - override 
 
 I overrode 
 
 overrode, overridden, 
 
 - overrun 
 
 - overran 
 
 overrun 
 
 *) 3m fciltili4)cn ©iniic meifJ regctmaftifl. 
 
 **) To hang i. ®. ». Scmanten Hngeii (lobeedrrtfe) ivirti meift te9tlmn6i9 Qcbrrtuc^t, je» 
 bocf) nu(^ untefldma9io (fcei Marryat j. S». mil) bci dltctcit ©4)rift|lenetn). 
 ***) I lie, ic^ lufle, iP rfgclmdSig. 
 
S)ie unvegetmdptgen Seitwotter. 
 
 135 
 
 Present. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Pass. Panic. 
 
 I Pay 
 
 I paid 
 
 paid. 
 
 - pen, td^ fperre ein *) 
 
 -pent 
 
 pent. 
 
 - put 
 
 - put 
 
 R.,*quit. 
 
 -Quit 
 
 R., I quit 
 quoth 
 
 
 
 -Read 
 
 -read 
 
 read. 
 
 - reap 
 
 R., I reapt 
 
 R., reapt. 
 
 - rend 
 
 I rent 
 
 rent. 
 
 -rid 
 
 -rid 
 
 rid. 
 
 -ride 
 
 -rode 
 
 rode (ridden). 
 
 -ring 
 
 -rung 
 
 rung. 
 
 - rise 
 
 - rose 
 
 risen. 
 
 - rive 
 
 - rove, R. 
 
 riven, R. 
 
 - rot 
 
 - rotted 
 
 rot, rotten; R. 
 
 - rough work 
 
 - roughwrought 
 
 roughwrought. 
 
 - run 
 
 - ran, run 
 
 run. 
 
 -Saw 
 
 - sawed 
 
 R., sawn. 
 
 - say 
 
 - said 
 
 said. 
 
 - see 
 
 - saw 
 
 seen. 
 
 - seek 
 
 - sought 
 
 - seethed 
 
 sought. 
 
 - seeth 
 
 R., sodden. 
 
 -sell 
 
 -sold 
 
 sold. 
 
 - send 
 
 - sent 
 
 sent. 
 
 - set 
 
 -set 
 
 set. 
 
 - shake 
 
 - shook 
 
 shaken. 
 
 - shall 
 
 - should 
 
 f. @cite 117. 
 
 - shave 
 
 - shaved 
 
 R., shaven. 
 
 -shear 
 
 - sheared 
 
 shorn. 
 
 - shed 
 
 - shed 
 
 shed. 
 
 - shine 
 
 - shone 
 
 shone. 
 
 -sh6e 
 
 - shod 
 
 shod. 
 
 - shoot 
 
 -shot 
 
 shot. 
 
 - show (shew) 
 
 - showed (shewed) 
 
 R., shown (shewn), 
 
 - shred 
 
 - shred 
 
 shred. 
 
 - shrink 
 
 - shrunk 
 
 shrunk. 
 
 -shut 
 
 - shut 
 
 shut. 
 
 -sing 
 
 - sung 
 
 - sunk 
 
 sung. 
 
 - sink 
 
 sunk. 
 
 - sit 
 
 - sat, sate 
 
 sat, sale. 
 
 - slay 
 
 - slew 
 
 slain. 
 
 - sleep 
 
 - slept 
 -slid 
 
 slept. 
 
 - slide 
 
 slid, slidden. 
 
 - sling 
 
 - slung 
 
 - slunk 
 
 slung, 
 slunk. 
 
 - slink 
 
 -slit 
 
 - slit, R. 
 
 slit, R. 
 
 - smart 
 
 R., I smart 
 
 R., smart. 
 
 - smell 
 
 R., I smelt 
 
 R„ smelt. 
 
 - smite 
 
 I smote 
 
 smitten, smit. 
 
 - sow 
 
 - sowed 
 
 R., sown. 
 
 - speak 
 
 - spoke 
 
 spoken. 
 
 - speed 
 
 -sped 
 
 sped. 
 
 - spend 
 
 -spenl 
 
 spent. 
 
 - spell 
 
 R., I spelt 
 
 spelt. 
 
 - spet 
 
 R., I spet 
 
 R., spet. 
 
 - spill 
 
 R., I spilt 
 
 R., spilt. 
 
 - spin 
 
 I spun 
 
 spun. 
 
 - spit 
 
 R., I spit 
 
 R., spit. 
 
 *) To pen, fc^reil'cii, ge^t regelmai 
 
136 
 
 Present. 
 I split 
 
 - spoil 
 
 - spread 
 
 - spring 
 
 - stand 
 
 - stave 
 
 - stay 
 
 - steal 
 
 - stick 
 
 - sting 
 
 - slink. 
 
 - stride 
 
 - strike 
 
 - string 
 
 - strive 
 
 - slrow (strew) 
 
 - swear 
 
 - Sweat 
 
 - sweep 
 
 - swell 
 
 - swim 
 
 - swing 
 ^ Take 
 
 - leach 
 
 - tear 
 -tell 
 
 - think 
 
 - throw 
 
 - thrust 
 
 - tread 
 
 - Under-bid 
 
 - under-run 
 
 - under- work 
 
 - unswell 
 
 - uphold 
 -Wake 
 ~ wash 
 
 - wear 
 
 - weave 
 
 - weep 
 
 - wet 
 
 - will 
 
 - win 
 
 - wind 
 -^wont 
 
 - work 
 
 - wrmg 
 
 - write 
 
 - writhe 
 
 2)ie unregetmapigen 3eittvijrter. 
 
 Imperfect. Pass. Par tic. 
 
 \ split 
 
 split. 
 
 R., (1 spoilt) 
 
 R., (spoilt.) 
 spread. 
 
 I spread 
 
 - sprung 
 
 sprung. 
 
 - stood 
 
 stood. 
 
 R,, 1 stove 
 
 R., stove. 
 
 I staid 
 
 staid. 
 
 - stole 
 
 stolen, stoln. 
 
 - stuck 
 
 stuck. 
 
 - stung 
 
 stung, 
 stunk. 
 
 - stunk 
 
 - strode, strid 
 
 stridden. 
 
 - struck 
 
 struck 
 
 - strung 
 
 R., strung. 
 
 - strove 
 
 striven. 
 
 - strowed (strewed) 
 
 strown (strewn, strewed). 
 
 - swore 
 
 sworn. 
 
 R., I sweat 
 
 R., swgat. 
 
 I swept, R. 
 - swelled 
 
 swept, R. 
 
 R., swollen, swoln. 
 
 - swum, swam 
 
 swum. 
 
 - swung 
 
 swung. 
 
 - took 
 
 taken. 
 
 - taught 
 
 taught. 
 
 - tore 
 
 lorn. 
 
 -told 
 
 told. 
 
 - thought 
 
 thought. 
 
 - threw 
 
 thrown. 
 
 - thrust 
 
 thrust. 
 
 - trod 
 
 trodden. 
 
 - under-bid 
 
 under-bidden. 
 
 - under-ran 
 
 under-run. 
 
 - under-wrought 
 
 R., under-wrought. 
 
 - unswelled 
 
 H., unswoln. 
 
 - upheld 
 
 upheld, upholden. 
 
 R., 1 woke 
 
 waked. 
 
 I washed 
 
 R., washen. 
 
 - wore 
 
 worn. 
 
 - wove 
 
 woven. 
 
 - wept 
 
 wept. 
 
 -wet, R. 
 
 wet, R. 
 
 - would 
 
 f. @. 130. 
 
 - won 
 
 won. 
 
 - wound 
 
 wound, wounden. 
 
 - wont 
 
 wont. 
 
 R., 1 wrought 
 
 R., wrought. 
 
 I wrung 
 
 wrung. 
 
 - wrote 
 
 written. 
 
 - writhed 
 
 writhen. 
 
 3)rucf »oii a3reitfo»)f unb ^<irtel in Sei^^jig. 
 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 ^^ BERKELEY 
 
 Return to desk from which borrowed. 
 This book is DUE ou the last date stamped below. 
 
 LD21-100».-U/49(B7U6B16)476 
 
 JK 
 
r 
 
 701553 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA UBRARY